Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 8, 2012
Securities Act of 1933 File No. 002-80859
Investment Company Act of 1940 File No. 811-03651
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 |
x |
Pre-Effective Amendment No.
Post-Effective Amendment No. 85
and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 |
x |
Amendment No. 85
(Check appropriate box or boxes.)
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) Zip Code
Registrants Telephone Number, including Area Code (513) 878-4066
Jill T. McGruder, 303 Broadway, Suite 1100 Cincinnati, OH 45202
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
With Copy to:
John M. Ford, Esq.
Pepper Hamilton LLP
3000 Two Logan Square
Philadelphia, PA 19103
It is proposed that this filing will become effective
(check appropriate box)
o immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
o on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b)
o 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
o on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
x 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
o on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of rule 485.
If appropriate, check the following box:
o This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.
September [ ], 2012
Prospectus
Touchstone Strategic Trust
|
|
Class A |
|
Class C |
|
Class Y |
|
Institutional |
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
MXCAX |
|
MXCSX |
|
MXAIX |
|
[TICKER] |
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
|
FTVAX |
|
FTVCX |
|
FTVIX |
|
[TICKER] |
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
FSIEX |
|
FTECX |
|
FIEIX |
|
[TICKER] |
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
FFSAX |
|
FRACX |
|
MXIIX |
|
[TICKER] |
The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved the Funds shares as an investment or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing a crime.
Table of Contents
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
TOUCHSTONE MICRO CAP VALUE FUND SUMMARY |
|
3 |
TOUCHSTONE SMALL COMPANY VALUE FUND SUMMARY |
|
9 |
TOUCHSTONE INTERNATIONAL VALUE FUND SUMMARY |
|
15 |
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC INCOME FUND SUMMARY |
|
20 |
INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS |
|
28 |
THE FUNDS MANAGEMENT |
|
35 |
CHOOSING A CLASS OF SHARES |
|
39 |
DISTRIBUTION AND SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS |
|
42 |
INVESTING WITH TOUCHSTONE |
|
42 |
DISTRIBUTION AND TAXES |
|
52 |
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS |
|
55 |
TOUCHSTONE MICRO CAP VALUE FUND SUMMARY
The Funds Investment Goal
The Fund seeks capital appreciation.
The Funds Fees and Expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts for Class A shares if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $50,000 or more in the Touchstone Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in the section entitled Choosing a Class of Shares in the Funds prospectus on page 39 and in the section entitled Choosing a Share Class in the Funds Statement of Additional Information on page [ ].
|
|
Class A |
|
Class C |
|
Class Y |
|
Institutional |
|
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a % of offering price) |
|
5.75 |
% |
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
Maximum Deferred Sales (Load) (as a % of original purchase price or the amount redeemed, whichever is less) |
|
None |
|
1.00 |
% |
None |
|
None |
|
Wire Redemption Fee |
|
Up to $15 |
|
Up to $15 |
|
Up to $15 |
|
Up to $15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management Fees |
|
1.00 |
% |
1.00 |
% |
1.00 |
% |
1.00 |
% |
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees |
|
0.25 |
% |
1.00 |
% |
None |
|
None |
|
Other Expenses(1) |
|
0.54 |
% |
0.53 |
% |
0.56 |
% |
0.38 |
% |
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses |
|
0.02 |
% |
0.02 |
% |
0.02 |
% |
0.02 |
% |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses |
|
1.81 |
% |
2.55 |
% |
1.58 |
% |
1.40 |
% |
Fee Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursement(2) |
|
(0.19 |
%) |
(0.18 |
%) |
(0.21 |
%) |
(0.13 |
%) |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Fee Waiver/Expense Reimbursement |
|
1.62 |
% |
2.37 |
% |
1.37 |
% |
1.27 |
% |
(1) Other Expenses have been restated to reflect estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.
(2) Touchstone Advisors and the Trust have entered into an expense limitation agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its fees and/or reimburse certain Fund expenses in order to limit annual fund operating expenses to 1.60%, 2.35%, 1.35% and 1.25% for Class A shares, Class C shares, Class Y shares, and Institutional shares, respectively. This expense limitation will remain in effect until at least [September 10, 2013] but can be terminated by a vote of the Board of Trustees of the Fund if they deem the termination to be beneficial to the Fund shareholders. Touchstone Advisors is entitled to recoup, subject to approval by the Board of Trustees of the Fund, such amounts reduced or reimbursed for a period of up to three (3) years from the year in which Touchstone Advisors reduced its compensation and/or assumed expenses for the Fund. No recoupment will occur unless the Funds expenses are below the expense limitation. See the discussion entitled Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement under the section entitled The Funds Management in the Funds prospectus for more information.
Example. This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then, except as indicated, redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Funds operating expenses remain the same (reflecting the contractual fee waiver). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
|
|
Assuming Redemption at End of Period |
|
Assuming No Redemption |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
Class A |
|
Class C |
|
Class Y |
|
Institutional |
|
Class C |
|
|||||
1 Year |
|
$ |
730 |
|
$ |
340 |
|
$ |
139 |
|
$ |
129 |
|
$ |
240 |
|
3 Years |
|
$ |
1,094 |
|
$ |
775 |
|
$ |
477 |
|
$ |
429 |
|
$ |
775 |
|
5 Years |
|
$ |
1,482 |
|
$ |
1,337 |
|
$ |
839 |
|
$ |
751 |
|
$ |
1,337 |
|
10 Years |
|
$ |
2,567 |
|
$ |
2,867 |
|
$ |
1,855 |
|
$ |
1,664 |
|
$ |
2,867 |
|
Portfolio Turnover. The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or turns over its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Funds performance. During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011, the portfolio turnover rate of the Fund was 59% of the average value of its portfolio.
The Funds Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in equity securities of micro cap companies. This is a non-fundamental policy that the Fund can change upon 60 days prior notice to shareholders. Micro cap companies are those companies contained within the Russell Microcap® Value Index, or companies with similar size characteristics at the time of initial purchase. As of September 30, 2011, the market capitalization of companies included in the Russell Microcap Value Index ranged from $11 million to $635 million. As of September 30, 2011, the average market capitalization range for companies contained within the Russell Microcap Value Index was approximately $236 million and the median market capitalization was approximately $130 million. The size of the companies in the Russell Microcap Value Index will change with market conditions. Equity securities consist of common stock and securities convertible into common stock.
The Fund seeks to provide broad exposure to micro cap domestic equities and seeks to outperform the Russell Microcap Value Index over a long-term investment horizon. The Funds sub-advisor, Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc. (FTAM), seeks to invest in companies that it considers to be statistically cheap (based on factors which may include, for example, low ratio of price to earnings, price to cash flow, price to book value, and price to sales). FTAM also looks for companies that it believes are undervalued relative to their earning power and long term earnings growth prospects, adjusted for risk. FTAM may filter out less attractive companies by analyzing cash flows, evaluating financial strength, performing normalized earnings analysis and reviewing purchase and sale activity in company shares by company executives, and through fundamental analysis, which may include a review of assets, earnings, sales, products, markets, and management, among other indicators. Ideally, after filtering out companies that do not meet FTAMs criteria above, FTAM looks for companies that it believes have a positive catalyst (e.g., new products, management changes, acquisition, etc.).
FTAM also utilizes a strict sell discipline and may consider selling a security when: it becomes fully valued or less attractive; one of the Funds holdings has performed well and reached or approached FTAMs price target; a company fails to pass FTAMs investment screens; or there is deterioration in a companys fundamentals, management or financial reporting.
FTAM will look to manage risk through several strategies, which will typically include: maintaining minimum and maximum sector weightings relative to the Russell Microcap Value Index; monitoring risk statistics relative to the Russell Microcap Value Index; and monitoring trade volume.
The Fund may also invest up to 10% of its assets in foreign securities.
The Principal Risks
The Funds share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund, and the Fund could also return less than other investments. As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal. The Fund is subject to the principal risks listed below.
Convertible Securities Risk: Convertible securities are subject to the risks of both debt securities and equity securities. The values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates rise and, due to the conversion feature, tend to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying security.
Equity Securities Risk: The Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices will fall over short or extended periods of time. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by these companies may suffer a decline in response to such developments which could result in a decline in the value of the Funds shares.
Foreign Securities Risk: Investing in foreign securities poses additional risks since political and economic events unique in a country or region will affect those markets and their issuers. These events will not necessarily affect the U.S. economy or similar issuers located in the United States. In addition, investments in foreign securities are generally denominated in foreign currency. As a result, changes in the value of those currencies compared to the U.S. dollar may affect (positively or negatively) the value of the Funds investments. These currency movements may happen separately from, or in response to, events that do not otherwise affect the value of the security in the issuers home country. There is a risk that foreign securities may not be subject to accounting standards or governmental supervision comparable to U.S. companies and that less public information about their operations may exist. There is risk associated with the clearance and settlement procedures in non-U.S. markets, which may be unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions and may cause delays. Foreign markets may be less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets and offer less protection to investors. Over-the-counter securities may also be less liquid than exchange-traded securities.
Management Risk: The value of your investment may decrease if the portfolio managers judgment about the attractiveness, value or market trends affecting a particular security, issuer, industry or sector or about market movements is incorrect.
Market Risk: Market risk is the risk that the market value of a security may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.
Micro Cap Risk: Micro-capitalization companies are substantially riskier than investments in larger, more established companies. The stocks of micro-capitalization companies are less stable in price and less liquid than the stocks of larger companies.
Value Investing Risk: A value-oriented investment approach is subject to the risk that a security believed to be undervalued does not appreciate in value as anticipated or experiences a decline in value.
As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal. You can find more information about the Funds investments and risks under the Investment Strategies and Risks section of the Funds Prospectus.
The Funds Performance*
The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and volatility of an investment in the Fund by showing changes in the Funds performance from calendar year to calendar year and by showing how the Funds average annual total returns for 1 year, 5 years and 10 years compare with the Russell 2000® Value Index and Russell Microcap® Value Index. The bar chart does not reflect any sales charges, which would reduce your return. For more information on the prior history of the Fund, please see the section entitled The Trust in the Funds Statement of Additional Information. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future. Updated performance is available at no cost by visiting www.TouchstoneInvestments.com or by calling 1.800.543.0407.
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund Class A shares Total Return as of December 31
Best Quarter: 2nd Quarter 2009 +32.54% Worst Quarter: 4th Quarter 2008 -27.89%
The year-to-date return for the Funds Class A shares as of March 31, 2012 is 10.37%.
* Institutional shares have not been operational and offered prior to the date of the Funds prospectus. Institutional shares would have had substantially similar annual returns because the shares are invested in the same portfolio. Annual returns would differ only to the extent that the Classes have different expenses.
After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your after-tax returns may differ from those shown and depend on your tax situation. The after-tax returns do not apply to shares held in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-deferred account. After-tax returns are only shown for Class A shares and after-tax returns for other Classes will vary.
Class A and Class C shares began operations on August 13, 2001, and Class Y shares began operations on February 1, 1998.
Average Annual Total Returns
|
|
1 Year |
|
5 Years |
|
10 Years |
|
Class A Shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return Before Taxes |
|
-9.80 |
% |
-0.39 |
% |
8.61 |
% |
Return After Taxes on Distributions |
|
-9.80 |
% |
-1.76 |
% |
6.65 |
% |
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares |
|
-6.37 |
% |
-0.55 |
% |
7.26 |
% |
Class C Shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return Before Taxes |
|
-6.04 |
% |
-0.18 |
% |
8.41 |
% |
Class Y Shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return Before Taxes |
|
-4.99 |
% |
0.87 |
% |
9.41 |
% |
Russell 2000® Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) |
|
-5.50 |
% |
-1.87 |
% |
6.40 |
% |
Russell Microcap® Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) |
|
-10.33 |
% |
-5.23 |
% |
5.99 |
% |
Investment Advisor
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
Investment Sub-Advisor |
|
Portfolio
|
|
Investment Experience |
|
Primary Title with Investment
|
Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc. |
|
Eric J. Holmes, CFA |
|
Managing the Fund since April 2005 |
|
Director and Portfolio Manager |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Craig Nedbalski, CFA |
|
Managing the Fund since January 2010 |
|
Portfolio Manager |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Barr, CFA. |
|
Managing the Fund since September 2011 |
|
Portfolio Manager |
Buying and Selling Fund Shares
Minimum Investment Requirements
|
|
Class A, Class C and Class Y |
|
||||
|
|
Initial
|
|
Additional
|
|
||
Regular Account |
|
$ |
2,500 |
|
$ |
50 |
|
Retirement Account or Custodial Account under the Uniform Gifts/Transfers to Minors Act |
|
$ |
1,000 |
|
$ |
50 |
|
Investments through the Automatic Investment Plan |
|
$ |
100 |
|
$ |
50 |
|
|
|
Institutional |
|
||||
|
|
Initial
|
|
Additional
|
|
||
Regular Account |
|
$ |
500,000 |
|
$ |
50 |
|
You may buy and sell shares in the Fund on a day when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. Class A shares and Class C shares may be purchased and sold directly from Touchstone Securities, Inc. or through your financial advisor. Class Y shares are available only through your financial institution. Institutional shares are available through
Touchstone Securities, Inc. or your financial institution. For more information about buying and selling shares see the section Investing with Touchstone of the Funds prospectus or call 1.800.543.0407.
Tax Information
The Fund intends to make distributions that may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains except when shares are held through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. Shares that are held in a tax-deferred account may be taxed as ordinary or capital gains once they are withdrawn from the tax-deferred account.
Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediarys web site for more information.
TOUCHSTONE SMALL COMPANY VALUE FUND SUMMARY
The Funds Investment Goal
The Fund seeks long-term capital growth.
The Funds Fees and Expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts for Class A shares if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $50,000 or more in the Touchstone Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in the section entitled Choosing a Class of Shares in the Funds prospectus on page 39 and in the section entitled Choosing a Share Class in the Funds Statement of Additional Information on page [ ].
|
|
Class A |
|
Class C |
|
Class Y |
|
Institutional |
|
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a % of offering price) |
|
5.75 |
% |
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
Maximum Deferred Sales (Load) (as a % of original purchase price or the amount redeemed, whichever is less) |
|
None |
|
1.00 |
% |
None |
|
None |
|
Wire Redemption Fee |
|
Up to $15 |
|
Up to $15 |
|
Up to $15 |
|
Up to $15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management Fees |
|
0.90 |
% |
0.90 |
% |
0.90 |
% |
0.90 |
% |
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees |
|
0.25 |
% |
1.00 |
% |
None |
|
None |
|
Other Expenses(1) |
|
0.59 |
% |
0.70 |
% |
0.34 |
% |
0.34 |
% |
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses |
|
0.01 |
% |
0.01 |
% |
0.01 |
% |
0.01 |
% |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses |
|
1.75 |
% |
2.61 |
% |
1.25 |
% |
1.25 |
% |
Fee Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursement(2) |
|
(0.54 |
%) |
(0.65 |
%) |
(0.29 |
%) |
(0.39 |
%) |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Fee Waiver/Expense Reimbursement |
|
1.21 |
% |
1.96 |
% |
0.96 |
% |
0.86 |
% |
(1) Other Expenses have been restated to reflect estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.
(2) Touchstone Advisors and the Trust have entered into an expense limitation agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its fees and/or reimburse certain Fund expenses in order to limit annual fund operating expenses to 1.20%, 1.95%, 0.95% and 0.85% for Class A shares, Class C shares, Class Y shares, and Institutional shares, respectively. This expense limitation will remain in effect until at least [September 10, 2013] but can be terminated by a vote of the Board of Trustees of the Fund if they deem the termination to be beneficial to the Fund shareholders. Touchstone Advisors is entitled to recoup, subject to approval by the Board of Trustees of the Fund, such amounts reduced or reimbursed for a period of up to three (3) years from the year in which Touchstone Advisors reduced its compensation and/or assumed expenses for the Fund. No recoupment will occur unless the Funds expenses are below the expense limitation. See the discussion entitled Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement under the section entitled The Funds Management in the Funds prospectus for more information.
Example. This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then, except as indicated, redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Funds operating expenses remain the same (reflecting the contractual fee waiver). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
|
|
Assuming Redemption at End of Period |
|
Assuming No Redemption |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
Class A |
|
Class C |
|
Class Y |
|
Institutional |
|
Class C |
|
|||||
1 Year |
|
$ |
691 |
|
$ |
299 |
|
$ |
98 |
|
$ |
88 |
|
$ |
199 |
|
3 Years |
|
$ |
1,043 |
|
$ |
749 |
|
$ |
367 |
|
$ |
357 |
|
$ |
749 |
|
5 Years |
|
$ |
1,419 |
|
$ |
1,326 |
|
$ |
657 |
|
$ |
647 |
|
$ |
1,326 |
|
10 Years |
|
$ |
2,471 |
|
$ |
2,893 |
|
$ |
1,483 |
|
$ |
1,473 |
|
$ |
2,893 |
|
Portfolio Turnover. The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or turns over its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Funds performance. During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011, the portfolio turnover rate of the Fund was 93% of the average value of its portfolio.
The Funds Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in equity securities of small cap companies. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Fund upon 60 days prior notice to shareholders. For purposes of the Fund, a small capitalization company has a market capitalization of no more than $2 billion at the time of initial purchase. Equity securities consist of common stock, preferred stock and convertible bonds.
The Funds sub-advisor, DePrince, Race & Zollo, Inc. (DRZ), seeks to invest in companies that it believes have the potential for growth and that appear to be trading below their perceived value.
DRZ employs a multi-step, bottom up investment process. Initially, DRZ screens the investible universe for small market capitalization companies that pay a dividend. DRZ then applies various valuation multiples such as price-to-earnings, price-to-book and price-to-cash flow, to find companies that it believes are trading at the low end of their historical relative valuation levels. DRZ then conducts rigorous fundamental analysis to identify an imminent catalyst (e.g. a new product cycle, management focus on return on invested capital, management changes, restructuring, improving financial or operating conditions or an industry-pricing cycle) which it believes may lead to future price appreciation. DRZ establishes relative price targets for the remaining stocks that have identifiable catalysts. Finally, DRZ filters the results to choose companies that it believes have the potential for growth and appear to be trading below their perceived value. DRZ considers selling a security when, in DRZs opinion, the securitys yield falls below an acceptable limit, when the valuation is no longer attractive or the fundamentals of the company or sector deteriorate.
The Fund invests in securities of companies operating in a broad range of industries. Most of these companies are based in the U.S., but in some instances may be headquartered in or doing a substantial portion of their business outside the U.S. The Fund will typically hold 65 to 80 securities. The Fund may engage in frequent and active trading of securities as a part of its principal investment strategy.
The Principal Risks
The Funds share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund, and the Fund could also return less than other investments. As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal. The Fund is subject to the principal risks listed below.
Convertible Securities Risk: Convertible securities are subject to the risks of both debt securities and equity securities. The values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates rise and, due to the conversion feature, tend to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying security.
Equity Securities Risk: The Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices will fall over short or extended periods of time. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and
developments. The prices of securities issued by these companies may suffer a decline in response to such developments which could result in a decline in the value of the Funds shares.
Foreign Securities Risk: Investing in foreign securities poses additional risks since political and economic events unique in a country or region will affect those markets and their issuers. These events will not necessarily affect the U.S. economy or similar issuers located in the United States. In addition, investments in foreign securities are generally denominated in foreign currency. As a result, changes in the value of those currencies compared to the U.S. dollar may affect (positively or negatively) the value of the Funds investments. These currency movements may happen separately from, or in response to, events that do not otherwise affect the value of the security in the issuers home country. There is a risk that foreign securities may not be subject to accounting standards or governmental supervision comparable to U.S. companies and that less public information about their operations may exist. There is risk associated with the clearance and settlement procedures in non-U.S. markets, which may be unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions and may cause delays. Foreign markets may be less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets and offer less protection to investors. Over-the-counter securities may also be less liquid than exchange-traded securities.
Management Risk: The value of your investment may decrease if the portfolio managers judgment about the attractiveness, value or market trends affecting a particular security, issuer, industry or sector or about market movements is incorrect.
Market Risk: Market risk is the risk that the market value of a security may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.
Micro Cap Risk: Micro-capitalization companies are substantially riskier than investments in larger, more established companies. The stocks of micro-capitalization companies are less stable in price and less liquid than the stocks of larger companies.
Mid Cap Risk: Mid cap stock risk is the risk that stocks of mid-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Mid-sized companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, and may be dependent upon a particular niche of the market.
Portfolio Turnover Risk: Frequent and active trading may result in greater expenses to the Fund, which may lower the Funds performance and may generate more taxable short-term gains for shareholders.
Preferred Stock Risk: Preferred stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer that pays dividends at a specified rate and that has precedence over common stock in the payment of dividends. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take precedence over the claims of those who own preferred and common stock. If interest rates rise, the fixed dividend on preferred stocks may be less attractive, causing the price of preferred stocks to decline. Preferred stock may have mandatory sinking fund provisions, as well as provisions allowing the stock to be called or redeemed prior to its maturity, which can have a negative impact on the stocks price when interest rates decline.
Small Cap Risk: The Fund is subject to the risk that small capitalization stocks may underperform other types of stocks or the equity markets as a whole. Small cap stock risk is the risk that stocks of smaller companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Small companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, or may be dependent upon a small or inexperienced management group. In addition, small cap stocks typically are traded in lower volume, and their issuers typically are subject to greater degrees of changes in their earnings and prospects.
Value Investing Risk: A value-oriented investment approach is subject to the risk that a security believed to be undervalued does not appreciate in value as anticipated or experiences a decline in value.
As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal. You can find more information about the Funds investments and risks under the Investment Strategies and Risks section of the Funds Prospectus.
The Funds Performance*
The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and volatility of an investment in the Fund by showing changes in the Funds performance from calendar year to calendar year and by showing how the Funds average annual total returns for 1 year, 5 years and since the Funds inception compare with the Russell 2000® Value Index. The bar chart does not reflect any sales charges, which would reduce your return. For information on the prior history of the Fund, please see the section entitled The Trust in the Funds Statement of Additional Information. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future. Updated performance is available at no cost by visiting www.TouchstoneInvestments.com or by calling 1.800.543.0407.
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund - Class A Total Returns as of December 31
Best Quarter: 2 nd Quarter 2009 +26.20% Worst Quarter: 4 th Quarter 2008 -27.57%
The year-to-date return for the Funds Class A shares as of March 31, 2012 is 7.67%.
* Institutional shares have not been operational and offered prior to the date of the Funds prospectus. Institutional shares would have had substantially similar annual returns because the shares are invested in the same portfolio. Annual returns would differ only to the extent that the Classes have different expenses.
After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your after-tax returns may differ from those shown and depend on your tax situation. The after-tax returns do not apply to shares held in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-deferred account. After-tax returns are only shown for Class A shares and after-tax returns for other Classes will vary.
Class A, Class C and Class Y shares began operations on April 1, 2003.
Average Annual Total Returns
|
|
1 Year |
|
5 Years |
|
Since
|
|
Class A Shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return Before Taxes |
|
-4.63 |
% |
0.72 |
% |
8.37 |
% |
Return After Taxes on Distributions |
|
-5.49 |
% |
-0.08 |
% |
6.65 |
% |
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares |
|
-1.93 |
% |
0.40 |
% |
6.57 |
% |
Class C Shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return Before Taxes |
|
-0.34 |
% |
1.00 |
% |
8.19 |
% |
Class Y Shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return Before Taxes |
|
0.63 |
% |
2.03 |
% |
9.29 |
% |
Russell 2000® Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) |
|
-5.50 |
% |
-1.87 |
% |
6.40 |
% |
Investment Advisor
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
Investment Sub-
|
|
Portfolio Manager(s) |
|
Investment Experience |
|
Primary Title with Investment
|
DePrince, Race & Zollo, Inc. |
|
Gregory T. Ramsby |
|
Managing the Fund since [September 2012] |
|
Partner and Portfolio Manager |
Buying and Selling Fund Shares
Minimum Investment Requirements
|
|
Class A, Class C and Class Y |
|
||||
|
|
Initial
|
|
Additional
|
|
||
Regular Account |
|
$ |
2,500 |
|
$ |
50 |
|
Retirement Account or Custodial Account under the Uniform Gifts/Transfers to Minors Act |
|
$ |
1,000 |
|
$ |
50 |
|
Investments through the Automatic Investment Plan |
|
$ |
100 |
|
$ |
50 |
|
|
|
Institutional |
|
||||
|
|
Initial
|
|
Additional
|
|
||
Regular Account |
|
$ |
500,000 |
|
$ |
50 |
|
You may buy and sell shares in the Fund on a day when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. Class A shares and Class C shares may be purchased and sold directly from Touchstone Securities, Inc. or through your financial advisor. Class Y shares are available only through your financial institution. Institutional shares are available through Touchstone Securities, Inc. or your financial institution. For more information about buying and selling shares see the section Investing with Touchstone of the Funds prospectus or call 1.800.543.0407.
Tax Information
The Fund intends to make distributions that may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains except when shares are held through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. Shares that are held in a tax-deferred account may be taxed as ordinary or capital gains once they are withdrawn from the tax-deferred account.
Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediarys web site for more information.
TOUCHSTONE INTERNATIONAL VALUE FUND SUMMARY
The Funds Investment Goal
The Fund seeks long-term capital growth.
The Funds Fees and Expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts for Class A shares if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $50,000 or more in the Touchstone Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in the section entitled Choosing a Class of Shares in the Funds prospectus on page 39 and in the section entitled Choosing a Share Class in the Funds Statement of Additional Information on page [ ].
|
|
Class A |
|
Class C |
|
Class Y |
|
Institutional |
|
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a % of offering price) |
|
5.75 |
% |
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
Maximum Deferred Sales (Load) (as a % of original purchase price or the amount redeemed, whichever is less) |
|
None |
|
1.00 |
% |
None |
|
None |
|
Wire Redemption Fee |
|
Up to $15 |
|
Up to $15 |
|
Up to $15 |
|
Up to $15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management Fees |
|
1.00 |
% |
1.00 |
% |
1.00 |
% |
1.00 |
% |
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees |
|
0.25 |
% |
1.00 |
% |
None |
|
None |
|
Other Expenses(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Expenses |
|
0.01 |
% |
0.01 |
% |
0.01 |
% |
0.01 |
% |
Other Operating Expenses |
|
0.46 |
% |
2.03 |
% |
0.38 |
% |
0.40 |
% |
Total Other Expenses |
|
0.47 |
% |
2.04 |
% |
0.39 |
% |
0.41 |
% |
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses |
|
0.01 |
% |
0.01 |
% |
0.01 |
% |
0.01 |
% |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses |
|
1.73 |
% |
4.05 |
% |
1.40 |
% |
1.42 |
% |
Fee Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursement(2) |
|
(0.35 |
%) |
(1.92 |
%) |
(0.27 |
%) |
(0.44 |
%) |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Fee Waiver/Expense Reimbursement |
|
1.38 |
% |
2.13 |
% |
1.13 |
% |
0.98 |
% |
(1) Other Expenses have been restated to reflect estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.
(2) Touchstone Advisors and the Trust have entered into an expense limitation agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its fees and/or reimburse certain Fund expenses in order to limit annual fund operating expenses to 1.36%, 2.11%, 1.11% and 0.96% for Class A shares, Class C shares, Class Y shares and Institutional shares, respectively. This expense limitation will remain in effect until at least [September 10, 2013] but can be terminated by a vote of the Board of Trustees of the Fund if they deem the termination to be beneficial to the Fund shareholders. Touchstone Advisors is entitled to recoup, subject to approval by the Board of Trustees of the Fund, such amounts reduced or reimbursed for a period of up to three (3) years from the year in which Touchstone Advisors reduced its compensation and/or assumed expenses for the Fund. No recoupment will occur unless the Funds expenses are below the expense limitation. See the discussion entitled Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement under the section entitled The Funds Management in the Funds prospectus for more information.
Example. This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then, except as indicated, redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment
has a 5% return each year and that the Funds operating expenses remain the same (reflecting the contractual fee waiver). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
|
|
Assuming Redemption at End of Period |
|
Assuming No Redemption |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
Class A |
|
Class C |
|
Class Y |
|
Institutional |
|
Class C |
|
|||||
1 Year |
|
$ |
707 |
|
$ |
316 |
|
$ |
115 |
|
$ |
100 |
|
$ |
216 |
|
3 Years |
|
$ |
1,055 |
|
$ |
1,056 |
|
$ |
416 |
|
$ |
406 |
|
$ |
1,056 |
|
5 Years |
|
$ |
1,427 |
|
$ |
1,912 |
|
$ |
739 |
|
$ |
734 |
|
$ |
1,912 |
|
10 Years |
|
$ |
2,468 |
|
$ |
4,126 |
|
$ |
1,654 |
|
$ |
1,662 |
|
$ |
4,126 |
|
Portfolio Turnover. The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or turns over its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Funds performance. During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011, the portfolio turnover rate of the Fund was 131% of the average value of its portfolio.
The Funds Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, the Fund primarily invests its assets in equity securities of non-U.S. issuers. The Fund allocates it assets to securities of issuers located in both developed and emerging markets. The Fund may invest in companies of any size in seeking to achieve its investment goal, but may focus its investments in small cap and mid cap companies.
The Funds sub-advisor, Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC (Barrow Hanley), uses traditional methods of stock selection research and analysis to identify securities it believes are undervalued. Barrow Hanley seeks to invest in companies that have (1) price to earnings and price to book ratios below the market, (2) enterprise value/free cash flow ratios at or below the market and (3) dividend yields above the market. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the companies comprising the MSCI EAFE Index constitute the market. Barrow Hanleys investment management approach may be described as contrarian in nature because it generally focuses on companies which are out of favor with other investors due to internal or external challenges judged to be short-term in nature. Barrow Hanleys process seeks to identify the reasons for a temporary undervaluation of a companys shares and believes that value to the Fund can be added through individual stock selection.
Barrow Hanley utilizes risk management tools in an effort to keep the Fund from becoming over-exposed to particular market segments. Barrow Hanley is a bottom-up value manager meaning it analyzes the fundamentals of companies one at a time rather than focusing on broader market themes.
Barrow Hanley generally considers selling a security when, in Barrow Hanleys opinion, the security reaches fair value estimate, when earnings forecasts do not appear to justify the current price, when there has been or there is an expectation of an adverse change in the companys fundamentals, or when other investment opportunities appear more attractive.
The Principal Risks
The Funds share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund, and the Fund could also return less than other investments. As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal. The Fund is subject to the principal risks listed below.
Emerging Markets Risk: Emerging markets may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility associated with the Funds investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar.
Equity Securities Risk: The Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices will fall over short or extended periods of time. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by these companies may suffer a decline in response to such developments which could result in a decline in the value of the Funds shares.
Foreign Securities Risk: Investing in foreign securities poses additional risks since political and economic events unique in a country or region will affect those markets and their issuers. These events will not necessarily affect the U.S. economy or similar issuers located in the United States. In addition, investments in foreign securities are generally denominated in foreign currency. As a result, changes in the value of those currencies compared to the U.S. dollar may affect (positively or negatively) the value of the Funds investments. These currency movements may happen separately from, or in response to, events that do not otherwise affect the value of the security in the issuers home country. There is a risk that foreign securities may not be subject to accounting standards or governmental supervision comparable to U.S. companies and that less public information about their operations may exist. There is risk associated with the clearance and settlement procedures in non-U.S. markets, which may be unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions and may cause delays. Foreign markets may be less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets and offer less protection to investors. Over-the-counter securities may also be less liquid than exchange-traded securities.
Management Risk: The value of your investment may decrease if the portfolio managers judgment about the attractiveness, value or market trends affecting a particular security, issuer, industry or sector or about market movements is incorrect.
Market Risk: Market risk is the risk that the market value of a security may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.
Mid Cap Risk: Mid cap stock risk is the risk that stocks of mid-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Mid-sized companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, and may be dependent upon a particular niche of the market.
Small Cap Risk: The Fund is subject to the risk that small capitalization stocks may underperform other types of stocks or the equity markets as a whole. Small cap stock risk is the risk that stocks of smaller companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Small companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, or may be dependent upon a small or inexperienced management group. In addition, small cap stocks typically are traded in lower volume, and their issuers typically are subject to greater degrees of changes in their earnings and prospects.
Value Investing Risk: A value-oriented investment approach is subject to the risk that a security believed to be undervalued does not appreciate in value as anticipated or experiences a decline in value.
As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal. You can find more information about the Funds investments and risks under the Investment Strategies and Risks section of the Funds Prospectus.
The Funds Performance*
The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and volatility of an investment in the Fund by showing changes in the Funds performance from calendar year to calendar year and by showing how the Funds average annual total returns for 1 year, 5 years and 10 years compare with the MSCI EAFE Index, Net. The bar chart does not reflect any sales charges, which would reduce your return. For more information on the prior history of the Fund, please see the section entitled The Trust in the Funds Statement of Additional Information. Past performance (before and after taxes)
does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future. Updated performance is available at no cost by visiting www.TouchstoneInvestments.com or by calling 1.800.543.0407.
Touchstone International Value Fund Class A shares Total Return as of December 31
Best Quarter: 2 nd Quarter 2009 +24.57% Worst Quarter: 3 rd Quarter 2008 -21.83%
The year-to-date return for the Funds Class A shares as of March 31, 2012 is 9.86%.
* Institutional shares have not been operational and offered prior to the date of the Funds prospectus. Institutional shares would have had substantially similar annual returns because the shares are invested in the same portfolio. Annual returns would differ only to the extent that the Classes have different expenses.
After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your after-tax returns may differ from those shown and depend on your tax situation. The after-tax returns do not apply to shares held in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-deferred account. After-tax returns are only shown for Class A shares and after-tax returns for other Classes will vary.
Class A shares began operations on August 18, 1994, Class C shares began operations on April 25, 1996 and Class Y shares began operations on October 9, 1998.
Average Annual Total Returns
|
|
1 Year |
|
5 Years |
|
10 Years |
|
Class A Shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return Before Taxes |
|
-17.97 |
% |
-6.69 |
% |
2.68 |
% |
Return After Taxes on Distributions |
|
-18.79 |
% |
-8.23 |
% |
1.57 |
% |
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares |
|
-11.69 |
% |
-5.96 |
% |
1.97 |
% |
Class C Shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return Before Taxes |
|
-14.29 |
% |
-6.43 |
% |
2.39 |
% |
Class Y Shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return Before Taxes |
|
-13.39 |
% |
-5.47 |
% |
3.44 |
% |
MSCI EAFE Index, Net (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) |
|
-12.14 |
% |
-4.72 |
% |
4.67 |
% |
Investment Advisor
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
Investment Sub-Advisor |
|
Portfolio Manager(s) |
|
Investment Experience |
|
Primary Title with Investment
|
Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC |
|
David A. Hodges, CFA |
|
Managing the Fund since [September 2012] |
|
Managing Director and Portfolio Manager |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Randolph S. Wrighton, Jr., CFA |
|
Managing the Fund since [September 2012] |
|
Director and Assistant Portfolio Manager |
Buying and Selling Fund Shares
Minimum Investment Requirements
|
|
Class A, Class C and Class Y |
|
||||
|
|
Initial
|
|
Additional
|
|
||
Regular Account |
|
$ |
2,500 |
|
$ |
50 |
|
Retirement Account or Custodial Account under the Uniform Gifts/Transfers to Minors Act |
|
$ |
1,000 |
|
$ |
50 |
|
Investments through the Automatic Investment Plan |
|
$ |
100 |
|
$ |
50 |
|
|
|
Institutional |
|
||||
|
|
Initial
|
|
Additional
|
|
||
Regular Account |
|
$ |
500,000 |
|
$ |
50 |
|
You may buy and sell shares in the Fund on a day when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. Class A shares and Class C shares may be purchased and sold directly from Touchstone Securities, Inc. or through your financial advisor. Class Y shares are available only through your financial institution. Institutional shares are available through Touchstone Securities, Inc. or your financial institution. For more information about buying and selling shares see the section Investing with Touchstone of the Funds prospectus or call 1.800.543.0407.
Tax Information
The Fund intends to make distributions that may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains except when shares are held through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. Shares that are held in a tax-deferred account may be taxed as ordinary or capital gains once they are withdrawn from the tax-deferred account.
Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediarys web site for more information.
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC INCOME FUND SUMMARY
The Funds Investment Goal
The Fund seeks a high level of income consistent with reasonable risk. The Fund seeks capital appreciation as a secondary goal.
The Funds Fees and Expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts for Class A shares if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $50,000 or more in the Touchstone Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in the section entitled Choosing a Class of Shares in the Funds prospectus on page 39 and in the section entitled Choosing a Share Class in the Funds Statement of Additional Information on page [ ].
|
|
Class A |
|
Class C |
|
Class Y |
|
Institutional |
|
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a % of offering price) |
|
5.75 |
% |
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
Maximum Deferred Sales (Load) (as a % of original purchase price or the amount redeemed, whichever is less) |
|
None |
|
1.00 |
% |
None |
|
None |
|
Wire Redemption Fee |
|
Up to $15 |
|
Up to $15 |
|
Up to $15 |
|
Up to $15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management Fees |
|
0.70 |
% |
0.70 |
% |
0.70 |
% |
0.70 |
% |
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees |
|
0.25 |
% |
1.00 |
% |
None |
|
None |
|
Other Expenses(1) |
|
0.37 |
% |
0.39 |
% |
0.33 |
% |
0.31 |
% |
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses |
|
0.05 |
% |
0.05 |
% |
0.05 |
% |
0.05 |
% |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses |
|
1.37 |
% |
2.14 |
% |
1.08 |
% |
1.06 |
% |
Fee Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursement(2) |
|
(0.38 |
%) |
(0.40 |
%) |
(0.34 |
%) |
(0.42 |
%) |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Fee Waiver/Expense Reimbursement |
|
0.99 |
% |
1.74 |
% |
0.74 |
% |
0.64 |
% |
(1) Other Expenses have been restated to reflect estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.
(2) Touchstone Advisors and the Trust have entered into an expense limitation agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its fees and/or reimburse certain Fund expenses in order to limit annual fund operating expenses to 0.94%, 1.69% , 0.69% and 0.59% for Class A shares, Class C shares, Class Y shares and Institutional shares, respectively. This expense limitation will remain in effect until at least [September 10, 2013] but can be terminated by a vote of the Board of Trustees of the Fund if they deem the termination to be beneficial to the Fund shareholders. Touchstone Advisors is entitled to recoup, subject to approval by the Board of Trustees of the Fund, such amounts reduced or reimbursed for a period of up to three (3) years from the year in which Touchstone Advisors reduced its compensation and/or assumed expenses for the Fund. No recoupment will occur unless the Funds expenses are below the expense limitation. See the discussion entitled Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement under the section entitled The Funds Management in the Funds prospectus for more information.
Example. This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then, except as indicated, redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Funds operating expenses remain the same (reflecting the contractual fee waiver). Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
|
|
Assuming Redemption at End of Period |
|
Assuming No Redemption |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
Class A |
|
Class C |
|
Class Y |
|
Institutional |
|
Class C |
|
|||||
1 Year |
|
$ |
670 |
|
$ |
277 |
|
$ |
76 |
|
$ |
65 |
|
$ |
177 |
|
3 Years |
|
$ |
949 |
|
$ |
631 |
|
$ |
309 |
|
$ |
294 |
|
$ |
631 |
|
5 Years |
|
$ |
1,248 |
|
$ |
1,111 |
|
$ |
560 |
|
$ |
542 |
|
$ |
1,111 |
|
10 Years |
|
$ |
2,095 |
|
$ |
2,437 |
|
$ |
1,282 |
|
$ |
1,251 |
|
$ |
2,437 |
|
Portfolio Turnover. The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or turns over its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Funds performance. During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011, the portfolio turnover rate of the Fund was 42% of the average value of its portfolio.
The Funds Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in income-producing securities such as debt securities, common stocks, preferred stocks and common and preferred shares of closed-end investment companies (also known as closed-end funds) having portfolios consisting primarily of income-producing securities. Debt securities in which the Fund may invest include, but are not limited to, U.S. government agency securities and variable or floating-rate instruments. Certain of the debt securities and preferred stocks in which the Fund may invest may be convertible into common shares.
The Funds sub-advisor, Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc. (FTAM), seeks to provide value by investing in asset classes that appear to be attractive based on their risks and in companies with cheap (e.g., attractive price to cash flow ratio) cash flows in each asset class.
FTAM may invest in debt securities of any maturity, and will increase its investment in short term debt securities during periods when it believes interest rates will rise and will increase its investment in long-term debt securities during periods when it believes interest rates will decline. FTAM seeks to maximize risk-adjusted returns through fundamental research, quantitative modeling, and capital structure analysis. In performing this research, modeling and analysis, FTAM evaluates companies based on such factors as sales, assets, earnings, markets, and management, and FTAM searches for companies with favorable debt-to-equity ratios. The Fund seeks returns by investing across a broader array of investments than traditional investment grade fixed income funds, and FTAM believes that a low correlation between various asset classes leads to stability of expected returns.
In selecting corporate debt securities for the Fund, FTAM intends to invest principally in securities rated BBB or better by Standard & Poors (or the equivalent using Moodys), but may invest in securities rated as low as BB, B, CCC or CC or unrated securities when these investments are believed by FTAM to be sound and consistent with an objective of reasonable risk. The Fund will not invest more than 20% of its assets in (i) securities rated BB or lower by Standard & Poors and/or (ii) unrated securities which, in the opinion of FTAM, are of quality comparable to those rated BB or lower. Securities rated lower than BBB by Standard & Poors, sometimes referred to as junk bonds, are lower-rated securities and have speculative characteristics.
The Fund may invest in any diversified closed end income fund as long as the Funds total portfolio maintains no more than 20% of its assets in securities rated BB or lower. The Fund may consider closed-end funds as a pass through security, and will look at the composition of the underlying portfolio. Therefore, the Fund may invest in any single closed-end fund even if more than 20% of the closed-end funds assets are invested in securities rated BB or lower. The closed-end funds in which the Fund may invest may in turn invest in debt and equity securities of United States or foreign issuers.
The Fund may enter into foreign currency contracts to settle planned purchases or sales of securities or to protect against a possible loss resulting from the adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency involved in an underlying transaction. The Fund may enter into futures contracts to gain exposure to, or hedge against changes in the value of interest rates or foreign currencies. The Fund may enter into interest rate, total return, credit default, and other forms of swap agreements to manage its exposure to interest rates and credit risk. The Fund may utilize call and put options to gain investment exposure or to hedge against portfolio volatility.
FTAM may consider selling a portfolio holding when: deterioration in a companys strategic position, growth prospects, or financial reporting is detected; an individual security comprises too large a position in the portfolio; a company with declining financial fundamentals has risk volatility of more than one standard deviation in FTAMs proprietary credit risk model; a companys valuations are no longer attractive; or a better opportunity arises.
The Principal Risks
The Funds share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund, and the Fund could also return less than other investments. As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal. The Fund is subject to the principal risks listed below.
Closed-End Fund Risk: The risks of investment in other investment companies typically reflect the risk of the types of securities in which the investment companies invest. The value of the shares of closed-end investment companies may be lower than the value of the portfolio securities held by the closed-end investment company. When the Fund invests in another investment company, shareholders of the Fund bear their proportionate share of the other investment companys fees and expenses as well as its share of the Funds fees and expenses. There may also not be an active trading market available for shares of some closed-end funds. Additionally, trading of closed-end fund shares may be halted or delisted by the listing exchange.
Convertible Securities Risk: Convertible securities are subject to the risks of both debt securities and equity securities. The values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates rise and, due to the conversion feature, tend to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying security.
Credit Risk: An issuer may be unable to make timely payments of either principal or interest. This may cause the issuers securities to decline in value. Credit risk is particularly relevant to those portfolios that invest a significant amount of their assets in junk bonds or lower-rated securities.
Debt Securities Risk: The prices of the Funds fixed income securities respond to economic developments, particularly interest rate changes, as well as to perceptions about the creditworthiness of individual issuers, including governments.
Derivatives Risk: Derivatives may be more sensitive to changes in economic or market conditions than other types of investments and could result in losses that significantly exceed the Funds original investment. Use of derivatives may increase the amount and affect the timing and character of taxes payable by shareholders. When a derivative is used as a hedge against an opposite position that the Fund also holds, any loss generated by the derivative should be substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice versa. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and underlying security, and there can be no assurance that the Funds hedging transactions will be effective.
Equity Securities Risk: The Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices will fall over short or extended periods of time. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by these companies may suffer a decline in response to such developments which could result in a decline in the value of the Funds shares.
Foreign Securities Risk: Investing in foreign securities poses additional risks since political and economic events unique in a country or region will affect those markets and their issuers. These events will not necessarily affect the U.S.
economy or similar issuers located in the United States. In addition, investments in foreign securities are generally denominated in foreign currency. As a result, changes in the value of those currencies compared to the U.S. dollar may affect (positively or negatively) the value of the Funds investments. These currency movements may happen separately from, or in response to, events that do not otherwise affect the value of the security in the issuers home country. There is a risk that foreign securities may not be subject to accounting standards or governmental supervision comparable to U.S. companies and that less public information about their operations may exist. There is risk associated with the clearance and settlement procedures in non-U.S. markets, which may be unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions and may cause delays. Foreign markets may be less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets and offer less protection to investors. Over-the-counter securities may also be less liquid than exchange-traded securities.
Forward Currency Exchange Contract Risk: A forward foreign currency exchange contract is an agreement to buy or sell a specific currency at a future date and at a price set at the time of the contract. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts may reduce the risk of loss from a change in value of a currency, but they also limit any potential gains, do not protect against fluctuations in the value of the underlying position and are subject to counterparty risk.
Futures Contracts Risk: The risks associated with futures include: the potential inability to terminate or sell a position, the lack of a liquid secondary market for the Funds position and the risk that the counterparty to the transaction will not meet its obligations.
Interest Rate Risk: As interest rates rise, the value of fixed income securities the Fund owns will likely to decrease. Longer-term securities are generally more volatile, so the longer the average maturity or duration of these securities, the greater their price risk. Duration is a measure of the expected life, taking into account any prepayment or call features of the security, of a fixed income security that is used to determine the price sensitivity of the security for a given change in interest rates. Specifically, duration is the change in the value of a fixed income security that will result from a 1% change in interest rates, and generally is stated in years. Maturity, on the other hand, is the date on which a fixed income security becomes due for payment of principal.
Management Risk : The value of your investment may decrease if the portfolio managers judgment about the attractiveness, value or market trends affecting a particular security, issuer, industry or sector or about market movements is incorrect.
Market Risk: Market risk is the risk that the market value of a security may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.
Non-Investment Grade Debt Securities Risk: Non-investment grade debt securities are sometimes referred to as junk bonds and are considered speculative with respect to their issuers ability to make payments of interest and principal. There is a high risk that the Fund could suffer a loss from investments in non-investment grade debt securities caused by the default of an issuer of such securities. Part of the reason for this high risk is that, in the event of a default or bankruptcy, holders of non-investment grade debt securities generally will not receive payments until the holders of all other debt have been paid. In addition, the market for non-investment grade debt securities has, in the past, had more frequent and larger price changes than the markets for other securities. Non-investment grade debt securities can also be more difficult to sell for good value.
Options Risk: Options trading is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The value of options can be highly volatile, and their use can result in loss if the sub-advisor is incorrect in its expectation of price fluctuations. The successful use of options for hedging purposes also depends in part on the ability of the sub-advisor to predict future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and securities markets. When options are purchased over the counter, the Fund bears the risk that the counter-party that wrote the option will be unable or unwilling to perform its obligations under the option contract. Such options may also be illiquid, and in such cases, the Fund may have difficulty closing out its position.
Preferred Stock Risk: Preferred stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer that pays dividends at a specified rate and that has precedence over common stock in the payment of dividends. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take precedence over the claims of those who own preferred and common stock. If interest rates rise, the fixed dividend on preferred stocks may be less attractive, causing the price of preferred stocks to decline. Preferred stock may have mandatory sinking fund provisions, as well as provisions allowing the stock to be called or redeemed prior to its maturity, which can have a negative impact on the stocks price when interest rates decline.
Prepayment Risk: The risk that a debt security may be paid off and proceeds invested earlier than anticipated. Prepayment risk is more prevalent during periods of falling interest rates.
Swap Agreements Risk: The Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. Swap agreements also may be considered to be illiquid. In addition, the Fund may enter into swap agreements that involve a limited number of counterparties, which may increase the Funds exposure to credit risk. Further, there is a risk that no suitable counterparties are willing to enter into, or continue to enter into, transactions with the Fund and, as a result, the Fund may not be able to achieve its investment goal.
Value Investing Risk: A value-oriented investment approach is subject to the risk that a security believed to be undervalued does not appreciate in value as anticipated or experiences a decline in value.
As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal. You can find more information about the Funds investments and risks under the Investment Strategies and Risks section of the Funds Prospectus.
The Funds Performance*
The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and volatility of an investment in the Fund by showing changes in the Funds performance from calendar year to calendar year and by showing how the Funds average annual total returns for 1 year, 5 years and 10 years compare with the Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index. The bar chart does not reflect any sales charges, which would reduce your return. For information on the prior history of the Fund, please see the section entitled The Trust in the Funds Statement of Additional Information. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future. Updated performance is available at no cost by visiting www.TouchstoneInvestments.com or by calling 1.800.543.0407.
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund Class A shares Total Return as of December 31
Best Quarter: 2 nd Quarter 2009 +21.98% Worst Quarter: 3 rd Quarter 2008 -18.49%
The year-to-date return for the Funds Class A shares as of March 31, 2012 is 3.51%.
* Institutional shares have not been operational and offered prior to the date of the Funds prospectus. Institutional shares would have had substantially similar annual returns because the shares are invested in the same portfolio. Annual returns would differ only to the extent that the Classes have different expenses.
After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your after-tax returns may differ from those shown and depend on your tax situation. The after-tax returns do not apply to shares held in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-deferred account. After-tax returns are only shown for Class A shares and after-tax returns for other Classes will vary.
Class A shares began operations on April 1, 2004, Class C shares began operations on October 29, 2001 and Class Y shares began operations on September 1, 1998. The performance figures for Class A shares prior to April 1, 2004 represent the performance of the Fifth Third/Maxus Income Fund Investor Shares with an inception date of March 10, 1985 and are adjusted to reflect expenses and applicable sales charges.
Average Annual Total Returns
|
|
1 Year |
|
5 Years |
|
10 Years |
|
Class A Shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return Before Taxes |
|
0.50 |
% |
3.47 |
% |
5.07 |
% |
Return After Taxes on Distributions |
|
-1.19 |
% |
1.23 |
% |
3.09 |
% |
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares |
|
0.31 |
% |
1.61 |
% |
3.16 |
% |
Class C Shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return Before Taxes |
|
4.97 |
% |
3.75 |
% |
4.86 |
% |
Class Y Shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return Before Taxes |
|
5.94 |
% |
4.77 |
% |
5.90 |
% |
Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) |
|
7.84 |
% |
6.50 |
% |
5.78 |
% |
Investment Advisor
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
Investment
|
|
Portfolio Manager(s) |
|
Investment Experience |
|
Primary Title with Investment Sub-
|
Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc. |
|
Peter Kwiatkowski, CFA |
|
Managing the Fund since February 2002 |
|
Director and Portfolio Manager |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David Withrow, CFA |
|
Managing the Fund since November 2007 |
|
Director and Portfolio Manager |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mitchell Stapley, CFA |
|
Managing the Fund since November 2007 |
|
Chief Fixed Income Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mirko Mikelic |
|
Managing the Fund since November 2007 |
|
Senior Portfolio Manager |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Cassady, CFA |
|
Managing the Fund since November 2009 |
|
Senior Portfolio Manager |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dan Popowics, CFA |
|
Managing the Fund since August 2009 |
|
Portfolio Manager |
Buying and Selling Fund Shares
Minimum Investment Requirements
|
|
Class A, Class C and Class Y |
|
||||
|
|
Initial
|
|
Additional
|
|
||
Regular Account |
|
$ |
2,500 |
|
$ |
50 |
|
Retirement Account or Custodial Account under the Uniform Gifts/Transfers to Minors Act |
|
$ |
1,000 |
|
$ |
50 |
|
Investments through the Automatic Investment Plan |
|
$ |
100 |
|
$ |
50 |
|
|
|
Institutional |
|
||||
|
|
Initial
|
|
Additional
|
|
||
Regular Account |
|
$ |
500,000 |
|
$ |
50 |
|
You may buy and sell shares in the Fund on a day when the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. Class A shares and Class C shares may be purchased and sold directly from Touchstone Securities, Inc. or through your financial advisor. Class Y shares are available only through your financial institution. Institutional shares are available through Touchstone Securities, Inc. or your financial institution. For more information about buying and selling shares see the section Investing with Touchstone of the Funds prospectus or call 1.800.543.0407.
Tax Information
The Fund intends to make distributions that may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains except when shares are held through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. Shares that are held in a tax-deferred account may be taxed as ordinary or capital gains once they are withdrawn from the tax-deferred account.
Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediarys web site for more information.
INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS
Can a Fund Depart From its Principal Investment Strategies?
In addition to the investments and strategies described in this prospectus, each Fund also may invest in other securities, use other strategies and engage in other investment practices. These investments and strategies are described in detail in our Statement of Additional Information (SAI).
Each Funds investment goal is non-fundamental, and may be changed by the Trusts Board of Trustees without shareholder approval. You would be notified at least 30 days before any change takes effect. The investments and strategies described throughout this prospectus are those that the Funds use under normal conditions. During unusual economic or market conditions, or for temporary defensive or liquidity purposes, each Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, repurchase agreements and short-term obligations (i.e., fixed and variable rate securities and high quality debt securities of corporate and government issuers) that would not ordinarily be consistent with the Funds goals. This defensive investing may increase a Funds taxable income. A Fund will do so only if the Advisor or the Funds sub-advisor believes that the risk of loss in using the Funds normal strategies and investments outweighs the opportunity for gains. Of course, there can be no guarantee that any Fund will achieve its investment goal.
Portfolio Composition
Certain of the Funds have adopted policies to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of the Funds assets in certain types of investments suggested by its name (the 80% Policy). For purposes of these 80% Policies, the term assets means net assets plus the amount of borrowings for investment purposes. A Fund must comply with its 80% Policy at the time the Fund invests its assets. Accordingly, when a Fund no longer meets the 80% requirement as a result of circumstances beyond its control, such as changes in the value of portfolio holdings, it would not have to sell its holdings but would have to make any new investments in such a way as to comply with the 80% Policy.
Additional Information About Fund Investments
Foreign Companies (or Issuers): Foreign companies (or issuers) are companies that meet all of the following criteria:
· They are organized under the laws of a foreign country
· They maintain their principal place of business in a foreign country
· The principal trading market for their securities is located in a foreign country
· They derive at least 50% of their revenues or profits from operations in foreign countries
· They have at least 50% of their assets located in foreign countries
Emerging Market Countries: Emerging market countries are generally countries that are not included in the MSCI World Index. As of April 30, 2012, the countries in the MSCI World Index included: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States. The country composition of the MSCI World Index can change over time. When a Fund invests in securities of a company in an emerging market country, it invests in securities issued by a company that meets one or more of the following criteria:
· It is organized under the laws of an emerging market country.
· It maintains its principal place of business in an emerging market country.
· The principal trading market for its securities is located in an emerging market country.
· It derives at least 50% of its revenues or profits from operations within emerging market countries.
· It has at least 50% of its assets located in emerging market countries.
Other Investment Companies (All Funds): The Funds may invest in securities issued by other investment companies. This may include money market funds, index funds, exchange traded funds (e.g., iShares® and SPDRs) and similar securities of other issuers. When a Fund invests in other investment companies, shareholders indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such investment companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying Fund expenses. Touchstone Advisors has received an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) that permits the Funds to invest their uninvested cash or cash collateral in one or more affiliated money market funds. Each Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in affiliated money market funds, subject to that Funds investment limitations and certain other conditions pursuant to the exemptive order.
Exchange-Traded Funds (All Funds): The Funds may invest in shares of exchange-traded funds (ETFs). Investing in an ETF generally offers instant exposure to an index or a broad range of markets, sectors, geographic regions or industries. When investing in ETFs, shareholders bear their proportionate share of the Funds expenses and their proportionate share of ETF expenses which are similar to the Funds expenses. Also, although ETFs seek to provide investment results that correspond generally to the price and yield performance of a particular market index, the price movement of an ETF may not track the underlying index.
Derivatives (All Funds): Each Fund may, but is not required to, use derivative instruments for any of the following purposes:
· To hedge against adverse changes - caused by changing interest rates, stock market prices or currency exchange rates - in the market value of securities held by or to be bought for a Fund;
· As a substitute for purchasing or selling securities;
· To shorten or lengthen the effective portfolio maturity or duration;
· To enhance a Funds potential gain in non-hedging or speculative situations; or
· To lock in a substantial portion of the unrealized appreciation in a stock without selling it.
A derivative instrument will obligate or entitle a Fund to deliver or receive an asset or a cash payment that is based on the change in value of a designated security, currency or index. Even a small investment in derivative instruments can have a large impact on a portfolios yield, stock prices and currency exposure. Therefore, using derivatives can disproportionately increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when interest rates, stock prices or currency rates are changing. A Fund may not fully benefit from or may lose money on derivatives if changes in their value do not correspond accurately to changes in the value of the Funds holdings.
Counterparties to over-the-counter derivative contracts present the same types of credit risk as issuers of fixed income securities. Derivatives can also make a Funds holdings less liquid and harder to value, especially in declining markets. In addition, much of the income and gains generated by derivatives will be taxed as ordinary income. Derivative instruments include futures, options, swaps and to the extent consistent with a Funds investment goals, forward currency exchange contracts. With the exception of the Touchstone Strategic Income Fund, under normal circumstances, investments in these types of derivatives will typically be limited to an amount less than 10% of each Funds assets based on daily mark-to-market value.
Change in Market Capitalization : A Fund may specify in its principal investment strategy a market capitalization range for acquiring portfolio securities. If a security that is within the range for a Fund at the time of purchase later falls outside the range, which is most likely to happen because of market fluctuation, the Fund may continue to hold the security if, in the sub-advisors judgment, the security remains otherwise consistent with the Funds investment goal and strategies. However, this change could affect the Funds flexibility in making new investments.
Lending of Portfolio Securities (All Funds): The Funds may lend their portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions under guidelines adopted by the Board of Trustees, including a requirement that the Fund must receive collateral equal to no less than 100% of the market value of the securities loaned. The risk in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of credit, consists of possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail
financially. In determining whether to lend securities, a Funds sub-advisor will consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the borrower. More information on securities lending is available in the SAI.
What are the Principal Risks of Investing in the Funds?
The following is a list of principal risks that may apply to your investment in a Fund. Further information about investment risks is available in the Funds SAI:
Closed-End Fund Risk (Touchstone Strategic Income Fund): The risks of investment in other investment companies typically reflect the risk of the types of securities in which the investment companies invest. The value of the shares of closed-end investment companies may be lower than the value of the portfolio securities held by the closed-end investment company. When the Fund invests in another investment company, shareholders of the Fund bear their proportionate share of the other investment companys fees and expenses as well as its share of the Funds fees and expenses. There may also not be an active trading market available for shares of some closed-end funds. Additionally, trading of closed-end fund shares may be halted or delisted by the listing exchange.
Convertible Securities Risk (Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund, Touchstone Small Company Value Fund and Touchstone Strategic Income Fund): Convertible securities are subject to the risks of both debt securities and equity securities. The values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates rise and, due to the conversion feature, tend to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying security.
Credit Risk (Touchstone Strategic Income Fund): The securities in a Funds portfolio are subject to the possibility that a deterioration, whether sudden or gradual, in the financial condition of an issuer, or a deterioration in general economic conditions, could cause an issuer to fail to make timely payments of principal or interest, when due. This may cause the issuers securities to decline in value.
Debt Securities Risk (Touchstone Strategic Income Fund): The prices of the Funds fixed income securities respond to economic developments, particularly interest rate changes, as well as to perceptions about the creditworthiness of individual issuers, including governments.
Derivatives Risk (Touchstone Strategic Income Fund): A derivative instrument will obligate or entitle the Fund or an underlying fund to deliver or receive an asset or a cash payment that is based on the change in value of a designated security, currency or index. Even a small investment in derivative instruments can have a large impact on a portfolios yield, stock prices and currency exposure. Therefore, using derivatives can disproportionately increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when interest rates, stock prices or currency rates are changing. The Fund or an underlying fund may not fully benefit from or may lose money on derivatives if changes in their value do not correspond accurately to changes in the value of the Funds or underlying funds holdings. Counterparties to over-the-counter derivative contracts present the same types of credit risk as issuers of fixed income securities. Derivatives can also make the Funds holdings less liquid and harder to value, especially in declining markets. In addition, much of the income and gains generated by derivatives will be taxed as ordinary income.
Emerging Markets Risk (Touchstone International Value Fund): Emerging markets may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility associated with the Funds investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar.
Equity Securities Risk (All Funds): A Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices will fall over short or extended periods of time. Historically, the equity markets have moved in cycles. The value of a Funds equity securities may fluctuate from day to day. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends
and developments. The prices of securities issued by these companies may decline in response to such developments, which could result in a decline in the value of a Funds shares. These factors contribute to price volatility, which is a principal risk of investing in the Funds. In addition, common stocks represent a share of ownership in a company, and rank after bonds and preferred stock in their claim on the companys assets in the event of bankruptcy.
Foreign Securities Risk (All Funds): Investing in foreign securities poses additional risks since political and economic events unique in a country or region will affect those markets and their issuers. These events will not necessarily affect the U.S. economy or similar issuers located in the United States. In addition, investments in foreign securities are generally denominated in foreign currency. As a result, changes in the value of those currencies compared to the U.S. dollar may affect (positively or negatively) the value of a Funds investments. These currency movements may happen separately from, or in response to, events that do not otherwise affect the value of the security in the issuers home country. There is a risk that foreign securities may not be subject to accounting standards or governmental supervision comparable to U.S. companies and that less public information about their operations may exist. There is risk associated with the clearance and settlement procedures in non-U.S. markets, which may be unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions and may cause delays. Foreign markets may be less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets and offer less protection to investors. Over-the-counter securities may also be less liquid than exchange-traded securities.
Forward Currency Exchange Contract Risk (Touchstone Strategic Income Fund): A forward foreign currency exchange contract is an agreement to buy or sell a specific currency at a future date and at a price set at the time of the contract. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts may reduce the risk of loss from a change in value of a currency, but they also limit any potential gains, do not protect against fluctuations in the value of the underlying position and are subject to counterparty risk.
Futures Contracts Risk (Touchstone Strategic Income Fund): A futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of the security or other financial instrument at a specified price and time. A futures contract on an index is an agreement in which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index contract was originally written. The risks associated with futures include: the potential inability to terminate or sell a position, the lack of a liquid secondary market for the Funds position and the risk that the counterparty to the transaction will not meet its obligations.
Interest Rate Risk (Touchstone Strategic Income Fund): As interest rates rise, the value of fixed income securities the Fund owns will likely to decrease. Longer-term securities are generally more volatile, so the longer the average maturity or duration of these securities, the greater their price risk. Duration is a measure of the expected life, taking into account any prepayment or call features of the security, of a fixed income security that is used to determine the price sensitivity of the security for a given change in interest rates. Specifically, duration is the change in the value of a fixed income security that will result from a 1% change in interest rates, and generally is stated in years. Maturity, on the other hand, is the date on which a fixed income security becomes due for payment of principal.
Management Risk (All Funds): The value of your investment may decrease if the sub-advisors judgment about the attractiveness, value or market trends affecting a particular security, issuer, industry or sector or about market movements is incorrect.
Market Risk (All Funds): Market risk is the risk that the market value of a security may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.
Micro Cap Risk (Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund and Touchstone Small Company Value Fund): Micro-capitalization companies are substantially riskier than investments in larger, more established companies. The stocks of micro-capitalization companies are less stable in price and less liquid than the stocks of larger companies.
Mid Cap Risk (Touchstone Small Company Value Fund and Touchstone International Value Fund) : The Fund is subject to the risk that medium capitalization stocks may underperform other types of stocks or the equity markets as a whole. Stocks of mid-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Mid-sized companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, and may be dependent upon a particular niche of the market.
Non-Investment Grade Debt Securities Risk (Touchstone Strategic Income Fund): Non-investment grade debt securities are sometimes referred to as junk bonds and are considered speculative with respect to their issuers ability to make payments of interest and principal. There is a high risk that an underlying fund could suffer a loss from investments in non-investment grade debt securities caused by the default of an issuer of such securities. Part of the reason for this high risk is that, in the event of a default or bankruptcy, holders of non-investment grade debt securities generally will not receive payments until the holders of all other debt have been paid. In addition, the market for non-investment grade debt securities has, in the past, had more frequent and larger price changes than the markets for other securities. These bonds are often thinly traded and can be more difficult to sell and value accurately than investment grade bonds. Because objective pricing data may be less readily available, judgment may play a greater role in the valuation process. Successful investment in non-investment grade debt securities involves greater investment risk and is highly dependent on the sub-advisors credit analysis and market analysis. In addition, the entire high yield bond market can experience sudden and sharp price swings due to a variety of factors, including changes in economic forecasts, stock market activity, large or sustained sales by major investors, a high-profile default, or just a change in the markets psychology.
Options Risk (Touchstone Strategic Income Fund): Options trading is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The value of options can be highly volatile, and their use can result in loss if the sub-advisor is incorrect in its expectation of price fluctuations. The successful use of options for hedging purposes also depends in part on the ability of the sub-advisor to predict future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and securities markets. When options are purchased over the counter, the Fund bears the risk that the counter-party that wrote the option will be unable or unwilling to perform its obligations under the option contract. Such options may also be illiquid, and in such cases, the Fund may have difficulty closing out its position.
Portfolio Turnover Risk (Touchstone Small Company Value Fund): The Fund may sell its portfolio securities, regardless of the length of time that they have been held, if the Advisor and/or sub-advisor determines that it would be in the Funds best interest to do so. It may be appropriate to buy or sell portfolio securities due to economic, market, or other factors that are not within the Advisors or sub-advisors control. These transactions will increase the Funds portfolio turnover. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur if all of the securities in the Fund were replaced during a given period. High turnover rates generally result in higher brokerage costs to the Fund and in higher net taxable gain for shareholders, and may reduce the Funds returns.
Preferred Stock Risk (Touchstone Small Company Value Fund and Touchstone Strategic Income Fund): Preferred stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer that pays dividends at a specified rate and that has precedence over common stock in the payment of dividends. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take precedence over the claims of those who own preferred and common stock. If interest rates rise, the fixed dividend on preferred stocks may be less attractive, causing the price of preferred stocks to decline. Preferred stock may have mandatory sinking fund provisions, as well as provisions allowing the stock to be called or redeemed prior to its maturity, which can have a negative impact on the stocks price when interest rates decline.
Prepayment Risk (Touchstone Strategic Income Fund): The risk that a debt security may be paid off and proceeds invested earlier than anticipated. Prepayment risk is more prevalent during periods of falling interest rates.
Small Cap Risk (Touchstone Small Company Value Fund and Touchstone International Value Fund): The Fund is subject to the risk that small capitalization stocks may underperform other types of stocks or the equity markets as a whole. Small cap stock risk is the risk that stocks of smaller companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market
movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Small companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, or may be dependent upon a small or inexperienced management group. In addition, small cap stocks typically are traded in lower volume, and their issuers typically are subject to greater degrees of changes in their earnings and prospects.
Swap Agreements Risk (Touchstone Strategic Income Fund): The Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. Swap agreements also may be considered to be illiquid. In addition, the Fund may enter into swap agreements that involve a limited number of counterparties, which may increase the Funds exposure to credit risk. Further, there is a risk that no suitable counterparties are willing to enter into, or continue to enter into, transactions with the Fund and, as a result, the Fund may not be able to achieve its investment goal.
Value Investing Risk (All Funds): A value oriented investment approach is subject to the risk that a security believed to be undervalued does not appreciate in value or experience a decline in value.
What are Some of the Non-Principal Risks of Investing in the Funds?
Manager of Managers Risk (All Funds): The Advisor engages one or more sub-advisors to make investment decisions on its behalf for a portion or all of each Fund. There is a risk that the Advisor may be unable to identify and retain sub-advisors who achieve superior investment returns relative to other similar sub-advisors.
Market Disruption Risk (All Funds): The United States, certain member states of the European Union and other countries have experienced during the past few years significant disruption to their financial markets impacting the liquidity and volatility of securities generally, including securities in which the Funds may invest. During periods of extreme market volatility, prices of securities held by the Funds may be negatively impacted due to imbalances between market participants seeking to sell the same or similar securities and market participants willing or able to buy such securities. As a result, the market prices of securities held by the Funds could go down, at times without regard to the financial condition of or specific events impacting the issuer of the security.
The recent instability in the financial markets has led governments to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that have experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity. Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies, or self regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the instruments in which the Fund invests, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that are unforeseeable. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Funds themselves are regulated. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude the Funds ability to achieve their investment goals.
Governments or their agencies may also acquire distressed assets from financial institutions and acquire ownership interests in those institutions. The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are unclear, and such a program may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of the Funds portfolio holdings. Furthermore, volatile financial markets can expose the Funds to greater market and liquidity risk and potential difficulty in valuing portfolio instruments held by the Funds. The Funds have established procedures to assess the liquidity of portfolio holdings and to value instruments for which market prices may not be readily available. The Advisor and Sub-Advisors will monitor developments and seek to manage the Funds in a manner consistent with achieving the Funds investment goals, but there can be no assurance that they will be successful in doing so.
Portfolio Turnover Risk (All Funds except the Touchstone Small Company Value Fund): Each Fund may sell its portfolio securities, regardless of the length of time that they have been held, if the Advisor and/or sub-advisor determines that it would be in a Funds best interest to do so. It may be appropriate to buy or sell portfolio securities due to economic, market, or other factors that are not within the Advisors or sub-advisors control. These transactions will increase a Funds portfolio turnover. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur if all of the securities in a Fund were replaced
during a given period. High turnover rates generally result in higher brokerage costs to a Fund and in higher net taxable gain for shareholders, and may reduce a Funds returns.
Where Can I Find Information About the Funds Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policies?
A description of the Funds policies and procedures for disclosing portfolio securities to any person is available in the SAI and can also be found on the Funds website at www.TouchstoneInvestments.com.
THE FUNDS MANAGEMENT
Investment Advisor
Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (Touchstone Advisors or the Advisor)
303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, OH 45202
Touchstone Advisors has been a registered investment advisor since 1994. As of March 31, 2012, Touchstone Advisors had approximately $9.75 billion in assets under management. As the Funds Advisor, Touchstone Advisors continuously reviews, supervises and administers the Funds investment programs and also ensures compliance with the Funds investment policies and guidelines.
Touchstone Advisors is responsible for selecting each Funds sub-advisor(s), subject to approval by the Board of Trustees. Touchstone Advisors selects a sub-advisor that has shown good investment performance in its areas of expertise. Touchstone Advisors considers various factors in evaluating a sub-advisor, including:
· Level of knowledge and skill
· Performance as compared to its peers or benchmark
· Consistency of performance over 5 years or more
· Level of compliance with investment rules and strategies
· Employees facilities and financial strength
· Quality of service
Touchstone Advisors will also continually monitor each sub-advisors performance through various analyses and through in-person, telephone and written consultations with a sub-advisor. Touchstone Advisors discusses its expectations for performance with each sub-advisor and provides evaluations and recommendations to the Board of Trustees, including whether or not a sub-advisors contract should be renewed, modified or terminated.
The Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) has granted an exemptive order that permits the Trust or Touchstone Advisors, under certain conditions, to select or change unaffiliated sub-advisors, enter into new sub-advisory agreements or amend existing sub-advisory agreements without first obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds must still obtain shareholder approval of any sub-advisory agreement with a sub-advisor affiliated with the Trust or Touchstone Advisors other than by reason of serving as a sub-advisor to one or more Funds. Shareholders of a Fund will be notified of any changes in its sub-advisory arrangements.
Two or more sub-advisors may manage a Fund, with each managing a portion of the Funds assets. If a Fund has more than one sub-advisor, Touchstone Advisors allocates how much of a Funds assets are managed by each sub-advisor. Touchstone Advisors may change these allocations from time to time, often based upon the results of its evaluations of the sub-advisors.
Touchstone Advisors is also responsible for running all of the operations of the Funds, except those that are subcontracted to a sub-advisor, custodian, transfer agent, sub-administrative agent or other parties. For its services, Touchstone Advisors is entitled to receive a base investment advisory fee from each Fund as listed below at an annualized rate, based on the average daily net assets of the Fund. Touchstone Advisors pays sub-advisory fees to each sub-advisor from its advisory fee.
Fund |
|
Annual Fee Rate |
|
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
1.00 |
% |
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
|
0.90 |
% |
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
1.00 |
% |
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
0.70 |
% |
Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement
Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive fees and reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to ensure certain Funds total annual operating expenses (excluding dividend expenses relating to short sales, interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the cost of Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business) do not exceed the contractual limits set forth below. The contractual limits set forth below have been adjusted for each class of each Fund to include the effect of Rule 12b-1 fees, shareholder servicing fees and other anticipated class specific expenses, if applicable. Fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements are calculated and applied monthly, based on each Funds average net assets during such month. These fee waivers and expense reimbursements will remain in effect until at least [September 10, 2013]. The terms of Touchstone Advisors contractual waiver agreement provide that Touchstone Advisors is entitled to recoup, subject to approval by the Funds Board of Trustees, such amounts waived or reimbursed for a period of up to three (3) years from the year in which Touchstone Advisors reduced its compensation and/or assumed expenses for a Fund. No recoupment will occur unless a Funds operating expenses are below the expense limitation amount.
|
|
Contractual Limit on |
|
Fund |
|
Total Operating Expenses |
|
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
|
|
Class A |
|
1.60 |
% |
Class C |
|
2.35 |
% |
Class Y |
|
1.35 |
% |
Institutional |
|
1.25 |
% |
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
|
|
|
Class A |
|
1.20 |
% |
Class C |
|
1.95 |
% |
Class Y |
|
0.95 |
% |
Institutional |
|
0.85 |
% |
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
|
|
Class A |
|
1.36 |
% |
Class C |
|
2.11 |
% |
Class Y |
|
1.11 |
% |
Institutional |
|
0.96 |
% |
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
|
|
Class A |
|
0.94 |
% |
Class C |
|
1.69 |
% |
Class Y |
|
0.69 |
% |
Institutional |
|
0.59 |
% |
Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreement Approval
[A discussion of the basis for the Board of Trustees approval of the Funds advisory and sub-advisory agreements can be found in the Trusts Semi-Annual Report dated January 31, 2013.]
Sub-Advisors
Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc. (FTAM) serves as the sub-advisor to the Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund and the Touchstone Strategic Income Funds. FTAM is located at 38 Fountain Square Plaza, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202. FTAM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fifth Third Bank. Fifth Third Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fifth Third Financial Corporation, which is in turn a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fifth Third Bancorp. FTAM provides comprehensive advisory services for institutional and personal clients. FTAM offers a broadly diversified asset management product line utilizing proprietary mutual funds, commingled funds, and separate accounts. As sub-advisor, FTAM makes investment decisions for the Funds and also ensures compliance with the Funds investment policies and guidelines. As of March 31, 2012, FTAM had approximately $15 billion of assets under management.
DePrince, Race & Zollo, Inc. (DRZ), an SEC-registered investment adviser located at 250 Park Avenue South, Suite 250, Winter Park, FL, 32789, serves as the sub-advisor to the Touchstone Small Company Value Fund. As sub-advisor, DRZ makes investment decisions for the Fund and also ensures compliance with the Funds investment policies and guidelines. As of March 31, 2012, DRZ had approximately $7.1 billion in assets under management.
Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC (Barrow Hanley), is an SEC-registered advisor located at 2200 Ross Avenue, 31st Floor, Dallas, Texas 75201. As sub-advisor to the Touchstone International Value Fund, Barrow Hanley makes investment decisions for the Fund and also ensures compliance with the Funds investment policies and guidelines. Barrow Hanley has provided value-oriented investment strategies to institutional investors and mutual funds since 1979. As of March 31, 2012, Barrow Hanley managed approximately $67 billion in assets.
Portfolio Managers
Listed below are the portfolio managers that have responsibility for the day-to-day management of each Fund and a brief biographical description of each portfolio manager. The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers investments in the Fund or Funds that they manage, a description of their compensation structure and information regarding other accounts that they manage.
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund
Eric J. Holmes, CFA , is the Director of the Small Cap Value Strategies team for FTAM. He joined FTAM in 2003 and has 18 years of investment experience. Prior to joining FTAM, he was a Director for Victory Capital Management on the Large Cap Value product, covering the Insurance and miscellaneous Consumer Cyclicals industries. Mr. Holmes also spent 5 years with Manning & Napier Advisors as a Research Analyst, Research Associate, and Research Assistant for the Small Cap Value and Large Cap Value products.
Craig P. Nedbalski, CFA , is a Portfolio Manager on the Small Cap Value Strategies team for FTAM. He joined FTAM in 2005 and has 17 years of investment experience. Prior to joining FTAM, Mr. Nedbalski was with Victory Capital Management where he was a Managing Director, providing stock research and analysis with a focus on the Telecommunications, Media, Consumer Discretionary, and Technology sectors.
Michael Barr, CFA , is a Portfolio Manager on the Small Cap Value Strategies team for FTAM. He joined FTAM in 2011 and has 25 years of investment experience. Prior to joining FTAM, Mr. Barr was with Victory Capital Management since 1998, where he was a Managing Director - Equity Analyst, providing stock research and analysis focusing on Healthcare, Consumer Staples, Cyclicals, and Basic Industries throughout his tenure.
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund
Peter Kwiatkowski, CFA , is the Director of Growth and Income Strategies for FTAM. He joined FTAM in 2002 and has 13 years of investment experience. Prior to joining FTAM, he worked in Fifth Third Banks Treasury Group where his responsibilities included structured finance, investments, balance sheet management, and economic analysis. Prior to that, Mr. Kwiatkowski served as a Portfolio Analyst for Pacific Investment Management Company (PIMCO). His previous experience also includes 7 years in real estate, most recently as the manager of a unit handling defaulted mortgages.
David L. Withrow, CFA , is the Director of Taxable Fixed Income, responsible for the management of actively managed fixed income portfolios for FTAM. He joined FTAM in 2001 as a Senior Fixed Income Portfolio Manager and has 23 years of investment experience. Prior to that, David served in a similar capacity for Fifth Third Bank Investment Advisors.
Mitchell L. Stapley, CFA , is the Chief Fixed Income Officer overseeing all Fixed Income strategies for FTAM. He joined FTAM in 2001 and has 28 years of investment experience. Prior to joining FTAM, he held a similar position at Lyon Street Asset Management, a subsidiary of Old Kent Bank, which was later acquired by Fifth Third Bank. Previously, he was Manager of Short Term Investments/Foreign Exchange Exposure at Navistar International Corporation in Chicago. While at Navistar, he was responsible for both investment strategy and implementation, and foreign exchange hedging and trading. Prior to that, Mr. Stapley served as a Portfolio Manager for William Wrigley Jr. Company in Chicago.
Mirko M. Mikelic is a Senior Portfolio Manager on the Fixed Income team, responsible for research and portfolio strategy for FTAM. He joined FTAM in 2003 as a Senior Fixed Income Analyst and has 15 years of investment experience. Prior to joining FTAM, Mr. Mikelic was an International Equity Analyst at Reach Capital Management and authored research reports for CCN LLC. Prior to CCN, he spent several years on the liability management desk of Credit Suisse First Boston/DLJ where he also worked with several of the largest fixed income managers globally in a mortgage sales capacity. Mr. Mikelic began his career in the investment business as a Fixed Income Associate on Morgan Stanleys mortgage research and trading desks as part of their fixed income training program.
John L. Cassady III, CFA , is a Senior Portfolio Manager on the Taxable Fixed Income team for FTAM. He joined FTAM in 2001 and has 22 years of investment experience. Prior to joining FTAM, he held a similar position at Lyon Street Asset Management, a subsidiary of Old Kent Bank, which was acquired by Fifth Third Bank. Previously, he was a fixed income portfolio manager at Atlantic Portfolio Analytics & Management (APAM) which has since been acquired by Utendahl Capital Management (now UCM Partners).
Dan Popowics, CFA , is a Portfolio Manager on the Growth & Income Strategies team and serves as a Portfolio Manager for Mid Cap Growth strategies for FTAM. He joined FTAM in 2009 and has 13 years of investment experience. From 1999 to 2009, Mr. Popowics was an Equity Analyst with Fifth Third Bank Investment Advisors and covered the Consumer Discretionary, Consumer Staples, Health Care, and Financials sectors.
Jason M. Schwartz, CFA , serves as a Portfolio Manager on the Fixed Income team for FTAM. He joined FTAM in 2004 and has 8 years of investment experience.
Touchstone Small Company Fund
Gregory T. Ramsby , Partner and Portfolio Manager, joined DRZ in 1996. Prior to joining DRZ, Mr. Ramsby was employed at First Union Capital Management as an equity analyst and Associate Portfolio Manager. Prior to that, he was an equity analyst at Nations Bank Investment Management.
Touchstone International Value Fund
Barrow Hanley manages the Touchstone International Value Fund with a team, including a portfolio manager, an assistant portfolio manager, and analysts who are responsible for the coverage of specific sectors. David A. Hodges, Jr. is the lead portfolio manager and Randolph S. Wrighton, Jr. is the assistant portfolio manager.
David A. Hodges, Jr, CFA , joined Barrow Hanley in 2001. Mr. Hodges earned a BA from Southern Methodist University, an MBA from the University of Florida, and a JD from the University of Arkansas School of Law.
Randolph S. Wrighton, Jr., CFA , joined Barrow Hanley in 2005 as an equity analyst. He earned a BA in Economics from Vanderbilt University and an MBA from the University of Texas.
CHOOSING A CLASS OF SHARES
Share Class Offerings. Each class of shares has different sales charges and distribution fees. The amount of sales charges and distribution fees you pay will depend on which class of shares you decide to purchase.
Class A Shares
The offering price of Class A shares of each Fund is equal to its net asset value (NAV) plus a front-end sales charge that you pay when you buy your shares. The front-end sales charge is generally deducted from the amount of your investment. Class A shares are subject to a 12b-1 distribution fee.
Class A Sales Charge-Equity Funds. The following table shows the amount of front-end sales charge you will pay on purchases of Class A shares for the Touchstone Equity Funds. The amount of front-end sales charge is shown as a percentage of (1) offering price and (2) the net amount invested after the charge has been subtracted. Note that the front-end sales charge gets lower as your investment amount gets larger.
Amount of Your Investment |
|
Sales Charge as % of
|
|
Sales Charge as % of
|
|
Under $50,000 |
|
5.75 |
% |
6.10 |
% |
$50,000 but less than $100,000 |
|
4.50 |
% |
4.71 |
% |
$100,000 but less than $250,000 |
|
3.50 |
% |
3.63 |
% |
$250,000 but less than $500,000 |
|
2.95 |
% |
3.04 |
% |
$500,000 but less than $1 million |
|
2.25 |
% |
2.30 |
% |
$1 million or more |
|
0.00 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
Waiver of Class A Sales Charge. There is no front-end sales charge if you invest $1 million or more in Class A shares of a Fund. If you redeem shares that were part of the $1 million breakpoint purchase within one year, you may pay a contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) of up to 1% on the shares redeemed, if a commission was paid by Touchstone Securities, Inc. (Touchstone) to a participating unaffiliated broker dealer. There is no front-end sales charge on exchanges between Funds with the same load schedule or from a higher load schedule to a lower load schedule. There is also no front-end sale charge on dividends reinvested in a Fund. In addition, there is no front-end sales charge on the following purchases:
· Purchases by registered representatives or other employees (and their immediate family members*) of broker-dealers, banks, or other financial institutions having selling agreements with Touchstone.
· Purchases in accounts as to which a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary charges an asset management fee economically comparable to a sales charge, provided the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary has a selling agreement with Touchstone.
· Purchases by a trust department of any financial institution in its capacity as trustee to any trust.
· Purchases through authorized processing organizations described in this Prospectus.
· Purchases by an employee benefit plan having more than 25 eligible employees or a minimum of $250,000 invested in the Touchstone Funds.
· Purchases by an employee benefit plan that is provided administrative services by a third party administrator that has entered into a special service arrangement with Touchstone.
· Reinvestment of redemption proceeds from Class A shares of any Touchstone Fund if the reinvestment occurs within 90 days of redemption.
* Immediate family members are defined as the spouse, parents, siblings, domestic partner, natural or adopted children, mother-in-law, father-in-law, brother-in-law and sister-in-law of a registered representative or employee. The term employee is deemed to include current and retired employees.
In addition, Class A shares may be purchased with no front-end sales charge through certain mutual fund programs sponsored by qualified intermediaries, such as broker-dealers and investment advisers. In each case, the intermediary has entered into an agreement with Touchstone to include the Touchstone Funds in their program without the imposition of a sales charge. The intermediary provides investors participating in the program with additional services, including advisory, asset allocation, recordkeeping or other services. You should ask your financial institution if it offers and you are eligible to participate in such a mutual fund program and whether participation in the program is consistent with your investment goals. The intermediaries sponsoring or participating in these mutual fund programs also may offer their clients other classes of shares of the funds and investors may receive different levels of services or pay different fees depending upon the class of shares included in the program. Investors should consider carefully any separate transaction and other fees charged by these programs in connection with investing in each available share class before selecting a share class.
Sales charge waivers must be qualified in advance by Touchstone by marking the appropriate section on the investment application or by completing the Special Account Options form. You can obtain the application and form by calling Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407 or by visiting the touchstoneinvestments.com website. Purchases at NAV may be made for investment only, and the shares may not be resold except through redemption by or on behalf of the Fund. At the option of the Fund, the front-end sales charge may be included on future purchases.
Reduced Class A Sales Charge. You may also purchase Class A shares of a Fund at the reduced sales charges shown in the table above through the Rights of Accumulation Program or by signing a Letter of Intent. The following purchasers (Qualified Purchasers) may qualify for a reduced sales charge under the Rights of Accumulation Program or Letter of Intent:
· an individual, an individuals spouse, an individuals children under the age of 21;
· a trustee or other fiduciary purchasing shares for a single fiduciary account although more than one beneficiary is involved;
· employees of a common employer, provided that economies of scale are realized through remittances from a single source and quarterly confirmation of such purchases are provided; or
· an organized group, provided that the purchases are made through a central administrator, a single dealer or other means which result in economy of sales effort or expense.
The following accounts (Qualified Accounts) held in Class A shares of any Touchstone Fund sold with a front-end sales charge may be grouped together to qualify for the reduced sales charge under the Rights of Accumulation Program or Letter of Intent:
· Individual accounts
· Joint tenant with rights of survivorship accounts
· Uniform gift to minor accounts (UGTMA)
· Trust accounts
· Estate accounts
· Guardian/Conservator accounts
· IRA accounts, including Traditional, Roth, SEP and SIMPLE
· Coverdell Education Savings Accounts
Rights of Accumulation Program. Under the Rights of Accumulation Program, you may qualify for a reduced sales charge by aggregating all of your investments held in a Qualified Account. You or your dealer must notify Touchstone at the time of purchase that a purchase qualifies for a reduced sales charge under the Rights of Accumulation Program and must provide either a list of account numbers or copies of account statements verifying your qualification. If your shares are held directly in a Touchstone Fund or through a dealer, you may combine the historical cost or current NAV (whichever is higher) of your existing Class A shares of any Touchstone Fund sold with a front-end sales charge with the amount of your current purchase in order to take advantage of the reduced sales charge. Historical cost is the price you actually paid for the shares you own, plus your reinvested dividends and capital gains. If you are using historical cost to qualify for a reduced sales charge, you should retain any records to substantiate your historical costs since the Fund, its transfer agent or your broker-dealer may not maintain this information.
If your shares are held through financial intermediaries and/or in a retirement account (such as a 401(k) or employee benefit plan), you may combine the current NAV of your existing Class A shares of any Touchstone Fund sold with a front-end sales charge with the amount of your current purchase in order to take advantage of the reduced sales charge. You or your financial intermediary must notify Touchstone at the time of purchase that a purchase qualifies for a reduced sales charge under the Rights of Accumulation Program and must provide copies of account statements dated within three months of your current purchase verifying your qualification.
Upon receipt of the above referenced supporting documentation, Touchstone will calculate the combined value of all of the Qualified Purchasers Qualified Accounts to determine if the current purchase is eligible for a reduced sales charge. Purchases made for nominee or street name accounts (securities held in the name of a dealer or another nominee such as a bank trust department instead of the customer) may not be aggregated with purchases for other accounts and may not be aggregated with other nominee or street name accounts unless otherwise qualified as described above.
Letter of Intent. If you plan to invest at least $50,000 (excluding any reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions) during the next 13 months in Class A shares of any Touchstone Fund sold with a front-end sales charge, you may qualify for a reduced sales charge by completing the Letter of Intent section of your account application. A Letter of Intent indicates your intent to purchase at least $50,000 in Class A shares of any Touchstone Fund sold with a front-end sales charge over the next 13 months in exchange for a reduced sales charge indicated on the above chart. The minimum initial investment under a Letter of Intent is $10,000. You are not obligated to purchase additional shares if you complete a Letter of Intent. However, if you do not buy enough shares to qualify for the projected level of sales charge by the end of the 13-month period (or when you sell your shares, if earlier), your sales charge will be recalculated to reflect your actual purchase level. During the term of the Letter of Intent, shares representing 5% of your intended purchase will be held in escrow. If you do not purchase enough shares during the 13-month period to qualify for the projected reduced sales charge, the additional sales charge will be deducted from your escrow account. If you have purchased Class A shares of any Touchstone Fund sold with a front-end sales charge within 90 days prior to signing a Letter of Intent, they may be included as part of your intended purchase, however, previous purchase transactions will not be recalculated with the proposed new breakpoint. You must provide either a list of account numbers or copies of account statements verifying your purchases within the past 90 days.
Other Information. Information about sales charges and breakpoints is also available in a clear and prominent format on the TouchstoneInvestments.com website. You can access this information by selecting Sales Charges and Breakpoints under the Pricing and Performance link. For more information about qualifying for a reduced or waived sales charge, contact your financial advisor or contact Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407.
Class C Shares
Because in most cases it is more advantageous to purchase Class A shares for amounts of $1 million or more, a request to purchase Class C shares for $1 million or more will be considered as a purchase request for Class A shares or declined. Class C shares of the Funds are sold at NAV without an initial sales charge so that the full amount of your purchase payment may be immediately invested in the Funds. Class C shares are subject to a 12b-1 fee. A CDSC of 1.00% will be charged on Class C shares redeemed within 1 year after you purchased them.
Class Y Shares
Class Y shares of the Fund are sold at NAV without an initial sales charge so that the full amount of your purchase payment may be immediately invested in the Fund. Class Y shares are not subject to a 12b-1 fee or CDSC.
Institutional Shares
Institutional shares of the Fund are sold at NAV without an initial sales charge so that the full amount of your purchase payment may be immediately invested in the Fund. Institutional shares are not subject to a 12b-1 fee or CDSC.
DISTRIBUTION AND SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
12b-1 Distribution Plans. Each Fund offering Class A and Class C shares has adopted a distribution plan under Rule 12b-1 of the 1940 Act. The plans allow each Fund to pay distribution and other fees for the sale and distribution of its shares and for services provided to shareholders. Under the Class A plan, the Funds pay an annual fee of up to 0.25% of average daily net assets that are attributable to Class A shares. Under the Class C plan, the Funds pay an annual fee of up to 1.00% of average daily net assets that are attributable to Class C shares (of which up to 0.75% is a distribution fee and up to 0.25% is a shareholder servicing fee). Because these fees are paid out of a Funds assets on an ongoing basis, they will increase the cost of your investment and over time may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.
Dealer Compensation. Touchstone, the Trusts principal underwriter, at its expense (from a designated percentage of its income) currently provides additional compensation to certain dealers. Touchstone pursues a focused distribution strategy with a limited number of dealers who have sold shares of a Fund or other Touchstone Funds. Touchstone reviews and makes changes to the focused distribution strategy on a continual basis. These payments are generally based on a pro rata share of a dealers sales. Touchstone may also provide compensation in connection with conferences, sales or training programs for employees, seminars for the public, advertising and other dealer-sponsored programs. Touchstone Advisors, at its expense, may also provide additional compensation to certain affiliated and unaffiliated dealers, financial intermediaries or service providers for distribution, administrative and/or shareholder servicing activities. Touchstone Advisors may also reimburse Touchstone for making these payments. For more information on payment arrangements, please see the section entitled The Distributor in the SAI.
INVESTING WITH TOUCHSTONE
Choosing the Appropriate Investments to Match Your Goals. Investing well requires a plan. We recommend that you meet with your financial advisor to plan a strategy that will best meet your financial goals.
Purchasing Your Shares
Please read this Prospectus carefully and then determine how much you want to invest.
For Class A shares and Class C shares, you may purchase shares of the Funds directly from Touchstone or through your financial advisor.
Class Y shares are available through certain financial institutions and financial intermediaries who have appropriate selling agreements in place with Touchstone.
For Institutional shares, you may purchase shares of the Funds directly from Touchstone or through your financial institution.
In order to open an account you must complete an investment application. You can obtain an investment application from Touchstone, your financial advisor, your financial institution, or by visiting our website at TouchstoneInvestments.com. For more information about how to purchase shares, call Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407.
Investor Alert: Each Touchstone Fund reserves the right to restrict or reject any purchase request, including exchanges from other Touchstone Funds, that it regards as disruptive to efficient portfolio management. For example, a purchase request could be rejected because of the timing of the investment or because of a history of excessive trading by the investor. (See Market Timing Policy in this Prospectus.) Touchstone may change applicable initial and additional investment minimums at any time.
Opening an Account
Important Information About Procedures for Opening an Account
Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. What this means for you: When you open an account, we will ask for your name, residential address, date of birth, government identification number and other information that will allow us to identify you. We may also ask to see your drivers license or other identifying documents. If we do not receive these required pieces of information, there will be a delay in processing your investment request, which could subject your investment to market risk. If we are unable to immediately verify your identity, the Fund may restrict further investment until your identity is verified. However, if we are unable to completely verify your identity through our verification process, the Fund reserves the right to close your account without notice and return your investment to you at the price determined at the end of business (usually 4:00 p.m. eastern time (ET)), on the day that your account is closed. If we close your account because we are unable to completely verify your identity, your investment will be subject to market fluctuation, which could result in a loss of a portion of your principal investment.
Investing in the Funds
By mail or through your financial advisor
· Please make your check (drawn on a U.S. bank and payable in U.S. dollars) payable to the Touchstone Funds. We do not accept third party checks for initial investments.
· Send your check with the completed investment application by regular mail to Touchstone Investments, P.O. Box 9878, Providence, RI 02940, or by overnight mail to Touchstone Investments, c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, MA 01581.
· Your application will be processed subject to your check clearing. If your check is returned for insufficient funds or uncollected funds, you may be charged a fee and you will be responsible for any resulting loss to the Fund.
· You may also open an account through your financial advisor.
Through your financial institution
· You may invest in certain share classes by establishing an account through financial institutions that have appropriate selling agreements with Touchstone.
· Your financial institution will act as the shareholder of record of your shares.
· Financial institutions may set different minimum initial and additional investment requirements, may impose other restrictions or may charge you fees for their services.
· Financial institutions may designate intermediaries to accept purchase and sales orders on the Funds behalf.
· Your financial institution may receive compensation from the Funds, Touchstone, Touchstone Advisors or their affiliates.
· Before investing in the Funds through your financial institution, you should read any materials provided by your financial institution together with this Prospectus.
By exchange
· Class A shares may be exchanged into any other Touchstone Class A Fund at NAV and may be exchanged into any Touchstone money market fund, except the Institutional Money Market Fund and the Ohio Tax-Free Money Market Fund Institutional Class.
· Class C shares may be exchanged into any other Touchstone Class C Funds and may be exchanged into any Touchstone money market fund, except the Institutional Money Market Fund and the Ohio Tax-Free Money Market Fund Institutional Class.
· Class Y shares and Institutional shares of the Fund are exchangeable for Class Y shares and Institutional shares of other Touchstone Funds, respectively, as long as applicable investment minimums and proper selling agreement requirements are met.
· You do not have to pay any exchange fee for your exchange, but if you exchange from a fund with a lower load schedule to a fund with a higher load schedule you may be charged the load differential.
· Shares otherwise subject to a CDSC will not be charged a CDSC in an exchange. However, when you redeem the shares acquired through the exchange, the shares you redeem may be subject to a CDSC, depending on when you originally purchased the exchanged shares. For purposes of computing the CDSC, the length of time you have owned your shares will be measured from the date of original purchase and will not be affected by any exchange.
· If you exchange Class C shares for Class A shares of any Touchstone money market fund, the amount of time you hold shares of the money market fund will not be added to the holding period of your original shares for the purpose of calculating the CDSC, if you later redeem the exchanged shares. However, if you exchange back into your original Class C shares, the prior holding period of your Class C shares will be added to your current holding period of Class C shares in calculating the CDSC.
· If you purchased Class A shares for $1 million or more at NAV and compensation was paid to an unaffiliated dealer and you exchange all or a portion of the shares into any Touchstone money market fund within 12 months of the original purchase, the amount of time you hold shares of the money market fund will not be added to the holding period of your original shares for the purpose of calculating the CDSC, if you later redeem the exchanged shares. However if you exchange back into Class A shares, the prior holding period of your Class A shares will be added to your current holding period of Class A shares in calculating the CDSC.
· You should carefully review the disclosure provided in the Prospectus relating to the exchanged-for shares before making an exchange of your Fund shares.
· You may realize taxable gain if you exchange shares of a Fund for shares of another Fund. See Tax Information for more information and the tax consequences of such an exchange.
· Shares of the Touchstone Ultra Short Duration Fixed Income Fund, which are offered in a separate prospectus, are prohibited from exchanging into any other Touchstone Fund.
Through retirement plans
You may invest in certain Funds through various retirement plans. These include individual retirement plans and employer sponsored retirement plans.
Individual Retirement Plans
· Traditional Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs)
· Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees (SIMPLE IRAs)
· Spousal IRAs
· Roth Individual Retirement Accounts (Roth IRAs)
· Coverdell Education Savings Accounts (Education IRAs)
· Simplified Employee Pension Plans (SEP IRAs)
Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans
· Defined benefit plans
· Defined contribution plans (including 401(k) plans, profit sharing plans and money purchase plans)
· 457 plans
For further information about any of the plans, agreements, applications and annual fees, contact Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407 or contact your financial advisor.
Through a processing organization
You may also purchase shares of the Funds through a processing organization, (e.g., a mutual fund supermarket) which is a broker-dealer, bank or other financial institution that purchases shares for its customers. Some of the Touchstone Funds have authorized certain processing organizations (Authorized Processing Organizations) to receive purchase and sales orders on their behalf. Before investing in the Funds through a processing organization, you should read any materials provided by the processing organization together with this Prospectus. You should also ask the processing organization if they are authorized by the Touchstone Funds to receive purchase and sales orders on their behalf. If the processing organization is not authorized, then your purchase order could be rejected which could subject your investment to market risk. When shares are purchased with an Authorized Processing Organization, there may be various differences compared to investing directly with Touchstone. The Authorized Processing Organization may:
· Charge a fee for its services
· Act as the shareholder of record of the shares
· Set different minimum initial and additional investment requirements
· Impose other charges and restrictions
· Designate intermediaries to accept purchase and sales orders on the Funds behalf
Touchstone considers a purchase or sales order as received when an Authorized Processing Organization, or its authorized designee, receives the order in proper form. These orders will be priced based on the Funds NAV or offering price (which is NAV plus any applicable sales charge), if applicable, next computed after such order is received in proper form by an Authorized Processing Organization, or its authorized designee.
Shares held through an Authorized Processing Organization may be transferred into your name following procedures established by your Authorized Processing Organization and Touchstone. Certain Authorized Processing Organizations may receive compensation from the Funds, Touchstone, Touchstone Advisors or their affiliates.
It is the responsibility of an Authorized Processing Organization to transmit properly completed orders so that they will be received by Touchstone in a timely manner.
Pricing of Purchases
We price direct purchases in the Funds based upon the next determined public offering price (NAV plus any applicable sales charge) after your order is received. Direct purchase orders received by Touchstone, an Authorized Processing Organization, financial advisor or financial institution, by the close of the regular session of trading on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), generally 4:00 p.m. ET, are processed at that days public offering price. Direct purchase orders received by Touchstone, an Authorized Processing Organization, financial advisor or financial institution, after the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE, generally 4:00 p.m. ET, are processed at the public offering price next determined on the following business day. It is the responsibility of the financial institution, financial advisor or Authorized Processing Organization to transmit orders that will be received by Touchstone in proper form and in a timely manner.
Adding to Your Account
By check
· Complete the investment form provided at the bottom of a recent account statement.
· Make your check (drawn on a U.S. bank and payable in U.S. dollars) payable to the Touchstone Funds.
· Write your account number on the check.
· Either: (1) Mail the check with the investment form to Touchstone; or (2) Mail the check directly to your financial advisor or financial institution at the address printed on your account statement. Your financial advisor or financial institution is responsible for forwarding payment promptly to Touchstone.
· If your check is returned for insufficient funds or uncollected funds, you may be charged a fee and you will be responsible for any resulting loss to the Fund.
By wire
· Contact Touchstone, your financial advisor or your financial institution for further instructions.
· Contact your bank and ask it to wire federal funds to Touchstone. Specify your name and account number when remitting the funds.
· Your bank may charge a fee for handling wire transfers.
· Purchases in the Funds will be processed at that days NAV (or public offering price, if applicable) if Touchstone receives a properly executed wire by the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE, generally 4:00 p.m. ET, on a day when the NYSE is open for regular trading.
By exchange
· You may add to your account by exchanging shares from another Touchstone Fund.
· For information about how to exchange shares among the Touchstone Funds, see Opening an Account - By exchange in this Prospectus.
Purchases with Securities
Shares may be purchased by tendering payment in-kind in the form of marketable securities, including but not limited to, shares of common stock, provided the acquisition of such securities is consistent with the applicable Funds investment goal and is otherwise acceptable to Touchstone Advisors.
Automatic Investment Options
The various ways that you can automatically invest in the Funds are outlined below. Touchstone does not charge any fees for these services. For further details about these services, call Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407. If you hold your shares
through a financial institution or Authorized Processing Organization, please contact them for further details on automatic investment options.
Automatic Investment Plan. You can pre-authorize monthly investments in a Fund of $50 or more to be processed electronically from a checking or savings account. You will need to complete the appropriate section in the investment application or special account options form to do this. Amounts that are automatically invested in a Fund will not be available for redemption until three business days after the automatic reinvestment.
Reinvestment/Cross Reinvestment. Dividends and capital gains can be automatically reinvested in the Fund that pays them or in another Touchstone Fund within the same class of shares without a fee or sales charge. Dividends and capital gains will be reinvested in the Fund that pays them, unless you indicate otherwise on your investment application. You may also choose to have your dividends or capital gains paid to you in cash. Dividends are taxable whether you reinvest such dividends in additional shares of a Fund or choose to receive cash. If you elect to receive dividends and distributions in cash and the payment (1) is returned and marked as undeliverable or (2) is not cashed for six months, your cash election will be changed automatically and future dividends will be reinvested in the Fund at the per share net asset value determined as of the date of payment. In addition, any undeliverable checks or checks that are not cashed for six months will be cancelled and then reinvested in the Fund at the per share net asset value determined as of the date of cancellation.
Direct Deposit Purchase Plan. You may automatically invest Social Security checks, private payroll checks, pension pay outs or any other pre-authorized government or private recurring payments in our Funds.
Dollar Cost Averaging. Our dollar cost averaging program allows you to diversify your investments by investing the same amount on a regular basis. You can set up periodic automatic exchanges of at least $50 from one Touchstone Fund to any other. The applicable sales charge, if any, will be assessed.
Selling Your Shares
You may sell some or all of your shares on any day that the Fund calculates its NAV. If your request is received by Touchstone, an Authorized Processing Organization, financial advisor or financial institution, in proper form by the close of regular trading on the NYSE (usually 4:00 p.m. ET), you will receive a price based on that days NAV for the shares you sell. Otherwise, the price you receive will be based on the NAV that is next calculated.
Through Touchstone - By telephone
· You can sell or exchange your shares over the telephone, unless you have specifically declined this option. If you do not wish to have this ability, you must mark the appropriate section of the investment application. You may only sell shares over the telephone if the amount is less than $100,000.
· To sell your Fund shares by telephone, call Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407.
· Shares held in IRA accounts and qualified retirement plans cannot be sold by telephone.
· If we receive your sale request by the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE, generally 4:00 p.m. ET, on a day when the NYSE is open for regular trading, the sale of your shares will be processed at the next determined NAV on that day. Otherwise it will occur on the next business day.
· Interruptions in telephone service could prevent you from selling your shares by telephone when you want to. When you have difficulty making telephone sales, you should mail to Touchstone (or send by overnight delivery), a written request for the sale of your shares.
· In order to protect your investment assets, Touchstone will only follow instructions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine. However, there is no guarantee that the instructions relied upon will always be genuine and Touchstone will not be liable, in those cases. Touchstone has certain procedures to confirm that telephone instructions are genuine. If it does not follow such procedures in a particular case, it may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. Some of these procedures may include:
· Requiring personal identification
· Making checks payable only to the owner(s) of the account shown on Touchstones records
· Mailing checks only to the account address shown on Touchstones records
· Directing wires only to the bank account shown on Touchstones records
· Providing written confirmation for transactions requested by telephone
· Digitally recording instructions received by telephone
Through Touchstone - By mail
· Write to Touchstone.
· Indicate the number of shares or dollar amount to be sold.
· Include your name and account number.
· Sign your request exactly as your name appears on your investment application.
· You may be required to have your signature guaranteed (See Signature Guarantees in this Prospectus for more information).
Through Touchstone - By wire
· Complete the appropriate information on the investment application.
· You may be charged a fee by the Fund or Funds Authorized Processing Organization for wiring redemption proceeds. You may also be charged a fee by your bank.
· Redemption proceeds will only be wired to a commercial bank or brokerage firm in the United States.
· Your redemption proceeds may be deposited without a charge directly into your bank account through an ACH transaction. Contact Touchstone for more information.
Through Touchstone - Through a systematic withdrawal plan
· You may elect to receive, or send to a third party, withdrawals of $50 or more if your account value is at least $5,000.
· Withdrawals can be made monthly, quarterly, semiannually or annually.
· There is no fee for this service.
· There is no minimum account balance required for retirement plans.
Through your financial advisor, financial institution or Authorized Processing Organization
· You may also sell shares by contacting your financial advisor, financial institution or Authorized Processing Organization, which may charge you a fee for this service. Shares held in street name must be sold through your financial advisor, financial institution or, if applicable, the Authorized Processing Organization.
· Your financial advisor, financial institution or Authorized Processing Organization is responsible for making sure that sale requests are transmitted to Touchstone in proper form and in a timely manner.
· Your financial institution may charge you a fee for selling your shares.
· Redemption proceeds will only be wired to a commercial bank or brokerage firm in the United States.
Investor Alert: Unless otherwise specified, proceeds will be sent to the record owner at the address shown on Touchstones records.
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC)
Purchases in the amount of $1 million or more Class A shares are not subject to a front-end sales charge and are sold at NAV. For these purchases, Touchstone may pay your financial intermediary a distribution-related commission associated
with such sale of up to 1.00%. In the event that Touchstone paid such a commission to your financial intermediary, a CDSC of up to 1.00% may be charged on redemptions made within 1 year of your purchase. With respect to Class A shares, the percentage of the CDSC is based on the commission that was paid to your financial intermediary. If you redeem Class C shares within 1 year of your purchase, the CDSC will be charged. You should contact your financial intermediary to determine whether you are subject to the CDSC.
The CDSC will not apply to redemptions of shares you received through reinvested dividends or capital gains distributions and may be waived under certain circumstances described below. The CDSC will be assessed on the lesser of your shares NAV at the time of redemption or the time of purchase. The CDSC is paid to Touchstone to reimburse expenses incurred in providing distribution-related services to the Funds.
No CDSC is applied if:
· The redemption is due to the death or post-purchase disability of a shareholder
· The redemption is from a systematic withdrawal plan and represents no more than 10% of your annual account value
· The redemption is a benefit payment made from a qualified retirement plan, unless the redemption is due to termination of the plan or transfer of the plan to another financial institution
· The redemption is for a mandatory withdrawal from a traditional IRA account after age 70 1/2
When we determine whether a CDSC is payable on a redemption, we assume that:
· The redemption is made first from amounts not subject to a CDSC; then
· From the earliest purchase payment(s) that remain invested in the Fund
The above mentioned CDSC waivers do not apply to redemptions made within one year for purchases of $1 million or more in Class A shares of the Touchstone Funds where a commission was paid by Touchstone to a participating unaffiliated broker dealer.
The SAI contains further details about the CDSC and the conditions for waiving the CDSC.
Signature Guarantees
Some circumstances require that your request to sell shares be made in writing accompanied by an original Medallion Signature Guarantee. A Medallion Signature Guarantee helps protect you against fraud. You can obtain one from most banks or securities dealers, but not from a notary public. Each Fund reserves the right to require a signature guarantee for any request related to your account including, but not limited to:
· Proceeds to be paid when information on your account has been changed within the last 30 days (including a change in your name or your address, or the name or address of a payee)
· Proceeds are being sent to an address other than the address of record
· Proceeds or shares are being sent/transferred from unlike registrations such as a joint account to an individuals account
· Sending proceeds via wire or ACH when bank instructions have been added or changed within 30 days of your redemption request
· Proceeds or shares are being sent/transferred between accounts with different account registrations
Market Timing Policy
Market timing or excessive trading in accounts that you own or control may disrupt portfolio investment strategies, may increase brokerage and administrative costs, and may negatively impact investment returns for all shareholders, including
long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs. The Funds will take reasonable steps to discourage excessive short-term trading and will not knowingly accommodate frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by shareholders. The Board of Trustees has adopted the following policies and procedures with respect to market timing of the Funds by shareholders. The Funds will monitor selected trades on a daily basis in an effort to deter excessive short-term trading. If a Fund has reason to believe that a shareholder has engaged in excessive short-term trading, the Fund may ask the shareholder to stop such activities or restrict or refuse to process purchases or exchanges in the shareholders accounts. While a Fund cannot assure the prevention of all excessive trading and market timing, by making these judgments the Fund believes it is acting in a manner that is in the best interests of its shareholders. However, because the Funds cannot prevent all market timing, shareholders may be subject to the risks described above.
Generally, a shareholder may be considered a market timer if he or she has (i) requested an exchange or redemption out of any of the Touchstone Funds within 2 weeks of an earlier purchase or exchange request into any Touchstone Fund, or (ii) made more than 2 round-trip exchanges within a rolling 90 day period. A round-trip exchange occurs when a shareholder exchanges from one Touchstone Fund to another Touchstone Fund and back to the original Touchstone Fund. If a shareholder exceeds these limits, the Funds may restrict or suspend that shareholders exchange privileges and subsequent exchange requests during the suspension will not be processed. The Funds may also restrict or refuse to process purchases by the shareholder. These exchange limits and excessive trading policies generally do not apply to purchases and redemptions of money market funds (except in situations where excessive trading may have a detrimental or disruptive effect on share prices or portfolio management of these funds), systematic purchases and redemptions.
Financial intermediaries (such as investment advisors and broker-dealers) often establish omnibus accounts in the Funds for their customers through which transactions are placed. If a Fund identifies excessive trading in such an account, the Fund may instruct the intermediary to restrict the investor responsible for the excessive trading from further trading in the Fund. In accordance with Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act, the Funds have entered into information sharing agreements with certain financial intermediaries. Under these agreements, a financial intermediary is obligated to: (1) enforce during the term of the agreement, the Funds market-timing policy; (2) furnish the Funds, upon their request, with information regarding customer trading activities in shares of the Funds; and (3) enforce the Funds market-timing policy with respect to customers identified by the Funds as having engaged in market timing. When information regarding transactions in the Funds shares is requested by a Fund and such information is in the possession of a person that is itself a financial intermediary to a financial intermediary (an indirect intermediary), any financial intermediary with whom the Funds have an information sharing agreement is obligated to obtain transaction information from the indirect intermediary or, if directed by the Funds, to restrict or prohibit the indirect intermediary from purchasing shares of the Funds on behalf of other persons.
The Funds apply these policies and procedures uniformly to all shareholders believed to be engaged in market timing or excessive trading. The Funds have no arrangements to permit any investor to trade frequently in shares of the Funds, nor will they enter into any such arrangements in the future.
Householding Policy (Only applicable for shares held through Touchstone directly)
The Funds will send one copy of prospectuses and shareholder reports to households containing multiple shareholders with the same last name. This process, known as householding, reduces costs and provides a convenience to shareholders. If you share the same last name and address with another shareholder and you prefer to receive separate prospectuses and shareholder reports, call Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407 and we will begin separate mailings to you within 30 days of your request. If you or others in your household invest in the Funds through a broker or other financial institution, you may receive separate prospectuses and shareholder reports, regardless of whether or not you have consented to householding on your investment application.
Receiving Sale Proceeds
Touchstone will forward the proceeds of your sale to you (or to your financial advisor, Authorized Processing Organization or financial institution) within 7 days (normally within 3 business days) after receipt of a proper request.
Proceeds Sent to Financial Advisors, Authorized Processing Organizations or Financial Institutions. Proceeds that are sent to your financial advisor, Authorized Processing Organization or financial institution will not usually be reinvested for you unless you provide specific instructions to do so. Therefore, the financial advisor, Authorized Processing Organization or financial institution may benefit from the use of your money.
Fund Shares Purchased by Check (Only applicable for shares held through Touchstone directly). We may delay the processing of a redemption request for shares you recently purchased by check until your check clears, which may take up to 15 days. If you need your money sooner, you should purchase shares by bank wire.
Reinstatement Privilege (Class A and Class C Shares Only). You may, within 90 days of redemption, reinvest all or part of your sale proceeds by sending a written request and a check to Touchstone. If the redemption proceeds were from the sale of your Class A shares, you can reinvest into Class A shares of any Touchstone Fund at NAV. Reinvestment will be at the NAV next calculated after Touchstone receives your request. If the proceeds were from the sale of your Class C shares, you can reinvest those proceeds into Class C shares of any Touchstone Fund. If you paid a CDSC on the reinstated amount, that CDSC will be reimbursed to you upon reinvestment.
Low Account Balances (Only applicable for shares held through Touchstone directly). If your balance falls below the minimum amount required for your account, based on actual amounts you have invested (as opposed to a reduction from market changes), your account may be subject to an annual account maintenance fee or Touchstone may sell your shares and send the proceeds to you. This involuntary sale does not apply to retirement accounts or custodian accounts under the Uniform Gifts/Transfers to Minors Act (UGTMA). Touchstone will notify you if your shares are about to be sold and you will have 30 days to increase your account balance to the minimum amount.
Delay of Payment. It is possible that the payment of your sale proceeds could be postponed or your right to sell your shares could be suspended during certain circumstances. These circumstances can occur:
· When the NYSE is closed on days other than customary weekends and holidays
· When trading on the NYSE is restricted
· During any other time when the SEC, by order, permits.
Redemption in Kind. Under unusual circumstances, when the Board of Trustees deems it appropriate, a Fund may make payment for shares redeemed in portfolio securities of the Fund taken at current value. Shareholders may incur transaction and brokerage costs when they sell these portfolio securities including federal income tax. Until such time as the shareholder sells the securities they receive in kind, the securities are subject to market risk.
Pricing of Fund Shares
Each Funds share price (also called NAV) and offering price (NAV plus a sales charge, if applicable) is determined as of the close of trading (normally 4:00 p.m. ET) every day the NYSE is open. Each Fund calculates its NAV per share, generally using market prices, by dividing the total value of its net assets by the number of shares outstanding. Shares are purchased or sold at the next offering price determined after your purchase or sale order is received in proper form by Touchstone, an Authorized Processing Organization or financial institution.
The Funds equity investments are valued based on market value or, if no market value is available, based on fair value as determined by the Board of Trustees (or under their direction). The Funds may use pricing services to determine market value for investments. Some specific pricing strategies follow:
· All short-term dollar-denominated investments that mature in 60 days or less are valued on the basis of amortized cost which the Board of Trustees has determined as fair value.
· Securities mainly traded on a U.S. exchange are valued at the last sale price on that exchange or, if no sales occurred during the day, at the current quoted bid price.
Any foreign securities held by a Fund will be priced as follows:
· All assets and liabilities initially expressed in foreign currency values will be converted into U.S. dollar values.
· Securities mainly traded on a non-U.S. exchange are generally valued according to the preceding closing values on that exchange. However, if an event that may change the value of a security occurs after the time that the closing value on the non-U.S. exchange was determined, but before the close of regular trading on the NYSE, the security may be priced based on fair value. This may cause the value of the security on the books of the Fund to be significantly different from the closing value on the non-U.S. exchange and may affect the calculation of the NAV.
· Because portfolio securities that are primarily listed on a non-U.S. exchange may trade on weekends or other days when a Fund does not price its shares, a Funds NAV may change on days when shareholders will not be able to buy or sell shares.
Securities held by a Fund that do not have readily available market quotations, or securities for which the available market quotation is not reliable, are priced at their fair value using procedures approved by the Board of Trustees. Any debt securities held by a Fund for which market quotations are not readily available are generally priced at their most recent bid prices as obtained from one or more of the major market makers for such securities. The Funds may use fair value pricing under the following circumstances, among others:
· If the value of a security has been materially affected by events occurring before the Funds pricing time but after the close of the primary markets on which the security is traded.
· If a security, such as a small cap or micro cap security, is so thinly traded that reliable market quotations are unavailable due to infrequent trading.
· If the exchange on which a portfolio security is principally traded closes early or if trading in a particular portfolio security was halted during the day and did not resume prior to the Funds NAV calculation.
The use of fair value pricing has the effect of valuing a security based upon the price a Fund might reasonably expect to receive if it sold that security but does not guarantee that the security can be sold at the fair value price. The Funds determination of a securitys fair value price often involves the consideration of a number of subjective factors, and is therefore subject to the unavoidable risk that the value that the Fund assigns to a security may be higher or lower than the securitys value would be if a reliable market quotation for the security was readily available. With respect to any portion of a Funds assets that is invested in other mutual funds, that portion of the Funds NAV is calculated based on the NAV of that mutual fund. The prospectus for the other mutual fund explains the circumstances and effects of fair value pricing for that fund.
DISTRIBUTION AND TAXES
Each Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders substantially all of its income and capital gains. Dividends, if any, are declared and paid annually by the following Funds: Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund and Touchstone International Value Fund. Dividends, if any, are declared monthly and paid monthly by Touchstone Strategic Income Fund. Dividends, if any, are declared and paid quarterly by the Touchstone Small Company Value Fund. If you own shares on a Funds distribution record date, you will be entitled to receive the distribution.
You will receive income dividends and distributions of capital gains in the form of additional Fund shares unless you elect to receive payment in cash. To elect cash payment, you must notify the Funds in writing or by phone prior to the date of
distribution. Your election will be effective for dividends and distributions paid after we receive your notice. To cancel your election, simply send written notice to Touchstone Investments, P.O. Box 9878, Providence, RI 02940, or by overnight mail to Touchstone Investments, c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, MA 01581, or call Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407. If you hold your shares through a financial institution, you must contact it to elect cash payment.
Tax Information
The tax information in this prospectus is provided for general information only and should not be considered as tax advice or relied on by a shareholder or prospective investor.
General. The Funds intend to qualify annually to be treated as regulated investment companies (RICs) under the Code. As such, the Funds will not be subject to federal income taxes on the earnings they distribute to shareholders provided they satisfy certain requirements and restrictions of the Code. If for any taxable year a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC: (1) it will be subject to tax in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and thus will be subject to tax on a graduated basis with a maximum tax rate of 35% (for taxable years beginning prior to January 1, 2013); and (2) distributions from its earnings and profits (as determined under federal income tax principles) will be taxable as ordinary dividend income eligible for the 15% non-corporate shareholder rate (for taxable years beginning prior to January 1, 2013) and the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders.
Distributions. The Funds will make distributions to you that may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxed at different rates depending on the length of time the Fund holds its assets). The dividends and distributions you receive may be subject to federal, state and local taxation, depending upon your tax situation. Distributions are taxable whether you reinvest such distributions in additional shares of the Fund or choose to receive cash.
Ordinary Income. Net investment income, except for qualified dividends, and short-term capital gains that are distributed to you are taxable as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes regardless of how long you have held your Fund shares. Certain dividends distributed to non-corporate shareholders in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013 and designated by a Fund as qualified dividend income are eligible for the long-term capital gains rate of 15% (0% for individuals in lower tax brackets). Short-term capital gains that are distributed to you are taxable as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes regardless of how long you have held your Fund shares.
Net Capital Gains. Net capital gains (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) distributed to you, if any, are taxable as long-term capital gains for federal income tax purposes regardless of how long you have held your Fund shares. For tax years beginning before January 1, 2013, the maximum individual tax rate on net long-term capital gains is 15%.
Sale or Exchange of Shares. It is a taxable event for you if you sell shares of a Fund or exchange shares of a Fund for shares of another Fund. Depending on the purchase price and the sale price of the shares you sell or exchange, you may have a taxable gain or loss on the transaction. Any realized gain will be taxable to you, and, generally, will be capital gain, assuming you held the shares of the Fund as a capital asset. The capital gain will be long-term or short-term depending on how long you have held your shares in the Fund. Sales of shares of a Fund that you have held for twelve months or less will be a short-term capital gain or loss and if held for more than twelve months will constitute a long-term capital gain or loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on a disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions of capital gain dividends received by the shareholder and disallowed to the extent of any distributions of exempt-interest dividends, if any, received by the shareholder with respect to such shares.
Medicare Contribution Tax. Under current law, beginning in 2013, U.S. individuals with income exceeding $200,000 ($250,000, if married and filing jointly) will be subject to a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on net investment income including interest, dividends, and capital gains. If applicable, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of your (i) net
investment income or (ii) the excess of modified adjusted gross income over $200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly).
Backup Withholding. A Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax on all taxable distributions and sales payable to shareholders who fail to provide their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that they are subject to backup withholding. The current backup withholding rate is 28%.
State and Local Income Taxes. This Prospectus does not discuss the state and local tax consequences of an investment in a Fund. You are urged and advised to consult your own tax adviser concerning state and local taxes, which may have different consequences from those of the federal income tax laws.
Non-U.S. Shareholders. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax as a result of an investment in a Fund. This Prospectus does not discuss the U.S. or foreign country tax consequences of an investment by a non-U.S. shareholder in a Fund. Accordingly, non-U.S. shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisors as to the U.S. and foreign country tax consequences of an investment in a Fund.
Statements and Notices. You will receive an annual statement outlining the tax status of your distributions.
This section is only a summary of some important income tax considerations that may affect your investment in a Fund. More information regarding these considerations is included in the Funds SAI. You are urged and advised to consult your own tax advisor regarding the effects of an investment in a Fund on your tax situation.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand a Funds financial performance for the past 5 years or, if shorter, the period of a Funds operations. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. The total returns in the table represent the rate that an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). The information on the five years ended July 31, has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, whose report, along with the Funds financial statements, are included in the annual report to shareholders for the Fifth Third Funds (Fifth Third Funds Annual Report). No financial highlights are presented for Institutional shares because the Institutional shares of these Funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this Prospectus. The information provided for the six month period ended January 31, 2012 is unaudited. You can obtain the Fifth Third Funds Annual Report at no charge by calling 1.800.543.0407.
Per Share Data for a Share Outstanding Throughout Each Period
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund
Class A |
|
Six-months ended
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
||||||
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period |
|
$ |
4.24 |
|
$ |
3.63 |
|
$ |
3.01 |
|
$ |
3.49 |
|
$ |
6.73 |
|
$ |
7.80 |
|
Net Investment Income/(Loss) |
|
|
^∆ |
(0.01 |
)∆ |
(0.01 |
)∆ |
0.01 |
∆ |
0.01 |
∆ |
(0.01 |
)∆ |
||||||
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains/(Losses) from Investment Transactions |
|
0.08 |
|
0.62 |
|
0.63 |
|
(0.47 |
) |
(0.75 |
) |
0.90 |
|
||||||
Change in Net Assets Resulting from Operations |
|
0.08 |
|
0.61 |
|
0.62 |
|
(0.46 |
) |
(0.74 |
) |
0.89 |
|
||||||
Net Investment Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
|
|
(0.04 |
) |
||||||
Net Realized Gains |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
(2.50 |
) |
(1.92 |
) |
||||||
Total Dividends and Distributions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.02 |
) |
(2.50 |
) |
(1.96 |
) |
||||||
Net Asset Value, End of Period |
|
$ |
4.32 |
|
$ |
4.24 |
|
$ |
3.63 |
|
$ |
3.01 |
|
$ |
3.49 |
|
$ |
6.73 |
|
Total Return (excludes sales charge) |
|
1.89 |
%* |
16.80 |
% |
20.60 |
% |
(13.18 |
)% |
(12.41 |
)% |
12.24 |
% |
||||||
Net Assets, End of Period (000s) |
|
$ |
18,014 |
|
$ |
18,117 |
|
$ |
11,649 |
|
$ |
7,497 |
|
$ |
10,552 |
|
$ |
11,486 |
|
Ratios of Expenses to Average Net Assets (a) |
|
2.02 |
%** |
1.96 |
% |
2.07 |
% |
2.14 |
% |
2.06 |
% |
1.77 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (b) |
|
1.60 |
%** |
1.60 |
% |
1.60 |
% |
1.60 |
% |
1.60 |
% |
1.60 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Net Investment Income/(Loss) to Average Net Assets |
|
(0.04 |
)%** |
(0.33 |
)% |
(0.41 |
)% |
0.40 |
% |
0.16 |
% |
(0.08 |
)% |
||||||
Portfolio Turnover Rate (c) |
|
20 |
%* |
59 |
% |
56 |
% |
46 |
% |
49 |
% |
72 |
% |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Class C |
|
Six-months ended
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
||||||
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period |
|
$ |
3.77 |
|
$ |
3.25 |
|
$ |
2.72 |
|
$ |
3.17 |
|
$ |
6.39 |
|
$ |
7.52 |
|
Net Investment Income/(Loss) |
|
(0.01 |
)∆ |
(0.04 |
)∆ |
(0.04 |
)∆ |
(0.01 |
)∆ |
(0.02 |
)∆ |
(0.05 |
)∆ |
||||||
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains/(Losses) from Investment Transactions |
|
0.06 |
|
0.56 |
|
0.57 |
|
(0.43 |
) |
(0.70 |
) |
0.84 |
|
||||||
Change in Net Assets Resulting from Operations |
|
0.05 |
|
0.52 |
|
0.53 |
|
(0.44 |
) |
(0.72 |
) |
0.79 |
|
||||||
Net Investment Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net Realized Gains |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
(2.50 |
) |
(1.92 |
) |
||||||
Total Dividends and Distributions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
(2.50 |
) |
(1.92 |
) |
||||||
Net Asset Value, End of Period |
|
$ |
3.82 |
|
$ |
3.77 |
|
$ |
3.25 |
|
$ |
2.72 |
|
$ |
3.17 |
|
$ |
6.39 |
|
Total Return (excludes sales charge) |
|
1.33 |
%* |
16.00 |
% |
19.49 |
% |
(13.75 |
)% |
(12.95 |
)% |
11.28 |
% |
||||||
Net Assets, End of Period (000s) |
|
$ |
5,003 |
|
$ |
5,563 |
|
$ |
2,876 |
|
$ |
1,446 |
|
$ |
1,749 |
|
$ |
2,853 |
|
Ratios of Expenses to Average Net Assets (a) |
|
2.77 |
%** |
2.71 |
% |
2.82 |
% |
2.88 |
% |
2.81 |
% |
2.51 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (b) |
|
2.35 |
%** |
2.35 |
% |
2.35 |
% |
2.35 |
% |
2.35 |
% |
2.35 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Net Investment Income/(Loss) to Average Net Assets |
|
(0.79 |
)%** |
(1.10 |
)% |
(1.17 |
)% |
(0.35 |
)% |
(0.62 |
)% |
(0.75 |
)% |
||||||
Portfolio Turnover Rate (c) |
|
20 |
%* |
59 |
% |
56 |
% |
46 |
% |
49 |
% |
72 |
% |
Per Share Data for a Share Outstanding Throughout Each Period
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund
Class Y |
|
Six-months
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
||||||
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period |
|
$ |
4.58 |
|
$ |
3.92 |
|
$ |
3.24 |
|
$ |
3.75 |
|
$ |
7.02 |
|
$ |
8.05 |
|
Net Investment Income/(Loss) |
|
|
^∆ |
|
^∆ |
(0.01 |
)∆ |
0.02 |
∆ |
0.02 |
∆ |
0.01 |
∆ |
||||||
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains/(Losses) from Investment Transactions |
|
0.10 |
|
0.66 |
|
0.69 |
|
(0.51 |
) |
(0.78 |
) |
0.93 |
|
||||||
Change in Net Assets Resulting from Operations |
|
0.10 |
|
0.66 |
|
0.68 |
|
(0.49 |
) |
(0.76 |
) |
0.94 |
|
||||||
Net Investment Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
(0.01 |
) |
(0.05 |
) |
||||||
Net Realized Gains |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
(2.50 |
) |
(1.92 |
) |
||||||
Total Dividends and Distributions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.02 |
) |
(2.51 |
) |
(1.97 |
) |
||||||
Net Asset Value, End of Period |
|
$ |
4.68 |
|
$ |
4.58 |
|
$ |
3.92 |
|
$ |
3.24 |
|
$ |
3.75 |
|
$ |
7.02 |
|
Total Return (excludes sales charge) |
|
2.18 |
%* |
16.84 |
% |
20.99 |
% |
(12.86 |
)% |
(12.23 |
)% |
12.53 |
% |
||||||
Net Assets, End of Period (000s) |
|
$ |
27,494 |
|
$ |
26,317 |
|
$ |
21,195 |
|
$ |
17,394 |
|
$ |
22,662 |
|
$ |
51,541 |
|
Ratios of Expenses to Average Net Assets (a) |
|
1.77 |
%** |
1.71 |
% |
1.82 |
% |
1.89 |
% |
1.82 |
% |
1.52 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (b) |
|
1.35 |
%** |
1.35 |
% |
1.35 |
% |
1.35 |
% |
1.35 |
% |
1.35 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Net Investment Income/(Loss) to Average Net Assets |
|
0.19 |
%** |
(0.08 |
)% |
(0.16 |
)% |
0.64 |
% |
0.37 |
% |
0.17 |
% |
||||||
Portfolio Turnover Rate (c) |
|
20 |
%* |
59 |
% |
56 |
% |
46 |
% |
49 |
% |
72 |
% |
(a) |
Before waivers and reimbursements |
(b) |
Net of waivers and reimbursements |
(c) |
Portfolio turnover is calculated on the basis of the Fund as a whole without distinguishing between the classes of shares issued. |
Δ |
Average shares method used in calculation. |
^ |
Amount is less than $0.005 per share. |
* |
Not annualized. |
** |
Annualized. |
Per Share Data for a Share Outstanding Throughout Each Period
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund
Class A |
|
Six-months
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
||||||
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period |
|
$ |
19.43 |
|
$ |
16.15 |
|
$ |
13.33 |
|
$ |
16.84 |
|
$ |
20.09 |
|
$ |
20.74 |
|
Net Investment Income/(Loss) |
|
0.06 |
Δ |
0.08 |
∆ |
0.06 |
∆ |
0.18 |
∆ |
0.14 |
∆ |
0.08 |
∆ |
||||||
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains/(Losses) from Investment Transactions |
|
0.05 |
|
3.23 |
|
2.83 |
|
(3.51 |
) |
(0.90 |
) |
2.11 |
|
||||||
Change in Net Assets Resulting from Operations |
|
0.11 |
|
3.31 |
|
2.89 |
|
(3.33 |
) |
(0.76 |
) |
2.19 |
|
||||||
Net Investment Income |
|
(0.02 |
) |
(0.03 |
) |
(0.07 |
) |
(0.18 |
) |
(0.12 |
) |
(0.07 |
) |
||||||
Net Realized Gains |
|
(1.06 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.37 |
) |
(2.77 |
) |
||||||
Total Dividends and Distributions |
|
(1.08 |
) |
(0.03 |
) |
(0.07 |
) |
(0.18 |
) |
(2.49 |
) |
(2.84 |
) |
||||||
Net Asset Value, End of Period |
|
$ |
18.46 |
|
$ |
19.43 |
|
$ |
16.15 |
|
$ |
13.33 |
|
$ |
16.84 |
|
$ |
20.09 |
|
Total Return (excludes sales charge) |
|
0.95 |
%* |
20.52 |
% |
21.69 |
% |
(19.56 |
)% |
(3.95 |
)% |
10.53 |
% |
||||||
Net Assets, End of Period (000s) |
|
$ |
1,995 |
|
$ |
1,980 |
|
$ |
2,241 |
|
$ |
1,275 |
|
$ |
1,682 |
|
$ |
2,198 |
|
Ratios of Expenses to Average Net Assets (a) |
|
1.65 |
%** |
1.60 |
% |
1.56 |
% |
1.55 |
% |
1.50 |
% |
1.50 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (b) |
|
1.28 |
%** |
1.36 |
% |
1.41 |
% |
1.45 |
% |
1.45 |
% |
1.45 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Net Investment Income/(Loss) to Average Net Assets |
|
0.64 |
%** |
0.43 |
% |
0.39 |
% |
1.42 |
% |
0.77 |
% |
0.36 |
% |
||||||
Portfolio Turnover Rate (c) |
|
26 |
%* |
93 |
% |
65 |
% |
68 |
% |
60 |
% |
46 |
% |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Class C |
|
Six-months
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
||||||
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period |
|
$ |
18.38 |
|
$ |
15.37 |
|
$ |
12.73 |
|
$ |
16.07 |
|
$ |
19.31 |
|
$ |
20.14 |
|
Net Investment Income/(Loss) |
|
(0.01 |
)Δ |
(0.07 |
)∆ |
(0.06 |
)∆ |
0.08 |
∆ |
|
^∆ |
(0.08 |
)∆ |
||||||
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains/(Losses) from Investment Transactions |
|
0.04 |
|
3.08 |
|
2.70 |
|
(3.33 |
) |
(0.87 |
) |
2.06 |
|
||||||
Change in Net Assets Resulting from Operations |
|
0.03 |
|
3.01 |
|
2.64 |
|
(3.25 |
) |
(0.87 |
) |
1.98 |
|
||||||
Net Investment Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.09 |
) |
|
|
(0.04 |
) |
||||||
Net Realized Gains |
|
(1.06 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.37 |
) |
(2.77 |
) |
||||||
Total Dividends and Distributions |
|
(1.06 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(0.09 |
) |
(2.37 |
) |
(2.81 |
) |
||||||
Net Asset Value, End of Period |
|
$ |
17.35 |
|
$ |
18.38 |
|
$ |
15.37 |
|
$ |
12.73 |
|
$ |
16.07 |
|
$ |
19.31 |
|
Total Return (excludes sales charge) |
|
0.61 |
%* |
19.58 |
% |
20.83 |
% |
(20.17 |
)% |
(4.74 |
)% |
9.66 |
% |
||||||
Net Assets, End of Period (000s) |
|
$ |
1,686 |
|
$ |
1,802 |
|
$ |
828 |
|
$ |
399 |
|
$ |
384 |
|
$ |
713 |
|
Ratios of Expenses to Average Net Assets (a) |
|
2.40 |
%** |
2.35 |
% |
2.31 |
% |
2.30 |
% |
2.25 |
% |
2.25 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (b) |
|
2.03 |
%** |
2.11 |
% |
2.16 |
% |
2.20 |
% |
2.20 |
% |
2.20 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Net Investment Income/(Loss) to Average Net Assets |
|
(0.11 |
)%** |
(0.39 |
)% |
(0.37 |
)% |
0.68 |
% |
0.01 |
% |
(0.39 |
)% |
||||||
Portfolio Turnover Rate (c) |
|
26 |
%* |
93 |
% |
65 |
% |
68 |
% |
60 |
% |
46 |
% |
Per Share Data for a Share Outstanding Throughout Each Period
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund
Class Y |
|
Six-months
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
||||||
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period |
|
$ |
19.67 |
|
$ |
16.34 |
|
$ |
13.48 |
|
$ |
17.04 |
|
$ |
20.29 |
|
$ |
20.89 |
|
Net Investment Income/(Loss) |
|
0.08 |
∆ |
0.13 |
∆ |
0.11 |
∆ |
0.21 |
∆ |
0.19 |
∆ |
0.13 |
∆ |
||||||
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains/(Losses) from Investment Transactions |
|
0.06 |
|
3.27 |
|
2.85 |
|
(3.55 |
) |
(0.91 |
) |
2.12 |
|
||||||
Change in Net Assets Resulting from Operations |
|
0.14 |
|
3.40 |
|
2.96 |
|
(3.34 |
) |
(0.72 |
) |
2.25 |
|
||||||
Net Investment Income |
|
(0.06 |
) |
(0.07 |
) |
(0.10 |
) |
(0.22 |
) |
(0.16 |
) |
(0.08 |
) |
||||||
Net Realized Gains |
|
(1.06 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.37 |
) |
(2.77 |
) |
||||||
Total Dividends and Distributions |
|
(1.12 |
) |
(0.07 |
) |
(0.10 |
) |
(0.22 |
) |
(2.53 |
) |
(2.85 |
) |
||||||
Net Asset Value, End of Period |
|
$ |
18.69 |
|
$ |
19.67 |
|
$ |
16.34 |
|
$ |
13.48 |
|
$ |
17.04 |
|
$ |
20.29 |
|
Total Return (excludes sales charge) |
|
1.09 |
%* |
20.80 |
% |
22.00 |
% |
(19.32 |
)% |
(3.68 |
)% |
10.77 |
% |
||||||
Net Assets, End of Period (000s) |
|
$ |
57,077 |
|
$ |
60,170 |
|
$ |
59,572 |
|
$ |
65,235 |
|
$ |
86,463 |
|
$ |
110,873 |
|
Ratios of Expenses to Average Net Assets (a) |
|
1.40 |
%** |
1.35 |
% |
1.31 |
% |
1.30 |
% |
1.24 |
% |
1.25 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (b) |
|
1.03 |
%** |
1.11 |
% |
1.16 |
% |
1.20 |
% |
1.19 |
% |
1.20 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Net Investment Income/(Loss) to Average Net Assets |
|
0.89 |
%** |
0.68 |
% |
0.67 |
% |
1.68 |
% |
1.05 |
% |
0.61 |
% |
||||||
Portfolio Turnover Rate (c) |
|
26 |
%* |
93 |
% |
65 |
% |
68 |
% |
60 |
% |
46 |
% |
(a) |
Before waivers and reimbursements |
(b) |
Net of waivers and reimbursements |
(c) |
Portfolio turnover is calculated on the basis of the Fund as a whole without distinguishing between the classes of shares issued. |
Δ |
Average shares method used in calculation. |
^ |
Amount is less than $0.005 per share. |
* |
Not annualized. |
** |
Annualized. |
Per Share Data for a Share Outstanding Throughout Each Period
Touchstone International Value Fund
Class A |
|
Six-months
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
||||||
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period |
|
$ |
8.42 |
|
$ |
7.33 |
|
$ |
7.24 |
|
$ |
12.23 |
|
$ |
15.54 |
|
$ |
12.84 |
|
Net Investment Income/(Loss) |
|
0.03 |
Δ |
0.17 |
Δ |
0.14 |
Δ |
0.20 |
Δ |
0.40 |
Δ |
0.15 |
Δ@ |
||||||
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains/(Losses) from Investment Transactions |
|
(1.00 |
) |
1.09 |
|
0.19 |
|
(3.59 |
) |
(2.28 |
) |
2.92 |
|
||||||
Change in Net Assets Resulting from Operations |
|
(0.97 |
) |
1.26 |
|
0.33 |
|
(3.39 |
) |
(1.88 |
) |
3.07 |
|
||||||
Net Investment Income |
|
(0.20 |
) |
(0.17 |
) |
(0.24 |
) |
(0.17 |
) |
(0.43 |
) |
(0.10 |
) |
||||||
Net Realized Gains |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.43 |
) |
(1.00 |
) |
(0.27 |
) |
||||||
Total Dividends and Distributions |
|
(0.20 |
) |
(0.17 |
) |
(0.24 |
) |
(1.60 |
) |
(1.43 |
) |
(0.37 |
) |
||||||
Net Asset Value, End of Period |
|
$ |
7.25 |
|
$ |
8.42 |
|
$ |
7.33 |
|
$ |
7.24 |
|
$ |
12.23 |
|
$ |
15.54 |
|
Total Return (excludes sales charge) |
|
(11.35 |
)%* |
17.17 |
% |
4.34 |
% |
(24.64 |
)% |
(13.81 |
)% |
24.35 |
%@ |
||||||
Net Assets, End of Period (000s) |
|
$ |
8,567 |
|
$ |
10,258 |
|
$ |
10,216 |
|
$ |
11,754 |
|
$ |
20,160 |
|
$ |
21,533 |
|
Ratios of Expenses to Average Net Assets (a) |
|
1.67 |
%** |
1.61 |
% |
1.59 |
% |
1.59 |
% |
1.60 |
% |
1.61 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (b) |
|
1.42 |
%** |
1.42 |
% |
1.43 |
% |
1.47 |
% |
1.50 |
% |
1.60 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Net Investment Income/(Loss) to Average Net Assets |
|
0.72 |
%** |
2.10 |
% |
1.87 |
% |
2.74 |
% |
2.80 |
% |
1.06 |
% |
||||||
Portfolio Turnover Rate (c) |
|
48 |
%* |
131 |
% |
137 |
% |
104 |
% |
155 |
% |
20 |
% |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Class C |
|
Six-months
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
||||||
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period |
|
$ |
7.85 |
|
$ |
6.84 |
|
$ |
6.79 |
|
$ |
11.61 |
|
$ |
14.81 |
|
$ |
12.31 |
|
Net Investment Income/(Loss) |
|
|
^Δ |
0.10 |
Δ |
0.08 |
Δ |
0.14 |
Δ |
0.30 |
Δ |
0.02 |
Δ@ |
||||||
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains/(Losses) from Investment Transactions |
|
(0.93 |
) |
1.01 |
|
0.18 |
|
(3.42 |
) |
(2.18 |
) |
2.81 |
|
||||||
Change in Net Assets Resulting from Operations |
|
(0.93 |
) |
1.11 |
|
0.26 |
|
(3.28 |
) |
(1.88 |
) |
2.83 |
|
||||||
Net Investment Income |
|
(0.13 |
) |
(0.10 |
) |
(0.21 |
) |
(0.11 |
) |
(0.32 |
) |
(0.06 |
) |
||||||
Net Realized Gains |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.43 |
) |
(1.00 |
) |
(0.27 |
) |
||||||
Total Dividends and Distributions |
|
(0.13 |
) |
(0.10 |
) |
(0.21 |
) |
(1.54 |
) |
(1.32 |
) |
(0.33 |
) |
||||||
Net Asset Value, End of Period |
|
$ |
6.79 |
|
$ |
7.85 |
|
$ |
6.84 |
|
$ |
6.79 |
|
$ |
11.61 |
|
$ |
14.81 |
|
Total Return (excludes sales charge) |
|
(11.77 |
)%* |
16.23 |
% |
3.59 |
% |
(25.18 |
)% |
(14.43 |
)% |
23.40 |
%@ |
||||||
Net Assets, End of Period (000s) |
|
$ |
204 |
|
$ |
275 |
|
$ |
310 |
|
$ |
378 |
|
$ |
721 |
|
$ |
878 |
|
Ratios of Expenses to Average Net Assets (a) |
|
2.42 |
%** |
2.36 |
% |
2.34 |
% |
2.34 |
% |
2.36 |
% |
2.35 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (b) |
|
2.17 |
%** |
2.17 |
% |
2.18 |
% |
2.22 |
% |
2.26 |
% |
2.35 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Net Investment Income/(Loss) to Average Net Assets |
|
(0.03 |
)%** |
1.28 |
% |
1.11 |
% |
2.01 |
% |
2.19 |
% |
0.16 |
% |
||||||
Portfolio Turnover Rate (c) |
|
48 |
%* |
131 |
% |
137 |
% |
104 |
% |
155 |
% |
20 |
% |
Per Share Data for a Share Outstanding Throughout Each Period
Touchstone International Value Fund
Class Y |
|
Six-months
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
||||||
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period |
|
$ |
8.44 |
|
$ |
7.35 |
|
$ |
7.25 |
|
$ |
12.24 |
|
$ |
15.55 |
|
$ |
12.83 |
|
Net Investment Income/(Loss) |
|
0.03 |
Δ |
0.18 |
Δ |
0.16 |
Δ |
0.22 |
Δ |
0.45 |
Δ |
0.18 |
Δ@ |
||||||
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains/(Losses) from Investment Transactions |
|
(1.00 |
) |
1.10 |
|
0.19 |
|
(3.59 |
) |
(2.30 |
) |
2.92 |
|
||||||
Change in Net Assets Resulting from Operations |
|
(0.97 |
) |
1.28 |
|
0.35 |
|
(3.37 |
) |
(1.85 |
) |
3.10 |
|
||||||
Net Investment Income |
|
(0.22 |
) |
(0.19 |
) |
(0.25 |
) |
(0.19 |
) |
(0.46 |
) |
(0.11 |
) |
||||||
Net Realized Gains |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.43 |
) |
(1.00 |
) |
(0.27 |
) |
||||||
Total Dividends and Distributions |
|
(0.22 |
) |
(0.19 |
) |
(0.25 |
) |
(1.62 |
) |
(1.46 |
) |
(0.38 |
) |
||||||
Net Asset Value, End of Period |
|
$ |
7.25 |
|
$ |
8.44 |
|
$ |
7.35 |
|
$ |
7.25 |
|
$ |
12.24 |
|
$ |
15.55 |
|
Total Return (excludes sales charge) |
|
(11.27 |
)%* |
17.42 |
% |
4.61 |
% |
(24.36 |
)% |
(13.56 |
)% |
24.57 |
%@ |
||||||
Net Assets, End of Period (000s) |
|
$ |
147,955 |
|
$ |
176,521 |
|
$ |
229,888 |
|
$ |
233,968 |
|
$ |
420,993 |
|
$ |
469,183 |
|
Ratios of Expenses to Average Net Assets (a) |
|
1.42 |
%** |
1.36 |
% |
1.34 |
% |
1.34 |
% |
1.36 |
% |
1.36 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (b) |
|
1.17 |
%** |
1.17 |
% |
1.18 |
% |
1.22 |
% |
1.26 |
% |
1.35 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Net Investment Income/(Loss) to Average Net Assets |
|
0.97 |
%** |
2.22 |
% |
2.18 |
% |
3.01 |
% |
3.13 |
% |
1.29 |
% |
||||||
Portfolio Turnover Rate (c) |
|
48 |
%* |
131 |
% |
137 |
% |
104 |
% |
155 |
% |
20 |
% |
(a) |
Before waivers and reimbursements |
(b) |
Net of waivers and reimbursements |
(c) |
Portfolio turnover is calculated on the basis of the Fund as a whole without distinguishing between the classes of shares issued. |
Δ |
Average shares method used in calculation. |
@ |
During the year ended July 31, 2007, the Advisor paid money to certain Funds related to an SEC investigation of Citi (formerly BISYS Fund Services), a former service provider to the Funds. See Note 5 in Notes to Financial Statements for further information. |
|
Includes interest expense relating to settlement of foreign futures. Interest expense was 0.03% for the period ended January 31, 2012, 0.01% for the year ended July 31, 2011, 0.01% for year ended July 31, 2010 and 0.02% for the year ended July 31, 2009. |
* |
Not annualized. |
** |
Annualized. |
Per Share Data for a Share Outstanding Throughout Each Period
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund
Class A |
|
Six-months
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
||||||
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period |
|
$ |
10.47 |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
$ |
8.93 |
|
$ |
9.36 |
|
$ |
11.15 |
|
$ |
11.25 |
|
Net Investment Income/(Loss) |
|
0.25 |
Δ |
0.52 |
Δ |
0.51 |
Δ |
0.56 |
Δ |
0.53 |
Δ |
0.52 |
Δ |
||||||
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains/(Losses) from Investment Transactions |
|
0.06 |
|
0.44 |
|
1.26 |
|
(0.39 |
) |
(1.41 |
) |
0.02 |
|
||||||
Change in Net Assets Resulting from Operations |
|
0.31 |
|
0.96 |
|
1.77 |
|
0.17 |
|
(0.88 |
) |
0.54 |
|
||||||
Net Investment Income |
|
(0.26 |
) |
(0.49 |
) |
(0.70 |
) |
(0.59 |
) |
(0.58 |
) |
(0.52 |
) |
||||||
Net Realized Gains |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
(0.33 |
) |
(0.11 |
) |
||||||
Total Dividends and Distributions |
|
(0.26 |
) |
(0.49 |
) |
(0.70 |
) |
(0.60 |
) |
(0.91 |
) |
(0.64 |
) |
||||||
Net Asset Value, End of Period |
|
$ |
10.52 |
|
$ |
10.47 |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
$ |
8.93 |
|
$ |
9.36 |
|
$ |
11.15 |
|
Total Return (excludes sales charge) |
|
3.06 |
%* |
9.90 |
% |
20.27 |
% |
3.02 |
% |
(8.46 |
)% |
4.72 |
% |
||||||
Net Assets, End of Period (000s) |
|
$ |
35,376 |
|
$ |
25,400 |
|
$ |
19,461 |
|
$ |
13,406 |
|
$ |
14,768 |
|
$ |
4,904 |
|
Ratios of Expenses to Average Net Assets (a) |
|
1.60 |
%** |
1.61 |
% |
1.65 |
% |
1.65 |
% |
1.60 |
% |
1.59 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (b) |
|
0.97 |
%** |
1.02 |
% |
1.12 |
% |
1.18 |
% |
1.21 |
% |
1.31 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Net Investment Income/(Loss) to Average Net Assets |
|
4.78 |
%** |
4.99 |
% |
5.27 |
% |
7.05 |
% |
5.21 |
% |
4.49 |
% |
||||||
Portfolio Turnover Rate (c) |
|
24 |
%* |
42 |
% |
31 |
% |
32 |
% |
32 |
% |
18 |
% |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Class C |
|
Six-months
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
||||||
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period |
|
$ |
10.36 |
|
$ |
9.90 |
|
$ |
8.85 |
|
$ |
9.29 |
|
$ |
11.07 |
|
$ |
11.17 |
|
Net Investment Income/(Loss) |
|
0.21 |
Δ |
0.44 |
Δ |
0.43 |
Δ |
0.49 |
Δ |
0.45 |
Δ |
0.43 |
Δ |
||||||
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains/(Losses) from Investment Transactions |
|
0.07 |
|
0.44 |
|
1.25 |
|
(0.38 |
) |
(1.40 |
) |
0.02 |
|
||||||
Change in Net Assets Resulting from Operations |
|
0.28 |
|
0.88 |
|
1.68 |
|
0.11 |
|
(0.95 |
) |
0.45 |
|
||||||
Net Investment Income |
|
(0.23 |
) |
(0.42 |
) |
(0.63 |
) |
(0.54 |
) |
(0.50 |
) |
(0.44 |
) |
||||||
Net Realized Gains |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
(0.33 |
) |
(0.11 |
) |
||||||
Total Dividends and Distributions |
|
(0.23 |
) |
(0.42 |
) |
(0.63 |
) |
(0.55 |
) |
(0.83 |
) |
(0.55 |
) |
||||||
Net Asset Value, End of Period |
|
$ |
10.41 |
|
$ |
10.36 |
|
$ |
9.90 |
|
$ |
8.85 |
|
$ |
9.29 |
|
$ |
11.07 |
|
Total Return (excludes sales charge) |
|
2.72 |
%* |
9.09 |
% |
19.20 |
% |
2.29 |
% |
(9.12 |
)% |
3.98 |
% |
||||||
Net Assets, End of Period (000s) |
|
$ |
21,553 |
|
$ |
16,818 |
|
$ |
12,504 |
|
$ |
8,468 |
|
$ |
9,780 |
|
$ |
15,676 |
|
Ratios of Expenses to Average Net Assets (a) |
|
2.35 |
%** |
2.36 |
% |
2.40 |
% |
2.40 |
% |
2.35 |
% |
2.34 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (b) |
|
1.72 |
%** |
1.77 |
% |
1.87 |
% |
1.93 |
% |
1.96 |
% |
2.06 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Net Investment Income/(Loss) to Average Net Assets |
|
3.99 |
%** |
4.25 |
% |
4.53 |
% |
6.32 |
% |
4.26 |
% |
3.75 |
% |
||||||
Portfolio Turnover Rate (c) |
|
24 |
%* |
42 |
% |
31 |
% |
32 |
% |
32 |
% |
18 |
% |
Per Share Data for a Share Outstanding Throughout Each Period
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund
Class Y |
|
Six-months
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
July 31,
|
|
||||||
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period |
|
$ |
10.49 |
|
$ |
10.02 |
|
$ |
8.95 |
|
$ |
9.38 |
|
$ |
11.18 |
|
$ |
11.28 |
|
Net Investment Income/(Loss) |
|
0.26 |
Δ |
0.54 |
Δ |
0.53 |
Δ |
0.57 |
Δ |
0.55 |
Δ |
0.55 |
Δ |
||||||
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains/(Losses) from Investment Transactions |
|
0.07 |
|
0.45 |
|
1.26 |
|
(0.38 |
) |
(1.41 |
) |
0.01 |
|
||||||
Change in Net Assets Resulting from Operations |
|
0.33 |
|
0.99 |
|
1.79 |
|
0.19 |
|
(0.85 |
) |
0.56 |
|
||||||
Net Investment Income |
|
(0.28 |
) |
(0.52 |
) |
(0.72 |
) |
(0.61 |
) |
(0.61 |
) |
(0.55 |
) |
||||||
Net Realized Gains |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
(0.33 |
) |
(0.11 |
) |
||||||
Total Dividends and Distributions |
|
(0.28 |
) |
(0.52 |
) |
(0.72 |
) |
(0.62 |
) |
(0.94 |
) |
(0.66 |
) |
||||||
Net Asset Value, End of Period |
|
$ |
10.54 |
|
$ |
10.49 |
|
$ |
10.02 |
|
$ |
8.95 |
|
$ |
9.38 |
|
$ |
11.18 |
|
Total Return (excludes sales charge) |
|
3.18 |
%* |
10.15 |
% |
20.39 |
% |
3.38 |
% |
(8.30 |
)% |
4.97 |
% |
||||||
Net Assets, End of Period (000s) |
|
$ |
150,070 |
|
$ |
122,125 |
|
$ |
80,807 |
|
$ |
59,493 |
|
$ |
90,639 |
|
$ |
116,454 |
|
Ratios of Expenses to Average Net Assets (a) |
|
1.35 |
%** |
1.36 |
% |
1.40 |
% |
1.40 |
% |
1.35 |
% |
1.34 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (b) |
|
0.72 |
%** |
0.77 |
% |
0.87 |
% |
0.93 |
% |
0.96 |
% |
1.06 |
% |
||||||
Ratio of Net Investment Income/(Loss) to Average Net Assets |
|
4.98 |
%** |
5.22 |
% |
5.51 |
% |
7.29 |
% |
5.28 |
% |
4.75 |
% |
||||||
Portfolio Turnover Rate (c) |
|
24 |
%* |
42 |
% |
31 |
% |
32 |
% |
32 |
% |
18 |
% |
(a) |
Before waivers and reimbursements |
(b) |
Net of waivers and reimbursements |
(c) |
Portfolio turnover is calculated on the basis of the Fund as a whole without distinguishing between the classes of shares issued. |
Δ |
Average shares method used in calculation. |
* |
Not annualized. |
** |
Annualized. |
TOUCHSTONE INVESTMENTS*
DISTRIBUTOR
Touchstone Securities, Inc.*
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202-4203
1.800.638.8194
www.TouchstoneInvestments.com
INVESTMENT ADVISOR
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.*
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202-4203
TRANSFER AGENT
BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.
4400 Computer Drive
Westborough, MA 01581
SHAREHOLDER SERVICES
1.800.543.0407
*A Member of Western & Southern Financial Group
The following are federal trademark registrations and applications owned by IFS Financial Services, Inc., a member of Western & Southern Financial Group: Touchstone, Touchstone Funds, Touchstone Investments, Touchstone Family of Funds and Touchstone Select.
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202-4203
Go paperless, sign up today at:
www.TouchstoneInvestments.com/home
For investors who want more information about the Funds, the following documents are available free upon request:
Statement of Additional Information (SAI): The SAI provides more detailed information about the Funds and is incorporated herein by reference, which means it is legally a part of this Prospectus.
Annual/Semiannual Reports (Financial Reports): The Funds Financial Reports provide additional information about the Funds investments. In the annual report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected a Funds performance during its last fiscal year.
You can get free copies of the SAI, the Financial Reports, other information and answers to your questions about the Funds by contacting your financial advisor or by contacting Touchstone Investments at 1.800.543.0407. The SAI and Financial Reports are also available on the Touchstone Investments website at: www.TouchstoneInvestments.com/home/formslit/
Information about the Funds (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commissions Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You can receive information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1.202.551.8090.
Reports and other information about the Funds are available on the EDGAR database of the SECs internet site at http://www.sec.gov. For a fee, you can get text-only copies of reports and other information by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-1520 or by sending an e-mail request to: publicinfo@sec.gov.
Investment Company Act file no. 811-03651 |
|
[code to be inserted] |
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
September [ ], 2012
|
|
Class A |
|
Class C |
|
Class Y |
|
Institutional |
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
MXCAX |
|
MXCSX |
|
MXAIX |
|
[ticker] |
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
|
FTVAX |
|
FTVCX |
|
FTVIX |
|
[ticker] |
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
FSIEX |
|
FTECX |
|
FIEIX |
|
[ticker] |
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
FFSAX |
|
FRACX |
|
MXIIX |
|
[ticker] |
This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus and relates only to the above-referenced funds (each a Fund and, together, the Funds). It is intended to provide additional information regarding the activities and operations of Touchstone Strategic Trust (the Trust) and should be read together with the Funds prospectus dated September [ ], 2012, as amended from time to time (Prospectus). The Funds audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011, including the notes thereto and the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP thereon, included in the annual report to shareholders for the Fifth Third Funds (Fifth Third Funds Annual Report), are hereby incorporated into this SAI by reference. No other parts of the Fifth Third Funds Annual Report are incorporated by reference. The Funds unaudited financial statements for the semiannual period ended January 31, 2012, including the notes thereto, included in the semiannual report to shareholders for the Fifth Third Funds (Fifth Third Funds Semi-Annual Report), are incorporated into this SAI by reference. No other parts of the Fifth Third Funds Semi-Annual Report are incorporated by reference. A copy of the Prospectus, Fifth Third Funds Annual Report and Fifth Third Funds Semi-Annual Report may be obtained without charge by writing to the Trust at P.O. Box 9878, Providence, RI 02940, by calling the Trust at 1-800-543-0407, or you may download a copy at www.TouchstoneInvestments.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
THE TRUST |
|
3 |
DEFINITIONS, POLICIES AND RISK CONSIDERATIONS |
|
4 |
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS |
|
35 |
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS |
|
38 |
THE INVESTMENT ADVISOR |
|
45 |
THE SUB-ADVISORS |
|
47 |
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS |
|
48 |
PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES |
|
57 |
THE DISTRIBUTOR |
|
57 |
SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS |
|
61 |
CODE OF ETHICS |
|
62 |
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER |
|
63 |
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS |
|
63 |
CALCULATION OF SHARE PRICE AND PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE |
|
64 |
CHOOSING A SHARE CLASS |
|
65 |
OTHER PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION |
|
68 |
DIVIDENDS |
|
69 |
TAXES |
|
70 |
PRINCIPAL SECURITY HOLDERS |
|
80 |
CUSTODIAN |
|
80 |
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM |
|
80 |
LEGAL COUNSEL |
|
80 |
TRANSFER AND SUB-ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT |
|
80 |
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS |
|
81 |
EXHIBIT A: DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS |
|
A-1 |
EXHIBIT B: PROXY VOTING POLICIES |
|
B-1 |
THE TRUST
Touchstone Strategic Trust (the Trust), an open-end management investment company, was organized as a Massachusetts business trust on November 18, 1982. This SAI relates to the Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund, Touchstone Small Company Value Fund, Touchstone International Value Fund and Touchstone Strategic Income Fund (each a Fund and collectively, the Funds). Each Fund is a diversified open-end management investment company.
Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the Advisor) is the investment manager and administrator for each Fund. The Advisor has selected a sub-advisor(s) (individually, a Sub-Advisor, collectively, the Sub-Advisors) to manage, on a daily basis, the assets of each Fund. The Advisor has sub-contracted certain administrative and accounting services to BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (BNY Mellon). Touchstone Securities, Inc. (the Distributor) is the principal distributor of the Funds shares. The Distributor is an affiliate of the Advisor.
Shares of each Fund have equal voting rights and liquidation rights. Each Fund shall vote separately on matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders except in matters where a vote of all series of the Trust in the aggregate is required by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act) or otherwise. Each class of shares of a Fund shall vote separately on matters relating to its plan of distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1. When matters are submitted to shareholders for a vote, each shareholder is entitled to one vote for each full share owned and fractional votes for fractional shares owned. The Trust does not normally hold annual meetings of shareholders. The Trustees shall promptly call and give notice of a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the removal of any Trustee when requested to do so in writing by shareholders holding 10% or more of the Trusts outstanding shares. The Trust will comply with the provisions of Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act in order to facilitate communications among shareholders.
Each share of a Fund represents an equal proportionate interest in the assets and liabilities belonging to that Fund with each other share of that Fund entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income belonging to the Fund as are declared by the Trust. The shares do not have cumulative voting rights or any preemptive or conversion rights, and the Trustees have the authority from time to time to divide or combine the shares of any Fund into a greater or lesser number of shares of that Fund so long as the proportionate beneficial interest in the assets belonging to that Fund and the rights of shares of any other Fund are in no way affected. In case of any liquidation of a Fund, the holders of shares of the Fund being liquidated will be entitled to receive as a class a distribution out of the assets, net of the liabilities, belonging to that Fund. Expenses attributable to any Fund are borne by that Fund. Any general expenses of the Trust not readily identifiable as belonging to a particular Fund are allocated by or under the direction of the Trustees in such manner as the Trustees determine to be fair and equitable. Generally, the Trustees allocate such expenses on the basis of relative net assets or number of shareholders. No shareholder is liable to further calls or to assessment by the Trust without his express consent.
Class A shares, Class C shares, Class Y shares, and Institutional shares, of a Fund represent an interest in the same assets of such Fund, have the same rights and are identical in all material respects except that (i) each class of shares may bear different (or no) distribution fees; (ii) each class of shares may be subject to different (or no) sales charges; (iii) certain other class specific expenses will be borne solely by the class to which such expenses are attributable, including transfer agent fees attributable to a specific class of shares, printing and postage expenses related to preparing and distributing materials to current shareholders of a specific class, registration fees incurred by a specific class of shares, the expenses of administrative personnel and services required to support the shareholders of a specific class, litigation or other legal expenses relating to a class of shares, Trustees fees or expenses incurred as a result of issues relating to a specific class of shares and accounting fees and expenses relating to a specific class of shares; (iv) each class has exclusive voting rights with respect to matters relating to its own distribution arrangements; and (v) certain classes offer different features and services to shareholders and may have different investment minimums. The Board of Trustees may classify and reclassify the shares of a Fund into additional classes of shares at a future date.
Under Massachusetts law, under certain circumstances, shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust could be deemed to have the same type of personal liability for the obligations of the Trust as does a partner of a partnership. However, numerous investment companies registered under the 1940 Act have been formed as Massachusetts business trusts and the Trust is not aware of an instance where such result has occurred. In addition, the Trust
Agreement disclaims shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Trust and provides for the indemnification out of the Trust property for all losses and expenses of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. Moreover, it provides that the Trust will, upon request, assume the defense of any claim made against any shareholder for any act or obligation of the Trust and satisfy any judgment thereon. As a result, and particularly because the Trust assets are readily marketable and ordinarily substantially exceed liabilities, management believes that the risk of shareholder liability is slight and limited to circumstances in which the Trust itself would be unable to meet its obligations. Management believes that, in view of the above, the risk of personal liability is remote.
History of the Funds
It is currently contemplated that before each Fund identified below commences operations, the assets of the corresponding Predecessor Fund identified below will be transferred to the Fund in a tax-free reorganization as set forth in an agreement and plan of reorganization (each a Reorganization) between the Trust, on behalf of the Funds, and Fifth Third Funds, on behalf of the Predecessor Funds. Each Reorganization is expected to occur on or around [September 10, 2012]. As a result of each Reorganization, the performance and accounting history of each Predecessor Fund will be assumed by its corresponding Fund. Financial and performance information included herein is that of the Predecessor Funds.
Predecessor Funds |
|
Funds |
Fifth Third Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
Fifth Third Small Cap Value Fund |
|
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
Fifth Third International Equity Fund |
|
Touchstone International Value Fund |
Fifth Third Strategic Income Fund |
|
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
DEFINITIONS, POLICIES AND RISK CONSIDERATIONS
Each Funds principal investment strategies and principal risks are described in the Prospectus. The following supplements the information contained in the Prospectus concerning each Funds principal investment strategies and principal risks. In addition, although not principal strategies of the Funds, the Funds may invest in other types of securities and engage in other investment practices as described in the Prospectus or in this SAI. Unless otherwise indicated, each Fund is permitted to invest in each of the investments listed below, or engage in each of the investment techniques listed below consistent with the Funds investment goals, policies and strategies. The investment limitations below are considered to be non-fundamental policies which may be changed at any time by a vote of the Funds Board of Trustees, unless designated as a Fundamental policy. In addition, any stated percentage limitations are measured at the time of the purchase of a security.
ADRs, ADSs, GDRs, EDRs and CDRs
American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) and American Depositary Shares (ADSs) are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts typically issued by domestic banks or trust companies that represent the deposit with those entities of securities of a foreign issuer. They are publicly traded on exchanges or over-the-counter in the United States. European Depositary Receipts (EDRs), which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depositary Receipts (CDRs), and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs) may also be purchased by the Funds. EDRs, CDRs and GDRs are generally issued by foreign banks and evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic securities. Certain institutions issuing ADRs, ADSs, GDRs or EDRs may not be sponsored by the issuer of the underlying foreign securities. A non-sponsored depositary may not provide the same shareholder information that a sponsored depositary is required to provide under its contractual arrangements with the issuer of the underlying foreign securities. Holders of an unsponsored depositary receipt generally bear all the costs of the unsponsored facility. The Depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through to the holders of the receipts voting rights with respect to the deposited securities.
Bear Funds
The Funds may invest in bear funds. Bear funds are designed to allow investors to speculate on anticipated decreases in the S&P 500® Index or to hedge an existing portfolio of securities or mutual fund shares. Due to the nature of bear funds, investors could experience substantial losses during sustained periods of rising equity prices. This is the opposite result expected of investing in a traditional equity mutual fund in a generally rising stock market. Bear funds employ certain investment techniques, including engaging in short sales and in certain transactions in stock index futures contracts, options on stock index futures contracts, and options on securities and stock indexes. Using these techniques, bear funds will generally incur a loss if the price of the underlying security or index increases between the date of the employment of the technique and the date on which the fund terminates the position. Bear funds will generally realize a gain if the underlying security or index declines in price between those dates. The amount of any gain or loss on an investment technique may be affected by any premium or amounts in lieu of dividends or interest that the funds pay or receive as the result of the transaction.
Borrowing
Borrowing may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of a Funds shares and in the return on the Funds portfolio. Although the principal of any borrowing will be fixed, a Funds assets may change in value during the time the borrowing is outstanding. The Funds may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowing. The Funds may be required to earmark or segregate liquid assets in an amount sufficient to meet their obligations in connection with such borrowings. In an interest rate arbitrage transaction, a Fund borrows money at one interest rate and lends the proceeds at another, higher interest rate. These transactions involve a number of risks, including the risk that the borrower will fail or otherwise become insolvent or that there will be a significant change in prevailing interest rates. The Funds have adopted fundamental limitations which restrict circumstances in which and degree to which the Funds can engage in borrowing. See the section entitled Investment Limitations, below.
Business Development Companies
Business development companies (BDCs) are a type of closed-end fund regulated under the 1940 Act. BDCs are publicly-traded mezzanine/private equity funds that typically invest in and lend to small and medium-sized private companies that may not have access to public equity markets for capital raising. BDCs are unique in that at least 70% of their investments must be made to private U.S. businesses, and BDCs are required to make available significant managerial assistance to their portfolio companies. BDCs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the IRC). BDCs have expenses associated with their operations. Accordingly, the Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other expenses, and of any performance based fees, charged by the BDCs in which it invests.
Investments in BDCs are subject to various risks, including managements ability to meet the BDCs investment objective, and to manage the BDCs portfolio when the underlying securities are redeemed or sold, during periods of market turmoil and as investors perceptions regarding a BDC or its underlying investments change. BDC shares are not redeemable at the option of the BDC shareholder and, as with shares of other closed-end funds, they may trade in the secondary market at a discount to their net asset value.
Canadian Income Trusts
Canadian Income Trusts are a qualified income trust as designated by the Canada Revenue Agency that operates as a profit-seeking corporation. This type of income trust, which pays out all earnings to unit holders before paying taxes, is usually traded publicly on a securities exchange. Canadian income trusts enjoy special corporate tax privileges.
Common Stocks
Common stocks are securities that represent units of ownership in a company. Common stocks usually carry voting rights and earn dividends. Unlike preferred stocks, which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not
fixed but are declared at the discretion of the board of directors of the issuing company.
Convertible Securities
Convertible securities are corporate securities that are exchangeable for a set number of another security at a prestated price. Convertible securities typically have characteristics of both fixed income and equity securities. Because of the conversion feature, the market value of a convertible security tends to move with the market value of the underlying stock. The value of a convertible security is also affected by prevailing interest rates, the credit quality of the issuer and any call provisions.
A synthetic convertible security is a combination investment in which a Fund purchases both (i) high-grade cash equivalents or a high grade debt obligation of an issuer or U.S. Government securities and (ii) call options or warrants on the common stock of the same or different issuer with some or all of the anticipated interest income from the associated debt obligation that is earned over the holding period of the option or warrant.
While providing a fixed income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derivable from common stock but lower than that afforded by a similar non-convertible security), a convertible security also affords a shareholder the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation attendant upon a market price advance in the convertible securitys underlying common stock. A synthetic convertible position has similar investment characteristics, but may differ with respect to credit quality, time to maturity, trading characteristics and other factors. Because a Fund will create synthetic convertible positions only out of high grade fixed income securities, the credit rating associated with a Funds synthetic convertible investments is generally expected to be higher than that of the average convertible security, many of which are rated below high grade. However, because the options used to create synthetic convertible positions will generally have expirations between one month and three years of the time of purchase, the maturity of these positions will generally be shorter than average for convertible securities. Since the option component of a convertible security or synthetic convertible position is a wasting asset (in the sense of losing time value as maturity approaches), a synthetic convertible position may lose such value more rapidly than a convertible security of longer maturity; however, the gain in option value due to appreciation of the underlying stock may exceed such time value loss. The market price of the option component generally reflects these differences in maturities, and the Advisor and applicable sub-advisor take such differences into account when evaluating such positions. When a synthetic convertible position matures because of the expiration of the associated option, a Fund may extend the maturity by investing in a new option with longer maturity on the common stock of the same or different issuer. If a Fund does not so extend the maturity of a position, it may continue to hold the associated fixed income security.
Corporate Bonds
Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or for capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases and expansion. In return for the money loaned to the corporation by investors, the corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay the principal amount of the bond or note.
Custody Receipts
The Funds may invest in custody receipts that represent corporate debt securities. Custody receipts, such as Morgan Stanley TRACERs, are derivative products which, in the aggregate, evidence direct ownership in a pool of securities. Typically, a sponsor will deposit a pool of securities with a custodian in exchange for custody receipts evidencing those securities. Generally the sponsor will then sell those custody receipts in negotiated transactions at varying prices that are determined at the time of sale. Each custody receipt evidences the individual securities in the pool, and the holder of a custody receipt generally will have all the rights and privileges of owners of those securities. Each holder of a custody receipt will be treated as directly purchasing its pro rata share of the securities in the pool, for an amount equal to the amount that such holder paid for its custody receipt. If a custody receipt is sold, a holder will be treated as having directly disposed of its pro rata share of the securities evidenced by the custody receipt. Additionally, the holder of a custody receipt may withdraw the securities represented by a custody receipt subject to certain conditions.
Custody receipts are generally subject to the same risks as those securities evidenced by the receipts which, in the
case of the Funds, are corporate debt securities. Additionally, custody receipts may be less liquid than the underlying securities if the sponsor fails to maintain a trading market.
Equity-Linked Notes
A Fund may purchase equity-linked notes (ELNs). The principal or coupon payment on an ELN is linked to the performance of an underlying security or index. ELNs may be used, among other things, to provide a Fund with exposure to international markets while providing a mechanism to reduce foreign tax or regulatory restrictions imposed on foreign investors. The risks associated with purchasing ELNs include the creditworthiness of the issuer and the risk of counterparty default. Further, a Funds ability to dispose of an ELN will depend on the availability of liquid markets in the instruments. The purchase and sale of an ELN is also subject to the risks regarding adverse market movements, possible intervention by governmental authorities, and the effects of other political and economic events.
Equity-Linked Warrants
Equity-linked warrants provide a way for investors to access markets where entry is difficult and time consuming due to regulation. Typically, a broker issues warrants to an investor and then purchases shares in the local market and issues a call warrant hedged on the underlying holding. If the investor exercises his call and closes his position, the shares are sold and the warrant is redeemed with the proceeds.
Each warrant represents one share of the underlying stock. Therefore, the price, performance and liquidity of the warrant are all directly linked to the underlying stock. The warrants can be redeemed for 100% of the value of the underlying stock (less transaction costs). Being American style warrants, they can be exercised at any time. The warrants are U.S. dollar denominated and priced daily on several international stock exchanges.
Eurobonds
A Eurobond is a bond denominated in U.S. dollars or another currency and sold to investors outside of the country whose currency is used. Eurobonds may be issued by government or corporate issuers, and are typically underwritten by banks and brokerage firms from numerous countries. While Eurobonds typically pay principal and interest in Eurodollars (U.S. dollars held in banks outside of the United States), they may pay principal and interest in other currencies.
Exchange Traded Funds
The Funds may invest in shares of various exchange traded funds (ETFs), including exchange-traded index and bond funds and ETFs listed on U.S. and foreign exchanges. ETFs represent shares of ownership in either mutual funds, unit investment trusts, or depositary receipts that hold portfolios of common stocks which closely track the performance and dividend yield of specific indices, either broad market, sector or international. ETFs allow an investor to buy or sell an entire portfolio of stocks in a single security which is priced and can be bought and sold throughout the trading day. A Fund could purchase an ETF to gain exposure to a portion of the U.S. or foreign market, or while awaiting an opportunity to purchase securities directly. The risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities it is designed to track, although lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in it being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities and ETFs have management fees and other fees and expenses that are incurred directly by the Fund that increase their costs versus the costs of owning the underlying securities directly. Also, although ETFs often seek to provide investment results that correspond generally to the price and yield performance of a particular market index, the price movement of an ETF may not track the underlying index.
For hedging or other purposes, each Fund may invest in ETFs that seek to track the composition and/or performance of specific indices or portions of specific indices. Certain ETFs are traded on a securities exchange. The market prices of index-based investments will fluctuate in accordance with changes in the underlying portfolio securities of the investment company and also due to supply and demand of the investment companys shares on the exchange upon which the shares are traded. Index-based investments may not replicate or otherwise match the composition or performance of their specified index due to transaction costs, among other things. Examples of ETFs include
SPDRs(R), Select Sector SPDRs(R), DIAMONDS(SM), NASDAQ 100 Shares, and iShares.
Although the 1940 Act restricts investments by registered investment companies in the securities of other investment companies, registered investment companies are permitted to invest in certain ETFs beyond the limits set forth in Section 12(d)(1) provided such ETF has been granted an exemptive order by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and subject to certain terms and conditions imposed by such exemptive order issued to such ETFs, including that such investment companies enter into an agreement with such ETF. The Funds may enter into such agreements.
Foreign Currency Risk
A Fund may hold foreign currency deposits from time to time and may convert dollars and foreign currencies in the foreign exchange markets. Currency conversion involves dealer spreads and other costs, although commissions usually are not charged. Currencies may be exchanged on a spot (i.e., cash) basis, or by entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies at a future date and price.
While a Funds net assets are valued in U.S. dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in foreign currencies. Thus, a change in the value of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar will result in a corresponding change in value of securities denominated in that currency. Some of the factors that may impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are: (1) it may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into U.S. dollars and vice versa; (2) complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the values of various currencies, including U.S. dollars, and their exchange rates; (3) government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts, since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other market forces; (4) there may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis; (5) available quotation information is generally representative of very large round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not reflect exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1 million) where rates may be less favorable; and (6) the inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market. To the extent that a market is closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not always reflect significant price and rate movements.
Forward Foreign Currency Contracts
The Funds may enter into forward foreign currency contracts to gain exposure to currencies underlying various securities or financial instruments held in the Fund, manage foreign currency exposure and/or as a hedge against possible variations in foreign exchange rates. The Funds may enter into forward foreign currency contracts to hedge a specific security transaction or to hedge a portfolio position. Each sub-advisor believes that it is important to have the flexibility to enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts whenever it determines that it is in each of the Funds best interest to do so. These contracts may be bought or sold to protect the Funds, to some degree, against possible losses resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. The Funds also may invest in foreign currency futures and in options on currencies. A forward contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency amount at a future date, agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A Fund may enter into a contract to sell, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars or other appropriate currency, the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of a Funds securities denominated in such foreign currency.
In addition, the Funds may engage in cross-hedging. Cross-hedging involves the use of forward contracts to shift currency exposure from one non-U.S. dollar currency to another non-U.S. dollar currency. An example would be where the Fund were overweight securities denominated in Sterling and the portfolio manager wished to bring that segments currency weighting back within the parameters of the index. In this case, the portfolio manager would sell Sterling and buy the Euro using forward contracts. Crosshedging will only be done relative to an established index and will not exceed 50% of a Funds net assets.
Currency hedging may also be accomplished through proxy hedging, which is defined as entering into a position in one currency to hedge investments denominated in another currency, where two currencies are economically linked or otherwise correlated.
By entering into forward foreign currency contracts, a Fund will seek to protect the value of its investment securities against a decline in the value of a currency. However, these forward foreign currency contracts will not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. Rather, they simply establish a rate of exchange which one can obtain at some future point in time. Although such contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they also tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currency increase. At the maturity of a forward contract, a Fund may either sell a portfolio security and make delivery of the foreign currency, or it may retain the security and terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the foreign currency by purchasing an offsetting contract with the same currency trader, obligating it to purchase, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the foreign currency. A Fund may realize a gain or loss from currency transactions.
When entering into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security in a foreign currency, a Fund may enter into a forward foreign currency contract for the amount of the purchase or sale price to protect against variations, between the date the security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received, in the value of the foreign currency relative to the U.S. dollar or other foreign currency.
Also, when a Funds sub-advisor anticipates that a particular foreign currency may decline substantially relative to the U.S. dollar or other leading currencies, in order to reduce risk, a Fund may enter into a forward contract to sell, for a fixed amount, the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of its securities denominated in such foreign currency. With respect to any such forward foreign currency contract, it will not generally be possible to match precisely the amount covered by that contract and the value of the securities involved due to changes in the values of such securities resulting from market movements between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures. In addition, while forward foreign currency contracts may offer protection from losses resulting from declines in value of a particular foreign currency, they also limit potential gains which might result from increases in the value of such currency. A Fund will also incur costs in connection with forward foreign currency contracts and conversions of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars. A Fund will place assets in a segregated account or otherwise earmark assets as cover to assure that its obligations under forward foreign currency contracts are covered.
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts
Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific security at a specified future time and at a specified price. An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in exchange for a premium, to assume a position in a futures contract at a specified exercise price during the term of the option. A Fund may use futures contracts and related options for bona fide hedging purposes, to offset changes in the value of securities held or expected to be acquired or be disposed of, to minimize fluctuations in foreign currencies, or to gain exposure to a particular market or instrument. A Fund will minimize the risk that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures contracts which are traded on national futures exchanges. In addition, a Fund will only sell covered futures contracts, which means that the Fund segregates or otherwise earmarks assets equal to the amount of the obligations, and options on futures contracts.
Stock and bond index futures are futures contracts for various stock and bond indices that are traded on registered securities exchanges. Stock and bond index futures contracts obligate the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take) an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific stock or bond index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made.
Stock and bond index futures contracts are bilateral agreements pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount times the difference between the stock or bond index value at the close of trading of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally struck. No physical delivery of the stocks or bonds comprising the index is made; generally contracts are closed out prior to the expiration date of the contracts.
No price is paid upon entering into futures contracts. Instead, a Fund would be required to deposit an amount of cash or U.S. Treasury securities known as initial margin. Subsequent payments, called variation margin, to and from the broker, would be made on a daily basis as the value of the futures position varies (a process known as marking to market). The margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good-faith deposit on a futures contract.
There are risks associated with these activities, including the following: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on an ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect or no correlation between the changes in market value of the securities held by a Fund and the prices of futures and options on futures; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for a futures contract or option; (4) trading restrictions or limitations may be imposed by an exchange; and (5) government regulations may restrict trading in futures contracts and futures options.
A Fund may buy and sell futures contracts and related options to manage its exposure to changing interest rates and securities prices. Some strategies reduce a Funds exposure to price fluctuations, while others tend to increase its market exposure. Futures and options on futures can be volatile instruments and involve certain risks that could negatively impact a Funds return. In order to avoid leveraging and related risks, when a Fund purchases futures contracts, it will collateralize its position by depositing an amount of cash or liquid securities, equal to the market value of the futures positions held, less margin deposits, in a segregated account with its custodian or otherwise earmark assets as cover. Collateral equal to the current market value of the futures position will be marked to market on a daily basis.
Guaranteed Investment Contracts
The Funds may make investments in obligations issued by highly rated U.S. insurance companies, such as guaranteed investment contracts and similar funding agreements (collectively GICs). A GIC is a general obligation of the issuing insurance company and not a separate account. Under these contracts, a Fund makes cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance companys general account. The insurance company then credits to the Fund on a monthly basis guaranteed interest that is based on an index. The GICs provide that this guaranteed interest will not be less than a certain minimum rate. GIC investments that do not provide for payment within seven days after notice are subject to the Funds policy regarding investments in illiquid securities.
Illiquid Securities
Subject to the limitations in the 1940 Act, the Funds may invest in illiquid securities. Illiquid securities are securities that cannot be disposed of within seven business days at approximately the price at which they are being carried on a Funds books.
Illiquid securities include demand instruments with demand notice periods exceeding seven days, securities for which there is no active secondary market, and repurchase agreements with maturities of over seven days in length. The Funds may invest in securities that are neither listed on a stock exchange nor traded over-the-counter, including privately placed securities. Investing in such unlisted emerging country equity securities, including investments in new and early stage companies, may involve a high degree of business and financial risk that can result in substantial losses. As a result of the absence of a public trading market for these securities, they may be less liquid than publicly traded securities. Because these types of securities are thinly traded, if at all, and market prices for these types of securities are generally not readily available, a Fund typically determines the price for these types of securities in good faith in accordance with policies and procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees. Although these securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from these sales could be less than those originally paid by a Fund, or less than what may be considered the fair value of such securities. Further, companies whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements which might be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. If such securities are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being resold, a Fund may be required to bear the expenses of registration.
In addition, the Funds believe that carefully selected investments in joint ventures, cooperatives, partnerships, private placements, unlisted securities and other similar situations (collectively, special situations) could enhance the Funds capital appreciation potential. To the extent these investments are deemed illiquid, the Funds investment in them will be consistent with their applicable restriction on investment in illiquid securities. Investments in special situations and certain other instruments may be liquid, as determined by the Funds Advisor and/or sub-advisors based on criteria approved by the Board of Trustees.
Inflation-Protected Debt Securities
A Fund may invest in inflation-protected debt securities or inflation-indexed bonds. Inflation-protected debt securities or inflation-indexed bonds include securities of varying maturities issued by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, such as Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (TIPS), as well as securities issued by other entities such as corporations, municipalities, foreign governments and foreign issuers. Typically, such securities are structured as fixed income securities whose value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. The following two structures are common: (i) the U.S. Treasury and some other issuers issue inflation-indexed bonds that accrue inflation into the principal value of the security and (ii) other issuers may pay out the Consumer Price Index (CPI) accruals as part of a semi-annual coupon. Other types of inflation-indexed bonds exist which use an inflation index other than the CPI.
Inflation-indexed bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury, such as TIPS, have maturities of approximately five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. Typically, TIPS pay interest on a semi-annual basis equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. For example, if a Fund purchased an inflation-indexed bond with a par value of $1,000 and a 3% real rate of return coupon (payable 1.5% semi-annually), and the rate of inflation over the first six months was 1%, the mid-year par value of the bond would be $1,010 and the first semi-annual interest payment would be $15.15 ($1,010 times 1.5%). If inflation during the second half of the year resulted in the whole years inflation equaling 3%, the end-of-year par value of the bond would be $1,030 and the second semi-annual interest payment would be $15.45 ($1,030 times 1.5%).
If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of TIPS, even during a period of deflation, although the inflation-adjusted principal received could be less than the inflation-adjusted principal that had accrued to the bond at the time of purchase. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed and will fluctuate. A Fund may invest in other inflation-related bonds which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal amount.
The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if the rate of inflation rises at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds.
While inflation-indexed bonds are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bonds inflation measure.
The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-indexed bonds is tied to the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy.
Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index calculated by that government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or a foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the U.S. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bonds inflation measure. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though the holder does not receive its principal until maturity. See Taxes for more information.
Initial Public Offerings (IPOs)
Due to the typically small size of the IPO allocation available to the Funds and the nature and market capitalization of the companies involved in IPOs, a Funds Advisor and/or Sub-Advisors will often purchase IPO shares that would qualify as a permissible investment for a Fund but will, instead, decide to allocate those IPO purchases to other funds they advise. Any such allocation will be done on a non-discriminatory basis. Because IPO shares frequently are volatile in price, the Funds may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of a Funds portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to a Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. By selling shares of an IPO, a Fund may realize taxable capital gains that it will subsequently distribute to shareholders.
Most IPOs involve a high degree of risk not normally associated with offerings of more seasoned companies. Companies involved in IPOs generally have limited operating histories, and their prospects for future profitability are uncertain. These companies often are engaged in new and evolving businesses and are particularly vulnerable to competition and to changes in technology, markets and economic conditions. They may be dependent on certain key managers and third parties, need more personnel and other resources to manage growth and require significant additional capital. They may also be dependent on limited product lines and uncertain property rights and need regulatory approvals. Investors in IPOs can be affected by substantial dilution in the value of their shares, by sales of additional shares and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders. Stock prices of IPOs can also be highly unstable, due to the absence of a prior public market, the small number of shares available for trading and limited investor information.
Interests in Publicly Traded Limited Partnerships
Interests in publicly traded limited partnerships (limited partnership interests or units) represent equity interests in the assets and earnings of the partnerships trade or business. Unlike common stock in a corporation, limited partnership interests have limited or no voting rights. However, many of the risks of investing in common stocks are still applicable to investments in limited partnership interests. In addition, limited partnership interests are subject to risks not present in common stock. For example, interest income generated from limited partnerships deemed not to be publicly traded may not be considered qualifying income under the IRC and may trigger adverse tax consequences (please refer to the Taxes section of this SAI for a discussion of relevant tax risks). Also, since publicly traded limited partnerships are a less common form of organizational structure than corporations, the limited partnership units may be less liquid than publicly traded common stock. Also, because of the difference in organizational structure, the fair value of limited partnership units in a Funds portfolio may be based either upon the current market price of such units, or if there is no current market price, upon the pro rata value of the underlying assets of the partnership. Limited partnership units also have the risk that the limited partnership might, under certain circumstances, be treated as a general partnership giving rise to broader liability exposure to the limited partners for activities of the partnership. Further, the general partners of a limited partnership may be able to significantly change the business or asset structure of a limited partnership without the limited partners having any ability to disapprove any such changes. In certain limited partnerships, limited partners may also be required to return distributions previously made in the event that excess distributions have been made by the partnership, or in the event that the general partners, or their affiliates, are entitled to indemnification.
Investment Company Shares
The Funds may invest in investment company securities issued by open-end and closed-end investment companies, including ETFs. Such investments are subject to limitations prescribed by the 1940 Act, the rules thereunder and applicable SEC staff interpretations thereof, or applicable exemptive relief granted by the SEC. The 1940 Act limitations currently provide, in part, that the Fund may not purchase shares of an investment company if (a) such a purchase would cause the Fund to own in the aggregate more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of the investment company or (b) such a purchase would cause the Fund to have more than 5% of its total assets invested in the investment company or (c) more than 10% of the Funds total assets would be invested in the aggregate in all investment companies. These investment companies typically incur fees that are separate from those fees incurred directly by the Fund. A Funds purchase of such investment company securities results in the layering of expenses, such that shareholders would indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such investment companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying Fund expenses.
The Advisor has received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits the funds it manages to invest their uninvested cash or cash collateral in one or more affiliated money market funds. Each Fund (subject to its investment limitations) may invest up to 25% of its total assets in affiliated money market funds. See also Investment Limitations and Exchange Traded Funds.
The shares of closed-end investment companies will generally be exchange-traded and are not redeemable. Closed-end fund shares often trade at a substantial discount (or premium) from their net asset value (NAV). Therefore, there can be no assurance that a share of a closed-end fund, when sold, will be sold at a price that approximates its NAV. The Funds may also invest in closed-end investment companies in transactions not involving a public offering. These shares will be restricted securities and a Fund may be required to hold such shares until the closed-end funds termination unless redeemed earlier.
Leveraging
Leveraging a Fund through borrowing or other means creates an opportunity for increased net income, but, at the same time, creates special risk considerations. For example, leveraging may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of a Funds shares and in the yield on the Funds portfolio. Although the principal amount of such borrowings will be fixed, a Funds assets may change in value during the time the borrowing is outstanding. Leveraging creates interest expenses for a Fund which could exceed the income from the assets retained. To the extent the income derived from securities purchased with borrowed funds exceeds the interest that a Fund will have to pay, the Funds net income will be greater than if leveraging were not used. Conversely, if the income from the assets retained with borrowed funds is not sufficient to cover the cost of leveraging, the net income of the Fund will be less than if leveraging were not used, and therefore the amount available for distribution to stockholders as dividends will be reduced.
Because the SEC staff believes that, among other transactions, reverse repurchase agreements and dollar roll transactions are collateralized borrowings, the SEC staff believes that they create leverage. The requirement that such transactions be fully collateralized by assets segregated by the Funds custodian or otherwise subject to covering techniques imposes a practical limit on the leverage these transactions create.
Loan Participation Notes
The Funds may invest in loan participation notes. A loan participation note represents participation in a corporate loan of a commercial bank with a remaining maturity of one year or less. Such loans must be to corporations in whose obligations the Funds may invest. Any participation purchased by a Fund must be issued by a bank in the United States with total assets exceeding $1 billion. When purchasing such instruments, the Fund may assume the credit risks associated with the original bank lender as well as the credit risks associated with the borrower. Investments in loan participations present the possibility that the Fund could be held liable as a co-lender under emerging legal theories of lender liability. In addition, if the loan is foreclosed, the Fund could be part owner of any collateral, and could bear the costs and liabilities of owning and disposing of the collateral. Loan participations are generally not rated by major rating agencies and may not be protected by securities laws. Also, loan participations are generally considered to be illiquid and are therefore subject to the Funds limitation on illiquid securities.
Lower-Rated Securities
A Fund may invest in lower-rated bonds commonly referred to as junk bonds or high-yield/high-risk securities. Lower-rated securities are defined as securities rated below the fourth highest rating category by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (NRSRO). Such obligations are speculative and may be in default. There may be no bottom limit on the ratings of high-yield securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund. Lower-rated or unrated (i.e., high-yield) securities are more likely to react to developments affecting issuers than are more highly rated securities, which primarily react to movements in the general level of interest rates. The market values of fixed-income securities tend to vary inversely with the level of interest rates. Yields and market values of high-yield securities will fluctuate over time, reflecting not only changing interest rates but the markets perception of credit quality and the outlook for economic growth. When economic conditions appear to be deteriorating, medium to lower-rated securities may decline in value due to heightened concern over credit quality, regardless of prevailing
interest rates. Investors should carefully consider the relative risks of investing in high-yield securities and understand that such securities are not generally meant for short-term investing.
Adverse economic developments can disrupt the market for high-yield securities, and severely affect the ability of issuers, especially highly leveraged issuers, to service their debt obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity which may lead to a higher incidence of default on such securities. In addition, the secondary market for high-yield securities, which is concentrated in relatively few market makers, may not be as liquid as the secondary market for more highly rated securities. As a result, a Fund could find it more difficult to sell these securities or may be able to sell the securities only at prices lower than if such securities were widely traded. Furthermore, a Fund may experience difficulty in valuing certain securities at certain times. Prices realized upon the sale of such lower-rated or unrated securities, under these circumstances, may be less than the prices used in calculating each Funds net asset value.
Lower-rated or unrated debt obligations also present risks based on payment expectations. If an issuer calls the obligations for redemption, the Fund may have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for investors. If the Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions, it may be forced to sell its higher rated securities, resulting in a decline in the overall credit quality of the Funds investment portfolio and increasing the exposure of the Fund to the risks of high-yield securities.
Growth of High-Yield, High-Risk Bond Market: The widespread expansion of government, consumer and corporate debt within the U.S. economy has made the corporate sector more vulnerable to economic downturns or increased interest rates. Further, an economic downturn could severely disrupt the market for lower-rated bonds and adversely affect the value of outstanding bonds and the ability of the issuers to repay principal and interest. The market for lower-rated securities may be less active, causing market price volatility and limited liquidity in the secondary market. This may limit a Funds ability to sell such securities at their market value. In addition, the market for these securities may be adversely affected by legislative and regulatory developments. Credit quality in the junk bond market can change suddenly and unexpectedly, and even recently issued credit ratings may not fully reflect the actual risks imposed by a particular security.
Sensitivity to Interest Rate and Economic Changes: Lower-rated bonds are very sensitive to adverse economic changes and corporate developments. During an economic downturn or substantial period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience financial stress that would adversely affect their ability to service their principal and interest payment obligations, to meet projected business goals, and to obtain additional financing. If the issuer of a bond defaulted on its obligations to pay interest or principal or entered into bankruptcy proceedings, a Fund may incur losses or expenses in seeking recovery of amounts owed to it. In addition, periods of economic uncertainty and change can be expected to result in increased volatility of market prices of high-yield, high-risk bonds and a Funds net asset value.
Payment Expectations: High-yield, high-risk bonds may contain redemption or call provisions. If an issuer exercised these provisions in a declining interest rate market, a Fund would have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for investors. Conversely, a high-yield, high-risk bonds value will decrease in a rising interest rate market, as will the value of a Funds assets. If a Fund experiences significant unexpected net redemptions, this may force it to sell high-yield, high-risk bonds without regard to their investment merits, thereby decreasing the asset base upon which expenses can be spread and possibly reducing a Funds rate of return.
Taxes: A Fund may purchase debt securities (such as zero-coupon or pay-in-kind securities) that contain original issue discount. Original issue discount that accrues in a taxable year is treated as earned by a Fund and therefore is subject to the distribution requirements of the IRC even though the Fund has not received any interest payments on such obligations during that period. Because the original issue discount earned by a Fund in a taxable year is not represented by cash income, the Fund may have to dispose of other securities and use the proceeds to make distributions to shareholders. In the event a Fund realizes net capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger capital gain distribution, if any, than they would have in the absence of such transactions. Borrowing to fund any distribution also has tax implications. See Taxes.
Micro Cap Securities. The Funds may invest in companies whose total market capitalization at the time of investment is generally between $30 million and $500 million, referred to as micro cap companies. With respect to
the Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund, micro cap companies are those companies contained within the Russell Microcap® Value Index, or companies with similar size characteristics. As of September 30, 2011, the market capitalization of companies included in the Russell Microcap Value Index ranged from $11 million to $635 million. Micro cap companies may not be well-known to the investing public, may not have significant institutional ownership and may have cyclical, static or only moderate growth prospects. Micro cap companies may have greater risk and volatility than large companies and may lack the management depth of larger, mature issuers. Micro cap companies may have relatively small revenues and limited product lines, markets, or financial resources, and their securities may trade less frequently and in more limited volume than those of larger, more mature companies. In addition, micro cap companies may be developing or marketing new products or services for which markets are not yet established and may never become established. As a result, the prices of their securities may fluctuate more than those of larger issuers.
Money Market Instruments
Money market securities are high-quality, dollar-denominated, short-term debt instruments. They include: (i) bankers acceptances, certificates of deposits, notes and time deposits of highly-rated U.S. banks and U.S. branches of foreign banks; (ii) U.S. Treasury obligations and obligations issued or guaranteed by the agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government; (iii) high-quality commercial paper issued by U.S. and foreign corporations; (iv) debt obligations with a maturity of one year or less issued by corporations with outstanding high-quality commercial paper ratings; and (v) repurchase agreements involving any of the foregoing obligations entered into with highly-rated banks and broker-dealers.
Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities
Asset-Backed Securities
Asset-backed securities are secured by non-mortgage assets such as company receivables, truck and auto loans, leases and credit card receivables. Such securities are generally issued as pass-through certificates, which represent undivided fractional ownership interests in the underlying pools of assets. Such securities also may be debt instruments, which are also known as collateralized obligations and are generally issued as the debt of a special purpose entity, such as a trust, organized solely for the purpose of owning such assets and issuing such debt. Covered bonds are a type of asset backed security that is created from public sector loans or mortgage loans where the security is backed by a separate group of loans. Covered bonds typically carry a 2 to 10 year maturity rate and enjoy relatively high credit ratings, depending on the quality of the pool of loans backing the bond. Lack of liquidity and tightening of credit markets will adversely affect the value of asset-backed securities.
A Fund may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed securities, which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed securities depends in part on the characteristics of the underlying assets, the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying assets.
Mortgage Pass-Through Securities
Interests in pools of mortgage-related securities differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities provide a monthly payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a pass-through of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential or commercial mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs which may be incurred. Some mortgage-related securities (such as securities issued by Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)) are described as modified pass-through. These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment.
The rate of pre-payments on underlying mortgages will affect the price and volatility of a mortgage-related security, and may have the effect of shortening or extending the effective duration of the security relative to what was anticipated at the time of purchase. To the extent that unanticipated rates of pre-payment on underlying mortgages increase the effective duration of a mortgage-related security, the volatility of such security can be expected to increase. The residential mortgage market in the United States recently has experienced difficulties that may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain of the Funds mortgage-related investments. Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially subprime and second-lien mortgage loans) generally have increased recently and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has recently been experienced and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates. Also, a number of residential mortgage loan originators have recently experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy. Consequently, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities and increased investor yield requirements have caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage-related securities, which can adversely affect the market value of mortgage-related securities. It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen.
Government Pass-Through Securities
Government pass-through securities are securities that are issued or guaranteed by a U.S. government agency representing an interest in a pool of mortgage loans. The primary issuers or guarantors of these mortgage-backed securities are GNMA, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. GNMA, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guarantee timely distributions of interest to certificate holders. GNMA and Fannie Mae also guarantee timely distributions of scheduled principal. Freddie Mac generally guarantees only the ultimate collection of principal of the underlying mortgage loan. Certain federal agencies, such as the GNMA, have been established as instrumentalities of the United States government to supervise and finance certain types of activities. Issues of these agencies, while not direct obligations of the United States government, are either backed by the full faith and credit of the United States ( e.g. , GNMA securities) or supported by the issuing agencies right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury. The issues of other agencies are supported by the credit of the instrumentality ( e.g. , Fannie Mae securities). Government and private guarantees do not extend to the securities value, which is likely to vary inversely with fluctuations in interest rates.
There are a number of important differences among the agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that issue mortgage-backed securities and among the securities that they issue. Mortgage-backed securities issued by GNMA include GNMA Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as GNMAs) that are guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by GNMA and are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. GNMA is a wholly-owned U.S. government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA certificates also are supported by the authority of GNMA to borrow funds from the U.S. Treasury to make payments under its guarantee. Mortgage-backed securities issued by Fannie Mae include Fannie Mae Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as Fannie Maes) that are solely the obligations of Fannie Mae and are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the United States. Fannie Maes are guaranteed as to timely payment of the principal and interest by Fannie Mae. Mortgage-backed securities issued by Freddie Mac include Freddie Mac Mortgage Participation Certificates (also known as Freddie Macs or PCs). Freddie Macs are not guaranteed by the United States or by any Federal Home Loan Banks and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or of any Federal Home Loan Bank. Freddie Macs entitle the holder to timely payment of interest, which is guaranteed by Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac guarantees either ultimate collection or timely payment of all principal payments on the underlying mortgage loans. When Freddie Mac does not guarantee timely payment of principal, Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of ultimate payment of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage, but in no event later than one year after it becomes payable.
Since September 6, 2008, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have been under conservatorship, with the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) acting as conservator. It is not known when or how the conservatorships will be terminated or what changes to Fannie Maes and Freddie Macs business structures will be made during or following the termination of the conservatorships.
On February 11, 2011, the Treasury and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development released their report to Congress on reforming Americas housing finance market. The report provides that the Obama Administration will work with FHFA to determine the best way to responsibly reduce Fannie Maes and Freddie Macs role in the market and ultimately wind down both institutions. Based on quarterly loss figures, in August 2011 both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac requested additional support from the U.S. Treasury. In November 2011, Freddie Mac also requested additional support from the U.S. Treasury. Further, when a ratings agency downgraded long-term U.S. government debt in August 2011, the agency also downgraded the Fannie Maes and Freddie Macs bond ratings, from AAA to AA+, based on their direct reliance on the U.S. Government.
Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are each subject to investigations by the Department of Justice and SEC, and each is a party to a number of lawsuits. Each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac may be required to pay substantial judgments, settlements or penalties and incur significant expenses in connection with these investigations and lawsuits, which could have a material adverse effect on each of their businesses, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and net worth. Serious discussions among policymakers continue, however, as to whether Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac should be nationalized, privatized, restructured, or eliminated altogether. Importantly, the future of the entities is in question as the U.S. Government considers multiple options regarding the future of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.
REMICS
REMICs are private entities formed for the purpose of holding a fixed pool of mortgages secured by interests in real property. For Freddie Mac REMIC Certificates, Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest, and also guarantees the payment of principal as payments are required to be made on the underlying mortgage participation certificates. Fannie Mae REMIC Certificates are issued and guaranteed as to timely distribution of principal and interest by Fannie Mae.
CMOs
A CMO is a debt obligation of a legal entity that is collateralized by mortgages and divided into classes. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal is paid, in most cases, on a monthly basis. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans or private mortgage bonds, but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by GNMA, Freddie Mac, or Fannie Mae, and their income streams.
CMOs are structured into multiple classes, often referred to as tranches, with each class bearing a different stated maturity and entitled to a different schedule for payments of principal and interest, including pre-payments. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the pre-payment experience of the collateral. In the case of certain CMOs (known as sequential pay CMOs), payments of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including pre-payments, are applied to the classes of CMOs in the order of their respective final distribution dates. Thus, no payment of principal will be made on any class of sequential pay CMOs until all other classes having an earlier final distribution date have been paid in full.
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities
Commercial mortgage-backed securities include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. The market for commercial mortgage-backed securities developed more recently and in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family mortgage-backed securities. Many of the risks of investing in commercial mortgage-backed securities reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments, and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. Commercial mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.
Mortgage Dollar Rolls
Mortgage dollar rolls are transactions in which mortgage-backed securities are sold for delivery in the current month and the seller simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date.
The difference between the sale price and the purchase price (plus any interest earned on the cash proceeds of the sale) is netted against the interest income foregone on the securities sold to arrive at an implied borrowing rate. Alternatively, the sale and purchase transactions can be executed at the same price, with a Fund being paid a fee as consideration for entering into the commitment to purchase. Mortgage dollar rolls may be renewed prior to cash settlement and initially may involve only a firm commitment agreement by a Fund to buy a security. If the broker-dealer to whom a Fund sells the security becomes insolvent, the Funds right to repurchase the security may be restricted. Other risks involved in entering into mortgage dollar rolls include the risk that the value of the security may change adversely over the term of the mortgage dollar roll and that the security a Fund is required to repurchase may be worth less than the security that the Fund originally held. To avoid any leveraging concerns, a Fund will place U.S. government or other liquid securities in a segregated account or otherwise earmark assets as cover in an amount sufficient to cover its repurchase obligation.
Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities (SMBS)
SMBS are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBS may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing. SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal.
In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the interest-only or IO class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or PO class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including pre-payments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on a Funds yield to maturity from these securities. If the assets underlying the interest-only securities experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, principal-only securities tend to increase in value if prepayments are greater than anticipated and decline if prepayments are slower than anticipated. The secondary market for SMBS may be more volatile and less liquid than that for other mortgage-backed securities, potentially limiting a Funds ability to buy or sell these securities at any particular time.
Collateralized Loan Obligations (CLOs)
A CLO is a type of asset-backed security that is an obligation of a trust typically collateralized by pools of loans, which may include domestic and foreign senior secured and unsecured loans and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade, or equivalent unrated loans. The cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, which vary in risk and yield. The riskier portion is the residual, or equity, tranche, which bears some or all of the risk of default by the loans in the trust, and therefore protects the other more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche of a CLO trust typically has higher ratings and lower yields than its underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection provided by the equity tranche, senior CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default, the total loss of the equity tranche due to losses in the collateral, market anticipation of defaults, fraud by the trust, and the illiquidity of CLO securities.
The risks of an investment in a CLO largely depend on the type of underlying collateral securities and the tranche in which a Fund invests. Typically, CLOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, a Fund may characterize its investments in CLOs as illiquid, unless an active dealer market for a particular CLO allows the CLO to be purchased and sold in Rule 144A transactions. CLOs are subject to the typical risks associated with debt instruments (i.e., interest rate risk and credit risk). Additional risks of CLOs include (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will be insufficient to make interest or other payments, (ii) a decline in the quality of the collateral, and (iii) the possibility that a Fund may invest in a subordinate tranche of a CLO. In addition, due to the complex nature of a CLO, an investment in a CLO may not perform as expected. An investment in a CLO also is subject to the risk that the issuer and the investors may interpret the terms of the instrument differently, giving rise to disputes.
Municipal Securities
A Fund may invest in debt obligations issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the U.S., the District of Columbia and their sub-divisions, agencies and instrumentalities (collectively, municipal securities) to obtain funds for various public purposes such as the construction of public facilities, the payment of general operating expenses or the refunding of outstanding debts. Yields on municipal securities are the product of a variety of factors, including the general conditions of the money market and of the municipal bond and municipal note markets, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. Although the interest on municipal securities may be exempt from Federal income tax, dividends paid by the Fund to its shareholders may not be tax-exempt. A brief description of some typical types of municipal securities follows:
General Obligation Securities. General Obligation Securities are backed by the taxing power of the issuing municipality and are considered the safest type of municipal bond. The proceeds from general obligation securities are used to fund a wide range of public projects, including the construction or improvement of schools, highways and roads, and water and sewer systems.
Revenue or Special Obligation Securities. Revenue or Special Obligation Securities are backed by the revenues of a specific project or facility - tolls from a toll bridge, for example. The proceeds from revenue or special obligation securities are used to fund a wide variety of capital projects, including electric, gas, water and sewer systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. Many municipal issuers also establish a debt service reserve fund from which principal and interest payments are made. Further security may be available in the form of the states ability, without obligation, to make up deficits in the reserve fund.
Municipal Lease Obligations. Municipal Lease Obligations may take the form of a lease, an installment purchase or a conditional sale contract issued by state and local governments and authorities to acquire land, equipment and facilities. Usually, a Fund will purchase a participation interest in a municipal lease obligation from a bank or other financial intermediary. The participation interest gives the holder a pro-rata, undivided interest in the total amount of the obligation.
Municipal leases frequently have risks distinct from those associated with general obligation or revenue bonds. The interest income from the lease obligation may become taxable if the lease is assigned. Also, to free the municipal issuer from constitutional or statutory debt issuance limitations, many leases and contracts include non-appropriation clauses providing that the municipality has no obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for that purpose by the municipality on a yearly or other periodic basis. Finally, the lease may be illiquid.
Bond Anticipation Notes. Bond Anticipation Notes are normally issued to provide interim financing until long-term financing can be arranged. The long-term bonds then provide money for the repayment of the notes.
Tax Anticipation Notes . Tax Anticipation Notes finance working capital needs of municipalities and are issued in anticipation of various seasonal tax revenues, to be payable for these specific future taxes.
Revenue Anticipation Notes . Revenue Anticipation Notes are issued in expectation of receipt of other kinds of revenue, such as federal revenues available under the Federal Revenue Sharing Program.
Industrial Development Bonds (IDBs) and Private Activity Bonds (PABs). IDBs and PABs are specific types of revenue bonds issued on or behalf of public authorities to finance various privately operated facilities such as educational, hospital or housing facilities, local facilities for water supply, gas, electricity, sewage or solid waste disposal, and industrial or commercial facilities. PABs generally are such bonds issued after April 15, 1986. These obligations are included within the term municipal bonds if the interest paid on them is exempt from federal income tax in the opinion of the bond issuers counsel. IDBs and PABs are in most case revenue bonds and thus are not payable from the unrestricted revenues of the issuer. The credit quality of the IDBs and PABs is usually directly related to the credit standing of the user of the facilities being financed, or some form of credit enhancement such as a letter of credit.
Resource Recovery Bonds. Resource Recovery Bonds are affected by a number of factors, which may affect the value and credit quality of these revenue or special obligations. These factors include the viability of the project being financed, environmental protection regulations and project operator tax incentives.
Tax-Exempt Commercial Paper and Short-Term Municipal Notes. Tax-Exempt Commercial Paper and Short-Term Municipal Notes provide for short-term capital needs and usually have maturities of one year or less. They include tax anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes and construction loan notes.
Construction Loan Notes. Construction Loan Notes are sold to provide construction financing. After successful completion and acceptance, many projects receive permanent financing through the Federal Housing Administration by way of Fannie Mae or Ginne Mae.
Put Bonds. Put Bonds are municipal bonds which give the holder the right to sell the bond back to the issuer or a third party at a specified price and exercise date, which is typically well in advance of the bonds maturity date.
Build America Bonds (BABs). BABs are taxable municipal bonds that carry special tax credits and federal subsidies for either the bond issuer or the bondholder. There are two types of BABs - Tax Credit BABs and Direct Payment BABs. Direct Payment BABs provide a federal subsidy of 35% of the interest paid on the bonds to the issuer. Tax Credit BABs provides a federal subsidy as a refundable tax credit directly to the bondholders. While the bondholder is the recipient of the tax credit through Tax Credit BABs, and the bond issuer is the recipient of the tax subsidy through Direct Payment BABs, both options reduce the cost of borrowing for the bond issuer in comparison to traditional taxable corporate bonds, and in many cases, it is more cost effective than issuing traditional tax-exempt bonds.
After purchase by a Fund, an issue of municipal securities may cease to be rated by Moodys Investors Service, Inc. (Moodys) or Standard and Poors Ratings Services (S&P), or another nationally recognized statistical rating organization (NRSRO), or the rating of such a security may be reduced below the minimum credit quality rating required for purchase by the Fund. Neither event would require the Fund to dispose of the security. To the extent that the ratings applied by Moodys, S&P or another NRSRO to municipal securities may change as a result of changes in these rating systems, the Fund will attempt to use comparable credit quality ratings as standards for its investments in Municipal Securities.
A Fund may invest in municipal securities that are insured by financial insurance companies. Since a limited number of entities provide such insurance, a Fund may invest more than 25% of its assets in securities insured by the same insurance company. Since a Fund invests in municipal securities backed by insurance companies and other financial institutions, changes in the financial condition of these institutions could cause losses to the Fund and affect its share price. A Fund may also invest in taxable municipal securities. Taxable municipal securities are debt securities issued by or on behalf of states and their political subdivisions, the District of Columbia, and possessions of the United States, the interest on which is not exempt from federal income tax.
The yields on municipal securities are dependent on a variety of factors, including general economic and monetary conditions, money market factors, conditions of the municipal securities market, size of a particular offering, and maturity and rating of the obligation. Because many municipal securities are issued to finance similar projects, especially those related to education, health care, transportation and various utilities, conditions in those sectors and the financial condition of an individual municipal issuer can affect the overall municipal market. The market values of the municipal securities held by a Fund will be affected by changes in the yields available on similar securities. If yields increase following the purchase of a municipal security, the market value of such municipal security will generally decrease. Conversely, if yields decrease, the market value of a municipal security will generally increase.
Obligations of Supranational Entities
Obligations of supranational entities are obligations of entities established through the joint participation of several governments, such as the Asian Development Bank, the Inter-American Development Bank, International Bank of Reconstruction and Development (World Bank), African Development Bank, European Economic Community, European Investment Bank and the Nordic Investment Bank.
Options
A put option gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell, and the writer of the option the obligation to buy, the underlying security at any time during the option period. A call option gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the writer of the option the obligation to sell, the underlying security at any time during the option period. The premium paid to the writer is the consideration for undertaking the obligations under the option contract. The initial purchase (sale) of an option contract is an opening transaction. In order to close out an option position, a Fund may enter into a closing transaction, which is simply the sale (purchase) of an option contract on the same security with the same exercise price and expiration date as the option contract originally opened. If a Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option it has written, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or the Fund delivers the security upon exercise.
A Fund may purchase put and call options to protect against a decline in the market value of the securities in its portfolio or to anticipate an increase in the market value of securities that the Fund may seek to purchase in the future. A Fund will pay a premium when purchasing put and call options. If price movements in the underlying securities are such that exercise of the options would not be profitable for a Fund, loss of the premium paid may be offset by an increase in the value of the Funds securities or by a decrease in the cost of acquisition of securities by the Fund.
A Fund may write covered call options as a means of increasing the yield on its portfolio and as a means of providing limited protection against decreases in its market value. When a Fund sells an option, if the underlying securities do not increase or decrease to a price level that would make the exercise of the option profitable to the holder thereof, the option generally will expire without being exercised and the Fund will realize as profit the premium received for such option. When a call option written by a Fund is exercised, the Fund will be required to sell the underlying securities to the option holder at the strike price, and will not participate in any increase in the price of such securities above the strike price. When a put option written by a Fund is exercised, the Fund will be required to purchase the underlying securities at the strike price, which may be in excess of the market value of such securities.
A Fund may purchase and write options on an exchange or over-the-counter. Over-the-counter options (OTC options) differ from exchange-traded options in several respects. They are transacted directly with dealers and not with a clearing corporation, and therefore entail the risk of non-performance by the dealer. OTC options are available for a greater variety of securities and for a wider range of expiration dates and exercise prices than are available for exchange-traded options. Because OTC options are not traded on an exchange, pricing is done normally by reference to information from a market maker. It is the position of the SEC that OTC options are generally illiquid.
A Fund may purchase and write put and call options on foreign currencies (traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges or over-the-counter markets) to manage its exposure to exchange rates. Call options on foreign currencies written by a Fund will be covered, which means that the Fund will own an equal amount of the underlying foreign currency. With respect to put options on foreign currency written by a Fund, the Fund will establish a segregated account with its custodian consisting of cash or liquid, high grade debt securities in an amount equal to the amount the Fund would be required to pay upon exercise of the put or otherwise earmark assets as cover.
Buyers and sellers of foreign currency options are subject to the same risks that apply to options generally. There are certain additional risks associated with foreign currency options. The markets in foreign currency options are relatively new, and a Funds ability to establish and close out positions on such options is subject to the maintenance of a liquid secondary market. There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular option at any specific time. In addition, options on foreign currencies are affected by all of those factors that influence foreign exchange rates and investments generally.
The value of a foreign currency option depends upon the value of the underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar. As a result, the price of the option position may vary with changes in the value of either or both currencies and may have no relationship to the investment merits of a foreign security. Because foreign currency transactions occurring in the interbank market involve substantially larger amounts than those that may be involved in the use of foreign currency options, investors may be disadvantaged by having to deal in an odd lot market (generally consisting of
transactions of less than $1 million) for the underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round lots.
There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies or any regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis. Available quotation information is generally representative of very large transactions in the interbank market and thus may not reflect relatively smaller transactions (i.e., less than $1 million) where rates may be less favorable. The interbank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market. To the extent that the U.S. option markets are closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, significant price and rate movements may take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets until they reopen.
A Fund may purchase and write put and call options on indices and enter into related closing transactions. Put and call options on indices are similar to options on securities except that options on an index give the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the underlying index is greater than (or less than, in the case of puts) the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option, expressed in dollars multiplied by a specified number. Thus, unlike options on individual securities, all settlements are in cash, and gain or loss depends on price movements in the particular market represented by the index generally, rather than the price movements in individual securities. A Fund may choose to terminate an option position by entering into a closing transaction. The ability of a Fund to enter into closing transactions depends upon the existence of a liquid secondary market for such transactions.
All options written on indices must be covered. When a Fund writes an option on an index, it will establish a segregated account containing cash or liquid securities with its custodian in an amount at least equal to the market value of the option and will maintain the account while the option is open or will otherwise cover the transaction.
A Fund may engage in transactions involving interest rate futures contracts, which can act as a hedge against changes in the market values of debt securities that may be held by the Fund and where the transactions, in the opinion of the advisor or sub-advisor, provide an efficient way to seek portfolio exposures. There can be no assurance that hedging transactions will be successful. A Fund also could be exposed to risks if it cannot close out its futures or options positions because of any illiquid secondary market. An interest rate futures contract is an exchange-traded contract for which the reference instrument is an interest-bearing, fixed-income security or an inter-bank deposit. Two common examples of interest rate futures contracts are U.S. Treasury futures contracts and Eurodollar futures contracts. The reference instrument for a U.S. Treasury futures contract is a U.S. Treasury security. The reference instrument for a Eurodollar futures contract is the London Interbank Offered Rate (commonly referred to as LIBOR); Eurodollar futures contracts enable the purchaser to obtain a fixed rate for the lending of funds over a stated period of time and the seller to obtain a fixed rate for a borrowing of funds over that same period.
Futures and options have effective durations that, in general, are closely related to the effective duration of the securities that underlie them. Holding purchased futures or call option positions (backed by segregated cash or other liquid securities) will lengthen the duration of a Funds portfolio.
A Fund may purchase and write options in combination with each other, or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, a Fund could construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a put option and writing a call option on the same underlying instrument. Alternatively, a Fund could write a call option at one strike price and buy a call option at a lower price to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.
Risks associated with options transactions include: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on an ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect correlation between the movement in prices of options and the securities underlying them; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for options; and (4) while a Fund will receive a premium when it writes covered call options, it may not participate fully in a rise in the market value of the underlying security.
Caps, Collars and Floors. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. In a typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed-upon level. The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and selling a floor.
Inverse Floaters. A Fund may invest in inverse floaters. Inverse floaters are derivative securities whose interest rates vary inversely to changes in short-term interest rates and whose values fluctuate inversely to changes in long-term interest rates. The value of certain inverse floaters will fluctuate substantially more in response to a given change in long-term rates than would a traditional debt security. These securities have investment characteristics similar to leverage, in that interest rate changes have a magnified effect on the value of inverse floaters.
Ordinary Shares
Ordinary shares are shares of foreign issuers that are traded abroad and on a United States exchange. Ordinary shares may be purchased with and sold for U.S. dollars. Investing in foreign companies may involve risks not typically associated with investing in United States companies. See Securities of Foreign Issuers.
Overseas Private Investment Corporation Certificates
The Funds may invest in Certificates of Participation issued by the Overseas Private Investment Corporation (OPIC). OPIC is a U.S. government agency that sells political risk insurance and loans to help U.S. businesses invest and compete in over 150 emerging markets and developing nations worldwide. OPIC provides medium to long-term loans and guaranties to projects involving significant equity or management participation. OPIC can lend on either a project finance or a corporate finance basis in countries where conventional institutions are often unable or unwilling to lend on such a basis. OPIC issues Certificates of Participation to finance projects undertaken by U.S. companies. These certificates are guaranteed by OPIC and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
Participation Interests
A Fund may invest in participation interests in fixed income securities. A participation interest provides the certificate holder with a specified interest in an issue of fixed income securities.
Some participation interests give the holders differing interests in the underlying securities, depending upon the type or class of certificate purchased. For example, coupon strip certificates give the holder the right to receive a specific portion of interest payments on the underlying securities; principal strip certificates give the holder the right to receive principal payments and the portion of interest not payable to coupon strip certificate holders. Holders of certificates of participation in interest payments may be entitled to receive a fixed rate of interest, a variable rate that is periodically reset to reflect the current market rate or an auction rate that is periodically reset at auction. Asset-backed residuals represent interests in any excess cash flow remaining after required payments of principal and interest have been made.
More complex participation interests involve special risk considerations. Since these instruments have only recently been developed, there can be no assurance that any market will develop or be maintained for the instruments. Generally, the fixed income securities that are deposited in trust for the holders of these interests are the sole source of payments on the interests; holders cannot look to the sponsor or trustee of the trust or to the issuers of the securities held in trust or to any of their affiliates for payment.
Participation interests purchased at a discount may experience price volatility. Certain types of interests are sensitive to fluctuations in market interest rates and to prepayments on the underlying securities. A rapid rate of prepayment can result in the failure to recover the holders initial investment.
The extent to which the yield to maturity of a participation interest is sensitive to prepayments depends, in part, upon whether the interest was purchased at a discount or premium, and if so, the size of that discount or premium.
Generally, if a participation interest is purchased at a premium and principal distributions occur at a rate faster than that anticipated at the time of purchase, the holders actual yield to maturity will be lower than that assumed at the time of purchase. Conversely, if a participation interest is purchased at a discount and principal distributions occur at a rate faster than that assumed at the time of purchase, the investors actual yield to maturity will be higher than that assumed at the time of purchase.
Participation interests in pools of fixed income securities backed by certain types of debt obligations involve special risk considerations. The issuers of securities backed by automobile and truck receivables typically file financing statements evidencing security interests in the receivables, and the servicers of those obligations take and retain custody of the obligations. If the servicers, in contravention of their duty to the holders of the securities backed by the receivables, were to sell the obligations, the third party purchasers could acquire an interest superior to the interest of the security holders. Also, most states require that a security interest in a vehicle must be noted on the certificate of title and the certificate of title may not be amended to reflect the assignment of the lenders security interest. Therefore, the recovery of the collateral in some cases may not be available to support payments on the securities. Securities backed by credit card receivables are generally unsecured, and both federal and state consumer protection laws may allow set-offs against certain amounts owed.
Pay-In-Kind (PIK) Bonds
Pay-in-kind bonds are securities which, at the issuers option, pay interest in either cash or additional securities for a specified period. Pay-in-kind bonds, like zero coupon bonds, are designed to give an issuer flexibility in managing cash flow. Pay-in-kind bonds are expected to reflect the market value of the underlying debt plus an amount representing accrued interest since the last payment. Pay-in-kind bonds are usually less volatile than zero coupon bonds, but more volatile than cash pay securities.
Preferred Stock
Preferred stock has a preference over common stock in liquidation (and generally dividends as well) but is subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer in all respects. As a general rule, the market value of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit risk, while the market price of convertible preferred stock generally also reflects some element of conversion value. Because preferred stock is junior to debt securities and other obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends generally are payable only if declared by the issuers board of directors. Preferred stock also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions.
Over-The-Counter Stocks
A Fund may invest in over-the-counter stocks. In contrast to the securities exchanges, the over-the-counter market is not a centralized facility that limits trading activity to securities of companies which initially satisfy certain defined standards. Generally, the volume of trading in an unlisted or over-the-counter common stock is less than the volume of trading in a listed stock. This means that the depth of market liquidity of some stocks in which each Fund invests may not be as great as that of other securities and, if the Funds were to dispose of such a stock, they might have to offer the shares at a discount from recent prices, or sell the shares in small lots over an extended period of time.
Privatization
Privatizations are foreign government programs for selling all or part of the interests in government owned or controlled enterprises. The ability of a U.S. entity to participate in privatizations in certain foreign countries may be limited by local law, or the terms on which a Fund may be permitted to participate may be less advantageous than those applicable for local investors. There can be no assurance that foreign governments will continue to sell their interests in companies currently owned or controlled by them or that privatization programs will be successful.
Receipts
Receipts are sold as zero coupon securities, which means that they are sold at a substantial discount and redeemed at face value at their maturity date without interim cash payments of interest or principal. This discount is accreted over the life of the security, and such accretion will constitute the income earned on a security for both accounting and tax purposes. Because of these features, such securities may be subject to greater interest rate volatility than interest paying investments.
Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITS)
The Funds may invest in REITs, which pool investors money for investment in income producing commercial real estate or real estate related loans or interests.
A REIT is not taxed on income distributed to its shareholders or unitholders if it complies with regulatory requirements relating to its organization, ownership, assets and income, and with a regulatory requirement that it distribute to its shareholders or unitholders at least 90% of its taxable income for each taxable year. Generally, REITs can be classified as Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive their income primarily from rents and capital gains from appreciation realized through property sales. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both Equity and Mortgage REITs. A shareholder in a Fund should realize that by investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, he or she will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also indirectly, similar expenses of underlying REITs.
A Fund may be subject to certain risks associated with the direct investments of the REITs. REITs may be affected by changes in their underlying properties and by defaults by borrowers or tenants. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of the credit extended. Furthermore, REITs are dependent on specialized management skills. Some REITs may have limited diversification and may be subject to risks inherent in financing a limited number of properties. REITs depend generally on their ability to generate cash flow to make distributions to shareholders or unitholders, and may be subject to defaults by borrowers and to self-liquidations. In addition, the performance of a REIT may be affected by its failure to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the IRC or its failure to maintain exemption from registration under the 1940 Act.
Repurchase Agreements
Repurchase agreements are agreements by which a Fund obtains a security and simultaneously commits to return the security to the seller (a member bank of the Federal Reserve System or primary securities dealer as recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank) at an agreed upon price (including principal and interest) on an agreed upon date within a number of days (usually not more than seven) from the date of purchase. The resale price reflects the purchase price plus an agreed upon market rate of interest which is unrelated to the coupon rate or maturity of the underlying security. A repurchase agreement involves the obligation of the seller to pay the agreed upon price, which obligation is in effect secured by the value of the underlying security.
Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans by a Fund for purposes of its investment limitations. The repurchase agreements entered into by a Fund will provide that the underlying security at all times shall have a value at least equal to 102% of the resale price stated in the agreement (the Advisor monitors compliance with this requirement). In addition, even though the Bankruptcy Code provides protection for most repurchase agreements, if the seller should be involved in bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, a Fund may incur delay and costs in selling the underlying security or may suffer a loss of principal and interest if the Fund is treated as an unsecured creditor and is required to return the underlying security to the sellers estate.
Reverse Repurchase Agreement, Dollar Roll and Reverse Dollar Roll Transactions
A reverse repurchase agreement involves a sale by a Fund of securities that it holds to a bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution concurrently with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase the same securities at an agreed-upon price and date. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered borrowing by a Fund and are subject to a Funds limitations on borrowing. A dollar roll transaction involves a sale by a Fund of an eligible security to a financial institution concurrently with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase a similar eligible security from the institution at
a later date at an agreed-upon price. A reverse dollar roll transaction involves a purchase by a Fund of an eligible security from a financial institution concurrently with an agreement by the Fund to resell a similar security to the institution at a later date at an agreed-upon price. Each Fund will fully collateralize its reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll and reverse dollar roll transactions in an amount at least equal to the Funds obligations under the reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or reverse dollar roll transaction by segregating or otherwise earmarking cash or other liquid securities.
Royalty Trusts
Royalty trusts are structured similarly to REITs. A royalty trust generally acquires an interest in natural resource companies or chemical companies and distributes the income it receives to the investors of the royalty trust. A sustained decline in demand for crude oil, natural gas and refined petroleum products could adversely affect income and royalty trust revenues and cash flows. Factors that could lead to a decrease in market demand include a recession or other adverse economic conditions, an increase in the market price of the underlying commodity, higher taxes or other regulatory actions that increase costs, or a shift in consumer demand for such products. A rising interest rate environment could adversely impact the performance of royalty trusts. Rising interest rates could limit the capital appreciation of royalty trusts because of the increased availability of alternative investments at more competitive yields.
Rule 144A Securities
Rule 144A securities are securities exempt from registration on resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (1933 Act). Rule 144A securities are traded in the institutional market pursuant to this registration exemption, and, as a result, may not be as liquid as exchange-traded securities since they may only be resold to certain qualified institutional investors. Due to the relatively limited size of this institutional market, these securities may affect the liquidity of Rule 144A securities to the extent that qualified institutional buyers become, for a time, uninterested in purchasing such securities. Nevertheless, Rule 144A securities may be treated as liquid securities pursuant to guidelines adopted by the Trusts Board of Trustees.
Securities Lending
In order to generate additional income, a Fund may lend its securities pursuant to agreements requiring that the loan be continuously secured by collateral consisting of: (1) cash in U.S. dollars; (2) securities issued or fully guaranteed by the United States government or issued and unconditionally guaranteed by any agencies thereof; or (3) irrevocable performance letters of credit issued by banks approved by each Fund. All collateral must equal at least 100% of the market value of the loaned securities. A Fund continues to receive interest on the loaned securities while simultaneously earning interest on the investment of cash collateral. Collateral is marked to market daily. There may be risks of delay in recovery of the securities or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially or become insolvent. In addition, cash collateral invested by the lending Fund is subject to investment risk and the Fund may experience losses with respect to its collateral investments. The SEC currently requires that the following conditions must be met whenever the Funds portfolio securities are loaned: (1) the Fund must receive at least 100% cash collateral from the borrower; (2) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities rises above the level of such collateral; (3) the Fund must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (4) the Fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities, and any increase in market value; (5) the Fund may pay only reasonable custodian fees approved by the Board in connection with the loan; (6) while voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower, the Board must terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities if a material event adversely affecting the investment occurs, and (7) the Fund may not loan its portfolio securities so that the value of the loaned securities is more than one-third of its total asset value, including collateral received from such loans.
Securities of Foreign Issuers
The Funds may invest in securities of foreign issuers and in sponsored and unsponsored ADRs. Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may subject the Funds to investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Such risks include future adverse political and economic developments,
possible imposition of withholding taxes on income, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign deposits, possible establishment of exchange controls or taxation at the source or greater fluctuation in value due to changes in exchange rates. Foreign issuers of securities often engage in business practices different from those of domestic issuers of similar securities, and there may be less information publicly available about foreign issuers. In addition, foreign issuers are, generally speaking, subject to less government supervision and regulation than are those in the United States. Investments in securities of foreign issuers are frequently denominated in foreign currencies and the value of a Funds assets measured in U.S. dollars may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations, and the Funds may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies.
Foreign Market Risk . A Fund is subject to the risk that, because there are generally fewer investors on foreign exchanges and a smaller number of shares traded each day, it may be difficult for a Fund to buy and sell securities on those exchanges. In addition, prices of foreign securities may fluctuate more than prices of securities traded in the United States. Investments in foreign markets may also be adversely affected by governmental actions such as the imposition of punitive taxes. In addition, the governments of certain countries may prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on foreign investing in their capital markets or in certain industries. Any of these actions could severely affect security prices, impair a Funds ability to purchase or sell foreign securities or transfer a Funds assets or income back into the United States or otherwise adversely affect a Funds operations. Other potential foreign market risks include exchange controls, difficulties in pricing securities, defaults on foreign government securities, difficulties in enforcing favorable legal judgments in foreign courts and political and social conditions, such as diplomatic relations, confiscatory taxation, expropriation, limitation on the removal of funds or assets or imposition of (or change in) exchange control regulations. Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be less extensive than those available to investors in the United States or other foreign countries. In addition, changes in government administrations or economic or monetary policies in the United States or abroad could result in appreciation or depreciation of portfolio securities and could favorably or adversely affect a Funds operations.
Public Availability of Information . In general, less information is publicly available with respect to foreign issuers than is available with respect to U.S. companies. Most foreign companies are also not subject to the uniform accounting and financial reporting requirements applicable to issuers in the United States. While the volume of transactions effected on foreign stock exchanges has increased in recent years, it remains appreciably below that of the New York Stock Exchange. Accordingly, a Funds foreign investments may be less liquid and their prices may be more volatile than comparable investments in securities in U.S. companies. In addition, there is generally less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers and issuers in foreign countries than in the United States.
Settlement Risk . Settlement and clearance procedures in certain foreign markets differ significantly from those in the United States. Foreign settlement procedures and trade regulations also may involve certain risks (such as delays in payment for or delivery of securities) not typically generated by the settlement of U.S. investments. Communications between the United States and emerging market countries may be unreliable, increasing the risk of delayed settlements or losses of security certificates in markets that still rely on physical settlement. Settlements in certain foreign countries at times have not kept pace with the number of securities transactions; these problems may make it difficult for a Fund to carry out transactions. If a Fund cannot settle or is delayed in settling a purchase of securities, it may miss attractive investment opportunities and certain of its assets may be uninvested with no return earned thereon for some period. If a Fund cannot settle or is delayed in settling a sale of securities, it may lose money if the value of the security then declines or, if it has contracted to sell the security to another party, the Fund could be liable to that party for any losses incurred. Dividends or interest on, or proceeds from the sale of, foreign securities may be subject to foreign taxes on income from sources in such countries.
Governmental Supervision and Regulation/Accounting Standards . Many foreign governments supervise and regulate stock exchanges, brokers and the sale of securities less than the United States does. Some countries may not have laws to protect investors comparable to the U.S. securities laws. For example, some foreign countries may have no laws or rules against insider trading. Insider trading occurs when a person buys or sells a companys securities based on nonpublic information about that company. In addition, the U.S. Government has from time to time in the past imposed restrictions, through penalties and otherwise, on foreign investments by U.S. investors such as a Fund. Accounting standards in other countries are not necessarily the same as in the United States. If the accounting
standards in another country do not require as much detail as U.S. accounting standards, it may be harder for a Fund to completely and accurately determine a companys financial condition. Also, brokerage commissions and other costs of buying or selling securities often are higher in foreign countries than they are in the United States. This reduces the amount the Fund can earn on its investments.
Emerging Market Securities
Emerging market countries are generally countries that are included in the MSCI Emerging Markets Index, or otherwise excluded from the MSCI World Index. As of April 30, 2012, the countries in the MSCI World Index included: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and the United States. The country composition of the MSCI Emerging Markets Index and the MSCI World Index can change over time.
Investments in the securities of issuers domiciled in countries with emerging capital markets involve certain additional risks that do not generally apply to investments in securities of issuers in more developed capital markets, such as (i) low or non-existent trading volume, resulting in a lack of liquidity and increased volatility in prices for such securities, as compared to securities of comparable issuers in more developed capital markets; (ii) uncertain national policies and social, political and economic instability, increasing the potential for expropriation of assets, confiscatory taxation, high rates of inflation or unfavorable diplomatic developments; (iii) possible fluctuations in exchange rates, differing legal systems and the existence or possible imposition of exchange controls, custodial restrictions or other foreign or U.S. governmental laws or restrictions applicable to such investments; (iv) national policies that may limit a Funds investment opportunities such as restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests; and (v) the lack or relatively early development of legal structures governing private and foreign investments and private property. In addition to withholding taxes on investment income, some countries with emerging markets may impose differential capital gains taxes on foreign investors.
Political and economic structures in emerging market countries may be undergoing significant evolution and rapid development, and these countries may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristic of more developed countries. In such a dynamic environment, there can be no assurance that any or all of these capital markets will continue to present viable investment opportunities for a Fund. Some of these countries may have in the past failed to recognize private property rights and have at times nationalized or expropriated the assets of private companies. There is no assurance that such expropriations will not reoccur. In such an event, it is possible that the Fund could lose the entire value of its investments in the affected market. As a result, the risks described above, including the risks of nationalization or expropriation of assets, may be heightened. In addition, unanticipated political or social developments may affect the value of investments in these countries and the availability to the Fund of additional investments. The small size and inexperience of the securities markets in certain of these countries and the limited volume of trading in securities in these countries may make investments in the countries illiquid and more volatile than investments in Japan or most Western European countries.
Also, there may be less publicly available information about issuers in emerging markets than would be available about issuers in more developed capital markets, and such issuers may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and requirements comparable to those to which U.S. companies are subject. In certain countries with emerging capital markets, reporting standards vary widely. As a result, traditional investment measurements used in the United States, such as price/earnings ratios, may not be applicable. Emerging market securities may be substantially less liquid and more volatile than those of mature markets, and company shares may be held by a limited number of persons. This may adversely affect the timing and pricing of a Funds acquisition or disposal of securities.
Practices in relation to settlement of securities transactions in emerging markets involve higher risks than those in developed markets, in part because a Fund will need to use brokers and counterparties that are less well capitalized, and custody and registration of assets in some countries may be unreliable. The possibility of fraud, negligence, undue influence being exerted by the issuer or refusal to recognize ownership exists in some emerging markets, and, along with other factors, could result in ownership registration being completely lost. A Fund would absorb any loss resulting from such registration problems and may have no successful claim for compensation.
Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the securities of their companies. Certain emerging countries, however, permit indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and traded on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have specifically authorized. Investments in these investment funds are subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act. Shareholders of a Fund that invests in such investment funds will bear not only their proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund (including operating expenses and the fees of the adviser), but also will indirectly bear similar expenses of the underlying investment funds. In addition, these investment funds may trade at a premium over their net asset value.
Participatory notes (commonly known as P-notes) are offshore derivative instruments issued to foreign institutional investors and their sub-accounts against underlying Indian securities listed on the Indian bourses. These securities are not registered with the Securities and Exchange Board of India. Participatory notes are similar to ADRs and the risks of investing in participatory notes are similar to those discussed above with respect to securities of foreign issuers in general.
Senior Securities
Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by a Fund evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits funds from issuing senior securities, although it does not treat certain transactions as senior securities, such as certain borrowings, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligation.
Short Sales
In a short sale, a Fund sells a security, which it does not own, in anticipation of a decline in the market value of the security. To complete the sale, the Fund must borrow the security (generally from the broker through which the short sale is made) in order to make delivery to the buyer. The Fund must replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement. The Fund is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers them to the broker. The period during which the Fund has a short position can range from one day to more than a year. Until the Fund replaces the security, the proceeds of the short sale are retained by the broker, and the Fund must pay to the broker a negotiated portion of any dividends or interest, which accrue during the period of the loan.
A short sale is against the box if at all times during which the short position is open, a Fund owns at least an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into, or exchangeable without further consideration for, securities of the same issue as the securities that are sold short. A short sale against the box is a taxable transaction to the Fund with respect to the securities that are sold short.
In the view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a senior security as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, unless the sale is against the box and the securities sold short are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless the Funds obligation to deliver the securities sold short is otherwise covered, whether by placing assets in a segregated account or otherwise earmarking assets as cover in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale and any such collateral required to be deposited with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the securities sold short, or otherwise. Any Fund that engages in short sales will comply with these requirements.
Sovereign Debt
The Touchstone Strategic Income Fund may invest in sovereign debt. The cost of servicing sovereign debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates that are adjusted based upon international interest rates. The ability to service external debt will also depend on the level of the relevant governments international currency reserves and its access to foreign exchange. Currency devaluations may affect the ability of a sovereign obligor to obtain sufficient foreign exchange to service its external debt.
As a result of the foregoing or other factors, a governmental obligor may default on its obligations. If such an event occurs, a Fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign sovereign debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of commercial bank debt will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign sovereign debt obligations in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements.
Stand-By Commitments
When a Fund purchases municipal obligations, it may also acquire stand-by commitments from banks and broker-dealers with respect to such municipal obligations. A stand-by commitment is the equivalent of a put option acquired by the Fund with respect to a particular municipal obligation held in its portfolio. A stand-by commitment is a security independent of the municipal obligation to which it relates. The amount payable by a bank or dealer during the time a stand-by commitment is exercisable, absent unusual circumstances relating to a change in market value, would be substantially the same as the value of the underlying municipal obligation. A stand-by commitment might not be transferable by a Fund, although it could sell the underlying municipal obligation to a third party at any time.
Each Fund expects that stand-by commitments generally will be available without the payment of direct or indirect consideration. However, if necessary and advisable, a Fund may pay for stand-by commitments either separately in cash or by paying a higher price for portfolio securities which are acquired subject to such a commitment (thus reducing the yield to maturity otherwise available for the same securities). The total amount paid in either manner for outstanding stand-by commitments held by a Fund will not exceed 10% of the value of the Funds total assets calculated immediately after each stand-by commitment is acquired. A Fund will enter into stand-by commitments only with banks and broker-dealers that, in the judgment of the Advisor or Sub-Advisor, as the case may be, present minimal credit risks.
Step Coupon Bonds (STEPS)
A Fund may invest in debt securities which pay interest at a series of different rates (including 0%) in accordance with a stated schedule for a series of periods. In addition to the risks associated with the credit rating of the issuers, these securities may be subject to more volatility risk than fixed rate debt securities.
Structured Investments
Structured investments are derivatives in the form of a unit or units representing an undivided interest(s) in assets held in a trust that is not an investment company as defined in the 1940 Act. A trust unit pays a return based on the total return of securities and other investments held by the trust and the trust may enter into one or more swaps to achieve its goal. For example, a trust may purchase a basket of securities and agree to exchange the return generated by those securities for the return generated by another basket or index of securities. The Funds will purchase structured investments in trusts that engage in such swaps only where the counterparties are approved by the investment advisor.
Structured Notes
A Fund may invest in structured notes, including total rate of return swaps, with rates of return determined by reference to the total rate of return on one or more loans referenced in such notes. The rate of return on the structured note may be determined by applying a multiplier to the rate of total return on the referenced loan or loans. Application of a multiplier is comparable to the use of leverage, which magnifies the risk of loss, because a relatively small decline in the value of a referenced note could result in a relatively large loss in value.
Swap Agreements
A swap is a financial instrument that typically involves the exchange of cash flows between two parties on specified dates (settlement dates), where the cash flows are based on agreed-upon prices, rates, indices, etc. The nominal amount on which the cash flows are calculated is called the notional amount. Swaps are individually negotiated and
structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors, such as interest rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates, security prices, indexes or inflation rates.
Swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the investments of a Fund and its share price. The performance of swap agreements may be affected by a change in the specific interest rate, currency, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and from a Fund. If a swap agreement calls for payments by a Fund, the Fund must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if the counter-partys creditworthiness declines, the value of a swap agreement would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.
Generally, swap agreements have a fixed maturity date that will be agreed upon by the parties. The agreement can be terminated before the maturity date only under limited circumstances, such as default by one of the parties or insolvency, among others, and can be transferred by a party only with the prior written consent of the other party. A Fund may be able to eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement either by assignment or by other disposition, or by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly creditworthy party. If the counter-party is unable to meet its obligations under the contract, declares bankruptcy, defaults or becomes insolvent, a Fund may not be able to recover the money it expected to receive under the contract.
A swap agreement can be a form of leverage, which can magnify a Funds gains or losses. In order to reduce the risk associated with leveraging, a Fund may cover its current obligations under swap agreements according to guidelines established by the SEC. If a Fund enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, it will segregate assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess, if any, of the Funds accrued obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued amount the Fund is entitled to receive under the agreement. If a Fund enters into a swap agreement on other than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount of the Funds accrued obligations under the agreement.
Equity Swaps. In a typical equity swap, one party agrees to pay another party the return on a stock, stock index or basket of stocks in return for a specified interest rate. By entering into an equity index swap, for example, the index receiver can gain exposure to stocks making up the index of securities without actually purchasing those stocks. Equity index swaps involve not only the risk associated with investment in the securities represented in the index, but also the risk that the performance of such securities, including dividends, will not exceed the return on the interest rate that a Fund will be committed to pay.
Interest Rate Swaps. Interest rate swaps are financial instruments that involve the exchange of one type of interest rate for another type of interest rate cash flow on specified dates in the future. Some of the different types of interest rate swaps are fixed-for floating rate swaps, termed basis swaps and index amortizing swaps. Fixed-for floating rate swaps involve the exchange of fixed interest rate cash flows for floating rate cash flows. Termed basis swaps entail cash flows to both parties based on floating interest rates, where the interest rate indices are different. Index amortizing swaps are typically fixed-for floating swaps where the notional amount changes if certain conditions are met.
Like a traditional investment in a debt security, a Fund could lose money by investing in an interest rate swap if interest rates change adversely. For example, if a Fund enters into a swap where it agrees to exchange a floating rate of interest for a fixed rate of interest, a Fund may have to pay more money than it receives. Similarly, if a Fund enters into a swap where it agrees to exchange a fixed rate of interest for a floating rate of interest, a Fund may receive less money than it has agreed to pay.
Currency Swaps. A currency swap is an agreement between two parties in which one party agrees to make interest rate payments in one currency and the other promises to make interest rate payments in another currency. A Fund may enter into a currency swap when it has one currency and desires a different currency. Typically the interest rates that determine the currency swap payments are fixed, although occasionally one or both parties may pay a floating rate of interest. Unlike an interest rate swap, however, the principal amounts are exchanged at the beginning of the contract and returned at the end of the contract. Changes in foreign exchange rates and changes in interest rates, as described above, may negatively affect currency swaps.
Credit Default Swaps. A credit default swap is an agreement between a Fund and a counterparty that enables the Fund to buy or sell protection against a credit event related to a referenced debt obligation. One party, acting as a
protection buyer, makes periodic payments to the other party, a protection seller, in exchange for a promise by the protection seller to make a payment to the protection buyer if a negative credit event (such as a delinquent payment or default) occurs with respect to a referenced bond or group of bonds. Acting as a protection seller allows a Fund to create an investment exposure similar to owning a bond. Acting as a protection buyer allows a Fund potentially to reduce its credit exposure to a bond it owns or to take a short position in a bond it does not own.
As the protection buyer in a credit default swap, a Fund may pay a premium (by means of periodic payments) in return for the right to deliver specified bonds or loans to the protection seller and receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value upon default or similar events by the issuer of the underlying reference obligation. If no default occurs, the protection seller would keep the stream of payments and would have no further obligations to the Fund. As the protection buyer, the Fund bears the risk that the investment might expire worthless and/or that the protection seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the Fund in the event of a default or similar event. In addition, when the Fund is a protection buyer, the Funds investment would only generate income in the event of an actual default or similar event by the issuer of the underlying reference obligation.
A Fund may also use credit default swaps for investment purposes by selling a credit default swap, in which case, the Fund, as the protection seller, would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the protection buyer in the event of a default or similar event by the third-party issuer of the underlying reference obligation. In return for its obligation, the Fund would receive from the protection buyer a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract. If no credit event occurs, the Fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As the protection seller in a credit default swap, the Fund effectively adds economic leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund is subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.
In addition to the risks applicable to derivatives generally, credit default swaps involve special risks because they may be difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty).
Swaptions . The Funds also may enter into options on swap agreements (swaptions). A swaption is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. The Funds may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions. Depending on the terms of the particular swaption, a Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than it will incur when it purchases a swaption. When a Fund purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when a Fund writes a swaption, upon exercise of the option by the buyer of the option, the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying swap agreement.
Whether a Funds use of swap agreements or swaptions will be successful in furthering its investment goals will depend on the sub-advisors ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Moreover, a Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty.
Other Types of Financial Instruments
If other types of financial instruments, including other types of options, futures contracts, or futures options are traded in the future, the Funds may also use those instruments, provided that such instruments are consistent with the Funds investment goals.
Tender Option Bonds
A tender option bond is a municipal security (generally held pursuant to a custodial arrangement) having a relatively long maturity and bearing interest at a fixed rate substantially higher than prevailing short-term tax-exempt rates, that has been coupled with the agreement of a third party, such as a bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution, pursuant to which such institution grants the security holders the option, at periodic intervals, to tender their securities to the institution and receive the face value thereof. As consideration for providing the option, the
financial institution receives periodic fees equal to the difference between the municipal securitys fixed coupon rate and the rate, as determined by a remarketing or similar agent at or near the commencement of such period, that would cause the securities, coupled with the tender option, to trade at par on the date of such determination. Thus, after payment of this fee, the security holder effectively holds a demand obligation that bears interest at the prevailing short-term tax exempt rate. The Advisor or sub-advisor as the case may be, will consider on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the issuer of the underlying municipal securities, of any custodian, and of the third-party provider of the tender option. In certain instances and for certain tender option bonds, the option may be terminable in the event of a default in payment of principal of interest on the underlying municipal securities and for other reasons.
Time Deposits
Time deposits are non-negotiable receipts issued by a bank in exchange for the deposit of funds. Like a certificate of deposit, it earns a specified rate of interest over a definite period of time; however, it cannot be traded in the secondary market. Time deposits with a withdrawal penalty are considered to be illiquid securities.
Technology Securities
The value of technology securities may fluctuate dramatically and technology securities may be subject to greater than average financial and market risk. Investments in the high technology sector include the risk that certain products may be subject to competitive pressures and aggressive pricing and may become obsolete and the risk that new products will not meet expectations or even reach the market.
Temporary Defensive Investments
Each Fund may, for temporary defensive purposes, invest up to 100% of its total assets in money market instruments (including U.S. government securities, bank obligations, commercial paper rated in the highest rating category by an NRSRO and repurchase agreements involving the foregoing securities), shares of money market investment companies (to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to certain restrictions) and cash.
Trust Preferred Securities
Trust preferred securities are issued by a special purpose trust subsidiary backed by subordinated debt of the corporate parent. Trust preferred securities currently permit the issuing entity to treat the interest payments as a tax-deductible cost. These securities, which have no voting rights, have a final stated maturity date and a fixed schedule for periodic payments. In addition, these securities have provisions which afford preference over common and preferred stock upon liquidation, although the securities are subordinated to other, more senior debt securities of the same issuer. The issuers of these securities have the right to defer interest payments for a period of up to five years, although interest continues to accrue cumulatively. The deferral of payments may not exceed the stated maturity date of the securities themselves. The non-payment of deferred interest at the end of the permissible period will be treated as an event of default. At the present time, the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) treats trust preferred securities as debt.
U.S. Government Securities
U.S. Government securities are obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities. Some U.S. Government securities, such as U.S. Treasury bills, Treasury notes and Treasury bonds, which differ only in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance, are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Others are supported by: (i) the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, such as securities of the Federal Home Loan Banks; (ii) the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agencys obligations, such as securities of Fannie Mae; or (iii) only the credit of the issuer, such as securities of the Student Loan Marketing Association. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Government will provide financial support in the future to U.S. Government agencies, authorities or instrumentalities that are not supported by the full faith and credit of the United States.
Securities guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or
instrumentalities include: (i) securities for which the payment of principal and interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the U.S. Government or any of its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities; and (ii) participation interests in loans made to foreign governments or other entities that are so guaranteed. The secondary market for certain of these participation interests is limited and, therefore, may be regarded as illiquid.
[U.S. Government securities also include securities guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) under its Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. Under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, the FDIC guarantees, with the full faith and credit of the United States, the payment of principal and interest on the debt issued by private entities through the earlier of the maturity date of the debt or December 31, 2012.]
U.S. Treasury Obligations
U.S. Treasury Obligations are bills, notes and bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury, and separately traded interest and principal component parts of such obligations that are transferable through the federal book-entry system known as separately traded registered interest and principal securities (STRIPS) and coupons under book entry safekeeping (CUBES). They also include Treasury inflation-protection securities (TIPS).
Variable and Floating Rate Instruments
Certain obligations may carry variable or floating rates of interest, and may involve a conditional or unconditional demand feature. Such instruments bear interest at rates which are not fixed, but which vary with changes in specified market rates or indices. The interest rates on these securities may be reset daily, weekly, quarterly or some other reset period, and may have a floor or ceiling on interest rate changes. There is a risk that the current interest rate on such obligations may not accurately reflect existing market interest rates. A demand instrument with a demand notice exceeding seven days may be considered illiquid if there is no secondary market for such security.
Warrants and Rights
Warrants are instruments giving holders the right, but not the obligation, to buy equity or fixed income securities of a company at a given price during a specified period. Rights are similar to warrants but normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of warrants or rights involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a warrant or right if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the warrants and rights expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants and/or rights involves the risk that the effective price paid for the warrants and/or rights added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed securitys market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security. Buying a warrant does not make a Fund a shareholder of the underlying stock. The warrant holder has no voting or dividend rights with respect to the underlying stock. A warrant does not carry any right to assets of the issuer, and for this reason investment in warrants may be more speculative than other equity-based investments.
When-Issued, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitment Transactions
To secure prices deemed advantageous at a particular time, a Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, in which case delivery of the securities occurs beyond the normal settlement period; payment for or delivery of the securities would be made prior to the reciprocal delivery or payment by the other party to the transaction. When-issued or delayed delivery securities are subject to market fluctuations due to changes in market interest rates and it is possible that the market value at the time of settlement could be higher or lower than the purchase price if the general level of interest rates has changed. Although a Fund generally purchases securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis with the intention of actually acquiring the securities for its investment portfolio, a Fund may dispose of a when-issued security or forward commitment prior to settlement if it deems appropriate.
Yankee Obligations
Yankee obligations (Yankees) are U.S. dollar-denominated instruments of foreign issuers who either register with the SEC or issue securities under Rule 144A of the 1933 Act. These consist of debt securities (including preferred or preference stock of non-governmental issuers), certificates of deposit, fixed time deposits and bankers acceptances issued by foreign banks, and debt obligations of foreign governments or their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, international agencies and supranational entities. Some securities issued by foreign governments or their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the foreign government. Yankee obligations, as obligations of foreign issuers, are subject to the same types of risks discussed above in Securities of Foreign Issuers.
Zero Coupon Securities
The Funds may invest in zero coupon bonds of governmental or private issuers that generally pay no interest to their holders prior to maturity. Since zero coupon bonds do not make regular interest payments, they allow an issuer to avoid the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments and may involve greater credit risks than bonds paying interest currently. The IRC requires that a Fund accrue interest income on zero coupon bonds for each taxable year, even though no cash has been paid on the bonds, and generally requires the Fund to distribute such income (net of deductible expenses, if any) to avoid being subject to tax and to continue to maintain its status as a regulated investment company (RIC) under the IRC. Because no cash is generally received at the time of accrual, a Fund may be required to sell investments (even if such sales are not advantageous) to obtain sufficient cash to satisfy the distribution requirements applicable to the Fund under the IRC. See Taxes.
Zero coupon securities may include treasury securities that have had their interest payments (coupons) separated from the underlying principal (corpus) by their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment brokerage firm. Once the holder of the security has stripped or separated corpus and coupons, it may sell each component separately. The principal or corpus is then sold at a deep discount because the buyer receives only the right to receive a future fixed payment on the security and does not receive any rights to periodic interest (cash) payments. Typically, the coupons are sold separately or grouped with other coupons with like maturity dates and sold bundled in such form. The underlying treasury security is held in book-entry form at the Federal Reserve Bank or, in the case of bearer securities (i.e., unregistered securities which are owned ostensibly by the bearer or holder thereof), in trust on behalf of the owners thereof. Purchasers of stripped obligations acquire, in effect, discount obligations that are economically identical to the zero coupon securities that the U.S. Treasury sells itself.
The U.S. Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero coupon securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of particular interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities through the Federal Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a Federal Reserve program known as STRIPS or Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities, a Fund may record its beneficial ownership of the coupon or corpus directly in the book-entry record-keeping system.
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS
Fundamental Limitations. The Trust has adopted certain fundamental investment limitations designed to reduce the risk of an investment in the Funds. These limitations may not be changed with respect to any Fund without the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of that Fund. The vote of a majority of the outstanding shares means the vote of the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the shares present or represented by proxy at the meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding shares. Except for the limitations on borrowings, if a percentage restriction on investment or use of assets set forth below is adhered to at the time a transaction is effected, later changes in percentage resulting from changing market values or other circumstances will not be considered a deviation from this policy.
THE FUNDAMENTAL LIMITATIONS FOR THE FUNDS ARE:
1. Diversification. The Funds may not purchase securities of an issuer that would cause the Funds to fail to satisfy the diversification requirement for a diversified management company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be
amended or interpreted from time to time.
2. Borrowing Money . The Funds may not engage in borrowing except as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, any rule, regulation or order under the Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the Act.
3. Underwriting . The Funds may not underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that, in connection with the sale or disposition of portfolio securities, a Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter under certain federal securities laws or in connection with investments in other investment companies.
4. Loans. The Funds may not make loans to other persons except that a Fund may (1) engage in repurchase agreements, (2) lend portfolio securities, (3) purchase debt securities, (4) purchase commercial paper, and (5) enter into any other lending arrangement permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, any rule, regulation or order under the Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the Act.
5. Real Estate. The Funds may not purchase or sell real estate except that a Fund may (1) hold and sell real estate acquired as a result of the Funds ownership of securities or other instruments (2) purchase or sell securities or other instruments backed by real estate or interests in real estate and (3) purchase or sell securities of entities or investment vehicles, including real estate investment trusts that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests in real estate.
6. Commodities. The Funds may not purchase or sell physical commodities except that a Fund may (1) hold and sell physical commodities acquired as a result of the Funds ownership of securities or other instruments, (2) purchase or sell securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities, (3) purchase or sell options, and (4) purchase or sell futures contracts.
7. Concentration of Investments. The Funds may not purchase the securities of an issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies or its instrumentalities) if, as a result, more than 25% of the Funds total assets would be invested in the securities of companies whose principal business activities are in the same industry.
8. Senior Securities. The Funds may not issue senior securities except as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, any rule, regulation or order under the Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the Act.
The following descriptions of certain provisions of the 1940 Act may assist investors in understanding the above policies and restrictions:
1. Diversification. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified investment management company, as to 75% of its total assets, may not purchase securities of any issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agents or instrumentalities or securities of other investment companies) if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the issuers outstanding voting securities would be held by the fund.
2. Borrowing. The 1940 Act allows a fund to borrow from any bank (including pledging, mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its total assets (not including temporary borrowings not in excess of 5% of its total assets).
3. Underwriting. Under the 1940 Act, underwriting securities involves a fund purchasing securities directly from an issuer for the purpose of selling (distributing) them or participating in any such activity either directly or indirectly. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified fund may not make any commitment as underwriter, if immediately thereafter the amount of its outstanding underwriting commitments, plus the value of its investments in securities of issuers (other than investment companies) of which it owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities, exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets.
4. Lending. Under the 1940 Act, a fund may only make loans if expressly permitted by its investment policies. The Funds current investment policy on lending is as follows: the Fund may not make loans if, as a
result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties, except that the Fund may: (i) purchase or hold debt instruments in accordance with its investment objective and policies; (ii) enter into repurchase agreements; and (iii) engage in securities lending as described in its Statement of Additional Information.
5. Senior Securities. Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by a fund evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits funds from issuing senior securities, although it does not treat certain transactions as senior securities, such as certain borrowings, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligation.
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS
The following is a list of the Trustees and executive officers of the Trust, the length of time served, principal occupations for the past 5 years, number of funds overseen in the Touchstone Fund Complex and other directorships held. All funds managed by the Advisor are part of the Touchstone Fund Complex. The Touchstone Fund Complex consists of the Trust, Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, Touchstone Variable Series Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust and Touchstone Institutional Funds Trust. The Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, are referred to as Independent Trustees.
Interested Trustees(1):
Name
|
|
Position
|
|
Term of
|
|
Principal
|
|
Number
|
|
Other
|
Jill T. McGruder
|
|
Trustee and President |
|
Until retirement at age 75 or until she resigns or is removed
|
|
President and CEO of IFS Financial Services, Inc. (a holding company). |
|
60 |
|
Director of LaRosas (a restaurant chain), Capital Analysts Incorporated (an investment advisor and broker-dealer), IFS Financial Services, Inc. (a holding company), Integrity and National Integrity Life Insurance Co., Touchstone Securities (the Trusts distributor), Touchstone Advisors (the Trusts investment advisor and administrator), W&S Brokerage Services (a brokerage company) and W&S Financial Group Distributors (a distribution company). |
In dependent Trustees:
Name
|
|
Position
|
|
Term of
|
|
Principal Occupation(s)
|
|
Number
|
|
Other
|
Phillip R. Cox
105 East Fourth Street Cincinnati, OH Year of Birth: 1947 |
|
Trustee |
|
Until retirement at age 75 or until he resigns or is removed
Trustee since 1999
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer of Cox Financial Corp. (a financial services company). |
|
60 |
|
Director of Cincinnati Bell (a communications company), Bethesda Inc. (a hospital), Timken Co. (a manufacturing company), Diebold (a technology solutions company), and Ohio Business Alliance for Higher Education. Director of Duke Energy from 1994 2008. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H. Jerome Lerner c/o Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Cincinnati, OH Year of Birth: 1938 |
|
Trustee |
|
Until retirement at age 75 or until he resigns or is removed
Trustee since 1989 |
|
Principal of HJL Enterprises (a privately held investment company). |
|
60 |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Donald C. Siekmann c/o Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Cincinnati, OH Year of Birth: 1938 |
|
Trustee |
|
Until retirement at age 75 or until he resigns or is removed
Trustee since 2005 |
|
Executive for Duro Bag Manufacturing Co. (a bag manufacturer) from 2002 -2008. |
|
60 |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John P. Zanotti c/o Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Cincinnati, OH Year of Birth: 1948 |
|
Trustee |
|
Until retirement at age 75 or until he resigns or is removed
Trustee since 2002 |
|
Private Investor.
President of Cincinnati Biomedical (a life science and economic development company) from 2003 - 2007. Chairman of Integrated Media Technologies (a media company). |
|
60 |
|
None |
Susan J. Hickenlooper c/o Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Cincinnati, OH Year of Birth: 1946 |
|
Trustee |
|
Until retirement at age 75 or until she resigns or is removed
Trustee since 2009 |
|
Trustee of Episcopal Retirement Homes Foundation from 1998 to 2011. |
|
60 |
|
Trustee of Gateway Trust (a mutual fund) from 2006 - 2008, Trustee of Cincinnati Parks Foundation (a charitable organization). |
(1) Ms. McGruder, as a director of the Advisor and the Distributor, and an officer of affiliates of the Advisor and the Distributor, is an interested person of the Trust within the meaning of Section 2(a) (19) of the 1940 Act.
(2) Each Trustee is elected to serve until the age of 75 or until he or she sooner resigns or is removed.
(3) The Touchstone Fund Complex consists of 22 series of the Trust, 3 series of Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, 4 series of Touchstone Investment Trust, 11 variable annuity series of Touchstone Variable Series Trust, 19 series of Touchstone Funds Group Trust and 1 series of Touchstone Institutional Funds Trust.
(4)Each Trustee is also a Trustee of Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Variable Series Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust and Touchstone Institutional Funds Trust.
Principal Officers:
Name
|
|
Position
|
|
Term of Office and
|
|
Principal Occupation(s) During
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jill T. McGruder Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Cincinnati, OH Year of Birth: 1955 |
|
President |
|
Until resignation, removal or disqualification
President since 2004; President from 2000-2002 |
|
See biography above. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steven M. Graziano Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Cincinnati, OH Year of Birth: 1954 |
|
Vice President |
|
Until resignation, removal or disqualification
Vice President since 2009
|
|
President of Touchstone Advisors, Inc.; Executive Vice President of Pioneer Investment Management, Head of Retail Distribution and Strategic Marketing 2007 2008; Executive Vice President of Pioneer Investment Management, Chief Marketing Officer 2002 2007. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy D. Paulin Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Cincinnati, OH Year of Birth: 1963 |
|
Vice President |
|
Until resignation, removal or disqualification
Vice President since 2010
|
|
Senior Vice President of Investment Research and Product Management of Touchstone Advisors, Inc.; Director of Product Design of Klein Decisions, Inc. 2003 2010. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joseph Melcher Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Cincinnati, OH Year of Birth: 1973 |
|
Chief Compliance Officer |
|
Until resignation, removal or disqualification
Chief Compliance Officer since 2010 |
|
Vice President of Compliance of IFS Financial Services (a holding company); Assistant Vice President of Compliance of IFS Financial Services 2005 2010. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Terrie A. Wiedenheft Touchstone Advisors, Inc. 303 Broadway Cincinnati, OH Year of Birth: 1962 |
|
Controller and Treasurer |
|
Until resignation, removal or disqualification
Controller since 2000
Treasurer since 2003 |
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of IFS Financial Services, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Elizabeth R. Freeman BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. 201 Washington St., 34 th Fl. Boston, MA 02108 Year of Birth: 1962 |
|
Secretary |
|
Until resignation, removal or disqualification
Secretary since 2011. |
|
Managing Director and Senior Counsel of BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. |
(1) Each officer also holds the same office with Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, Touchstone Variable Series Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust and Touchstone Institutional Funds Trust.
Additional Information About the Trustees
The Board believes that each Trustees experience, qualifications, attributes or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees lead to the conclusion that the Trustees possess the requisite
experience, qualifications, attributes and skills to serve on the Board. The Board believes that the Trustees ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them; to interact effectively with the Advisor, Sub-Advisors, other service providers, counsel and independent auditors; and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties, support this conclusion. The Board has also considered the contributions that each Trustee can make to the Board and the Funds. In addition, the following specific experience, qualifications, attributes and/or skills apply as to each Trustee: Ms. McGruder, experience as a chief executive officer of a financial services company and director of various other businesses, as well as executive and leadership roles within the Advisor; Mr. Cox, experience as a chief executive officer of a financial services company and director of companies from varied industries; Mr. Lerner, owner of a management consulting services company and executive experience at various businesses; Mr. Siekmann, accounting experience as a partner at a major accounting firm, director experience at another mutual fund complex, executive experience at various businesses and a leadership role at a charitable organization; Mr. Zanotti, executive and board experience at companies from various industries; and Ms. Hickenlooper, executive and board experience at various businesses, foundations and charitable organizations. In its periodic self-assessment of the effectiveness of the Board, the Board considers the complementary individual skills and experience of the individual Trustees primarily in the broader context of the Boards overall composition so that the Board, as a body, possesses the appropriate (and appropriately diverse) skills and experience to oversee the business of the Fund. References to the qualifications, attributes and skills of Trustees are pursuant to requirements of the SEC, do not constitute holding out the Board or any Trustee as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not impose any greater responsibility on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.
Board Structure
The Board of Trustees is composed of five Independent Trustees and one Interested Trustee, Jill T. McGruder, who is Chairperson of the Board of Trustees. The full Board has appointed Phillip R. Cox to serve as the Lead Independent Trustee. Ms. McGruder oversees the day-to-day business affairs of the Trust and communicates with Mr. Cox regularly on various Trust issues, as appropriate. Mr. Cox, among other things, chairs meetings of the Independent Trustees, serves as a spokesperson for the Independent Trustees and serves as a liaison between the Independent Trustees and the Trusts management between Board meetings. Except for any duties specified herein, the designation of Lead Independent Trustee does not impose on such Independent Trustee any duties, obligations or liability that is greater than the duties, obligations or liability imposed on such person as a member of the Board, generally. The Independent Trustees are advised at these meetings, as well as at other times, by separate, independent legal counsel.
The Board holds four regular meetings each year to consider and address matters involving the Trust and its Funds. The Board also may hold special meetings to address matters arising between regular meetings. The Independent Trustees also regularly meet outside the presence of management and are advised by independent legal counsel. These meetings may take place in-person or by telephone.
The Board has established a committee structure that includes an Audit Committee and a Governance Committee (discussed in more detail below). The Board conducts much of its work through these Committees. Each Committee is comprised entirely of Independent Trustees, which ensures that the Funds have effective and independent governance and oversight.
The Board reviews its structure regularly and believes that its leadership structure, including having a super-majority of Independent Trustees, coupled with an Interested Chairperson and a Lead Independent Trustee, is appropriate and in the best interests of the Trust because it allows the Board to exercise informed and independent judgment over matters under its purview, and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees and the full Board in a manner that enhances effective oversight. The Board believes that having an Interested Chairperson is appropriate and in the best interests of the Trust given: (1) the extensive oversight provided by the Trusts Advisor over the affiliated and unaffiliated sub-advisors that conduct the day-to-day management of the Funds of the Trust, (2) the extent to which the work of the Board is conducted through the standing Committees, (3) the extent to which the Independent Trustees meet regularly, together with independent legal counsel, in the absence of the Interested Chairperson and (4) the Interested Chairpersons additional roles as a director of the Advisor and the Distributor and senior executive of IFS Financial Services, Inc., the Advisors parent company, and of other affiliates of the Advisor, which enhance the Boards understanding of the operations of the Advisor and the role of the Trust and the Advisor within Western
& Southern Financial Group, Inc. The Board also believes that the role of the Lead Independent Trustee within the leadership structure is integral to promoting independent oversight of the Funds operations and meaningful representation of the shareholders interests. In addition, the Board believes its leadership structure facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the Independent Trustees from the Trusts management.
Board Oversight of Risk
Consistent with its responsibilities for oversight of the Trust and its Funds, the Board, among other things, oversees risk management of each Funds investment program and business affairs directly and through the committee structure that it has established. Risks to the Funds include, among others, investment risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, valuation risk and operational risk, as well as the overall business risk relating to the Funds. The Board has adopted, and periodically reviews, policies and procedures designed to address these risks. Under the overall supervision of the Board, the Advisor, Sub-Advisors, and other key service providers to the Funds, including the administrator, the distributor, the transfer agent, the custodian, and the independent auditors, have also implemented a variety of processes, procedures and controls to address these risks. Different processes, procedures and controls are employed with respect to different types of risks. These processes include those that are embedded in the conduct of regular business by the Board and in the responsibilities of officers of the Trust and other service providers.
The Board requires senior officers of the Trust, including the Chief Compliance Officer (CCO), to report to the Board on a variety of matters at regular and special meetings of the Board, including matters relating to risk management. The Board and the Audit Committee receive regular reports from the Trusts independent auditors on internal control and financial reporting matters. On at least a quarterly basis, the Board meets with the Trusts CCO, including meetings in executive sessions, to discuss issues related to portfolio compliance and, on at least an annual basis, receives a report from the CCO regarding the effectiveness of the Trusts compliance program. In addition, the Board also receives reports from the Advisor on the investments and securities trading of the Funds, including their investment performance and asset weightings compared to appropriate benchmarks, as well as reports regarding the valuation of those investments. The Board also receives reports from the Trusts primary service providers on a periodic or regular basis, including the Sub-Advisors to the Portfolios.
Trustee Ownership in the Touchstone Funds
The following table reflects the Trustees beneficial ownership in the Funds and the Touchstone Fund Complex as of December 31, 2011.
Name |
|
Dollar Range of Equity
|
|
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
|
Phillip R. Cox |
|
None |
|
$1 - $10,000 |
H. Jerome Lerner |
|
None |
|
$50,001 - $100,000 |
Jill T. McGruder |
|
None |
|
Over $100,000 |
Donald C. Siekmann |
|
None |
|
Over $100,000 |
Susan J. Hickenlooper |
|
None |
|
Over $100,000 |
John P. Zanotti |
|
None |
|
$50,001 - $100,000 |
(1) As of December 31, 2011, the Touchstone Fund Complex consisted of 4 series of the Trust, 3 series of Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, 4 series of Touchstone Investment Trust, 20 series of Touchstone Funds Group Trust, 1 series of Touchstone Institutional Funds Trust and 11 variable annuity series of Touchstone Variable Series Trust.
Trustee Compensation
The following table shows the compensation paid to the Trustees by the Trust and the aggregate compensation paid by the Touchstone Fund Complex during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011.*
Name |
|
Compensation
|
|
Pension or
|
|
Estimate Annual
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
||
Philip R. Cox |
|
$ |
7,451 |
|
N/A |
|
N/A |
|
$ |
80,000 |
|
H. Jerome Lerner |
|
$ |
6,334 |
|
N/A |
|
N/A |
|
$ |
68,000 |
|
Jill T. McGruder |
|
$ |
0 |
|
N/A |
|
N/A |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Donald C. Siekmann |
|
$ |
7,078 |
|
N/A |
|
N/A |
|
$ |
76,000 |
|
Susan J. Hickenlooper |
|
$ |
6,334 |
|
N/A |
|
N/A |
|
$ |
68,000 |
|
John P. Zanotti |
|
$ |
6,892 |
|
N/A |
|
N/A |
|
$ |
74,000 |
|
* The information above is unaudited. After the Reorganizations, the Trust intends on changing the fiscal year end of certain Funds.
(1) The Independent Trustees are eligible to participate in the Touchstone Trustee Deferred Compensation Plan that allows the Independent Trustees to defer payment of a specific amount of their Trustee compensation, subject to a minimum quarterly reduction of $1,000. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the Independent Trustees from the Touchstone Family of Funds during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011 is $2,000.00.
(2) As of July 31, 2011, the Touchstone Fund Complex consisted of 4 series of the Trust, 3 series of Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, 4 series of Touchstone Investment Trust, 19 series of Touchstone Funds Group Trust, 1 series of Touchstone Institutional Funds Trust and 11 variable annuity series of Touchstone Variable Series Trust.
Each Independent Trustee receives a quarterly retainer of $9,500 and a fee of $4,500 for each Board meeting attended in person and $1,500 for attendance by telephone. Each Committee member receives a fee of $2,250 for each committee meeting attended in person and $1,500 for attendance by telephone. The lead Trustee receives an additional $3,000 quarterly retainer. The Committee Chairmen receive an additional $1,500 - $2,000 quarterly retainer, depending on the committee. All fees are split equally among the Funds comprising the Touchstone Fund Complex.
After September 30, 2011, each Committee member receives a fee of $3,388 for each committee meeting attended in person and $1,500 for attendance by telephone. The lead Trustee receives an additional $3,213 quarterly retainer and meeting fee. The Committee Chairmen receive an additional $1,613 - $2,138 quarterly retainer, depending on the committee.
Standing Committees of the Board
The Board of Trustees is responsible for overseeing the operations of the Trust in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and other applicable laws and the Trusts Declaration of Trust. The Board has established the following committees to assist in its oversight functions. Each Committee is composed entirely of Independent Trustees.
Audit Committee. Messrs. Siekmann, Lerner and Hickenlooper are members of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing the Trusts accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls. During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011, the Audit Committee held four meetings.
Governance Committee . Messrs. Cox and Zanotti are members of the Governance Committee. The Governance Committee is responsible for overseeing the Trusts compliance program and compliance issues, procedures for valuing securities and responding to any pricing issues. During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011, the Governance Committee held four meetings.
In addition, the Governance Committee is responsible for recommending candidates to serve on the Board. The
Governance Committee will consider shareholder recommendations for nomination to the Board only in the event that there is a vacancy on the Board. Shareholders who wish to submit recommendations for nominations to the Board to fill the vacancy must submit their recommendations in writing to John P. Zanotti, Chairman of the Governance Committee, c/o Touchstone, 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, OH 45202. Shareholders should include appropriate information on the background and qualifications of any person recommended to the Governance Committee (e.g., a resume), as well as the candidates contact information and a written consent from the candidate to serve if nominated and elected. Shareholder recommendations for nominations to the Board will be accepted on an ongoing basis and such recommendations will be kept on file for consideration in the event of a future vacancy on the Board.
THE INVESTMENT ADVISOR
Investment Advisor . Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the Advisor), is the Funds investment manager and administrator. The Advisor is a wholly owned subsidiary of IFS Financial Services, Inc., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company. The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Western - Southern Mutual Holding Company. Ms. McGruder may be deemed to be an affiliate of the Advisor because she is a Director of the Advisor and an officer of affiliates of the Advisor. Ms. McGruder, by reason of such affiliations, may directly or indirectly receive benefits from the advisory fees paid to the Advisor.
Investment Advisory Agreement. Under the terms of the investment advisory agreement between the Trust and the Advisor, the Advisor appoints and supervises each sub-advisor, reviews and evaluates the performance of the sub-advisors and determines whether or not a sub-advisor should be replaced, subject to the supervision of, and policies established by, the Board of Trustees of the Trust. The Advisor furnishes at its own expense all facilities and personnel necessary in connection with providing these services. For its services, the Advisor is entitled to receive an investment advisory fee from each Fund at an annualized rate, based on the average daily net assets of the Fund, as set forth below. The Advisor pays sub-advisory fees to the Sub-Advisor from its advisory fee.
Fund |
|
Annual Fee Rate |
|
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
1.00 |
% |
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
|
0.90 |
% |
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
1.00 |
% |
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
0.70 |
% |
Each Fund shall pay the expenses of its operation, including but not limited to (i) charges and expenses of outside pricing services, (ii) the charges and expenses of auditors; (iii) the charges and expenses of its custodian, transfer agent and administrative agent appointed by the Trust with respect to a Fund; (iv) brokers commissions, and issue and transfer taxes chargeable to a Fund in connection with securities transactions to which a Fund is a party; (v) insurance premiums, interest charges, dues and fees for membership in trade associations and all taxes and fees payable to federal, state or other governmental agencies; (vi) fees and expenses involved in registering and maintaining registrations of the Funds with the SEC, state or blue sky securities agencies and foreign countries; (vii) all expenses of meetings of Trustees and of shareholders of the Trust and of preparing, printing and distributing prospectuses, notices, proxy statements and all reports to shareholders and to governmental agencies; (viii) charges and expenses of legal counsel to the Trust; (ix) compensation of the Independent Trustees of the Trust; (x) compliance fees and expenses; and (xi) interest on borrowed money, if any. The compensation and expenses of any officer, Trustee or employee of the Trust who is an affiliated person of the Advisor is paid by the Advisor.
By its terms, the Funds investment advisory agreement will remain in force for an initial period of two years and from year to year thereafter, subject to annual approval by (a) the Board of Trustees or (b) a vote of the majority of a Funds outstanding voting securities; provided that in either event continuance is also approved by a majority of the Independent Trustees, by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting such approval. The Funds investment advisory agreement may be terminated at any time, on sixty days written notice, without the payment of any penalty, by the Board of Trustees, by a vote of a majority of a Funds outstanding voting securities, or by the Advisor. The investment advisory agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment, as defined by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder. Each class of shares of a Fund pays its respective pro rata portion of the advisory fee payable by the Fund.
Expense Limitation Agreement. Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive fees and reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to ensure certain Funds total annual operating expenses (excluding dividend expenses relating to short sales, interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the cost of Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business) do not exceed the contractual limits set forth below. The contractual limits set forth below have been adjusted for each class of each Fund to include the effect of Rule 12b-1 fees, shareholder servicing fees and other anticipated class specific expenses, if applicable. Fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements are calculated and applied monthly, based on each Funds average net assets during such month. These fee waivers and expense reimbursements will remain in effect until at least [September 10, 2013]. The terms of Touchstone Advisors contractual waiver agreement provide that Touchstone Advisors is entitled to recoup, subject to approval by the Funds Board of Trustees, such amounts waived or reimbursed for a period of up to three (3) years from the year in which Touchstone Advisors reduced its compensation and/or assumed expenses for a Fund. No recoupment will occur unless a Funds operating expenses are below the expense limitation amount.
|
|
Contractual Limit on |
|
Fund |
|
Total Operating Expenses |
|
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
|
|
Class A |
|
1.60 |
% |
Class C |
|
2.35 |
% |
Class Y |
|
1.35 |
% |
Institutional |
|
1.25 |
% |
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
|
|
|
Class A |
|
1.20 |
% |
Class C |
|
1.95 |
% |
Class Y |
|
0.95 |
% |
Institutional |
|
0.85 |
% |
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
|
|
Class A |
|
1.36 |
% |
Class C |
|
2.11 |
% |
Class Y |
|
1.11 |
% |
Institutional |
|
0.96 |
% |
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
|
|
Class A |
|
0.94 |
% |
Class C |
|
1.69 |
% |
Class Y |
|
0.69 |
% |
Institutional |
|
0.59 |
% |
Advisory Fees and Fee Waivers.
For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, each of the Funds* paid the following advisory fees and received waivers as shown below:
Fund Name |
|
Year Ended
|
|
Fees
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Fees
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Fees
|
|
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
477,339 |
|
171,739 |
|
336,502 |
|
158,021 |
|
261,562 |
|
140,680 |
|
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
|
644,654 |
|
134,348 |
|
594,031 |
|
98,291 |
|
580,781 |
|
63,537 |
|
Fund Name |
|
Year Ended
|
|
Fees
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Fees
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Fees
|
|
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
2,235,154 |
|
424,929 |
|
2,509,959 |
|
393,341 |
|
2,514,187 |
|
285,475 |
|
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
1,361,263 |
|
666,743 |
|
909,694 |
|
434,520 |
|
842,711 |
|
350,603 |
|
* Reflects amounts paid to Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc. by each Predecessor Fund pursuant to an investment advisory agreement.
** Reflects amounts waived or reimbursed by Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc. pursuant to an expense limitation agreement.
Administration Agreement . The Advisor provides administrative services to the Trust under an Administration Agreement. The Advisor supervises the performance of the service providers, provides performance and compliance reports, supervises the disbursement of expenses and assists with the development of new series. The Administration Agreement provides that the Trust will pay an administrative fee to the Advisor of 0.20% of aggregate net assets up to $6 billion; 0.16% of the next $4 billion of aggregate net assets and 0.12% on assets in excess of $10 billion. Aggregate net assets include the average daily net assets of all series of Touchstone Strategic Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust and Touchstone Investment Trust (TINT), except the Touchstone Institutional Money Market Fund, a series of TINT. The Advisor has sub-contracted certain administrative and accounting services to BNY Mellon and pays BNY Mellon a sub-administrative fee out of its administrative fee. (See Transfer and Sub-Administrative Agent in this SAI).
The following shows administration fees incurred by the Funds*, and the amounts of those fees that were waived by the Predecessor Funds administrator for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2011, July 31, 2010 and July 31, 2009.
Fund Name |
|
Year
|
|
Fees
|
|
Year
|
|
Fees
|
|
Year
|
|
Fees
|
|
||||||
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
$ |
83,018 |
|
|
|
$ |
58,475 |
|
|
|
$ |
45,287 |
|
|
|
|||
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
|
$ |
124,526 |
|
$ |
34,979 |
|
$ |
114,842 |
|
|
|
$ |
111,806 |
|
|
|
||
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
$ |
389,147 |
|
|
|
$ |
436,716 |
|
|
|
$ |
435,416 |
|
|
|
|||
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
$ |
237,046 |
|
$ |
135,890 |
|
$ |
158,008 |
|
$ |
45,485 |
|
$ |
146,007 |
|
$ |
42,136 |
|
* Reflects amounts paid by the Predecessor Funds to the Predecessor Funds administrator, Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc. and amounts waived by Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc.
THE SUB-ADVISORS
The Advisor has retained one or more Sub-Advisor(s) to serve as the discretionary portfolio manager(s) of each Fund. The Sub-Advisor selects the portfolio securities for investment by a Fund, purchases and sells securities of a Fund and places orders for the execution of such portfolio transactions, subject to the general supervision of the Board of Trustees of the Trust and the Advisor. For their respective services, the Sub-Advisors receive a fee from the Advisor. As described in the Prospectus, each Sub-Advisor receives base investment sub-advisory fees with respect to
each Fund that it sub-advises. Each Sub-Advisors base fee with respect to each sub-advised Fund is accrued daily and paid monthly, based on the Funds average net assets allocated to the Sub-Advisor during the current month. The Advisor pays sub-advisory fees to the Sub-Advisor from its advisory fee. The compensation of any officer, director or employee of the Sub-Advisor who is rendering services to a Fund is paid by the Sub-Advisor.
Each sub-advisory agreement will remain in force for an initial two year period and from year to year thereafter, subject to annual approval by (a) the Board of Trustees or (b) a vote of the majority of a Funds outstanding voting securities; provided that in either event continuance is also approved by a majority of the Independent Trustees, by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting such approval. A sub-advisory agreement may be terminated at any time, on sixty days written notice, without the payment of any penalty, by the Board of Trustees, by a vote of a majority of a Funds outstanding voting securities, by the Advisor, or by the Sub-Advisor. Each sub-advisory agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.
The SEC has granted an exemptive order that permits the Trust or the Advisor, under certain circumstances, to select or change non-affiliated Sub-Advisors, enter into new sub-advisory agreements or amend existing sub-advisory agreements without first obtaining shareholder approval. Shareholders of a Fund will be notified of any changes in its Sub-Advisor.
The Predecessor Funds did not pay any sub-advisory fees for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2009, July 31, 2010 and July 31, 2011.
Sub-Advisor Control. Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fifth Third Bank. Fifth Third Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fifth Third Financial Corporation, which is, in turn, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fifth Third Bancorp. Each of The Gregory M. DePrince Trust, The John D. Race Trust and the Victor A. Zollo, Jr. Revocable Trust may be deemed to control DePrince, Race & Zollo, Inc. by virtue of owning greater than 25% of DePrince, Race & Zollo, Inc. Barrow Hanley Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC (Barrow Hanley) is a subsidiary of Old Mutual Asset Management (US) LLC, which is a subsidiary of Old Mutual plc.
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
The management of the Funds is the responsibility of a group of investment professionals employed by each sub-advisor. The information provided below supplements the information provided in the prospectus with respect to the investment professionals responsible, either individually or jointly, for the day-to-day management of each of the Funds, including information regarding:
(i) Other Accounts Managed . Other accounts managed by the portfolio managers;
(ii) Material Conflicts of Interest . Material conflicts of interest identified by each sub-advisor that may arise in connection with a portfolio managers management of a Funds investments and investments of other accounts managed. These potential conflicts of interest include material conflicts between the investment strategy of a Fund and the investment strategy of the other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and conflicts associated with the allocation of investment opportunities between a Fund and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager. Additional conflicts of interest may potentially exist or arise that are not discussed below;
(iii) Compensation . A description of the structure of, and method used to determine the compensation received by a Funds portfolio managers from the Fund, the sub-advisor or any other source with respect to managing the Fund and any other accounts; and
(iv) Ownership of Securities . Information regarding a portfolio managers dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned in the Funds.
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund
Sub-Advisor: Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc. (FTAM)
Portfolio
|
|
Total
|
|
Total
|
|
Number of Accounts
|
|
Total Asset Managed
|
|
||
Eric J. Holmes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Registered Investment Companies |
|
2 |
|
$ |
116.1 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Accounts |
|
11 |
|
$ |
88.3 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Craig P. Nedbalski |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Registered Investment Companies |
|
2 |
|
$ |
116.1 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Accounts |
|
11 |
|
$ |
88.3 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Michael Barr |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Registered Investment Companies |
|
2 |
|
$ |
116.1 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Accounts |
|
11 |
|
$ |
88.3 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
The information in the table above is provided as of March 31, 2012.
Material Conflicts of Interest (as of March 31, 2012). From time to time, potential conflicts of interest may arise between a portfolio managers management of the investments of a Fund and the management of other registered investment companies, pooled investment vehicles and other accounts (collectively, the Managed Accounts). The Managed Accounts might have similar investment objectives or strategies as the Fund, track the same indexes the Fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased or sold by the Fund. The Managed Accounts might also have different investment objectives or strategies than the Fund.
Knowledge and Timing of Fund Trades . A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers day-to-day management of a Fund. The portfolio manager knows the size, timing and possible market impact of the Funds trades and could use this information to the advantage of the Managed Accounts and to the possible detriment of the Fund.
Investment Opportunities . A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers management of a number of accounts with varying investment guidelines. Often, an investment opportunity may be suitable for both the Fund and the Managed Accounts, but may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the Fund and the Managed Accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by the Fund and a Managed Account. FTAM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time.
Compensation (as of March 31, 2012). Because the portfolio managers manage assets for other investment companies, pooled investment vehicles, and/or other accounts (including institutional clients, pension plans and certain high net worth individuals), there may be an incentive to favor one client over another resulting in conflicts of
interest. For instance, the FTAM may receive fees from certain accounts that are higher than the fee it receives from the Fund, or it may receive a performance-based fee on certain accounts. In those instances, the portfolio managers may have an incentive to favor the higher and/or performance-based fee accounts over the Fund. FTAM has adopted trade allocation and other policies and procedures that they believe are reasonably designed to address these and other conflicts of interest. Each FTAM portfolio managers compensation generally consists of a base salary, a cash incentive bonus and certain Fifth Third Bancorp long-term, non-cash incentives. Portfolio managers are also eligible for the standard retirement, health and welfare benefits available to all FTAM and Fifth Third Bancorp employees. In the case of portfolio managers responsible for managing multiple Funds and/or other FTAM advisory accounts, the method used to determine manager compensation is the same for all such Funds and other accounts.
Portfolio manager base salaries are based upon the managers experience and level of expertise, taking into account ongoing compensation benchmark analyses performed by FTAMs human resource specialists. A portfolio managers base salary is generally a fixed amount that may change as a result of periodic performance reviews, upon assumption of new duties, or when a market adjustment of the position is deemed by management to be warranted.
A portfolio managers bonus is determined by a number of factors. The most important factor is the gross, pre-tax performance over rolling 3-year periods of the managed Funds and other accounts versus the applicable benchmarks against which the performance of the relevant asset class or classes are measured. No incentive bonus is earned under this factor unless the manager outperforms such benchmark(s). Another factor makes such comparison over the most recent one-year period and takes other, more subjective, components and factors into account, including but not limited to client involvement and interaction, client retention and the portfolio managers compliance record. The applicable benchmarks for the Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund, which may include modified versions of the index and/or blends of multiple indexes, are as follows:
Fund Name |
|
Index |
Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
Russell 2000® Value Index, Russell Microcap® Value Index |
Ownership of Shares of the Predecessor Fund. The following table indicates for the Predecessor Fund, the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by the portfolio managers as of April 30, 2012:
Portfolio Manager |
|
Dollar Range of
|
|
Eric J. Holmes |
|
$10,001-$50,000 |
|
Craig P. Nedbalski |
|
$10,001-$50,000 |
|
Michael Barr |
|
$0 |
|
* FTAM maintains a deferred compensation plan for, among others, the portfolio managers. Pursuant to such plan, the portfolio managers may be deemed to be invested in shares of the Predecessor Fund. Such deemed investments are not included in this table.
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund
Sub-Advisor: DePrince, Race & Zollo, Inc. (DRZ)
Portfolio
|
|
Total
|
|
Total
|
|
Number of Accounts
|
|
Total Asset Managed
|
|
||
Gregory T. Ramsby |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Registered Investment Companies |
|
2 |
|
$ |
652 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Accounts |
|
43 |
|
$ |
1,504 |
|
2 |
|
$ |
297 |
|
The information in the table above is provided as of March 31, 2012.
Material Conflicts of Interest (as of March 31, 2012). As is typical for many money managers, potential conflicts of interest may arise relating to DRZs management of accounts where not all accounts are able to participate in a desired IPO, or other limited opportunity; DRZs use of soft dollars and other brokerage practices; the voting of proxies; employee personal securities trading; the side by side management of accounts with performance based fees and accounts with fixed fees; and a variety of other circumstances. In all cases, however, DRZ believes it has written policies and procedures in place reasonably designed to prevent violations of the federal securities laws and to prevent material conflicts of interest from arising.
Compensation (as of March 31, 2012). DRZs investment professionals receive a base salary commensurate with their level of experience. DRZs goal is to maintain competitive base salaries through review of industry standards and market conditions. Bonus compensation is based on the performance of portfolio assignments relative to appropriate market benchmarks and the products percentile ranking, which measures how well that particular product performed relative to its peers. In addition, DRZ has awarded certain employees equity for their contribution to DRZs performance and the accomplishment of strategic objectives. DRZ believes this compensation provides incentive to attract and retain highly qualified people. The objective performance criteria noted above accounts for the majority of the bonus calculation. The balance of the bonus award is based upon subjective, good will factors including teamwork, interpersonal relations, the individuals contribution to overall success of DRZ, client relations, presentation skills and professional development. Portfolio managers/analysts are reviewed on an annual basis. DRZs board of directors, in conjunction with the management committee, is responsible for setting base salaries, salary changes and bonus awards as well as making all subjective judgments related to an investment professionals compensation.
Ownership of Shares of the Predecessor Fund. As of March 31, 2012 the portfolio manager did not own any shares of the Predecessor Fund.
Touchstone International Value Fund
Sub-Advisor: Barrow Hanley Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC (Barrow Hanley)
Portfolio
|
|
Total Number
|
|
Total
|
|
Number of Accounts
|
|
Total Asset Managed
|
|
||
David A. Hodges, Jr.(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Registered Investment Companies |
|
7 |
|
$ |
2,528.9 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
|
1 |
|
$ |
9.4 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Accounts |
|
9 |
|
$ |
1,213.2 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Randolph S. Wrighton, Jr.(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Registered Investment Companies |
|
7 |
|
$ |
2,528.9 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
|
1 |
|
$ |
9.4 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Accounts |
|
9 |
|
$ |
1,213.2 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
The information in the table above is provided as of March 31, 2012.
(1) Messrs. Hodges and Wrighton are part of a team managing 2 other accounts in the global value strategy.
Material Conflicts of Interest (as of March 31, 2012). Actual or potential conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has management responsibilities to more than one account (including the Fund). Barrow Hanley manages potential conflicts between funds or with other types of accounts through allocation policies and procedures, internal review processes and oversight by directors and independent third parties to ensure that no client, regardless of type or fee structure, is intentionally favored at the expense of another. Allocation policies are designed to address potential conflicts in situations where two or more funds or accounts participate in investment decisions involving the same securities.
Compensation (as of March 31, 2012) . In addition to base salary, all portfolio managers and analysts at Barrow Hanley share in a bonus pool that is distributed semi-annually. Portfolio managers and analysts are rated on their value added to the team-oriented investment process. Overall compensation applies with respect to all accounts managed and compensation does not differ with respect to distinct accounts managed by a portfolio manager. Compensation is not tied to a published or private benchmark. It is important to understand that contributions to the overall investment process may include not recommending securities in an analysts sector if there are no compelling opportunities in the industries covered by that analyst.
The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly tied to fund performance or growth in assets for any fund or other account managed by a portfolio manager and portfolio managers are not compensated for bringing in new business. Of course, growth in assets from the appreciation of existing assets and/or growth in new assets will increase revenues and profit. The consistent, long-term growth in assets at any investment firm is to a great extent, dependent upon the success of the portfolio management team. The compensation of the portfolio management team at Barrow Hanley will increase over time, if and when assets continue to grow through competitive performance. Lastly, many of our key investment personnel have a long-term incentive compensation plan in the form of an equity interest in Barrow Hanley.
Ownership of Shares of the Predecessor Fund .
The following table indicates for the Predecessor Fund, the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by the portfolio managers as of March 31, 2012:
Portfolio Manager |
|
Dollar Range of
|
David A. Hodges, Jr., CFA |
|
None |
Randolph S. Wrighton, Jr., CFA |
|
None |
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund
Sub-Advisor: Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc. (FTAM)
Portfolio
|
|
Total
|
|
Total
Assets
|
|
Number of Accounts
|
|
Total Asset Managed
|
|
||
Peter Kwiatkowski |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Registered Investment Companies |
|
2 |
|
$ |
236.7 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Accounts |
|
30 |
|
$ |
1,305.9 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
David L. Withrow |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Registered Investment Companies |
|
3 |
|
$ |
622.1 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Accounts |
|
111 |
|
$ |
2,381.1 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Mitchell Stapley |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Registered Investment Companies |
|
9 |
|
$ |
1,338.8 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Accounts |
|
120 |
|
$ |
2,503.0 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Mirko Mikelic |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Registered Investment Companies |
|
2 |
|
$ |
452.7 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Accounts |
|
25 |
|
$ |
372.8 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
John Cassady |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Registered Investment Companies |
|
3 |
|
$ |
622.1 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Accounts |
|
98 |
|
$ |
1,921.0 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Dan Popowics |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Registered Investment Companies |
|
3 |
|
$ |
314.7 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Accounts |
|
39 |
|
$ |
1,337.8 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Portfolio
|
|
Total
|
|
Total
Assets
|
|
Number of Accounts
|
|
Total Asset Managed
|
|
||
Jason Schwartz |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Registered Investment Companies |
|
3 |
|
$ |
622.1 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
Other Accounts |
|
33 |
|
$ |
469.2 |
|
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
The information in the table above is provided as of March 31, 2012.
Material Conflicts of Interest (as of March 31, 2012). From time to time, potential conflicts of interest may arise between a portfolio managers management of the investments of a Fund and the management of other registered investment companies, pooled investment vehicles and other accounts (collectively, the Managed Accounts). The Managed Accounts might have similar investment objectives or strategies as the Fund, track the same indexes the Fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased or sold by the Fund. The Managed Accounts might also have different investment objectives or strategies than the Fund.
Knowledge and Timing of Fund Trades . A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers day-to-day management of a Fund. The portfolio manager knows the size, timing and possible market impact of the Funds trades and could use this information to the advantage of the Managed Accounts and to the possible detriment of the Fund.
Investment Opportunities . A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers management of a number of accounts with varying investment guidelines. Often, an investment opportunity may be suitable for both the Fund and the Managed Accounts, but may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the Fund and the Managed Accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by the Fund and a Managed Account. FTAM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time.
Compensation (as of March 31, 2012). Because the portfolio managers manage assets for other investment companies, pooled investment vehicles, and/or other accounts (including institutional clients, pension plans and certain high net worth individuals), there may be an incentive to favor one client over another resulting in conflicts of interest. For instance, the FTAM may receive fees from certain accounts that are higher than the fee it receives from the Funds, or it may receive a performance-based fee on certain accounts. In those instances, the portfolio managers may have an incentive to favor the higher and/or performance-based fee accounts over the Funds. FTAM has adopted trade allocation and other policies and procedures that they believe are reasonably designed to address these and other conflicts of interest. Each FTAM portfolio managers compensation generally consists of a base salary, a cash incentive bonus and certain Fifth Third Bancorp long-term, non-cash incentives. Portfolio managers are also eligible for the standard retirement, health and welfare benefits available to all FTAM and Fifth Third Bancorp employees. In the case of portfolio managers responsible for managing multiple Funds and/or other FTAM advisory accounts, the method used to determine manager compensation is the same for all such Funds and other accounts.
Portfolio manager base salaries are based upon the managers experience and level of expertise, taking into account ongoing compensation benchmark analyses performed by FTAMs human resource specialists. A portfolio managers base salary is generally a fixed amount that may change as a result of periodic performance reviews, upon assumption of new duties, or when a market adjustment of the position is deemed by management to be warranted.
A portfolio managers bonus is determined by a number of factors. The most important factor is the gross, pre-tax performance over rolling 3-year periods of the managed Funds and other accounts versus the applicable benchmarks against which the performance of the relevant asset class or classes are measured. No incentive bonus is earned under this factor unless the manager outperforms such benchmark(s). Another factor makes such comparison over the most
recent one-year period and takes other, more subjective, components and factors into account, including but not limited to client involvement and interaction, client retention and the portfolio managers compliance record. The applicable benchmark, which may include modified versions of the index, for the Touchstone Strategic Income Fund is the Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index.
Ownership of Shares of the Predecessor Fund. The following table indicates for the Predecessor Fund, the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by the portfolio managers as of April 30, 2012:
Portfolio Manager |
|
Dollar Range of
|
|
Peter Kwiatkowski |
|
$0 |
|
David L. Withrow |
|
$0 |
|
Mitchell Stapley |
|
$100,001-$500,000 |
|
Mirko Mikelic |
|
$0 |
|
John Cassady |
|
$0 |
|
Dan Popowics |
|
$10,001-$50,000 |
|
Jason Schwartz |
|
$0 |
|
* FTAM maintains a deferred compensation plan for, among others, the portfolio managers. Pursuant to such plan, the portfolio managers may be deemed to be invested in shares of the Predecessor Fund. Such deemed investments are not included in this table.
PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES
The Funds have adopted the sub-advisors policies and procedures for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds, including procedures used when a vote presents a conflict between the interests of a Funds shareholders and those of the sub-advisor or its affiliates. A copy of each sub-advisors proxy voting policies are attached as Appendix B. Information about how the Funds voted proxies relating to their portfolio securities during the most recent year ending June 30 is available by August 31 st of that year without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-543-0407 and on the SEC website at http://www.sec.gov.
THE DISTRIBUTOR
Touchstone Securities, Inc. (the Distributor), and the Trust are parties to a distribution agreement (Distribution Agreement) with respect to the Funds. The Distributors principal place of business is 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202. The Distributor is the principal underwriter of the Funds and is a registered broker-dealer, and an affiliate of the Advisor by reason of common ownership. The Distributor is obligated to sell the shares on a best efforts basis only against purchase orders for the shares. Shares of each Fund are offered to the public on a continuous basis. The Distributor currently allows concessions to dealers who sell shares of the Funds. The Distributor retains that portion of the sales charge that is not reallowed to dealers who sell shares of a Fund. The Distributor retains the entire sales charge on all direct initial investments in a Fund and on all investments in accounts with no designated dealer of record.
The Distribution Agreement shall remain in effect for a period of two years after the effective date of the agreement and is renewable annually. The Distribution Agreement may be terminated by the Distributor, by a majority vote of the Trustees who are not interested persons and have no financial interest in the Distribution Agreement or by a majority vote of the outstanding securities of the Trust upon not more than 60 days written notice by either party or upon assignment by the Distributor.
The Distributor may from time to time pay from its own resources cash bonuses or other incentives to selected dealers in connection with the sale of shares of the Funds. On some occasions, such bonuses or incentives may be conditioned upon the sale of a specified minimum dollar amount of the shares of the Funds and/or other funds in the Touchstone Funds during a specific period of time. Such bonuses or incentives may include financial assistance to dealers in connection with conferences, sales or training programs for their employees, seminars for the public, advertising, sales campaigns and other dealer-sponsored programs or events. The Advisor, at its expense, may also provide additional compensation to certain affiliated and unaffiliated dealers, financial intermediaries or service providers for distribution, administrative and/or shareholder servicing activities. The Advisor may also reimburse the Distributor for making these payments.
The Distributor, at its expense, may provide additional compensation to financial intermediaries which sell or arrange for the sale of shares of the Touchstone Funds. Other compensation may be offered to the extent not prohibited by federal or state laws or any self-regulatory agency, such as the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).
The Distributor makes payments for entertainment events they deem appropriate, subject to Touchstone Securities guidelines and applicable law. These payments may vary depending upon the nature of the event or the relationship. As of March 31, 2012, the Distributor anticipates that the following broker-dealers or their affiliates will receive additional payments as described in the Funds prospectuses and statement of additional information:
Name of Broker-Dealer
American Enterprise Investment Services, Inc. (Ameriprise)
Capital Analysts, Inc.
Charles Schwab & Company, Inc.
Hewitt Associates, LLC
First Clearing, LLC
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
LPL Financial Corporation
Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith, Inc.
Morgan Stanley DW, Inc.
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (formerly Citigroup)
Next Financial Group, Inc.
Pershing LLC
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
RBC Capital Markets Corporation
Royal Alliance
Stifel Nicolaus & Co, Inc.
UBS Financial Services, Inc.
Vanguard Brokerage Services, Inc.
Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC
The Distributor is motivated to make the payments described above because they promote the sale of Fund shares and the retention of those investments by clients of financial advisers. To the extent financial advisers sell more shares of the Funds or retain shares of the Funds in their clients accounts, the Advisor benefits from the incremental management and other fees paid to the Advisor by the Funds with respect to those assets.
Your financial adviser may charge you additional fees or commissions other than those disclosed in the SAI. You can ask your financial adviser about any payments it receives from the Distributor or the Funds, as well as about fees and/or commissions it charges. You should consult disclosures made by your financial adviser at the time of purchase. The Funds may compensate dealers, including the Distributor and its affiliates, based on the average balance of all accounts in the Funds for which the dealer is designated as the party responsible for the account.
Distribution and Shareholder Service Arrangements.
The Funds have adopted a distribution and/or shareholder servicing plan for certain classes of Shares which permits a Fund to pay for expenses incurred in the distribution and promotion of its shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act and account maintenance and other shareholder services in connection with maintaining such account. The Distributor may provide those services itself or enter into arrangements under which third parties provide such services and are compensated by the Distributor.
Class A Shares. With respect to its Class A Shares, each Fund has adopted a plan of distribution and shareholder service (the Class A Plan) under which the Distributor is paid up to, but not exceeding, twenty-five basis points (0.25%) for distribution payments. Of the total compensation authorized, the Fund may pay for shareholder services in an amount up to 0.25%. Under the Class A Plan, the Distributor is compensated regardless of its expenses.
Class C Shares. With respect to its Class C Shares, each Fund has adopted a plan of distribution and shareholder service (the Class C Plan and with the Class A Plan, the Plans) under which the Distributor is paid up to, but not exceeding, one hundred basis points (1.00%) in the aggregate, with twenty-five basis points (0.25%) for shareholder service fees and seventy-five basis points (0.75%) for distribution payments. Under the Class C Plan, the Distributor is compensated regardless of its expenses.
General Information. In connection with the distribution of Shares, the Distributor may use the payments for: (i) compensation for its services in distribution assistance; or (ii) payments to financial institutions and intermediaries such as banks, savings and loan associations, insurance companies and investment counselors, broker-dealers, mutual fund supermarkets and the Distributors affiliates and subsidiaries as compensation for services or reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with distribution assistance.
In addition, the Distributor may use payments to provide or enter into written agreements with service providers who will provide shareholder services, including: (i) maintaining accounts relating to shareholders that invest in Shares; (ii) arranging for bank wires; (iii) responding to client inquiries relating to the services performed by the Distributor and/or service providers; (iv) responding to inquiries from shareholders concerning their investment in shares; (v) assisting shareholders in changing dividend options, account designations and addresses; (vi) providing information periodically to shareholders showing their position in shares; (vii) forwarding shareholder communications from the
Funds such as proxies, shareholder reports, annual reports, dividend distribution and tax notices to shareholders; (viii) processing purchase, exchange and redemption requests from shareholders and placing orders with the Funds or the service providers; (ix) processing dividend payments from the Funds on behalf of shareholders; and (x) providing such other similar services as the Fund may reasonably request.
Agreements implementing the Plans (the Implementation Agreements), including agreements with dealers wherein such dealers agree for a fee to act as agents for the sale of the Funds shares, are in writing and have been approved by the Board of Trustees. All payments made pursuant to the Plans are made in accordance with written Implementation Agreements. Some financial intermediaries charge fees in excess of the amounts available under the Plans, in which case the Advisor pays the additional fees.
The continuance of the Plans and the Implementation Agreements must be specifically approved at least annually by a vote of the Trusts Board of Trustees and by a vote of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plans or any Implementation Agreement at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such continuance. A Plan may be terminated at any time by a vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of a Fund or the applicable class of a Fund. In the event a Plan is terminated in accordance with its terms, the affected Fund (or class) will not be required to make any payments for expenses incurred by the Distributor after the termination date. Each Implementation Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment and may be terminated at any time by a vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of a Fund (or the applicable class) on not more than 60 days written notice to any other party to the Implementation Agreement. The Plans may not be amended to increase materially the amount to be spent for distribution without shareholder approval. All material amendments to the Plans must be approved by a vote of the Trusts Board of Trustees and by a vote of the Independent Trustees.
In approving the Plans, the Trustees determined, in the exercise of their business judgment and in light of their fiduciary duties as Trustees, that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plans will benefit the Funds and their shareholders. The Board of Trustees believes that expenditure of the Funds assets for distribution expenses under the Plans should assist in the growth of the Funds, which will benefit each Fund and its shareholders through increased economies of scale, greater investment flexibility, greater portfolio diversification and less chance of disruption of planned investment strategies. The Plans will be renewed only if the Trustees make a similar determination for each subsequent year of the Plans. There can be no assurance that the benefits anticipated from the expenditure of the Funds assets for distribution will be realized. While the Plans are in effect, all amounts spent by the Funds pursuant to the Plans and the purposes for which such expenditures were made must be reported quarterly to the Board of Trustees for its review. Distribution expenses attributable to the sale of more than one class of shares of a Fund will be allocated at least annually to each class of shares based upon the ratio in which the sales of each class of shares bears to the sales of all the shares of the Fund. In addition, the selection and nomination of those Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust are committed to the discretion of the Independent Trustees during such period.
Jill T. McGruder, as an interested person of the Trust, may be deemed to have a financial interest in the operation of the Plans and the Implementation Agreements.
The Funds paid the Predecessor Funds distributor* the following distribution fees for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.
|
|
Class A
|
|
Class A
|
|
Class A
|
|
|||
|
|
Distribution
|
|
Distribution
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|||
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
$ |
45,175 |
|
$ |
25,433 |
|
$ |
17,406 |
|
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
|
5,847 |
|
3,939 |
|
3,076 |
|
|||
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
27,032 |
|
28,448 |
|
29,534 |
|
|||
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
55,979 |
|
41,552 |
|
27,011 |
|
|||
* Reflects amounts paid by the Predecessor Funds. FTAM Funds Distributor, Inc. served as the Predecessor Funds distributor.
The following table reflects the manner in which the payments detailed in the previous table were spent during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011.
|
|
Compensation to Dealers |
|
|
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
$ |
45,175 |
|
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
|
5,847 |
|
|
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
27,032 |
|
|
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
55,979 |
|
|
The Funds paid the Predecessor Funds distributor* the following distribution fees and service fees for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.
|
|
Class C Shares
|
|
Class C Shares
|
|
Class C Shares
|
|
|||
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
$ |
33,726 |
|
$ |
15,892 |
|
$ |
8,858 |
|
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
|
11,646 |
|
3,868 |
|
2,589 |
|
|||
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
2,263 |
|
2,643 |
|
3,024 |
|
|||
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
108,681 |
|
77,286 |
|
55,555 |
|
|||
* Reflects amounts paid by the Predecessor Funds. FTAM Funds Distributor, Inc. served as the Predecessor Funds distributor.
The following table reflects the manner in which the payments detailed in the previous table were spent during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011.
|
|
Compensation to Dealers |
|
|
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
$ |
33,726 |
|
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
|
11,646 |
|
|
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
2,263 |
|
|
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
108,681 |
|
|
The following table shows the amounts retained from front-end sales loads for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011.
|
|
Amount Retained* |
|
|
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
$ |
6,805 |
|
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
|
1,558 |
|
|
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
198 |
|
|
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
20,256 |
|
|
* The Predecessor Funds distributor was FTAM Funds Distributor, Inc. and retained these amounts.
SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
Decisions to buy and sell securities for the Funds and the placing of the Funds securities transactions and negotiation of commission rates where applicable are made by the sub-advisors and are subject to review by the Advisor and the Board of Trustees. In the purchase and sale of portfolio securities, the sub-advisors primary objective will be to obtain the most favorable price and execution for a Fund, taking into account such factors as the overall direct net economic result to the Fund (including commissions, which may not be the lowest available but ordinarily should not be higher than the generally prevailing competitive range), the financial strength and stability of the broker, the efficiency with which the transaction will be effected, the ability to effect the transaction at all where a large block is involved and the availability of the broker or dealer to stand ready to execute possibly difficult transactions in the future.
Each sub-advisor is specifically authorized to pay a broker who provides research services to the sub-advisor an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker would have charged for effecting such transaction, in recognition of such additional research services rendered by the broker or dealer, but only if the sub-advisor determines in good faith that the excess commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer viewed in terms of the particular transaction or the sub-advisors overall responsibilities with respect to discretionary accounts that it manages, and that the Fund derives or will derive a reasonably significant benefit from such research services.
Research services include securities and economic analyses, reports on issuers financial conditions and future business prospects, newsletters and opinions relating to interest trends, general advice on the relative merits of possible investment securities for the Funds and statistical services and information with respect to the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities. Although this information is useful to the Funds and the sub-advisors, it is not possible to place a dollar value on it. Research services furnished by brokers through whom a Fund effects securities transactions may be used by the Sub-Advisor in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the sub-advisor in connection with a Fund.
The Funds have no obligation to deal with any broker or dealer in the execution of securities transactions. However, the Funds may effect securities transactions that are executed on a national securities exchange or transactions in the over-the-counter market conducted on an agency basis. A Fund will not effect any brokerage transactions in its portfolio securities with an affiliated broker if such transactions would be unfair or unreasonable to its shareholders. Over-the-counter transactions will be placed either directly with principal market makers or with broker-dealers. Although the Funds do not anticipate any ongoing arrangements with other brokerage firms, brokerage business may be transacted from time to time with other firms. Affiliated broker-dealers of the Trust will not receive reciprocal brokerage business as a result of the brokerage business transacted by the Funds with other brokers. The Funds may direct transactions to certain brokers in order to reduce brokerage commissions through a commission recapture program offered by Frank Russell Securities, Inc.
In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable for a Fund as well as for one or more of the respective sub-advisors other clients. Investment decisions for a Fund and for the sub-advisors other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling that same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment advisor, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security as far as a Fund is concerned. However, it is believed that the ability of a Fund to participate in volume transactions will produce better executions for the Fund.
For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Funds paid the following in aggregate brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions.*
Fund |
|
Total Brokerage
|
|
Total Brokerage
|
|
Total Brokerage
|
|
|||
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
$ |
282,039 |
|
$ |
189,283 |
|
$ |
179,363 |
|
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
|
503,375 |
|
318,622 |
|
335,973 |
|
|||
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
930,042 |
|
|
|
813,651 |
|
|||
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
91,465 |
|
35,827 |
|
44,234 |
|
|||
* The brokerage commissions were paid by the Predecessor Funds.
During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011, the amount of brokerage transactions and related commissions for the Funds* directed to brokers due to research services provided were as follows:
Fund |
|
Commissions Paid on
|
|
Amount of Transactions
|
|
||
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
$ |
281,727 |
|
$ |
58,206,339 |
|
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
|
502,825 |
|
138,892,929 |
|
||
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
930,042 |
|
652,783,318 |
|
||
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
91,465 |
|
51,770,274 |
|
||
* Reflects amounts for the Predecessor Funds.
The total amount of securities of regular Broker/Dealers held by each Fund for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011 were as follows:
Broker/Dealer |
|
Fund |
|
Shares |
|
Principal($) |
|
Market
|
|
Barclays Capital, Inc. |
|
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
65,476 |
|
|
|
240,000 |
|
Bear Stearns Securities Corp |
|
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
|
|
357,000 |
|
369,000 |
|
Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. |
|
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
94,225 |
|
1,443,000 |
|
3,989,000 |
|
Deutsche Bank Securities |
|
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
36,000 |
|
1,000,000 |
|
1,922,000 |
|
Goldman Sachs & Co. |
|
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
67,500 |
|
101,000 |
|
1,480,000 |
|
JPMorgan Chase & Co. |
|
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
32,300 |
|
1,700,000 |
|
2,642,000 |
|
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner, & Smith |
|
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
24,800 |
|
701,000 |
|
1,305,000 |
|
Morgan Stanley Group, Inc. |
|
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
33,100 |
|
1,000,000 |
|
1,810,000 |
|
State Street Bank |
|
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
13,237,888 |
|
|
|
13,238,000 |
|
CODE OF ETHICS
The Trust, the Advisor, the sub-advisors and the Distributor have each adopted a Code of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act that permits Fund personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts and may permit personnel to invest in securities that may be purchased by a Fund. The Code of Ethics adopted by each of the Trust, the Advisor, the sub-advisors and the Distributor is on public file with, and is available from, the SEC.
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
A Funds portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the fiscal year. High portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, which will be borne directly by the Fund. High turnover may result in a Fund recognizing greater amounts of income and capital gains, which would increase the amount of commissions. A 100% turnover rate would occur if all of the Funds portfolio securities were replaced once within a one-year period. The rate of portfolio turnover will depend upon market and other conditions, and will not be a limiting factor when the sub-advisor believes that portfolio changes are appropriate. A Fund may engage in active trading to achieve its investment goals and, as a result, may have substantial portfolio turnover.
During the fiscal years ended July 31, 2011 and 2010, the portfolio turnover rate* for each Fund was as follows:
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended July 31 |
|
||
Fund |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
59 |
% |
56 |
% |
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
|
93 |
% |
65 |
% |
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
131 |
% |
137 |
% |
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
42 |
% |
31 |
% |
* The portfolio turnover rates reflected were the Predecessor Funds portfolio turnover rates.
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS
The Touchstone Funds have adopted policies and procedures for disclosing the Funds portfolio holdings to any person requesting this information. These policies and procedures are monitored by the Board of Trustees through periodic reporting by the Funds Chief Compliance Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer will report any material violations immediately to the Board of Trustees and will report any immaterial violations to the Board at the next quarterly meeting. No compensation will be received by a Fund, the Advisor, any sub-advisor, or any other party in connection with the disclosure of information about portfolio securities.
The procedures prohibit the disclosure of portfolio holdings except under the following conditions:
1) A request made by a sub-advisor for a Fund (or that portion of a Fund) that it manages.
2) A request by executive officers of the Advisor for routine oversight and management purposes.
3) For use in preparing and distributing routine shareholder reports, including disclosure to the Funds independent registered public accounting firm, typesetter and printer. Routine shareholder reports are filed as of the end of each calendar quarter with the SEC within 60 days after the quarter end and routine shareholder reports are distributed to shareholders within 60 days after the applicable six-month semi-annual period. The Funds provide their full holdings to their independent registered public accounting firm annually, as of the end of their fiscal year, within one to ten business days after fiscal year end. The Funds provide their full holdings to their typesetter at least 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter. The Funds provide their full holdings to their printer at least 45 days after the applicable six-month semi-annual period.
4) A request by service providers to fulfill their contractual duties relating to the Fund, subject to approval by the Chief Compliance Officer.
5) A request by a newly hired sub-advisor or sub-advisor candidate prior to the commencement of its duties to facilitate its transition as a new sub-advisor, subject to the conditions set forth in Item 8.
6) A request by a potential merger candidate for the purpose of conducting due diligence, subject to the conditions set forth in Item 8.
7) A request by a rating or ranking agency, subject to the conditions set forth in Item 8.
Other portfolio holdings disclosure policies of the Funds include:
· The Funds provide their top ten holdings on their publicly available website and to market data agencies monthly, as of the end of a calendar month, at least seven business days after month end.
· The Funds provide their full holdings on their publicly available website, and to market data agencies, their typesetter and printer, quarterly, as of the end of a calendar quarter, at least fifteen days after quarter end.
You may access the public website at www.TouchstoneInvestments.com.
8) The Chief Compliance Officer may authorize disclosing non-public portfolio holdings to third parties more frequently or at different periods than as described above prior to when such information is made public, provided that certain conditions are met. The third-party must (i) specifically request in writing the more current non-public portfolio holdings, providing a reasonable basis for the request; (ii) execute an agreement to keep such information confidential, to only use the information for the authorized purpose, and not to use the information for their personal benefit; (iii) agree not to trade on such information, either directly or indirectly; and (iv) unless specifically approved by the Chief Compliance Officer in writing for good reason, the non-public portfolio holdings are subject to a ten day time delay before dissemination. Any non-public portfolio holdings that are disclosed will not include any material information about a Funds trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions.
As of March 31, 2012, one or more Touchstone Funds may currently disclose portfolio holdings information based on ongoing arrangements to the following parties:
CMS Bondedge |
|
Morningstar, Inc. |
Employees of the Advisor and the Funds sub-advisors that are access persons under the Funds Code of Ethics have access to Fund holdings on a regular basis, but are subject to confidentiality requirements and trading prohibitions in the Code of Ethics. In addition, custodians of the Funds assets and the Funds accounting services agent, each of whose agreements contains a confidentiality provision (which includes a duty not to trade on non-public information), have access to the current Fund holdings on a daily basis.
The Chief Compliance Officer is authorized to determine whether disclosure of a Funds portfolio securities is for a legitimate business purpose and is in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. Any conflict between the interests of shareholders and the interests of the Advisor, the Distributor, or any affiliates, will be reported to the Board, which will make a determination that is in the best interests of shareholders.
CALCULATION OF SHARE PRICE AND PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE
The share price or net asset value (NAV) and the public offering price (NAV plus applicable sales load) of shares of the Funds are normally determined as of the close of the regular session of trading on the New York Stock Exchange (currently 4:00 p.m. eastern time), each day the Trust is open for business. The Trust is open for business every day except Saturdays, Sundays and the following holidays: New Years Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas. The Trust may also be open for business on other days when there is sufficient trading in a Funds portfolio securities that its NAV might be materially affected. If a Fund holds foreign securities, they may be primarily listed on foreign exchanges or traded in foreign markets that are open on days (such as Saturdays and U.S. holidays) when the New York Stock Exchange is not open for business. As a result the NAV of a Fund holding foreign securities may be significantly affected by trading on days when the Trust is not open for business. For a description of the methods used to determine the share price and public offering price, see Pricing of Fund Shares in the prospectuses.
Securities held by a Fund that do not have readily available market quotations, or securities for which the available
market quotation is not reliable, are priced at their fair value using procedures approved by the Board of Trustees. Any debt securities held by a Fund for which market quotations are not readily available are generally priced at their most recent bid prices as obtained from one or more of the major market makers for such securities. If a Fund holds foreign securities, it may invest in foreign securities traded on markets that close prior to the time the Fund determines its NAV. The Funds may use fair value pricing if the exchange on which a portfolio security is principally traded closes early or if trading in a particular portfolio security was halted during the day and did not resume prior to the Funds NAV calculation. The Funds may also use fair value pricing if the value of a security has been materially affected by events occurring before the Funds pricing time but after the close of the primary markets on which the security is traded. The Funds may also use fair value pricing if reliable market quotations are unavailable due to infrequent trading. The use of fair value pricing has the effect of valuing a security based upon the price a Fund might reasonably expect to receive if it sold that security but does not guarantee that the security can be sold at the fair value price. With respect to any portion of a Funds assets that is invested in other mutual funds, that portion of the Funds NAV is calculated based on the NAV of that mutual fund. The prospectus for the other mutual fund explains the circumstances and effects of fair value pricing for that fund.
CHOOSING A SHARE CLASS
Each Fund offers Class A, Class C, Class Y and Institutional shares.
The Funds participate in fund supermarket arrangements. In such an arrangement, a program is made available by a broker or other institution (a sponsor) that allows investors to purchase and redeem shares of the Funds through the sponsor of the fund supermarket. In connection with these supermarket arrangements, each Fund has authorized one or more brokers to accept on its behalf purchase and redemption orders. In turn, the brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders on the Funds behalf. As such, a Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a brokers authorized designee, accepts the order. The customer order will be priced at the Funds NAV next computed after acceptance by an authorized broker or the brokers authorized designee. In addition, a broker may charge transaction fees on the purchase and/or sale of Fund shares. Also in connection with fund supermarket arrangements, the performance of a participating Fund may be compared in publications to the performance of various indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available and compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services. The Trusts annual report contains additional performance information and will be made available to investors upon request and without charge.
CLASS A SHARES . Class A shares are sold at NAV plus an initial sales charge as shown in the table below. In some cases the initial sales charge for purchases of Class A shares may be waived or reduced, as described in the prospectuses.
Sales Charge for Equity Funds
Amount of Investment |
|
Percentage of
|
|
Which Equals this
|
|
Dealer
|
|
Less than $50,000 |
|
5.75 |
% |
6.10 |
% |
5.00 |
% |
$50,000 but less than $100,000 |
|
4.50 |
% |
4.71 |
% |
3.75 |
% |
$100,000 but less than $250,000 |
|
3.50 |
% |
3.63 |
% |
2.75 |
% |
$250,000 but less than $500,000 |
|
2.95 |
% |
3.04 |
% |
2.25 |
% |
$500,000 but less than $1,000,000 |
|
2.25 |
% |
2.30 |
% |
1.75 |
% |
$1,000,000 or more |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
For initial purchases of Class A shares of $1 million or more and subsequent purchases further increasing the size of the account, participating unaffiliated dealers may receive compensation of up to 1.00% of such purchases from the Distributor according to the following schedule:
Amount of Investment |
|
Dealer Fee |
|
$1 million but less than $3 million |
|
1.00 |
% |
$3 million but less than $5 million |
|
0.75 |
% |
$5 million but less than $25 million |
|
0.50 |
% |
$25 million or more |
|
0.25 |
% |
The Distributor does not have an annual reset for these fees. In determining a dealers eligibility for such commission, purchases of Class A shares of the Funds may be aggregated with concurrent purchases of Class A shares of other Touchstone Funds. If a commission was paid to a participating unaffiliated dealer and the Class A shares are redeemed within a year of their purchase, a contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) of up to 1.00% will be charged on the redemption. Dealers should contact the Distributor for more information on the calculation of the dealers commission in the case of combined purchases.
An exchange from other Touchstone Funds will not qualify for payment of the dealers commission unless the exchange is from a Touchstone Fund with assets as to which a dealers commission or similar payment has not been previously paid. No commission will be paid if the purchase represents the reinvestment of a redemption from a Fund made during the previous twelve months. Redemptions of Class A shares may result in the imposition of a CDSC if the dealers commission described in this paragraph was paid in connection with the purchase of such shares. See CDSC for Certain Redemptions of Class A shares below.
CLASS C SHARES . Class C shares are sold at NAV, without an initial sales charge and are subject to a CDSC of 1.00% on redemptions of Class C shares made within one year of their purchase. The CDSC will be a percentage of the dollar amount of shares redeemed and will be assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the NAV at the time of purchase of the Class C shares being redeemed, or (2) the NAV of such Class C shares being redeemed. A CDSC will not be imposed upon redemptions of Class C shares held for at least one year. Class C shares are subject to an annual 12b-1 fee of up to 1.00% of a Funds average daily net assets allocable to Class C shares. The Distributor intends to pay a commission of 1.00% of the purchase amount to your broker at the time you purchase Class C shares.
CLASS Y SHARES . Class Y shares are sold at NAV, without an initial sales charge and are not subject to a 12b-1 fee or CDSC. Class Y shares are offered through certain broker-dealers or financial institutions that have distribution agreements with the Distributor. These agreements are generally limited to discretionary managed, asset allocation, or wrap products offered by broker-dealers and financial institutions and may be subject to fees by the participating broker-dealer or financial institution.
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES. Institutional shares are sold at NAV, without an initial sales charge and are not subject to a 12b-1 fee or CDSC, but are subject to higher initial investment requirements than other classes of shares of a Fund. Institutional shares are offered through certain broker-dealers or financial institutions that have distribution agreements with the Distributor.
Class A and Class C shareholders who are eligible to invest in Class Y shares are eligible to exchange their Class A shares and/or Class C shares for Class Y shares of the same fund, if offered in their state and such an exchange can be accommodated by their financial institution. Class A, Class C, and Class Y shareholders who are eligible to invest in Institutional shares are eligible to exchange their Class A, Class C, and/or Class Y shares for Institutional shares of the same fund, if offered in their state, they meet the initial investment minimum for Institutional shares, and such an exchange can be accommodated by their financial institution. Class Y shares may be available through financial institutions that have appropriate selling agreements with Touchstone, or through processing organizations (e.g., mutual fund supermarkets) that purchase shares for their customers. No front end sales charges will apply to any such exchange, however, if the C share assets have been held less than 12 months and a 1% commission was paid to the broker at the time of purchase, a 1% CDSC will be assessed on the exchange transaction, which may be processed as a liquidation and a purchase. For federal income tax purposes, exchanges of one share
class for a different share class of the same fund (even if processed as a liquidation and a purchase) should not result in the realization by the investor of a capital gain or loss. There can be no assurance of any particular tax treatment, however, and you are urged and advised to consult with your own tax advisor before entering into a share class exchange.
Additional Information on the CDSC
The CDSC is waived under the following circumstances:
· Any partial or complete redemption following death or disability (as defined in the IRC) of a shareholder (including one who owns the shares with his or her spouse as a joint tenant with rights of survivorship) from an account in which the deceased or disabled is named. The Distributor may require documentation prior to waiver of the charge, including death certificates, physicians certificates, etc.
· Redemptions from a systematic withdrawal plan. If the systematic withdrawal plan is based on a fixed dollar amount or number of shares, systematic withdrawal redemptions are limited to no more than 10% of your account value or number of shares per year, as of the date the transfer agent receives your request. If the systematic withdrawal plan is based on a fixed percentage of your account value, each redemption is limited to an amount that would not exceed 10% of your annual account value at the time of withdrawal.
· Redemptions from retirement plans qualified under Section 401 of the IRC. The CDSC will be waived for benefit payments made by Touchstone directly to plan participants. Benefit payments will include, but are not limited to, payments resulting from death, disability, retirement, separation from service, required minimum distributions (as described under Section 401(a)(9) of the IRC), in-service distributions, hardships, loans and qualified domestic relations orders. The CDSC waiver will not apply in the event of termination of the plan or transfer of the plan to another financial institution.
· Redemptions that are mandatory withdrawals from a traditional IRA account after age 70 1 / 2 .
General. All sales charges imposed on redemptions are paid to the Distributor. In determining whether the CDSC is payable, it is assumed that shares not subject to the CDSC are the first redeemed followed by other shares held for the longest period of time. The CDSC will not be imposed upon shares representing reinvested dividends or capital gains distributions, or upon amounts representing share appreciation.
CDSC for Certain Redemptions of Class A Shares . A CDSC is imposed upon certain redemptions of Class A shares of the Funds (or shares into which such Class A shares were exchanged) purchased at NAV in amounts totaling $1 million or more, if the dealers commission described above was paid by the Distributor and the shares are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase. The CDSC will be paid to the Distributor and will be equal to the commission percentage paid at the time of purchase as applied to the lesser of (1) the NAV at the time of purchase of the Class A shares being redeemed, or (2) the NAV of such Class A shares at the time of redemption. If a purchase of Class A shares is subject to the CDSC, you will be notified on the confirmation you receive for your purchase. Redemptions of such Class A shares of the Funds held for at least one year will not be subject to the CDSC.
Examples . The following example will illustrate the operation of the CDSC. Assume that you open an account and purchase 1,000 shares at $10 per share and that six months later the NAV per share is $12 and, during such time, you have acquired 50 additional shares through reinvestment of distributions. If at such time you should redeem 450 shares (proceeds of $5,400), 50 shares will not be subject to the charge because of dividend reinvestment. With respect to the remaining 400 shares, the charge is applied only to the original cost of $10 per share and not to the increase in NAV of $2 per share. Therefore, $4,000 of the $5,400 redemption proceeds will pay the charge. At the rate of 1.00%, the CDSC would be $40 for redemptions of Class C shares. In determining whether an amount is available for redemption without incurring a deferred sales charge, the purchase payments made for all shares in your account are aggregated.
OTHER PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION
Waiver of Minimum Investment Requirements. The minimum and subsequent investment requirements for purchases in the Funds may not apply to:
1. Any director, officer or other employee (and their immediate family members, as defined below) of Western & Southern Life Insurance Company or any of its affiliates or any portfolio advisor or service provider to the Trust.
2. Any employee benefit plan that is provided administrative services by a third-party administrator that has entered into a special service arrangement with the Distributor.
The minimum investment waivers are not available for Institutional shares of the Funds.
Waiver of Class A Sales Charges. In addition to the categories of purchasers described in the prospectus from whom the sales charge on purchases of Class A shares of the Funds may be waived, Class A shares issued or purchased in the following transactions are not subject to sales charges (and no concessions are paid by the Distributor on such purchases):
1. purchases into a Fund by any director, officer, employee (and their immediate family members, as defined below), or current separate account client of or referral by a Sub-Advisor to that particular Fund;
2. purchases by any director, officer or other employee (and their immediate family members, as defined below) of Western & Southern Financial Group or any of its affiliates; and
3. purchases by any employees of BNY Mellon, who provide services for Touchstone Investments.
Exemptions must be qualified in advance by the Distributor. At the option of the Trust, the front-end sales charge may be included on purchases by such persons in the future.
Immediate family members are defined as the spouse, parents, siblings, domestic partner, natural or adopted children, mother-in-law, father-in-law, brother-in-law, and sister-in-law of a director, officer or employee. The term employee is deemed to include current and retired employees.
Waiver of Large Cap Growth Fund Class A Sales Charge for Former Navellier Shareholders. Effective October 6, 2003, sales charges do not apply to Class A shares of the Large Cap Growth Fund purchased by former shareholders of the Navellier Performance Large Cap Growth Portfolio who are purchasing additional shares for their account or opening new accounts in the Large Cap Growth Fund.
Waiver of Class A Sales Charge for former Constellation Shareholders. Shareholders who owned shares of the Touchstone Fund Group Trust as of November 17, 2006 who are purchasing additional shares for their accounts or opening new accounts in any Touchstone Fund are not subject to the frond-end sales charge for purchases of Class A Shares. If you are purchasing shares through a financial intermediary, you must notify the intermediary at the time of purchase that a purchase qualifies for a sales load waiver and you may be required to provide copies of account statements verifying your qualification.
Purchases made through your financial institution may not be able to accommodate the additional load waivers outlined above, and in that circumstance the shareholder may need to open an account with the Fund directly in order to receive these waivers.
Purchases in Kind. Shares may be purchased by tendering payment in-kind in the form of marketable securities, including but not limited to shares of common stock, provided the acquisition of such securities is consistent with the Funds investment objectives and is otherwise acceptable to the Advisor. Before purchasing shares by tendering payment in kind, an investor is urged to consult with his, her or its tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the transaction.
Redemption in Kind. Under unusual circumstances, when the Board of Trustees deems it in the best interests of a
Funds shareholders, the Fund may make payment for shares repurchased or redeemed in whole or in part in securities of the Fund taken at current value. Should payment be made in securities, the redeeming shareholder will generally incur costs upon converting such securities to cash including brokerage costs and federal income tax on the amount by which the fair market value of the securities converted into cash exceeds the basis of the Fund shares redeemed. Portfolio securities that are issued in an in-kind redemption will be readily marketable. The Trust has filed an irrevocable election with the SEC under Rule 18f-1 of the 1940 Act wherein the Funds are committed to pay redemptions in cash, rather than in kind, to any shareholder of record of a Fund who redeems during any ninety day period, the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Funds NAV at the beginning of such period.
Uncashed Distribution Checks. If you elect to receive dividends and distributions in cash and the payment (1) is returned and marked as undeliverable or (2) is not cashed for six months, your cash election will be changed automatically and future dividends will be reinvested in the Fund at the per share net asset value determined as of the date of payment. In addition, any undeliverable checks or checks that are not cashed for six months will be cancelled and then reinvested in the Fund at the per share net asset value determined as of the date of cancellation.
Fund Shares Purchased by Check. We may delay paying your redemption proceeds for shares you recently purchased by check until your check clears, which may take up to 15 days. If you need your money sooner, you should purchase shares by bank wire.
Low Account Balances (Only applicable for shares held through Touchstone directly). If your balance falls below the minimum amount required for your account, based on actual amounts you have invested (as opposed to a reduction from market changes), your account may be subject to an annual account maintenance fee or Touchstone may sell your shares and send the proceeds to you. Touchstone will notify you if your shares are about to be sold and you will have 30 days to increase your account balance to the minimum amount.
DIVIDENDS
Dividends, if any, are declared and paid annually by the following Funds: Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund and Touchstone International Value Fund. Dividends, if any, are declared monthly and paid monthly by Touchstone Strategic Income Fund. Dividends, if any, are declared and paid quarterly by the Touchstone Small Company Value Fund. Distributions, if any, of net short-term capital gain and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over the short-term capital loss) realized by a Fund, after deducting any available capital loss carryovers are declared and paid to its shareholders annually.
A Funds dividends and other distributions are taxable to shareholders (other than retirement plans and other tax-exempt investors) whether received in cash or reinvested in additional shares of the Fund. A dividend or distribution paid by a Fund has the effect of reducing the NAV per share on the ex-dividend date by the amount of the dividend distribution. A dividend or distribution declared shortly after a purchase of shares by an investor would, therefore, represent, in substance, a return of capital to the shareholder with respect to such shares even though it would be subject to federal income taxes.
A statement will be sent to you within 60 days after the end of each year detailing the tax status of your distributions. Please see Taxes below for more information on the federal income tax consequences of dividends and other distributions made by a Fund.
TAXES
The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting each Fund and its shareholders. This discussion is for general information only and does not purport to consider all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that might be relevant to beneficial owners of shares of the Funds. Therefore, this summary should not be considered to be individual tax advice and may not be relied upon by any shareholder. The summary is based upon current provisions of the IRC, applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (the Regulations), and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, which change could be retroactive, and may affect the conclusions expressed herein. The summary applies only to beneficial owners of a Funds shares in whose hands such shares are capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the IRC, and may not apply to certain types of beneficial owners of a Funds shares, including, but not limited to insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding a Funds shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as an individual retirement account (an IRA), a 401(k) plan account, or other qualified retirement account), financial institutions, pass-through entities, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither a citizen nor resident of the United States, shareholders holding a Funds shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the alternative minimum tax. Persons who may be subject to tax in more than one country should consult the provisions of any applicable tax treaty to determine the potential tax consequences to them.
No Fund has requested nor will any Fund request an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the IRS) as to the federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to those discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the following discussion applicable to shareholders of a Fund addresses only some of the federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in such Fund. Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisor with respect to the tax consequences of the ownership, purchase and disposition of an investment in a Fund including, but not limited to, the applicability of state, local, foreign and other tax laws affecting the particular shareholder and to possible effects of changes in federal or other tax laws.
GENERAL . For federal tax purposes, each Fund is treated as a separate corporation. Each Fund intends to elect, and intends to qualify for, taxation as a RIC under the IRC. By qualifying as a RIC, a Fund (but not the shareholders) will not be subject to federal income tax on that portion of its investment company taxable income and net realized capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders.
Shareholders should be aware that investments made by a Fund, some of which are described below, may involve complex tax rules some of which may result in income or gain recognition by it without the concurrent receipt of cash. Although each Fund seeks to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by a Fund, in which case it may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described below. Cash to make the required minimum distributions may be obtained from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund (even if such sales are not advantageous) or, if permitted by its governing documents and other regulatory restrictions, through borrowing the amounts required.
QUALIFICATION AS A REGULATED INVESTMENT COMPANY . Qualification as a RIC under the IRC requires, among other things, that each Fund: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and (ii) net income from certain qualified publicly traded partnerships (together with (i), the Qualifying Income Requirement); (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the close of each quarter of the taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the value of its assets is comprised of cash, cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with those other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of its total assets and that does not represent more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs) of any one issuer or the securities (other than the securities of other RICs) of two or more issuers controlled by it and engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (together with (i) the Diversification Requirement); and (c)
distribute for each taxable year the sum of (i) at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, taxable interest, taxable original issue discount income, market discount income, income from securities lending, net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, certain net realized foreign currency exchange gains, and any other taxable income other than net capital gain as defined below and is reduced by deductible expenses all determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid); and (ii) 90% of its tax-exempt interest, if any, net of certain expenses allocable thereto (net exempt interest).
The Treasury Department is authorized to promulgate regulations under which gains from foreign currencies (and options, futures, and forward contracts on foreign currency) would constitute qualifying income for purposes of the Qualifying Income Requirement only if such gains are directly related to the principal business of a Fund in investing in stock or securities or options and futures with respect to stock or securities. To date, such regulations have not been issued.
As a RIC, a Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders in any taxable year for which it distributes, in compliance with the IRCs timing and other requirements at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and at least 90% of its net tax-exempt interest). Each Fund may retain for investment all or a portion of its net capital gain (i.e., the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). If a Fund retains any investment company taxable income or net capital gain, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. If a Fund retains any net capital gain, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed net capital gain in a notice to its shareholders, who will be (i) required to include in income for federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount; and (ii) entitled to credit their proportionate shares of tax paid by such Fund against their federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of the shares owned by a shareholder of a Fund will be increased by the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in the shareholders gross income and decreased by the federal income tax paid by such Fund on that amount of capital gain.
The qualifying income and asset requirements that must be met under the IRC in order for a Fund to qualify as a RIC, as described above, may limit the extent to which it will be able to engage in derivative transactions. Rules governing the federal income tax aspects of derivatives, including swap agreements, are not entirely clear in certain respects, particularly in light of two IRS revenue rulings issued in 2006. Revenue Ruling 2006-1 held that income from a derivative contract with respect to a commodity index is not qualifying income for a RIC. Subsequently, the IRS issued Revenue Ruling 2006-31 in which it stated that the holding in Revenue Ruling 2006-1 was not intended to preclude a conclusion that the income from certain instruments (such as certain structured notes) that create a commodity exposure for the holder is qualifying income. Accordingly, each Funds ability to invest in commodity related derivative transactions and other derivative transactions may be limited by the Qualifying Income Requirement. Each Fund will account for any investments in commodity derivative transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate; the IRS, however, might not accept such treatment. If the IRS did not accept such treatment, the status of such Fund as a RIC might be jeopardized.
In general, for purposes of the Qualifying Income Requirement described above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized directly by the RIC. However, all of the net income of a RIC derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership (defined as a partnership (x) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, and (y) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in clause (i) of the Qualifying Income Requirement described above) will be treated as qualifying income. In general, such entities will be treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes if they meet the passive income requirement under Section 7704(c)(2) of the IRC. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the IRC do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.
For purposes of the Diversification Requirement described above, the term outstanding voting securities of such issuer will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership.
If a Fund fails to satisfy the Qualifying Income Requirement or the Diversification Requirement in any taxable year, such Fund may be eligible for relief provisions if the failures are due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect and if a penalty tax is paid with respect to each failure to satisfy the applicable requirements. Additionally, relief is provided for certain de minimis failures to satisfy the Diversification Requirements where the Fund corrects the failure within a specified period of time. If the applicable relief provisions are not available or cannot be met, such Fund will fail to qualify as a RIC and will be subject to tax in the same manner as an ordinary corporation subject to tax on a graduated basis with a maximum tax rate of 35% and all distributions from earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) to its shareholders will be taxable as ordinary dividend income eligible for the 15% non-corporate shareholder rate (for taxable years beginning prior to January 1, 2013) and the dividends-received deduction for corporation shareholders.
EXCISE TAX . If a Fund fails to distribute by December 31 of each calendar year an amount equal to the sum of (1) at least 98% of its taxable ordinary income (excluding capital gains and losses) for such year, (2) at least 98.2% of the excess of its capital gains over its capital losses (as adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the twelve month period ending on October 31 of such year, and (3) all taxable ordinary income and the excess of capital gains over capital losses for the prior year that were not distributed during such year and on which it did not pay federal income tax, such Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax (the Excise Tax) on the undistributed amounts. A distribution will be treated as paid on December 31 of the calendar year if it is declared by a Fund in October, November, or December of that year to shareholders of record on a date in such month and paid by it during January of the following year. Such distributions will be taxable to shareholders (other than those not subject to federal income tax) in the calendar year in which the distributions are declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received. Each Fund generally intends to actually distribute or be deemed to have distributed substantially all of its net income and gain, if any, by the end of each calendar year in compliance with these requirements so that it will generally not be required to pay the Excise Tax. A Fund may in certain circumstances be required to liquidate its investments in order to make sufficient distributions to avoid the Excise Tax liability at a time when its Adviser might not otherwise have chosen to do so. Liquidation of investments in such circumstances may affect the ability of a Fund to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a RIC. However, no assurances can be given that a Fund will not be subject to the Excise Tax and, in fact, in certain instances if warranted, a Fund may choose to pay the Excise Tax as opposed to making an additional distribution.
CAPITAL LOSS CARRYFORWARDS . For losses arising from tax years beginning before December 22, 2010 a Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss from any year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss and such Funds capital loss carryforward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. For capital losses realized with respect to tax years of a Fund beginning after December 22, 2010, such Fund may carry capital losses forward indefinitely. For capital losses realized in taxable years beginning after December 22, 2010, the excess of a Funds net short-term capital losses over its net long-term capital gain is treated as short-term capital losses arising on the first day of the Funds next taxable year and the excess of a Funds net long-term capital losses over its net short-term capital gain is treated as long-term capital losses arising on the first day of the Funds net taxable year. If future capital gains are offset by carried forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to Fund-level federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. A Fund cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses.
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT AND MARKET DISCOUNT . A Fund may acquire debt securities that are treated as having original issue discount (OID) (generally a debt obligation with a purchase price less than its principal amount, such as a zero coupon bond). Generally, a Fund will be required to include the OID in income over the term of the debt security, even though it will not receive cash payments for such OID until a later time, usually when the debt security matures. A Fund may make one or more of the elections applicable to debt securities having OID which could affect the character and timing of recognition of income. Inflation-protected bonds generally can be expected to produce OID income as their principal amounts are adjusted upward for inflation. A portion of the OID includible in income with respect to certain high-yield corporate debt securities may be treated as a dividend for federal income tax purposes.
A debt security acquired in the secondary market by a Fund may be treated as having market discount if acquired at a price below redemption value or adjusted issue price if issued with original issue discount. Market discount generally is accrued ratably, on a daily basis, over the period from the date of acquisition to the date of maturity even though no cash will be received. Absent an election by a Fund to include the market discount in income as it
accrues, gain on its disposition of such an obligation will be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain to the extent of the accrued market discount.
In addition, pay-in-kind securities will give rise to income which is required to be distributed and is taxable even though a Fund holding such securities receives no interest payments in cash on such securities during the year.
Each Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the income accruing on the securities, described above, that is currently includable in income, even though cash representing such income may not have been received by such Fund. Cash to pay these distributions may be obtained from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund (even if such sales are not advantageous) or, if permitted by such Funds governing documents, through borrowing the amounts required to be distributed. In the event a Fund realizes net capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger capital gain distribution, if any, than they would have in the absence of such transactions. Borrowing to fund any distribution also has tax implications, such as potentially creating unrelated business taxable income (UBTI).
OPTIONS, FUTURES AND FORWARD CONTRACTS . The writing (selling) and purchasing of options and futures contracts and entering into forward currency contracts, involves complex rules that will determine for income tax purposes the amount, character and timing of recognition of the gains and losses a Fund realizes in connection with such transactions.
Gains and losses on the sale, lapse, or other termination of options and futures contracts, options thereon and certain forward contracts (except certain foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts) will generally be treated as capital gains and losses. Some regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency contracts, and certain non-equity options (such as certain listed options or options on broad based securities indexes) held by a Fund (Section 1256 contracts), other than contracts on which it has made a mixed-straddle election, will be required to be marked-to-market for federal income tax purposes, that is, treated as having been sold at their market value on the last day of such Funds taxable year. These provisions may require a Fund to recognize income or gains without a concurrent receipt of cash. Any gain or loss recognized on actual or deemed sales of Section 1256 contracts will be treated as 60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40% short-term capital gain or loss, although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary income or loss as described below. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are exempt from the mark-to-market rule, but may require a Fund to defer the recognition of losses on futures contracts, foreign currency contracts and certain options to the extent of any unrecognized gains on related positions held by it.
The tax provisions described above applicable to options, futures and forward contracts may affect the amount, timing, and character of a Funds distributions to its shareholders. For example, the Section 1256 rules described above may operate to increase the amount a Fund must distribute to satisfy the minimum distribution requirement for the portion treated as short-term capital gain which will be taxable to its shareholders as ordinary income, and to increase the net capital gain it recognizes, without, in either case, increasing the cash available to it. A Fund may elect to exclude certain transactions from the operation of Section 1256, although doing so may have the effect of increasing the relative proportion of net short-term capital gain (taxable as ordinary income) and thus increasing the amount of dividends it must distribute. Section 1256 contracts also may be marked-to-market for purposes of the Excise Tax.
When a covered call or put option written (sold) by a Fund expires such Fund will realize a short-term capital gain equal to the amount of the premium it received for writing the option. When a Fund terminates its obligations under such an option by entering into a closing transaction, it will realize a short-term capital gain (or loss), depending on whether the cost of the closing transaction is less than (or exceeds) the premium received when it wrote the option. When a covered call option written by a Fund is exercised, such Fund will be treated as having sold the underlying security, producing long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending upon the holding period of the underlying security and whether the sum of the option price received upon the exercise plus the premium received when it wrote the option is more or less than the basis of the underlying security.
STRADDLES . Section 1092 deals with the taxation of straddles which also may affect the taxation of options in which a Fund may invest. Offsetting positions held by a Fund involving certain derivative instruments, such as options, futures and forward currency contracts, may be considered, for federal income tax purposes, to constitute
straddles. Straddles are defined to include offsetting positions in actively traded personal property. In certain circumstances, the rules governing straddles override or modify the provisions of Section 1256, described above. If a Fund is treated as entering into a straddle and at least one (but not all) of its positions in derivative contracts comprising a part of such straddle is governed by Section 1256, then such straddle could be characterized as a mixed straddle. A Fund may make one or more elections with respect to mixed straddles. Depending on which election is made, if any, the results with respect to a Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by a Fund, losses realized by it may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be characterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain. In addition, the existence of a straddle may affect the holding period of the offsetting positions and cause such sales to be subject to the wash sale and short sale rules. As a result, the straddle rules could cause distributions that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income to fail to satisfy the applicable holding period requirements, described below, and therefore to be taxed as ordinary income. Further, a Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense and carrying charges applicable to a position that is part of a straddle. Because the application of the straddle rules may affect the character and timing of gains and losses from affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to the situation where a Fund had not engaged in such transactions.
In circumstances where a Fund has invested in certain pass-through entities, the amount of long-term capital gain that it may recognize from certain derivative transactions with respect to interests in such pass-through entities is limited under the IRCs constructive ownership rules. The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain a Fund would have had if it directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.
SWAPS AND DERIVATIVES. As a result of entering into swap or derivative agreements, a Fund may make or receive periodic net payments. A Fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap or derivative is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap, derivative or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap or derivative will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Fund has been a party to a swap or derivative for more than one year). With respect to certain types of swaps or derivatives, a Fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or derivatives or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps or derivatives to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss.
Rules governing the tax aspects of swap or derivative agreements are not entirely clear in certain respects, in particular whether income generated is Qualifying Income. Accordingly, while each Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If the IRS did not accept such treatment, the status of the Fund as a RIC might be adversely affected. The Funds intend to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the IRC in order for each Fund to qualify as a RIC may limit the extent to which a Fund will be able to engage in swap agreements and certain derivatives.
CONSTRUCTIVE SALES . Certain rules may affect the timing and character of gain if a Fund engages in transactions that reduce or eliminate its risk of loss with respect to appreciated financial positions. If a Fund enters into certain transactions (including a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract, a futures or forward contract, or other transactions identified in Treasury regulations) in property while holding an appreciated financial position in substantially identical property, it will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the appreciated financial position and will be taxed on any gain (but not loss) from the constructive sale. The character of gain from a constructive sale will depend upon a Funds holding period in the appreciated financial position. Loss from a constructive sale would be recognized when the position was subsequently disposed of, and its character would depend on a Funds holding period and the application of various loss deferral provisions of the IRC.
In addition, if the appreciated financial position is itself a short sale or such a contract, acquisition of the underlying property or substantially identical property by a Fund will be deemed a constructive sale. The foregoing will not apply, however, to a Funds transaction during any taxable year that otherwise would be treated as a constructive sale
if the transaction is closed within 30 days after the end of that year and such Fund holds the appreciated financial position unhedged for 60 days after that closing (i.e., at no time during that 60-day period is such Funds risk of loss regarding the position reduced by reason of certain specified transactions with respect to substantially identical or related property, such as having an option to sell, being contractually obligated to sell, making a short sale or granting an option to buy substantially identical stock or securities).
WASH SALES. A Fund may in certain circumstances be impacted by special rules relating to wash sales. In general, the wash sale rules prevent the recognition of a loss by a Fund from the disposition of stock or securities at a loss in a case in which identical or substantially identical stock or securities (or an option to acquire such property) is or has been acquired by it within 30 days before or 30 days after the sale.
SHORT SALES . A Fund may make short sales of securities. Short sales may increase the amount of short-term capital gain realized by a Fund, which is taxed as ordinary income when distributed to its shareholders. Short sales also may be subject to the Constructive Sales rules, discussed above.
TAX CREDIT BONDS . If a Fund holds (directly or indirectly) one or more tax credit bonds (defined below) on one or more specified dates during a Funds taxable year, and it satisfies the minimum distribution requirement, it may elect for U.S. federal income tax purposes to pass through to shareholders tax credits otherwise allowable to it for that year with respect to such tax credit bonds. A tax credit bond is defined in the IRC as a qualified tax credit bond (which includes a qualified forestry conservation bond, a new clean renewable energy bond, a qualified energy conservation bond, or a qualified zone academy bond, each of which must meet certain requirements specified in the IRC), a build America bond (which includes certain qualified bonds issued before January 1, 2011) or certain other bonds specified in the IRC. If a Fund were to make an election, a shareholder of such Fund would be required to include in gross income an amount equal to such shareholders proportionate share of the interest income attributable to such credits and would be entitled to claim as a tax credit an amount equal to a proportionate share of such credits. Certain limitations may apply on the extent to which the credit may be claimed.
PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES . A Fund may invest in a non-U.S. corporation, which could be treated as a passive foreign investment company (a PFIC) or become a PFIC under the IRC. A PFIC is generally defined as a foreign corporation that meets either of the following tests: (1) at least 75% of its gross income for its taxable year is income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains); or (2) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, such passive income. If a Fund acquires any equity interest in a PFIC, such Fund could be subject to federal income tax and interest charges on excess distributions received with respect to such PFIC stock or on any gain from the sale of such PFIC stock (collectively PFIC income), plus interest thereon even if such Fund distributes the PFIC income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders. The balance of the PFIC income will be included in such Funds investment company taxable income and, accordingly, will not be taxable to it to the extent it distributes that income to its shareholders. A Funds distributions of PFIC income will be taxable as ordinary income even though, absent the application of the PFIC rules, some portion of the distributions may have been classified as capital gain.
A Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to a PFIC. Payment of this tax would therefore reduce a Funds economic return from its investment in PFIC shares. To the extent a Fund invests in a PFIC, it may elect to treat the PFIC as a qualified electing fund (QEF), then instead of the tax and interest obligation described above on excess distributions, such Fund would be required to include in income each taxable year its pro rata share of the QEFs annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain. As a result of a QEF election, a Fund would likely have to distribute to its shareholders an amount equal to the QEFs annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain to satisfy the IRCs minimum distribution requirement described herein and avoid imposition of the Excise Tax even if the QEF did not distribute those earnings and gain to such Fund. In most instances it will be very difficult, if not impossible, to make this election because of certain requirements in making the election.
A Fund may elect to mark-to-market its stock in any PFIC. Marking-to-market, in this context, means including in ordinary income each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the PFIC stock over such Funds adjusted basis therein as of the end of that year. Pursuant to the election, a Fund also may deduct (as an ordinary, not capital, loss) the excess, if any, of its adjusted basis in the PFIC stock over the fair market value thereof as of the taxable year-end, but only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains with respect to that stock it included in
income for prior taxable years under the election. A Funds adjusted basis in its PFIC stock subject to the election would be adjusted to reflect the amounts of income included and deductions taken thereunder. In either case, a Fund may be required to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash.
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS . Foreign currency gains and losses realized by a Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt instruments, certain options, futures contracts, forward contracts, and similar instruments relating to foreign currency, foreign currencies, and foreign currency-denominated payables and receivables are subject to Section 988 of the IRC, which causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income or loss and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of such Funds income. In some cases elections may be available that would alter this treatment, but such elections could be detrimental to a Fund by creating current recognition of income without the concurrent recognition of cash. If a foreign currency loss treated as an ordinary loss under Section 988 were to exceed a Funds investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss) for a taxable year the resulting loss would not be deductible by it or its shareholders in future years. The foreign currency income or loss will also increase or decrease a Funds investment company income distributable to its shareholders.
FOREIGN TAXATION . Income received by a Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of a Funds total assets at the close of any taxable year consist of stock or securities of foreign corporations and it meets the distribution requirements described above, such Fund may file an election (the pass-through election) with the IRS pursuant to which shareholders of the Fund would be required to (i) include in gross income (in addition to taxable dividends actually received) their pro rata shares of foreign income taxes paid by the Fund even though not actually received by such shareholders; and (ii) treat such respective pro rata portions as foreign income taxes paid by them. Each Fund will furnish its shareholders with a written statement providing the amount of foreign taxes paid by the Fund that will pass-through for the year, if any.
Generally, a credit for foreign taxes is subject to the limitation that it may not exceed the shareholders U.S. tax attributable to his or her total foreign source taxable income. For this purpose, if the pass-through election is made, the source of a Funds income will flow through to shareholders. The limitation on the foreign tax credit is applied separately to foreign source passive income, and to certain other types of income. Shareholders may be unable to claim a credit for the full amount of their proportionate share of the foreign taxes paid by a Fund. Various limitations, including a minimum holding period requirement, apply to limit the credit and deduction for foreign taxes for purposes of regular federal tax and alternative minimum tax.
REITs . A Fund may invest in REITs. Investments in REIT equity securities may require a Fund to accrue and distribute taxable income without the concurrent receipt of cash. To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, a Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. A Funds investments in REIT equity securities may at other times result in its receipt of cash in excess of the REITs earnings; if such Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to its shareholders for federal income tax purposes. Dividends received by a Fund from a REIT generally will not constitute qualified dividend income.
A Fund may invest in REITs that hold residual interests in REMICs or taxable mortgage pools (TMPs), or such REITs may themselves constitute TMPs. Under an IRS notice, and Treasury regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of a Funds income from a REIT that is attributable to the REITs residual interest in a REMIC or a TMP (referred to in the IRC as an excess inclusion) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a RIC, such as the Funds, will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest or invested in the TMP directly. As a result, the Fund may not be a suitable investment for certain tax exempt-shareholders, including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan and other tax-exempt entities. See Tax-Exempt Shareholders.
DISTRIBUTIONS . Distributions paid out of a Funds current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined at the end of the year), whether reinvested in additional shares or paid in cash, are generally taxable and must be reported by each shareholder who is required to file a federal income tax return. Distributions in excess of a Funds
current and accumulated earnings and profits, as computed for federal income tax purposes, will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholders tax basis in his or her Fund shares and then as capital gain.
For federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment company taxable income are generally taxable as ordinary income, and distributions of gains from the sale of investments that a Fund owned for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income. Distributions designated by a Fund as capital gain dividends (distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over short-term capital losses) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain regardless of the length of time they have held their shares of such Fund. Such dividends do not qualify as dividends for purposes of the dividends received deduction described below.
Noncorporate shareholders of a Fund may be eligible for the 15% long-term capital gain rate applicable to distributions of qualified dividend income received by such noncorporate shareholders in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013. A Funds distribution will be treated as qualified dividend income and therefore eligible for the 15% rate to the extent it receives dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations, provided that certain holding periods and other requirements are met. A corporate shareholder of a Fund may be eligible for the dividends received deduction on such Funds distributions attributable to dividends received by such Fund from domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such a deduction. For eligible corporate shareholders, the dividends received deduction may be subject to certain reductions, and a distribution by a Fund attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will be eligible for the deduction only if certain holding period and other requirements are met.
Under current law, beginning in 2013, a new 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on net investment income including interest, dividends, and capital gains of U.S. individuals with income exceeding $200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly) and of estates and trusts.
Each Fund will furnish a statement to shareholders providing the federal income tax status of its dividends and distributions including the portion of such dividends, if any, that qualifies as long-term capital gain.
Different tax treatment, including penalties on certain excess contributions and deferrals, certain pre-retirement and post-retirement distributions, and certain prohibited transactions, is accorded to accounts maintained as qualified retirement plans. Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisors for more information.
PURCHASES OF FUND SHARES. Prior to purchasing shares in a Fund, the impact of dividends or distributions which are expected to be or have been declared, but not paid, should be carefully considered. Any dividend or distribution declared shortly after a purchase of shares of a Fund prior to the record date will have the effect of reducing the per share net asset value by the per share amount of the dividend or distribution, and to the extent the distribution consists of the Funds taxable income, the purchasing shareholder will be taxed on the taxable portion of the dividend or distribution received even though some or all of the amount distributed is effectively a return of capital.
SALES, EXCHANGES OR REDEMPTIONS . Upon the disposition of shares of a Fund (whether by redemption, sale or exchange), a shareholder may realize a capital gain or loss. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term or short-term depending upon the shareholders holding period for the shares. The capital gain will be long-term if the shares were held for more than 12 months and short-term if held for 12 months or less. If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, before January 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year of the sale or exchange, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, the shareholder subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or another Fund, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Funds shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Any loss realized on a disposition will be disallowed under the wash sale rules to the extent that the shares disposed of by the shareholder are replaced by the shareholder within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on a disposition of shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions of capital gain dividends received by the shareholder and disallowed to the extent of any distributions of exempt-
interest dividends received by the shareholder with respect to such shares. Capital losses are generally deductible only against capital gains except that individuals may deduct up to $3,000 of capital losses against ordinary income.
The 3.8% Medicare contribution tax (described above) will apply to gains from the sale or exchange of a Funds shares.
BACKUP WITHHOLDING . Each Fund generally is required to withhold, and remit to the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain exemptions, an amount equal to 28% of all distributions and redemption proceeds paid or credited to a shareholder of such Fund if (i) the shareholder fails to furnish such Fund with the correct taxpayer identification number (TIN) certified under penalties of perjury, (ii) the shareholder fails to provide a certified statement that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding, or (iii) the IRS or a broker has notified such Fund that the number furnished by the shareholder is incorrect or that the shareholder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report interest or dividend income. If the backup withholding provisions are applicable, any such distributions or proceeds, whether taken in cash or reinvested in shares, will be reduced by the amounts required to be withheld. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against a shareholders U.S. federal income tax liability.
STATE AND LOCAL TAXES . State and local laws often differ from federal income tax laws with respect to the treatment of specific items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit.
Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisors as to the state and local tax rules affecting investments in the Funds.
NON-U.S. SHAREHOLDERS . Distributions made to non-U.S. shareholders attributable to net investment income generally are subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by a non-U.S. shareholder within the United States (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States), federal income tax withholding and exemptions attributable to foreign persons will not apply and such distribution will be subject to the federal income tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons described above.
Under U.S. federal tax law, a non-U.S. shareholder is not, in general, subject to federal income tax or withholding tax on capital gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of a Fund, capital gains dividends, and, with respect to taxable years beginning before January 1, 2012, short-term capital gains dividends, provided that the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status, unless (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. shareholder within the United States (or, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States of the non-U.S. shareholder); (ii) in the case of an individual non-U.S. shareholder, the shareholder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) the shares of the Fund constitute U.S. real property interests (USRPIs), as described below.
For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2012, non-U.S. shareholders are also exempt from federal income tax withholding on distributions designated by a Fund as interest-related dividends. Interest-related dividends are generally attributable to a RICs net interest income earned on certain debt obligations and paid to non-U.S. shareholders. To qualify as an interest-related dividend a Fund must furnish a statement to shareholders in which it designates a distribution as such.
Distributions of a Fund when at least 50% of its assets are USRPIs, as defined in the IRC and Treasury regulations, to the extent the distributions are attributable to gains from sales or exchanges of USRPIs (including gains on the sale or exchange of shares in certain U.S. real property holding corporations) generally will cause a non-U.S. shareholder to treat such gain as income effectively connected to a trade or business within the United States, subject to tax at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. shareholders. Such distributions may be subject to U.S. withholding tax and may require the non-U.S. shareholder to file a U.S. federal income tax return.
Subject to the additional rules described herein, federal income tax withholding will apply to distributions attributable to dividends and other investment income distributed by the Funds. The federal income tax withholding rate may be reduced (and, in some cases, eliminated) under an applicable tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. shareholders country of residence or incorporation. In order to qualify for treaty benefits, a non-U.S. shareholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its foreign status (generally by providing a Fund with a properly completed Form W-8BEN). All non-U.S. shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of an investment in a Fund.
Recently enacted rules require the reporting to the IRS of direct and indirect ownership of foreign financial accounts and foreign entities by U.S. persons. The IRS has issued proposed guidance with respect to these new rules; their scope remains subject to material change. Pursuant to that guidance, a 30% withholding tax will be imposed on dividends paid after December 31, 2013 and redemption proceeds paid after December 31, 2014, to (i) foreign financial institutions including non-U.S. investment funds unless they agree to collect and disclose to the IRS information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. account holders and (ii) certain other foreign entities unless they certify certain information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. owners. To avoid withholding, a foreign financial institution will need to enter into agreements with the IRS regarding providing the IRS information including the name, address and taxpayer identification number of direct and indirect U.S. account holders, to comply with due diligence procedures with respect to the identification of U.S. accounts, to report to the IRS certain information with respect to U.S. accounts maintained, to agree to withhold tax on certain payments made to non-compliant foreign financial institutions or to account holders who fail to provide the required information, and to determine certain other information as to their account holders. Other foreign entities will need to provide the name, address, and TIN of each substantial U.S. owner or certifications of no substantial U.S. ownership unless certain exceptions apply.
FOREIGN BANK AND FINANCIAL ACCOUNTS AND FOREIGN FINANCIAL ASSETS REPORTING REQUIREMENTS. A shareholder that owns directly or indirectly more than 50% by vote or value of a Fund, is urged and advised to consult its own tax adviser regarding its filing obligations with respect to IRS Form TD F 90-22.1, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts.
Also, under recently enacted rules, subject to exceptions, individuals (and, to the extent provided in forthcoming future U.S. Treasury regulations, certain domestic entities) must report annually their interests in specified foreign financial assets on their U.S. federal income tax returns. It is currently unclear whether and under what circumstances shareholders would be required to report their indirect interests in a Funds specified foreign financial assets (if any) under these new rules.
Shareholders may be subject to substantial penalties for failure to comply with these reporting requirements. Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisers to determine whether these reporting requirements are applicable to them.
TAX-EXEMPT SHAREHOLDERS . A tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in a Fund as a result of such Funds investments and if shares in the Fund constitute debt financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of IRC Section 514(b).
It is possible that a tax-exempt shareholder of a Fund will also recognize UBTI if such Fund recognizes excess inclusion income (as described above) derived from direct or indirect investments in REMIC residual interests or TMPs. Furthermore, any investment in a residual interest of a CMO that has elected to be treated as a REMIC can create complex tax consequences, especially if a Fund has state or local governments or other tax-exempt organizations as shareholders.
In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (CRTs) that invest in RICs that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or in TMPs.
Tax-exempt shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of an investment in a Fund.
TAX SHELTER REPORTING REGULATIONS . Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the
shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayers treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisor with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in a Fund including, but not limited to, the applicability of state, local, foreign and other tax laws affecting the particular shareholder and to possible effects of changes in federal or other tax laws.
PRINCIPAL SECURITY HOLDERS
Persons or organizations beneficially owning 25% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund are presumed to control the Fund. As a result, those persons or organizations could have the ability to take action with respect to a Fund without the consent or approval of other shareholders.
As of [ ], no persons or entities owned, of record or beneficially, more than 5% of the outstanding equity securities of the Funds.
As of [ ], the name, address and percentage ownership of each entity that owned of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of a Predecessor Fund were as follows:
[to be inserted]
As of [ ], the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group owned of record or beneficially less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust and of each Predecessor Fund (or class thereof).
CUSTODIAN
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (BBH), 40 Water Street, Boston, MA 02109, serves as the Trusts custodian. BBH acts as the Trusts depository, safe keeps its portfolio securities, collects all income and other payments with respect thereto, disburses funds as instructed and maintains records in connection with its duties.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The firm Ernst & Young LLP, 312 Walnut Street, Cincinnati, OH 45202, has been selected as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. The independent accountants will perform an audit of the Trusts financial statements for its fiscal year end and advise the Trust as to certain accounting matters.
LEGAL COUNSEL
Pepper Hamilton LLP, 3000 Two Logan Square, 18th and Arch Streets, Philadelphia, PA 19103, serves as counsel to the Trust.
TRANSFER AND SUB-ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
Transfer Agent . The Trusts transfer agent, BNY Mellon, is located at 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, MA 01581. BNY Mellon maintains the records of each shareholders account, answers shareholders inquiries concerning their accounts, processes purchases and redemptions of the Funds shares, acts as dividend and distribution disbursing agent and performs other shareholder service functions. For providing transfer agent and shareholder services to the Trust, BNY Mellon receives a monthly per account fee from each Fund, plus out of-pocket expenses.
The Funds may also pay a fee to certain servicing organizations (such as broker-dealers and financial institutions) that provide sub-transfer agency services. These services include maintaining shareholder records, processing shareholder transactions and distributing communications to shareholders.
Sub-Administrative Agent . The Advisor has sub-contracted certain accounting and administrative services to BNY Mellon. The sub-administrative services sub-contracted to BNY Mellon include accounting and pricing services, SEC and state security filings, providing executive and administrative services and providing reports for meetings of the Board of Trustees. The Advisor pays BNY Mellon a sub-administrative fee out of its administration fee.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Upon consummation of the Reorganizations, each Fund will adopt the financial statements of its corresponding Predecessor Fund, which are incorporated herein by reference. The Fifth Third Annual Report and Fifth Third Semi-Annual Report may be obtained free of charge by calling the Trust at 1-800-543-0407 or by downloading a copy at www.TouchstoneInvestments.com. You may also obtain the annual or semi-annual reports, as well as other information about Touchstone Strategic Trust or the Predecessor Funds, from the EDGAR Database on the SECs website at http://www.sec.gov.
APPENDIX A
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS
Moodys Investors Service, Inc. (Moodys), Standard &Poors ® (S&P) and Fitch Ratings, Inc. (Fitch) are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of debt obligations. A description of the ratings assigned by Moodys, S&P ® and Fitch are provided below. These ratings represent the opinions of these rating services as to the quality of the securities that they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. An adviser attempts to discern variations in credit rankings of the rating services and to anticipate changes in credit ranking. However, subsequent to purchase by a fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase by the fund. In that event, an adviser will consider whether it is in the best interest of a fund to continue to hold the securities.
Moodys credit ratings are current opinions of the relative future credit risk of entities, credit commitments, or debt or debt-like securities. Moodys defines credit risk as the risk that an entity may not meet its contractual, financial obligations as they come due and any estimated financial loss in the event of default. Credit ratings do not address any other risk, including but not limited to: liquidity risk, market value risk, or price volatility. Credit ratings are not statements of current or historical fact. Credit ratings do not constitute investment or financial advice, and credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, sell, or hold particular securities. Credit ratings do not comment on the suitability of an investment for any particular investor. Moodys issues its credit ratings with the expectation and understanding that each investor will make its own study and evaluation of each security that is under consideration for purchase, holding, or sale.
An S&P issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&Ps view of the obligors capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
Fitch credit ratings provide an opinion on the relative ability of an entity to meet financial commitments, such as interest, preferred dividends, and repayment of principal, insurance claims or counterparty obligations. Fitch credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of receiving their money owed to them in accordance with the terms on which they invested. Fitchs credit-ratings cover the global spectrum of corporate, sovereign (including supranational and sub-national), financial, bank, insurance, municipal and other public finance entities and the securities or other obligations they issue, as well as structured finance securities backed by receivables or other financial assets.
Short-Term Credit Ratings
Moodys
Moodys short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.
Moodys employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
P-1 - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2 - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3 - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
NP - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.
S&P
S&Ps short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 daysincluding commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.
The following summarizes the rating categories used by S&P for short-term issues:
A-1 - Obligations are rated in the highest category and indicate that the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-2 - Obligations are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3 - Obligations exhibit adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B - Obligations are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of B-1, B-2, and B-3 may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the B category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligors inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B-1 - Obligations are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
B-2 - Obligations are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
B-3 - Obligations are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
C - Obligations are currently vulnerable to nonpayment and are dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
D - Obligations are in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks - Country risk considerations are a standard part of S&Ps analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligors capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the
sovereign governments own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.
Fitch
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream, and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as short term based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.
The following summarizes the rating categories used by Fitch for short-term obligations:
F1 Highest short-term credit quality. This designation indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added + to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F2 Good short-term credit quality. This designation indicates good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
F3 Fair short-term credit quality. This designation indicates that the intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
B Speculative short-term credit quality. This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C High short-term default risk. This designation indicates that default is a real possibility.
RD Restricted default. This designation indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Or, the default of a specific short-term obligation.
D Default. This designation indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of all short-term obligations.
Specific limitations relevant to the Short-Term Ratings scale include:
· The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.
· The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuers securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.
· The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuers securities or stock.
· The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an obligation default.
· The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer or transactions profile other than the agencys opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of the rated issuer or obligation.
Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive.
Long-Term Credit Ratings
Moodys
Moodys long-term ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings use Moodys Global Scale and reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.
The following summarizes the ratings used by Moodys for long-term debt:
Aaa - Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.
Aa - Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A - Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa - Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba - Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B - Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa - Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca - Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C - Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
Note: Moodys appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
S&P
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&Ps analysis of the following considerations:
· Likelihood of paymentcapacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
· Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
· Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors rights.
Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and
subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P for long-term issues:
AAA - An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA - An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A - An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB - An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
Obligations rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
BB - An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to the obligors inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B - An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligors capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC - An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC - An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
C - A C rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the C rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instruments terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
D - An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payment will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligations rating is lowered to D upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
Plus (+) or minus (-) - The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
NR - This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.
Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks - Country risk considerations are a standard part of S&Ps analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligors capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign governments own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.
Fitch
Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns and insurance companies, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs opine on an entitys relative vulnerability to default on financial obligations. The threshold default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts, although the agency recognizes that issuers may also make pre-emptive and therefore voluntary use of such mechanisms.
In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agencys view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default. For historical information on the default experience of Fitch-rated issuers, please consult the transition and default performance studies available from the Fitch Ratings website.
The following summarizes long-term IDR categories used by Fitch:
AAA Highest credit quality. AAA ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA Very high credit quality. AA ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A High credit quality. A ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB Good credit quality. BBB ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
BB Speculative. BB ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.
B Highly speculative. B ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.
CCC Substantial credit risk. CCC ratings indicate that default is a real possibility.
CC Very high levels of credit risk. CC ratings indicate default of some kind appears probable.
C Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. C ratings indicate default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a C category rating for an issuer include:
a. the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;
b. the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or
c. Fitch otherwise believes a condition of RD or D to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a distressed debt exchange.
RD - Restricted default. RD ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitchs opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased business. This would include:
a. the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;
b. the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;
c. the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or
d. execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.
D Default. D ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.
Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange.
Imminent default typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default. Another alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a distressed debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.
In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agencys opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuers financial obligations or local commercial practice.
Note: The modifiers + or - may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the AAA Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below B.
Specific limitations relevant to the issuer credit rating scale include:
· The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.
· The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuers securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.
· The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuers securities or stock.
· The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an issuer default.
· The ratings do not opine on the suitability of an issuer as a counterparty to trade credit.
· The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuers business, operational or financial profile other than the agencys opinion on its relative vulnerability to default.
Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive.
Municipal Note Ratings
Moodys
Moodys uses three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels - MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.
The following summarizes the ratings used by Moodys for these short-term obligations:
MIG 1 - This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2 - This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
MIG 3 - This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
SG - This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long- or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moodys evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moodys evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (demand feature), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating.
When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1.
VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issues specific structural or credit features.
VMIG 1 - This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG 2 - This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG 3 - This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
SG - This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
S&P
An S&P U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&Ps opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&Ps analysis will review the following considerations:
· Amortization schedulethe larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and
· Source of paymentthe more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.
Note rating symbols are as follows:
SP-1 - The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service are given a plus (+) designation.
SP-2 - The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
SP-3 - The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
Fitch
Fitch uses the same ratings for municipal securities as described above for other short-term credit ratings.
APPENDIX B
PROXY VOTING POLICIES
DEPRINCE, RACE & ZOLLO, INC.
Proxy Voting
I. Introduction
Rule 206(4)-6 (the Rule) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Advisers Act) requires every investment adviser to adopt and implement written policies and procedures, reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interest of its clients. The Rule further requires the adviser to provide a concise summary of the advisers proxy voting process and offer to provide copies of the complete proxy voting policy and procedures to clients upon request. Lastly, the Rule requires that the adviser disclose to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser voted their proxies.
DePrince, Race & Zollo, Inc. (DRZ) votes proxies for a majority of its clients, and therefore has adopted and implemented this Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures. In accordance with a pre-determined policy that is disclosed in the clients agreements, proxies are typically voted by an independent third party, the Proxy Administrator. DePrince, Race & Zollo, Inc. has retained RiskMetrics Group as its third-party Proxy Administrator. Any questions about this document should be directed to our CCO or ACO.
II. Regulatory Background
(A)The Need to Implement a Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures
The SEC has determined that the rule applies to all registered investment advisers that exercise proxy voting authority over client securities. The SEC has also indicated that advisers with implicit as well as explicit voting authority must comply with the rule. In particular, the rule applies when the advisory contract is silent but the advisers voting authority is implied by an overall delegation of discretionary authority.
(B)Voting Client Proxies
The SEC has interpreted the duty of care to require an adviser with voting authority to monitor shareholder meeting dates and to vote client proxies. However, the scope of an advisers responsibilities with respect to voting proxies would ordinarily be determined by the advisers contracts with its clients, the disclosures it has made to its clients, and the investment policies and objectives of its clients. The rule does not necessitate an adviser to become a shareholder activist, but more practically, allows an adviser to determine whether the costs and expected benefits to clients warrant such activism.
Additionally, the failure to vote every proxy should not necessarily be construed as a violation of an advisers fiduciary obligations. The SEC has noted times when refraining from voting a proxy may be in the clients best interest, such as when the analysis noted above yields results that indicate the cost of voting the proxy exceeds the expected benefit to the client. Nevertheless, an adviser must be aware that it may not ignore or be negligent in fulfilling the obligation it has assumed to vote client proxies.
(C)Implementing Policies and Procedures to Resolve Conflicts of Interest
A challenging aspect to Rule 206(4)-6 has been an advisers identification of material conflicts of interest that may influence the manner in which it votes proxies. Although the SEC has not listed all conflicts of interest that an adviser may encounter when voting clients proxies, it has provided guidance with respect to ways in which the policies and procedures may mitigate any existing conflicts of interest. An adviser could also suggest that the client engage another party to determine how the proxies should be voted, which would relieve the adviser of the responsibility to vote the proxies.
(D)Disclosure Requirements
· An investment adviser must disclose to clients how they can obtain information on how client proxies were voted.
· A concise summation of the proxy voting process, rather than a reiteration of the advisers proxy voting policy and procedures must also be disclosed and that upon client request, the adviser will provide a copy of the policies and procedures.
(E)Recordkeeping Requirements
Amended Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act requires investments advisers to retain the following documents:
· Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures;
· Proxy Statements Received Regarding Client Securities;
· Records of Votes Cast on Behalf of Clients;
· Records of Client Requests for Proxy Voting Information; and
· Any Documents Prepared by the Adviser that were Material to Making a Decision how to Vote, or that Memorialized the Basis for the Decision.
III. Risks
In developing this policy and procedures, DRZ considered numerous risks associated with its voting of client proxies. This analysis includes risks such as:
· DRZ does not maintain a written proxy voting policy as required by Rule 206(4)-6.
· Proxies are not voted in clients best interests.
· Proxies are not identified and voted in a timely manner.
· Conflicts between DRZs interests and the client are not identified; therefore, proxies are not voted appropriately.
· Proxy voting records and client requests to review proxy votes are not maintained.
DRZ has established the following guidelines as an attempt to mitigate these risks.
IV. Policy
It is the policy of DRZ to vote client proxies in the interest of maximizing shareholder value. To that end, DRZ will vote in a way that it believes, consistent with its fiduciary duty, will cause the value of the security to increase the most or decline the least. Consideration will be given to both the short and long term implications of the proposal to be voted on when considering the optimal vote.
Any general or specific proxy voting guidelines provided by an advisory client or its designated agent in writing will supersede this policy. Clients may wish to have their proxies voted by an independent third party or other named fiduciary or agent.
V. Procedures for Identification and Voting of Proxies
These proxy voting procedures are designed to enable DRZ to resolve material conflicts of interest with clients before voting their proxies in the interest of shareholder value.
1. DRZ shall maintain a list of all clients for which it votes proxies. The list will be maintained electronically and updated by the Compliance department who will obtain proxy voting information from client agreements.
All new signed contracts or new account instructions must be sent to the Proxy Administrator no later than ten (10) days from the date a new account starts trading. Alternatively, DRZs Operations Department, as part of the account opening procedure, will inform the Proxy Administrator that DRZ will vote proxies for the new client.
2. DRZ shall work with the client to ensure that the Proxy Administrator is the designated party to receive proxy voting materials from companies or intermediaries. To that end, new account forms of broker-dealers/custodians will state that the Proxy Administrator should receive this documentation. The designation may also be made by telephoning contacts and/or client service representatives at broker-dealers/custodians.
These intermediaries will be informed to direct all proxy materials to our designated Proxy Administrator.
3. The Proxy Administrator shall receive all proxy voting materials and will be responsible for ensuring that proxies are voted and submitted in a timely manner. The Compliance Department of DRZ shall receive and review current proxy information from the Proxy Administrator on a routine basis to ensure that all proxies are being received and voted.
4. The Proxy Administrator will review the list of clients and compare the record date of the proxies with a security holdings list for the security or company soliciting the proxy vote.
For any client who has provided specific voting instructions, the Proxy Administrator shall vote that clients proxy in accordance with the clients written instructions.
Proxies for clients who have selected a third party to vote, and whose proxies were received by DRZ, shall be forwarded back to the client for voting and submission.
Proxies received after the termination date of a client relationship will not be voted. Such proxies should be delivered to the last known address of the former client or to the intermediary who distributed the proxy with a written or oral statement indicating that the advisory relationship has been terminated and that the proxies should be forwarded to the last known address of the former client. The statement should further indicate that future proxies for the named former client should not be delivered to DRZ or to the Proxy Administrator, but directly to the former client.
5. The Proxy Administrator will provide to the appropriate investment officers (portfolio managers) the proxy solicitations and materials for review if not covered by DRZs guidelines.
6. DRZ shall compare the cost of voting the proxy to the benefit to the client. In the event that the costs of voting appear to outweigh the benefits, DRZ shall document such rationale and maintain the documentation in the permanent file (for example, voting a foreign security may require additional costs that overshadow the benefits) in accordance with the Recordkeeping policy. The Proxy Administrator will then be notified accordingly.
7. The Proxy Administrator and/or the CCO or ACO will reasonably try to assess any material conflicts between DRZs interests and those of its clients with respect to proxy voting by considering the situations identified in the Conflicts of Interest section of this document.
8. So long as there is no material conflicts of interest identified, the Proxy Administrator will vote proxies according to the guidelines set forth above. DRZ may also elect to abstain from voting if it deems such abstinence in its clients best interests. The rationale for the occurrence of voting that deviates from the guidelines will be documented and the documentation will be maintained in the permanent file in accordance with the Recordkeeping policy.
9. If the Proxy Administrator, the CCO or the ACO (the Compliance Officer) detects a conflict of interest, the following process will be followed:
a. The Proxy Administrator, if the identifying party of the conflict will, as soon as reasonably practicable, contact the Compliance Officer of DRZ.
b. The Compliance Officer and a member of the DRZ Proxy Voting Committee (the Committee) will determine the appropriate method of resolution considering the nature of the conflict of interest, the proxy voting deadline, the number of clients involved and other material information related to the matter.
c. The Compliance Officer and appropriate investment personnel will either (i) with the assistance of the appropriate investment personnel, contact the client(s) directly for discussion of the matter and determine if the clients desire to vote the proxy directly or provide its vote to DRZ to vote on their behalf, or (ii) will convene the Committee.
d. If the Compliance Officer elects to contact the clients directly and the clients desire to vote the proxy or provide DRZ with their vote, the Compliance Officer and the Proxy Administrator will provide the clients with the proxy and related information to enable the clients to make an informed decision.
e. Alternatively, if the Compliance Officer concludes the matter should go before the Committee, he will immediately convene the Committee. Members of the Committee include the persons listed on Attachment A, none of which directly reports to another member of the Committee. The Compliance Officer will serve as chairperson.
f. The Compliance Officer, at inception of the Committee meeting, will appoint a Secretary, whose role it will be to keep careful and detailed minutes.
g. The Compliance Officer will identify for the Committee the issuer and proposal to be considered. The Compliance Officer will also identify the conflict of interest that has been detected. The Compliance Officer will also identify the vote that he believes is in the interest of shareholder value and the reasons why.
h. The members of the Committee will then consider the proposal by reviewing the proxy voting materials and any additional documentation a member(s) feels necessary in determining the appropriate vote. Members of the Committee may wish to consider the following questions:
· Whether adoption of the proposal would have a positive or negative impact on the issuers short term or long-term value.
· Whether the issuer has already responded in some appropriate manner to the request embodied in a proposal.
· Whether the proposal itself is well framed and reasonable.
· Whether implementation of the proposal would achieve the objectives sought in the proposal.
· Whether the issues presented would best be handled through government or issuer-specific action.
i. Upon the provision of a reasonable amount of time to consider the proposal, each member of the Committee will in turn announce to the Committee his decision on whether DRZ will vote for or against the proposal. Members of the Committee are prohibited from abstaining from the Committee vote and are prohibited from recommending that DRZ refrain from voting on the proposal, although abstain votes are permitted. The Secretary will record each members vote and the rationale for his decision.
f. After each member of the Committee has announced his vote, the Secretary will tally the votes. The tally will result in one of the following two outcomes:
· If all members of the committee have voted in the same direction on the proposal, all of DRZs proxies for that proposal will be voted in such direction. The Secretary will document the unanimous vote and all minutes will be maintained in the permanent file in accordance with the Recordkeeping policy.
· If a unanimous decision cannot be reached by the Committee, DRZ will, at its expense, engage the services of an outside proxy voting service or consultant who will provide an independent recommendation on the direction in which DRZ should vote on the proposal. The proxy voting services or consultants determination will be binding on DRZ.
10. The Proxy Administrator shall be informed of the results and shall collect and submit the proxy votes in a timely manner.
11. All proxy votes will be recorded on the attached DRZ Proxy Voting Record or in another suitable place. In either case, the following information will be maintained:
1. The name of the issuer of the portfolio security;
2. The exchange ticker symbol of the portfolio security;
3. The Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (CUSIP) number for the portfolio security;
4. The shareholder meeting date;
5. The number of shares DRZ is voting on firm-wide;
6. A brief identification of the matter voted on;
7. Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a security holder;
8. Whether or not DRZ cast its vote on the matter;
9. How DRZ cast its vote (e.g., for or against proposal, or abstain; for or withhold regarding election of directors);
10. Whether DRZ cast its vote with or against management; and
11. Whether any client requested an alternative vote of its proxy.
In the event that DRZ votes the same proxy in two directions, it shall maintain documentation to support its voting (this may occur if a client requires DRZ to vote a certain way on an issue, while DRZ deems it beneficial to vote in the opposite direction for its other clients) in the permanent file in accordance with the Recordkeeping policy.
VI. Conflicts of Interest
The following is a non-exhaustive list of potential conflicts. DRZ continually monitors these potential conflicts to determine if they exist:
· Conflict: DRZ retains an institutional client, or is in the process of retaining an institutional client that is affiliated with an issuer that is held in DRZs client portfolios. For example, DRZ may be retained to manage XYZs pension fund. XYZ is a public company and DRZ client accounts hold shares of XYZ. This type of relationship may influence DRZ to vote with management on proxies to gain favor with management. Such favor may influence XYZs decision to continue its advisory relationship with DRZ.
· Conflict: DRZ retains a client, or is in the process of retaining a client that is an officer or director of an issuer that is held in DRZs client portfolios. The similar conflicts of interest exist in this relationship as discussed above.
· Conflict: DRZs employees maintain a personal and/or business relationship (not an advisory relationship) with issuers or individuals that serve as officers or directors of issuers. For example, the spouse of a DRZ employee may be a high-level executive of an issuer that is held in DRZs client portfolios. The spouse could attempt to influence DRZ to vote in favor of management.
· Conflict: DRZ or an employee(s) personally owns a significant number of an issuers securities that are also held in DRZs client portfolios. For any number of reasons, an employee(s) may seek to vote proxies in a different direction for his/her personal holdings than would otherwise be warranted by the proxy voting policy. The employee(s) could oppose voting the proxies according to the policy and successfully influence the Proxy Administrator to vote proxies in contradiction to the policy.
· Conflict: DRZ or its affiliates has a financial interest in the outcome of a vote, such as when DRZ receives distribution fees (i.e., Rule 12b-1 fees) from mutual funds that are maintained in client accounts and the proxy relates to an increase in 12b-1 fees.
Resolution: Upon the detection of a material conflict of interest, the procedure described under Item 9 of the Procedures for Identification and Voting of Proxies section above will be followed.
We realize that due to the difficulty of predicting and identifying all material conflicts, DRZ must rely on its employees to notify the Compliance Officer of any material conflict that may impair DRZs ability to vote proxies in an objective manner.
In addition, the Compliance Officer will report any attempts by others within DRZ to influence the voting of client proxies in a manner that is inconsistent with the proxy voting policy. The Compliance Officer should report the attempt to DRZs Board of Directors or outside counsel.
VII. Reconciliation
Because DRZ manages institutional clients, large investment positions may be held at a number of different custodians at any given time making it unfeasible for DRZ to reconcile client proxies each time a vote occurs. Therefore, DRZ shall follow these procedures for reconciling proxies:
· On a case-by-case basis, DRZ shall make the determination of whether it deems a proxy to be material. Among other things, DRZ may take the following factors into consideration when making this determination: the nature of the vote and the number of shares held in client accounts versus the total shares outstanding.
· If deemed to be material, DRZ will check to see if the proxy is for a security for which it files a Form 13G.
· If the proxy is deemed to be material and is for a security for which it files a Form 13G, DRZ shall then take steps to reconcile the number of proxies to the number of shares held in client accounts.
The Compliance Officer shall maintain documentation of this reconciliation process. In the event that the proxies are unable to reconcile to the number of shares, the Compliance Officer shall document the reason (i.e. client opted to participate in a securities lending program and therefore does not get to vote proxies for any securities out on loan) and resolution taken, if any.
VIII. Recordkeeping
DRZ must maintain the documentation described in the following section for a period of not less than five (5) years, the first two (2) years at its principal place of business. The Compliance Officer will be responsible for the following procedures and for ensuring that the required documentation is retained.
Client request to review proxy votes :
· Any request, whether written (including e-mail) or oral, received by any employee of DRZ, must be promptly reported to the Compliance Officer. All written requests must be retained in the permanent file in accordance with the Recordkeeping policy.
· The Compliance Officer will record the identity of the client, the date of the request, and the disposition (e.g., provided a written or oral response to clients request, referred to third party, not a proxy voting client, other dispositions, etc.).
· DRZ will make every effort to fulfill each individual client request for Proxy Voting information in the clients prescribed format. In the event that DRZ cannot, and in order to facilitate the management of proxy voting record keeping process, and to facilitate dissemination of such proxy voting records to clients, the Compliance Officer may distribute to any client requesting proxy voting information the COMPLETE proxy voting record of DRZ for the period requested.
Should the COMPLETE proxy voting record by distributed to a client(s), it will contain the following legend: This report contains the full proxy voting record of DRZ. If securities of a particular issuer were held in your account on the date of the shareholder meeting indicated, your proxy was voted in the direction indicated (absent your expressed written direction otherwise).
· Furnish the information requested, free of charge, to the client within a reasonable time period (within 10 business days). Maintain a copy of the written record provided in response to clients written (including e-mail) or oral request. The written response should be attached and maintained with the clients written request, if applicable and maintained in the permanent file in accordance with the Recordkeeping policy.
· Clients are permitted to request the proxy voting record for the 5 year period prior to their request.
Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures:
· This Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures
· Concise Proxy Policy and Procedure separate disclosure document offered to clients annually.
Proxy statements received regarding client securities:
· Upon receipt of a proxy, copy or print a sample of the proxy statement or card and maintain the copy in a central file along with a sample of the proxy solicitation instructions.
Note: DRZ is permitted to rely on proxy statements filed on the SECs EDGAR system instead of keeping its own copies.
Proxy voting records:
· DRZ Proxy Voting Record.
· Documents prepared or created by DRZ that were material to making a decision how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision. This includes Committee Minutes.
· Documentation or notes or any communications received from third parties, other industry analysts, third party service providers, companys management discussions, etc, that were material in the basis for the decision.
IX. Disclosure
· DRZ will ensure that Item 1D of Form ADV, Part II is updated as necessary to reflect: (i) all material changes to the Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures; and (ii) regulatory requirements.
X. Proxy Solicitation
As a matter of practice, it is DRZs policy to not reveal or disclose to any client how DRZ may have voted (or intends to vote) on a particular proxy until after such proxies have been counted at a shareholders meeting. DRZ will never disclose such information to unrelated third parties.
The CCO is to be promptly informed of the receipt of any solicitation from any person to vote proxies on behalf of clients. At no time may any employee accept any remuneration in the solicitation of proxies. The CCO shall handle all responses to such solicitations.
XI. Class Actions
If Class Action documents are received by DRZ on behalf of its Funds, DRZ will ensure that the Funds either participate in, or opt out of, any class action settlements received. DRZ will determine if it is in the best interest of the Funds to recover monies from a class action. The Portfolio Manager covering the company will determine the action to be taken when receiving class action notices. In the event DRZ opts out of a class action settlement, DRZ will maintain documentation of any cost/benefit analysis to support its decision.
If Class Action documents are received by DRZ for a private client, i.e. separate managed account, DRZ will gather any requisite information it has and forward to the client, to enable the client to file the Class Action at the clients discretion. The decision of whether to participate in the recovery or opt-out may be a legal one that DRZ is not qualified to make for the client. Therefore DRZ will not file Class Actions on behalf of any client.
Class Action documents received after the termination date of a client relationship will be delivered to the last known address of the client or to the intermediary who distributed the documents with a written or oral statement indicating that the advisory relationship has been terminated and that the documents should be forwarded to the last known address of the client. The statement will further indicate that future documents for the named client should not be delivered to DRZ, but directly to the client.
ATTACHMENT A
DEPRINCE, RACE & ZOLLO, INC.
LIST OF PROXY VOTING COMMITTEE MEMBERS
The following is a list, as of July 1, 2003, of the members of DRZs proxy voting committee:
Member 1 |
John D. Race |
|
|
Member 2 |
Gregory M. DePrince |
|
|
Member 3 |
Victor A. Zollo, Jr. |
Barrow Hanley Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC
Proxy Voting
For clients who so elect, BHMS has the responsibility to vote proxies for portfolio securities consistent with the best economic interests of the beneficial owners. BHMS maintains written policies and procedures as to the handling, research, voting, and reporting of proxy voting and makes appropriate disclosures about the Firms proxy policies and procedures to clients. BHMS provides information to clients about how their proxies were voted and retains records related to proxy voting.
To assist in the proxy voting process, BHMS retains the services of Glass Lewis & Co. Glass Lewis provides research on corporate governance, financial statements, business, legal and accounting risk and supplies proxy voting recommendations. Glass Lewis also provides proxy execution, record keeping, and reporting services.
Proxy Oversight Committee
· BHMS Proxy Oversight Committee reviews and evaluates the data and recommendations provided by the proxy service along with its own internal research on each company to ensure that all votes are consistent with the Firms policies and are in the best interest of the beneficial owners. Every proxy vote must be approved by BHMS before submitting to the proxy service provider.
· The Proxy Oversight Committee includes two portfolio managers, five research analysts, one client service specialist and one proxy coordinator. Research analysts participate based on industry coverage.
Conflicts of Interest
· All proxies are voted uniformly in accordance with the Firms policies, including proxies of companies that are also clients, thereby eliminating any potential conflicts of interest.
Policies and Procedures
The Director of Equity Operations, who serves as proxy coordinator, is responsible for implementing and monitoring BHMS proxy voting policy, procedures, disclosures and recordkeeping, including outlining our voting guidelines in our procedures. The Proxy Oversight Committee conducts regular reviews to monitor and ensure that the Firms policy is observed, implemented properly, and amended or updated, as appropriate.
· BHMS sends a daily electronic transfer of all stock positions to the proxy service provider.
· The proxy service provider identifies all accounts eligible to vote for each security and posts the proposals and research on its secure, proprietary online system.
· Any new or controversial issues are presented to the Proxy Oversight Committee for evaluation.
· Domestic Equity Accounts
The proxy coordinator reviews each proposal and evaluates the proxy service providers recommendations. If further research is required, the proxy coordinator will direct the proxy service providers research to the analyst following the security. Generally, proposals are voted in accordance with the proxy service providers recommendations unless BHMS overrides a specific issue. The proxy coordinator approves all voting decisions through the proxy service providers secure, proprietary, online system.
Small Cap Equity Accounts
The small cap portfolio management team reviews every small cap proxy proposal and decides how each will be voted on a case-by-case basis. The proxy coordinator approves all voting decisions to the proxy service provider through its secure, proprietary, online system.
International Value and Diversified Small Cap Value Accounts
All proxies are voted uniformly in accordance with the proxy service providers recommendations.
· The proxy service provider verifies that every vote is received, voted, and recorded.
· BHMS sends a proxy report to each client, at least annually (or as requested by client), listing the number of shares voted and disclosing how each proxy was voted.
· All voting records are retained on the network, which is backed up daily. The proxy service provider retains records for seven years.
· BHMS guidelines addressing specific issues are available upon request by calling 214-665-1900 or by e-mailing: clientservices@barrowhanley.com.
· BHMS will identify any conflicts that exist between the interests of the Firm and the client by reviewing the relationship of the Firm with the issuer of each security to determine whether the Firm or any of its employees have any financial, business, or personal relationship with the issuer.
· If a material conflict of interest exists, the proxy coordinator will determine whether it is appropriate to disclose the conflict with the affected clients, to give the clients an opportunity to vote the proxies themselves, or to address the voting issue through other objective means, such as voting in a manner consistent with a predetermined voting policy or receiving an independent third party voting recommendation.
· BHMS will maintain a record of the voting resolution of any conflict of interest.
· The proxy coordinator retains the following proxy records in accordance with the SECs five-year retention requirement:
· These policies and procedures and any amendments;
· A record of each vote cast; and
· Any document BHMS created that was material to making a decision on how to vote proxies, or that memorializes that decision.
The director of equity operations, who serves as proxy coordinator, is responsible for implementing and monitoring BHMS proxy voting policy, procedures, disclosures and recordkeeping, including outlining the Firms voting guidelines in its procedures.
Revised December 31, 2011
FIFTH THIRD ASSET MANAGEMENT
Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures
Policy
FTAM shall vote proxies of the Funds in accordance with the policies/guidelines of an independent service provider (currently, Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS)), unless (1) FTAM determines that it is not in the best interest of the Fund to vote in accordance with ISS policies/guidelines or (2) ISS does not provide a recommendation with respect to the particular matter. In both cases, FTAM will make the decision as to how proxies should be voted, provided, however, that the vote does not present a conflict between interests of the Fund, on the one hand, and those of FTAM, on the other.
Fiduciary Duty
The right to vote a proxy with respect to portfolio securities held in portfolios of the Funds is an asset of the Funds. FTAM acknowledges that it acts as a fiduciary of the Funds and that it will vote proxies in a manner consistent with the best interest of the Funds and its shareholders.
PART C. OTHER INFORMATION
Item 28. Exhibits:
(a)(1) |
Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated May 19, 1993 and Amendment No. 1 dated May 24, 1994, Amendment No. 2 dated February 28, 1997 and Amendment No. 3 dated August 11, 1997, are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 36 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 002-80859), filed with the SEC on July 31, 1998. |
|
|
(a)(2) |
Amendment No. 4 to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated February 12, 1998 and Amendments to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated March 16, 2000 and April 6, 2000 are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 002-80859), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2000. |
|
|
(a)(3) |
Amendments to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated September 21, 2000 and March 27, 2001 are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2001. |
|
|
(a)(4) |
Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated August 28, 2002 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 48 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on September 6, 2002. |
|
|
(a)(5) |
Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated November 7, 2002 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2003. |
|
|
(a)(6) |
Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated April 14, 2004 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 30, 2004. |
|
|
(a)(7) |
Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated January 3, 2006 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on March 1, 2006. |
|
|
(a)(8) |
Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated September 30, 2004 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(8) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 70 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on February 2, 2009. |
|
|
(a)(9) |
Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated February 22, 2006 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(9) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 70 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on February 2, 2009. |
|
|
(a)(10) |
Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated August 15, 2006 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(10) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 70 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on February 2, 2009. |
(a)(11) |
Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated March 22, 2007 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(11) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 70 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on February 2, 2009. |
|
|
(a)(12) |
Amendments to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (1)(l) of Post Effective No. 1 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597), filed with the SEC on November 30, 2011. |
|
|
(a)(13) |
Amendment to Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust is filed herewith. |
|
|
(b) |
By-Laws and Amendments to By-Laws dated July 17, 1984 and April 5, 1989 are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 36 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 31, 1998. |
|
|
(c) |
Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (c) of Post- Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012. |
|
|
(d)(1)(a) |
Advisory Agreement with Touchstone Advisors, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2007. |
|
|
(d)(1)(b) |
Form of Amended and Restated Schedule I to the Advisory Agreement with Touchstone Advisors, Inc. is filed herewith. |
|
|
(d)(1)(c) |
Amendment to the Advisory Agreement with Touchstone Advisors, Inc. is filed herewith. |
|
|
(d)(2) |
Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Westfield Capital Management Company, L.P. with respect to the Mid Cap Growth Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 73 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 29, 2010. |
|
|
(d)(3) |
Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Navellier & Associates, Inc. for the Large Cap Growth Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 29, 2009. |
|
|
(d)(4) |
Amendment to Sub-Advisory Agreement with Navellier & Associates, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(vi)(b) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on June 2, 2005. |
|
|
(d)(5) |
Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Westfield Capital Management Company, L.P. with respect to the Growth Opportunities Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(11) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 68 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2008. |
|
|
(d)(6) |
Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(15) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2007. |
(d)(7) |
Addendum to Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(16) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2007. |
|
|
(d)(8) |
Addendum to Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(14) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 68 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2008. |
|
|
(d)(9) |
Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(9) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 78 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on October 24, 2011. |
|
|
(d)(10) |
Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement dated April 16, 2012 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Ibbotson Associates, Inc. with respect to the Touchstone Balanced Allocation Fund, Touchstone Conservative Allocation Fund, Touchstone Growth Allocation Fund and Touchstone Moderate Growth Allocation Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6(k) of Post Effective No. 2 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597) filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012. |
|
|
(d)(11) |
Sub-Advisory Agreement dated April 16, 2012 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Analytic Investors, LLC with respect to the Touchstone Dynamic Equity Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6(l) of Post Effective No. 2 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597) filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012. |
|
|
(d)(12) |
Sub-Advisory Agreement dated April 16, 2012 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Analytic Investors, LLC with respect to the Touchstone U.S. Long/Short Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6(m) of Post Effective No. 2 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597) filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012. |
|
|
(d)(13) |
Sub-Advisory Agreement dated April 16, 2012 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC with respect to the Touchstone Value Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6(n) of Post Effective No. 2 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597) filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012. |
|
|
(d)(14) |
Sub-Advisory Agreement dated April 16, 2012 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Copper Rock Capital Partners, LLC with respect to the Touchstone International Small Cap Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6(o) of Post Effective No. 2 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597) filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012. |
|
|
(d)(15) |
Sub-Advisory Agreement dated April 16, 2012 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Copper Rock Capital Partners, LLC with respect to the Touchstone Emerging Growth Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6(p) of Post Effective No. 2 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597) filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012. |
|
|
(d)(15) |
Sub-Advisory Agreement dated April 16, 2012 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC with respect to the Touchstone Mid Cap Value Opportunities Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6(q) of Post Effective No. 2 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597) filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012. |
(d)(16) |
Sub-Advisory Agreement dated April 16, 2012 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC with respect to the Touchstone Small Cap Value Opportunities Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6(r) of Post Effective No. 2 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597) filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012. |
|
|
(d)(17) |
Sub-Advisory Agreement dated April 16, 2012 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Fort Washington Investment Advisers, Inc. with respect to the Touchstone Focused Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6(s) of Post Effective No. 2 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597) filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012. |
|
|
(d)(18) |
Sub-Advisory Agreement dated April 16, 2012 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Acadian Asset Management LLC with respect to the Touchstone International Equity Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6(t) of Post Effective No. 2 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597) filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012. |
|
|
(d)(19) |
Sub-Advisory Agreement dated April 16, 2012 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Ashfield Capital Partners, LLC with respect to the Touchstone Capital Growth Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6(u) of Post Effective No. 2 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597) filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012. |
|
|
(d)(20) |
Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc. with respect to the Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund and the Touchstone Strategic Income Fund is filed herewith. |
|
|
(d)(21) |
Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and DePrince, Race & Zollo, Inc. with respect to the Touchstone Small Company Value Fund is filed herewith. |
|
|
(d)(22) |
Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC with respect to the Touchstone International Value Fund is filed herewith. |
|
|
(e)(1) |
Distribution Agreement with Touchstone Securities, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (e)(i) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2001. |
|
|
(e)(2) |
Form of Underwriters Dealer Agreement is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (e) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 56 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on September 10, 2004. |
|
|
(f) |
Touchstone Trustee Deferred Compensation Plan is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (f) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 29, 2009. |
|
|
(g) |
Custodian Agreement with Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 68 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2008. |
|
|
(h)(1) |
Recordkeeping Agreement is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(vii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on March 5, 2004. |
|
|
(h)(2) |
Amended Administration Agreement with Touchstone Advisors, Inc. dated January 1, 2007 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(8) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2007. |
(h)(3) |
Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012. |
|
|
(h)(3)(i) |
Amendment to the Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit 13(d) of Post Effective No. 2 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597) filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012. |
|
|
(h)(4) |
Transfer Agency and Shareholder Services Agreement with BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012. |
|
|
(h)(4)(i) |
Amendment to the Transfer Agency Agreement and Shareholder Services Agreement with BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit 13(f) of Post Effective No. 2 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597) filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012. |
|
|
(h)(5) |
State Filing Services Agreement between the Registrant and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., dated December 5, 2011 is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(5) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012. |
|
|
(h)(5)(i) |
Amended and Restated Schedule A to the State Filing Services Agreement between the Registrant and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit 13(h) of Post Effective No. 2 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597) filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012. |
|
|
(h)(6) |
Allocation Agreement for Allocation of Fidelity Bond Proceeds is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(6) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012. |
|
|
(h)(7) |
Amended Expense Limitation Agreement with Touchstone Advisors, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (13)(h) of Post Effective No. 2 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File Nos. 333-168093 and 811-03651) filed with the SEC on July 14, 2010. |
|
|
(h)(8) |
Amendment to Amended Expense Limitation Agreement with Touchstone Advisors, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(9) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 29, 2009. |
|
|
(h)(9) |
Expense Limitation Agreement with Touchstone Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Touchstone Dynamic Equity Fund, Touchstone Emerging Growth Fund, Touchstone International Equity Fund, Touchstone Conservative Allocation Fund, Touchstone Balanced Allocation Fund, Touchstone Moderate Growth Allocation Fund, Touchstone Growth Allocation Fund, Touchstone U.S. Long/Short Fund, Touchstone Value Fund, Touchstone International Small Cap Fund, Touchstone Capital Growth Fund, Touchstone Mid Cap Value Opportunities Fund, Touchstone Small Cap Value Opportunities Fund and Touchstone Focused Fund is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit 13(l) of Post Effective No. 2 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-177597) filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012. |
(h)(10) |
Form of Expense Limitation Agreement with respect to Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund, Touchstone Small Company Value Fund, Touchstone International Value Fund and Touchstone Strategic Income Fund is filed herewith. |
|
|
(i) |
Opinion and Consent of Counsel is filed herewith. |
|
|
(j) |
Auditors Consent is filed herewith. |
|
|
(k) |
Not Applicable. |
|
|
(l) |
Copy of Letter of Initial Stockholder, which was filed as an Exhibit to Registrants Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1, is hereby incorporated by reference. |
|
|
(m)(1) |
Registrants Plans of Distribution Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 for Class A Shares and Class C Shares are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (m)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2000. |
|
|
(m)(2) |
Registrants Plan of Distribution Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 for Class B Shares is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (m)(ii) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on August 1, 2001. |
|
|
(m)(3) |
Registrants Plan of Distribution Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 for Class A Shares with respect to the Touchstone Dynamic Equity Fund, Touchstone Emerging Growth Fund, Touchstone International Equity Fund, Touchstone Conservative Allocation Fund, Touchstone Balanced Allocation Fund, Touchstone Moderate Growth Allocation Fund, Touchstone Growth Allocation Fund, Touchstone U.S. Long/Short Fund, Touchstone Value Fund, Touchstone International Small Cap Fund, Touchstone Capital Growth Fund, Touchstone Mid Cap Value Opportunities Fund, Touchstone Small Cap Value Opportunities Fund Touchstone Focused Fund, Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund, Touchstone Small Company Value Fund, Touchstone International Value Fund and Touchstone Strategic Income Fund is filed herewith. |
|
|
(m)(4) |
Registrants Plan of Distribution Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 for Class C Shares with respect to the Touchstone Dynamic Equity Fund, Touchstone Emerging Growth Fund, Touchstone International Equity Fund, Touchstone Conservative Allocation Fund, Touchstone Balanced Allocation Fund, Touchstone Moderate Growth Allocation Fund, Touchstone Growth Allocation Fund, Touchstone U.S. Long/Short Fund, Touchstone Value Fund, Touchstone International Small Cap Fund, Touchstone Capital Growth Fund, Touchstone Mid Cap Value Opportunities Fund, Touchstone Small Cap Value Opportunities Fund, Touchstone Focused Fund, Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund, Touchstone Small Company Value Fund, Touchstone International Value Fund and Touchstone Strategic Income Fund is filed herewith. |
|
|
(n) |
Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Plan is filed herewith. |
|
|
(o) |
Reserved. |
|
|
(p)(1) |
Code of Ethics for Touchstone Advisors, Inc., Touchstone Strategic Trust and Touchstone Securities, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012. |
|
|
(p)(2) |
Code of Ethics for Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012. |
(p)(3) |
Code of Ethics for Westfield Capital Management Company, L.P. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 29, 2009. |
|
|
(p)(4) |
Code of Ethics for Navellier & Associates is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on July 30, 2004. |
|
|
(p)(5) |
Code of Ethics for Analytic Investors, LLC is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(5) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012.. |
|
|
(p)(6) |
Code of Ethics for Ibbotson Associates, Inc. is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(6) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012. |
|
|
(p)(7) |
Code of Ethics for Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC is filed herewith. |
|
|
(p)(8) |
Code of Ethics for Copper Rock Capital Partners, LLC is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(8) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012. |
|
|
(p)(9) |
Code of Ethics for Acadian Asset Management LLC is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(9) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012. |
|
|
(p)(10) |
Code of Ethics for Ashfield Capital Partners, LLC is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(10) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012. |
|
|
(p)(11) |
Code of Ethics for Thompson Siegel & Walmsley, LLC is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(11) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012. |
|
|
(p)(12) |
Code of Ethics for DePrince, Race & Zollo, Inc. is filed herewith. |
|
|
(p)(13) |
Code of Ethics for Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc. is filed herewith. |
|
|
(q) |
Powers of Attorney are herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(5) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651), filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012. |
Item 29. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Registrant
None
Item 30. Indemnification
(a) Article VI of the Registrants Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification of officers and Trustees as follows:
Section 6.4 Indemnification of Trustees, Officers, etc.
The Trust shall indemnify each of its Trustees and officers, including persons who serve at the Trusts request as directors, officers or trustees of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (hereinafter referred to as a Covered Person) against all liabilities, including but not limited to amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and expenses, including reasonable accountants and counsel fees, incurred by any Covered Person in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or legislative body, in which such Covered Person may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such person may be or may have been threatened, while in office or thereafter, by reason of being or having been such a Trustee or officer, director or trustee, and except that no Covered Person shall be indemnified against any liability to the Trust or its Shareholders to which such Covered Person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Persons office (disabling conduct). Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, no Covered Person shall be indemnified for any liability to the Trust or its Shareholders to which such Covered Person would otherwise be subject unless (1) a final decision on the merits is made by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that the Covered Person to be indemnified was not liable by reason of disabling conduct or, (2) in the absence of such a decision, a reasonable determination is made, based upon a review of the facts, that the Covered Person was not liable by reason of disabling conduct, by (a) the vote of a majority of a quorum of Trustees who are neither interested persons of the Company as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 nor parties to the proceeding disinterested, non-party Trustees), or (b) an independent legal counsel in a written opinion.
Section 6.5 Advances of Expenses.
The Trust shall advance attorneys fees or other expenses incurred by a Covered Person in defending a proceeding, upon the undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay the advance unless it is ultimately determined that such Covered Person is entitled to indemnification, so long as one of the following conditions is met: (i) the Covered Person shall provide security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the disinterested non-party Trustees of the Trust, or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Covered Person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
Section 6.6 Indemnification Not Exclusive, etc.
The right of indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any such Covered Person may be entitled. As used in this Article VI, Covered Person shall include such persons heirs, executors and administrators, an interested Covered Person is one against whom the action, suit or other proceeding in question or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending or threatened, and a disinterested person is a person against whom none of such actions, suits or other proceedings or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending or threatened. Nothing contained in this article shall affect any rights to indemnification to which personnel of the Trust, other than Trustees and officers, and other persons may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law, nor the power of the Trust to purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of any such person.
(b) The Registrant maintains a mutual fund and investment advisory professional and directors and officers liability policy. The policy provides coverage to the Registrant, its trustees and officers and includes losses by reason of any act, error, omission, misstatement, misleading statement, neglect or breach of duty. The Registrant may not pay for insurance that protects the Trustees and officers against liabilities rising from action involving willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of their offices.
The Advisory Agreements and the Subadvisory Agreements provide that Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (or a Subadvisor) shall not be liable for any act or omission in the course of rendering services, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard by Touchstone (or a Subadvisor) of its obligations under the Agreement.
Item 31. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISORS
A. Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the Advisor) is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to the Touchstone Fund Complex. The following list sets forth the business and other connections of the directors and executive officers of the Advisor. Unless otherwise noted, the address of the corporations listed below is 303 Broadway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202.
*The address is 400 Broadway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202.
(1) Jill T. McGruder CEO and Director Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) President and Chief Executive Officer-IFS Financial Services, Inc.
(b) President and Chief Executive Officer-Integrity Life Insurance Co.
(c) President and Chief Executive Officer- National Integrity Life Insurance Co.
(d) President and Chief Executive Officer- Capital Analysts, Inc.
(e) President -Touchstone Fund Complex
(f) Senior Vice President-Western & Southern Financial Group*
(g) Senior Vice President-W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*
(h) Director Western & Southern Financial Group*, Capital Analysts, Inc., IFS Financial Services, Inc., Integrity Life Insurance Co., National Integrity Life Insurance Company, Touchstone Securities, Inc., Western & Southern Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*, LaRosas, Inc. (2334 Boudinot Avenue Cincinnati, OH 45238)
(2) Donald J. Wuebbling Director -Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) Director-AM Concepts, Inc.*, Touchstone Securities, Inc., IFS Agency Services, Inc., W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, Eagle Realty Investments, Inc.*, Insurance Profillment Solutions, LLC.*, Capital Analysts Inc., Integrity Life Insurance Company,* National Integrity Life Insurance Company,* WestAd Inc*, Eagle Realty Group, LLC.*, IFS Financial Services, Inc., Western & Southern Agency Services, Inc.*, Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc., W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*, Columbus Insurance Company*, IIS Broadway*
(3) Richard K. Taulbee -Vice President-Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) Vice President-Capital Analysts, Inc., Eagle Realty Group, LLC.*, Eagle Realty Investments*, IFS Financial Services, Inc., IIS Broadway Corporation*, Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company, Western & Southern Life Insurance Company*, Touchstone Securities, Inc., WestAd, Inc.*, W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*, W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, Western & Southern Agency Service, Inc.*, IFS Agency Services, Inc.*
(4) James J. Vance -Vice President & Treasurer-Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) Vice President & Treasurer-Western & Southern Life Insurance Company*, Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc., IFS Financial Services, Inc., IFS Agency Services, Inc., W&S Financial
Group Distributors, Inc.*, Touchstone Securities, Inc., Columbus Life Insurance Company*, Eagle Realty Group, LLC*, Eagle Realty Investments, Inc.*, Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company, WestAd Inc.*, AM Concepts, Inc*.
(b) Treasurer-W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*, Fort Washington Capital Partners, LLC., Insurance Profillment Solutions*, Tristate Ventures, LLC.*
(5) Terrie A. Wiedenheft Chief Financial Officer - Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operations Officer- IFS Financial Services, Inc.
(b) Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer - W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.* and Touchstone Securities, Inc.
(c) Chief Financial Officer- Capital Analysts, Inc.
(d) Senior Vice President Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.
(e) Treasurer & Controller-Touchstone Fund Complex
(6) James N. Clark Director-Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) Vice President, Director and Secretary-Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company*, Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc.*, Western & Southern Life Assurance Company*, Western-Southern Life Assurance Company.*
(b) Director and Secretary-WestAd, Inc.*
(c) Director-Columbus Life Insurance Company*, Eagle Realty Group, LLC.*, Eagle Realty Investments, Inc.*, IFS Agency Services, Inc., Touchstone Securities, Inc., W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, Capital Analysts, Inc., AM Concepts*, IFS Financial Services, Western & Southern Agency Services, Inc.*, Lafayette Life Insurance Company*, Western & Southern Agency Services, Inc.
(7) Rhonda S. Malone-Secretary-Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) Secretary-Touchstone Securities, Inc., W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*, W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, IFS Agency Services Inc.
(b) Associate Counsel Securities-Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc.*
(8) Steven M. Graziano - President-Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) Vice President -Touchstone Fund Complex
(b) President Touchstone Securities, Inc.
(9) Joseph Melcher Vice President & Chief Compliance Officer- Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) Chief Compliance Officer Touchstone Fund Complex, Touchstone Securities, Inc. and W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*
(10) Timothy D. Paulin Senior Vice President, Investment Research and Product Management Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a) Vice President -Touchstone Fund Complex
B. Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc. (Fort Washington) is a registered investment adviser that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund and the Touchstone Focused Fund. Fort Washington serves as the Sub-Advisor to Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust,
Touchstone Funds Group Trust and certain series of Touchstone Variable Series Trust. Fort Washington also provides investment advice to institutional and individual clients. The address of Fort Washington is 303 Broadway, Cincinnati Ohio 45202. *The address is 400 Broadway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202.
The following list sets forth the business and other connections of the directors and executive officers of Fort Washington.
(1) Maribeth S. Rahe, President and Director
(a) Chairman of the Board Capital Analysts Incorporated; Board Member, Budget/Finance Committee of Cincinnati USA Regional Chamber; Advisory Council, Center for Womens Business Research; Life Trustee, New York Landmarks conservancy; Life Trustee, Rush-Presbyterian-St. Lukes Medical center; Board Member, Consolidated Communications Illinois Holdings Inc.; Vice Chairman, Cincinnati Arts Association; Advisory Board, Sisters of Notre Dame de Namur; Advisory Board, Xavier University; Advisory Board CincyTech USA; Investment Committee, United Way of Cincinnati; Board Member, First Financial Bank Corp.
(b) President of Tristate Ventures, LLC*
(c) Director, Eagle Realty Group
(d) President & CEO, Peppertree Partners
(2) Nicholas P. Sargen, Chief Investment Officer and Director
(a) Senior Vice President & Chief Investment Officer of The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company, Western and Southern Life Assurance Company, Columbus Life Insurance Company, Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company, Western and Southern Financial Group, Inc., and Western and Southern Mutual Holding Company
(b) Chief Investment Officer of Tristate Ventures, LLC*
(c) Board of Trustees, Treasurer, Good Samaritan Hospital;
(d) Chairman, Xavier Department of Finance Advisory Board
(e) Chief Investment Officer, Peppertree Partners
(3) John F. Barrett, Chairman and Director
(a) President, Director and Chief Executive Officer of The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company, Western-Southern Life Assurance Company and Western & Southern Financial Group, Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company
(b) Trustee of Touchstone Variable Series Trust, Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, Touchstone Strategic Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust and Touchstone Institutional Funds Trust
(c) A Director and Chairman of Columbus Life Insurance Company, Integrity Life Insurance Company and National Integrity Life Insurance Company
(d) A Director of Eagle Realty Group LLC, Eagle Realty Investments, Inc., Capital Analysts, Inc. Lafayette Life Insurance Company
(e) Director, Chairman & CEO of WestAd, Inc.
(f) President & Director of Western & Southern Financial Fund
(g) Board Member, Convergys Corp, Cintas Corporation
(4) Brendan M. White, Managing Director & Senior Portfolio Manager
(a) Director, The Friars Club
(5) James A. Markley, Managing Director
(a) Trustee, Board Member, Corbett Foundation
(6) Roger M. Lanham, Managing Director
(7) John J. OConnor, Managing Director
(a) Board of Directors, Friars Club Foundation and SC Ministry Foundation
(b) Investment Committee, Province of St John the Baptist
(8) Timothy J. Policinksi, Managing Director
(9) Michele Hawkins, Chief Compliance Officer & Vice President
(a) Advisory Board Member, Xavier University Cintas Institute for Business Ethics & Social Responsibility
(10) Margaret C. Bell, Managing Director
(11) Robert L. Walker, Director
(a) Director of Eagle Realty Group, LLC, Integrity Life Insurance
(b) Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company, Lafayette Life Insurance Company, Columbus Life Insurance Company, Computer Services, Inc. and Tri-Health
(c) Chief Financial Officer of The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company
(d) Board of Trustees, Bethesda Inc.
(12) Richard Jandrain III - Managing Director
(13) Terrie A. Wiedenheft, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer - See biography above
(14) James J. Vance, Vice President & Treasurer See biography above.
(15) Stephen A. Baker, Managing Director of Private Equity
(a) Board of Trustees, Walnut Hills High School Alumni Foundation, Greater Cincinnati Rowing Foundation, Fortis Security Products, LLC, CH Mack, Inc.
(b) Manager, Peppertree Partners, LLC
(16) Christopher L. Baucom, Managing Director of Private Equity
(a) Director of Cincinnati Opera
(b) Manager, Peppertree Partners, LLC
(17) John P. Bessone, Vice President
(a) Board Member, Aspen Avionics, Lumidign, Inc., Earthstone International
(18) Paul D. Cohn, Vice President of Private Equity
(19) Rance G. Duke, Vice President and Sr. Portfolio Manager
(a) Board Member, Chairman, Spring Grove Cemetery; Board Member, Bethesda Foundation; Board Member, Investment Committee, Bethesda, Inc. and YMCA of Greater Cincinnati
(b) Member, United Way, Red Cross Partnership Committee
(20) Thomas L. Finn, Vice President and Sr. Portfolio Manager
(a) Board Member, The Cincinnati Foundation for the Aged and Beechwood Foundation
(b) Investment Committee, YMCA
(21) Mark A. Frietch, Managing Director/Investment Operations and Marketing
(22) John J. Goetz, Vice President and Sr. Portfolio Manager,
(a) Money Market Advisory Committee, Investment Company Institute
(23) Daniel J. Kapusta, Vice President and Sr. Portfolio Manager
(24) Howard R. Lodge, Vice President and Sr. Portfolio Manager
(25) Bihag N. Patel, Vice President & Sr. Portfolio Manager
(26) David K. Robinson, Vice President & Sr. Portfolio Manager
(27) Charles A. Ulbricht, Vice President and Sr. Portfolio Manager
(28) Scott D. Weston, Vice President and Sr. Portfolio Manager
(a) Financial Advisory Board, Mariemont School District
(29) Stephen Ball, Vice President
(30) Marty Flesher, Vice President
(31) Jeff Meek, Vice President and Senior Financial Officer
(a) Treasurer, Peppertree Partners LLC
(32) Jonathan Niemeyer, Secretary
(a) Board of Directors, The Pro Foundation Inc., Board of Advisors, David Pollacks Empower Foundation
(b) Sr. Vice President, General Counsel, Columbus Life Insurance Company
(c) Assistant Secretary, Peppertree Partners, LLC
(33) Jamie Wilhelm, Vice President
(a) Board Member, Xavier Student Fund
(34) Don Wuebbling, Director
(a) Secretary & Counsel, The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company, The Western and Southern Life Assurance Company, Western and Southern Financial Group, Western and Southern Mutual Holding Co.
(b) Director, Touchstone Advisors, Inc., Touchstone Securities, Inc., W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc., IFS Systems, Inc., IFS Holdings, Inc., Capital Analysts Incorporated, Integrity Life Insurance Company, W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.
(c) Secretary & Counsel, Columbus Life Insurance Company; Secretary & Director, Eagle Realty Group, LLC, IFS Financial Services
(35) William Creviston, Vice President
(36) Douglas Kelsey, Vice President
(37) Jeremiah Moore, Vice President
(38) Barry D. Pavlo, Vice President
(39) William Sena, Jr. Vice President
(40) P. Gregory Williams, Vice President
C. Westfield Capital Management Company, L.P. (WESTFIELD) is a registered adviser providing sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Mid Cap Growth Fund and the Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund. The address of Westfield is One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111. The following are executive officers and directors of Westfield:
WMS Management, LLC is the sole managing member of WMS General Partner LLC, the general partner for Westfield. WMS Management is wholly-owned by Westfields management team. An executive management committee composed of William A. Muggia, Matthew W. Strobeck, Karen A. DiGravio, Morton L. Fearey, II and Hamlen Thompson oversees the operations of WMS Management. In addition to the executive management committee, Steve P. Wilner, Vice President, Kimberly A. DAgostino, Vice President, John M. Montgomery, Partner, and Helen L. McAuley, Vice President, perform policy-making functions.
D. Navellier & Associates, Inc. (Navellier) is a registered advisor providing sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund. The address of Navellier is One East Liberty Street, Third Floor, Reno, Nevada. The following are officers of Navellier.
(1) Louis G. Navellier, Chief Executive Officer
(2) Arjen P. Kuyper, President, Chief Operating Officer & Chief Compliance Officer
(3) Peter R. Knapp, Vice President
(4) Keith M. Basso, Vice President
(5) James H. OLeary, Vice President
E. Analytic Investors, LLC (Analytic) is a registered investment adviser that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Dynamic Equity Fund and the Touchstone U.S. Long/Short Fund. The address of Analytic is 555 West Fifth Street, 50th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90013.
The directors and officers of Analytic are provided on Analytics most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 104963; SEC File No. 801-07082), which is incorporated herein by reference. The only employment of a substantial nature of each of Analytics directors and officers is with Analytic and its affiliated companies, except as noted below.
Roger Clarke: President of Ensign Peak Advisors (since 9/2007), Director of Bonneville Holding Corporation (since 2000), Director of Deseret Mutual Insurance Company (since 2006) and Deseret Trust Company (since 1996).
F. Ashfield Capital Partners, LLC (Ashfield) is a registered investment adviser that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Capital Growth Fund. The address of Ashfield is 750 Battery Street, Suite 600, San Francisco, California 94111.
The directors and officers of Ashfield are provided on Ashfieldss most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 142580; SEC File No. 801-67426), which is incorporated herein by reference. The only employment of a substantial nature of each of Ashfields directors and officers is with Ashfield and its affiliated companies.
G. Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss LLC (Barrow Hanley) is a registered investment adviser that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Value Fund and the Touchstone International Value Fund. The address of Barrow Hanley is 2200 Ross Avenue, 31st Floor, Dallas, Texas 75201.
The directors and officers of Barrow Hanley are provided on Barrow Hanleys most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 105519; SEC File No. 801-31237), which is incorporated herein by reference. The only employment of a substantial nature of each of Barrow Hanleys directors and officers is with Barrow Hanley and its affiliated companies.
H. Copper Rock Capital Partner LLC (Copper Rock) is a registered investment adviser that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Emerging Growth Fund and the Touchstone International Small Cap Fund. The address of Copper Rock is 200 Clarendon Street, 51st Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.
The directors and officers of Copper Rock are provided on Copper Rocks most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 134176; SEC File No. 801-63900), which is incorporated herein by reference. The only employment of a substantial nature of each of Copper Rocks directors and officers is with Copper Rock and its affiliated companies.
I. Thomas, Siegel & Walmsley LLC (TS&W) is a registered investment adviser that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Mid Cap Value Opportunities Fund and the Touchstone Small Cap Value Opportunities Fund. The address of TS&W is 6806 Paragon Place, Suite 300, Richmond, Virginia 23230.
The directors and officers of TS&W are provided on TS&Ws most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 105726; SEC File No. 801-06273), which is incorporated herein by reference. The only employment of a substantial nature of each of TS&Ws directors and officers is with TS&W and its affiliated companies.
J. Ibbotson Associates, Inc. (Ibbotson) is a registered investment adviser that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Conservative Allocation Fund, the Touchstone Balanced Allocation Fund, the Touchstone Moderate Growth Allocation Fund and the Touchstone Growth Allocation Fund. The address of Ibbotson is 22 West Washington Street, Chicago, Illinois 60602.
The directors and officers of Ibbotson are provided on Ibbotsons most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 111057; SEC File No. 801-57505), which is incorporated herein by reference. The only employment of a substantial nature of each of Ibbotsons directors and officers is with Ibbotson and its affiliated companies.
K. Acadian Asset Management LLC (Acadian) is a registered investment adviser that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone International Equity Fund. The address of Acadian is One Post Office Square, 20th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02109.
The directors and officers of Acadian are provided on Acadians most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 106609; SEC File No. 801-28078), which is incorporated herein by reference. The only employment of a substantial nature of each of Acadians directors and officers is with Acadian and its affiliated companies.
L. DePrince, Race & Zollo, Inc. (DRZ) is a registered investment adviser that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Small Company Value Fund. The address of DRZ is 250 Park Avenue South, Suite 250, Winter Park, FL, 32789.
The directors and officers of DRZ are provided on DRZs most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 112099; SEC File No. 801-48779), which is incorporated herein by reference. The only employment of a substantial nature of each of DRZs directors and officers is with DRZ.
M. Fifth Third Asset Management Inc. (FTAM) is a registered investment adviser that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund and the Touchstone Strategic Income Fund. The address of FTAM is 38 Fountain Square Plaza, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202.
The directors and officers of FTAM are provided on FTAMs most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 104650; SEC File No. 801-11184), which is incorporated herein by reference. The only employment of a substantial nature of each of FTAMs directors and officers is with FTAM and its affiliated companies, except as set forth below.
Name |
|
Position with Fifth Third Asset
|
|
Other Substantial Business, Vocation,
|
Scott Billeadeau |
|
Director of Small Cap Growth Strategies |
|
Director of Factset Research Systems, Inc. The principal business address of Factset Research Systems, Inc. is 601 Merritt 7, Norwalk, CT 06851. |
Item 32. Principal Underwriters
(a) Touchstone Securities, Inc. also acts as underwriter for Touchstone Investment Trust, Touchstone Tax-Free Trust, Touchstone Variable Series Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust and Touchstone Institutional Funds Trust.
(b) Unless otherwise noted, the address of the persons named below is 303 Broadway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202. *The address is 400 Broadway, Cincinnati, OH 45202
|
|
POSITION WITH |
|
POSITION WITH |
NAME |
|
UNDERWRITER |
|
REGISTRANT |
Steven M. Graziano |
|
President |
|
Vice President |
Jill T. McGruder |
|
Director |
|
Trustee/President |
James N. Clark* |
|
Director |
|
None |
Donald J. Wuebbling* |
|
Director |
|
None |
Patricia J. Wilson |
|
Vice President |
|
None |
Richard K. Taulbee* |
|
Vice President |
|
None |
James J. Vance* |
|
Vice President & Treasurer |
|
None |
Terrie A. Wiedenheft |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
Controller/Treasurer |
Joseph G. Melcher |
|
Chief Compliance Officer |
|
Chief Compliance Officer |
Rhonda Malone* |
|
Secretary |
|
None |
(c) None
Item 33. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS
Books or other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the rules promulgated thereunder, are maintained as follows:
(a) With respect to Rules 31a-1(a); 31a-1(b)(1); (2)(a) and (b); (3);(6); (8); (12); and 31a-1(d), the required books and records will be maintained at the offices of Registrants Custodian:
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
40 Water Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
(b) With respect to Rules 31a-1(a); 31a-1(b)(1),(4); (2)(C) and (D);(4); (5); (6); (8); (9); (10); (11); and 31a-1(f), the required books and records are maintained at the offices of the Registrants Administrator and Sub-Administrator
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202
BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.
4400 Computer Drive
Westborough, MA 01581
BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.
201 Washington Street, 34 th Floor
Boston, MA 02108
(c) With respect to Rules 31a-1(b)(5), (6), (9) and (10) and 31a-1(f),the required books and records are maintained at the principal offices of the Registrants investment advisers:
All Funds
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202
Touchstone Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund and Touchstone Focused Fund
Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway, Suite 1200
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
Touchstone Mid Cap Growth Fund and Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund
Westfield Capital Management Company, L.P.
One Financial Center
Boston, MA 02111
Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund
Navellier & Associates, Inc.
One East Liberty, Third Floor
Reno, NV 89501
Touchstone Dynamic Equity Fund and Touchstone U.S. Long/Short Fund
Analytic Investors, LLC
555 West Fifth Street, 50 th Floor
Los Angeles, California 90013
Touchstone Capital Growth Fund
Ashfield Capital Partners, LLC
750 Battery Street, Suite 600
San Francisco, California 94111
Touchstone Value Fund and Touchstone International Value Fund
Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss LLC
2200 Ross Avenue, 31st Floor
Dallas, Texas 75201
Touchstone Emerging Growth Fund and Touchstone International Small Cap Fund
Copper Rock Capital Partner LLC
200 Clarendon Street, 51st Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02116
Touchstone Mid Cap Value Opportunities Fund and Touchstone Small Cap Value Opportunities Fund
Thomas, Siegel & Walmsley LLC
6806 Paragon Place, Suite 300
Richmond, Virginia 23230
Touchstone Conservative Allocation Fund, Touchstone Balanced Allocation Fund, Touchstone Moderate Growth Allocation Fund and Touchstone Growth Allocation Fund
Ibbotson Associates, Inc.
22 West Washington Street
Chicago, Illinois 60602
Touchstone International Equity Fund
Acadian Asset Management LLC
One Post Office Square, 20th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund
DePrince, Race & Zollo, Inc.
250 Park Avenue South, Suite 250
Winter Park, FL, 32789
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund and the Touchstone Strategic Income Fund
Fifth Third Asset Management Inc.
38 Fountain Square Plaza
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
Item 34. MANAGEMENT SERVICES NOT DISCUSSED IN PART A OR PART B
None.
Item 35. UNDERTAKINGS
(a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions of Massachusetts law and the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Registrant or the Bylaws of the Registrant, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 85 to its Registration Statement on Form N-1A to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Cincinnati, State of Ohio on the 8 th day of June 2012.
|
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Jill T. McGruder |
|
|
Jill T. McGruder |
|
|
President |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 85 to the Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit 99.28(A)(13)
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
AMENDMENT TO RESTATED AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
The undersigned hereby certifies that she is a duly elected officer of Touchstone Strategic Trust and pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Trusts Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust (Declaration) dated May 19, 1993, as amended, the Trustees at a meeting on March 13, 2012 at which a quorum was present, unanimously adopted the following resolutions:
RESOLVED, that four new series of shares of Touchstone Strategic Trust (the Trust) be, and hereby are, established and that such new series be, and hereby are, designated the Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund, the Touchstone Strategic Income Fund, the Touchstone Small Company Value Fund and the Touchstone International Value Fund (each a Fund and collectively, the Funds); and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the shares of each Fund be, and they hereby are, established, each with an indefinite and unlimited number of shares, designated as Class A shares, Class C shares, Class Y shares and Institutional shares; and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the relative rights and preferences of the Funds shall be those rights and preferences set forth in Section 4.2 of the Trusts Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust; and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Trust be, and it hereby is, authorized to issue and sell Class A shares, Class C shares, Class Y shares and Institutional shares of each Fund from time to time at their respective price per share of not less than the respective net asset value thereof; and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that when any of the Class A shares, Class C shares, Class Y shares and Institutional shares of the Funds shall have been so issued and sold, they shall be deemed to be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust; and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the officers of the Trust be, and they hereby are, authorized and empowered to take any and all actions and to execute any and all documents and instruments, which they or any one of them in his sole discretion deem necessary, appropriate or desirable to implement the foregoing resolutions.
The undersigned certifies that the actions to effect the foregoing Amendment were duly taken in the manner provided by the Declaration and that the resolutions became effective March 13, 2012.
The undersigned certifies that she is causing this Certificate to be signed and filed as provided in Section 7.4 of the Declaration.
WITNESS my hand this 1 st day of June 2012.
|
/s/ Jill T. McGruder |
|
Jill T. McGruder |
|
President |
Exhibit 99.28(d)(1)(b)
FORM OF
AMENDED AND RESTATED
SCHEDULE 1
DATED [SEPTEMBER , 2012]
Fund |
|
Annual Fee Rate (as a
|
Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund |
|
0.75% on the first $200 million of assets; 0.70% from $200 million to $1 billion of assets; and 0.65% of such assets in excess of $1 billion |
|
|
|
Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund |
|
0.75% on the first $500 million of assets; 0.70% of the next $500 million of assets; and 0.65% of such assets in excess of $1 billion |
|
|
|
Touchstone Mid Cap Growth Fund |
|
0.75% on the first $500 million of assets; 0.70% of the next $500 million of assets; and 0.65% of such assets in excess of $1 billion |
|
|
|
Touchstone Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund |
|
1.05% of assets |
|
|
|
Touchstone Dynamic Equity Fund |
|
0.85% on first $300 million of assets; 0.80% on next $200 million of assets; 0.75% on next $250 million of assets; 0.70% on next $250 million of assets; 0.65% on next $500 million of assets; 0.60% of next $500 million of assets; and 0.55% on assets over $2 billion |
|
|
|
Touchstone Emerging Growth Fund |
|
0.90% of assets |
|
|
|
Touchstone International Equity Fund |
|
0.90% on first $300 million of assets; 0.85% on next $200 million of assets; and 0.80% on assets over $500 million |
|
|
|
Touchstone Conservative Allocation Fund |
|
0.20% on first $1 billion of assets; 0.175% on next $1 billion of |
Fund |
|
Annual Fee Rate (as a
|
|
|
assets; 0.150% on next $1 billion of assets; and 0.125% on assets over $3 billion |
|
|
|
Touchstone Balanced Allocation Fund |
|
0.20% on first $1 billion of assets; 0.175% on next $1 billion of assets; 0.150% on next $1 billion of assets; and 0.125% on assets over $3 billion |
|
|
|
Touchstone Moderate Growth Allocation Fund |
|
0.25% on first $1 billion of assets; 0.225% on next $1 billion of assets; 0.20% on next $1 billion of assets; and 0.175% on assets over $3 billion |
|
|
|
Touchstone Growth Allocation Fund |
|
0.25% on first $1 billion of assets; 0.225% on next $1 billion of assets; 0.20% on next $1 billion of assets; and 0.175% on assets over $3 billion |
|
|
|
Touchstone U.S. Long/Short Fund |
|
0.80% on first $300 million of assets; 0.75% on next $200 million of assets; 0.70% on next $250 million of assets; 0.65% on next $250 million of assets; 0.60% on the next $500 million; 0.55% on the next $500 million and 0.50% on assets over $2 billion |
|
|
|
Touchstone Value Fund |
|
0.75% on first $300 million of assets; 0.73% on next $200 million of assets; 0.72% on next $250 million of assets; 0.70% on next $250 million of assets; 0.68% on the next $500 million; 0.67% on the next $500 million and 0.66% on assets over $2 billion |
Fund |
|
Annual Fee Rate (as a
|
Touchstone International Small Cap Fund |
|
0.95% on first $300 million of assets; 0.90% on next $200 million of assets; 0.85% on next $250 million of assets; 0.80% on next $250 million of assets; 0.75% on the next $500 million; 0.70% on the next $500 million and 0.65% on assets over $2 billion |
|
|
|
Touchstone Capital Growth Fund |
|
0.70% on first $300 million of assets; 0.685% on next $200 million of assets; 0.675% on next $250 million of assets; 0.675% on next $250 million of assets; 0.625% on the next $500 million; 0.575% on the next $500 million and 0.525% on assets over $2 billion |
|
|
|
Touchstone Mid Cap Value Opportunities Fund |
|
0.85% on first $300 million of assets; 0.80% on next $200 million of assets; and 0.75% on assets over $500 million |
|
|
|
Touchstone Small Cap Value Opportunities Fund |
|
0.95% on first $300 million of assets; 0.90% on next $200 million of assets; and 0.85% on assets over $500 million |
|
|
|
Touchstone Focused Fund |
|
0.70% on first $100 million of assets; 0.65% on next $400 million of assets; and 0.60% on assets over $500 million |
|
|
|
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
[1.00% of assets] |
|
|
|
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
|
[0.90% of assets] |
|
|
|
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
[1.00% of assets] |
Exhibit 99.28(d)(1)(c)
AMENDMENT TO THE
ADVISORY AGREEMENT
DATED APRIL 13, 2012
With respect to any Fund added to Schedule I after April 13, 2012, section 10 of the Advisory Agreement dated May 1, 2000, amended December 31, 2002, by and between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Touchstone Strategic Trust is amended and restated as follows:
10. Renewal, Termination and Amendment.
a) This Agreement shall continue in effect, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided, for a period of two years from the date hereof and it shall continue indefinitely thereafter as to each Fund, provided that such continuance is specifically approved by the parties hereto and, in addition, at least annually by (i) the vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the affected Fund or by vote of a majority of the Trusts Board of Trustees and (ii) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of the Advisor, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
b) This Agreement may be terminated at any time, with respect to any Fund(s), without payment of any penalty, by the Trusts Board of Trustees or by a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the affected Fund(s) upon 60 days prior written notice to the Advisor and by the Advisor upon 60 days prior written notice to the Trust.
c) This Agreement may be amended at any time by the parties hereto, subject to approval by the Trusts Board of Trustees and, if required by applicable SEC rules and regulations, a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of any Fund affected by such change. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
d) The terms assignment, interested persons and majority of the outstanding voting securities shall have the meaning set forth for such terms in the 1940 Act.
|
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Terrie A. Wiedenheft |
|
|
Name: Terrie A. Wiedenheft |
|
|
Title: Treasurer & Controller |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Steven M. Graziano |
|
|
Name: Steven M. Graziano |
|
|
Title: President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Terrie A. Wiedenheft |
|
|
Name: Terrie A. Wiedenheft |
|
|
Title: Chief Financial Officer |
Exhibit 99.28(d)(20)
FORM OF SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
TOUCHSTONE FUND
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
This SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT is made as of , 2012, by and between TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC. , an Ohio corporation (the Advisor), and FIFTH THIRD ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC. , an Ohio corporation (the Sub-Advisor).
WHEREAS, the Advisor is an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and has been retained by Touchstone Strategic Trust (the Trust), a Massachusetts business trust organized pursuant to a Declaration of Trust dated May 19, 1993 (as amended) and registered as an open-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act), to provide investment advisory services with respect to certain assets of the Touchstone Fund (the Fund); and
WHEREAS, the Sub-Advisor also is an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended; and
WHEREAS, the Advisor desires to retain the Sub-Advisor to furnish it with portfolio management services in connection with the Advisors investment advisory activities on behalf of the Fund, and the Sub-Advisor is willing to furnish such services to the Advisor and the Fund;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, it is agreed as follows:
1. Employment of the Sub-Advisor. In accordance with and subject to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Advisor, attached hereto as Exhibit A (the Advisory Agreement), the Advisor hereby appoints the Sub-Advisor to manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Fund (the Fund Assets), in conformity with the Funds currently effective Registration Statement, prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and subject to the control and direction of the Advisor and the Trusts Board of Trustees, for the period and on the terms hereinafter set forth. The Sub-Advisor hereby accepts such employment and agrees during such period to render the services and to perform the duties called for by this Agreement for the compensation herein provided. The Sub-Advisor shall at all times maintain its registration as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the Advisers Act) and shall otherwise comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, both state and federal. The Sub-Advisor shall for all purposes herein be deemed an independent contractor and shall, except as expressly provided or authorized (whether herein or otherwise), have no authority to act for or represent the Trust in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust or the Fund.
2. Duties of the Sub-Advisor. The Sub-Advisor will provide the following services and undertake the following duties:
a. The Sub-Advisor will manage the investment and reinvestment of the Fund Assets, subject to and in accordance with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund and in conformity with the Funds currently effective Registration Statement, prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and any directions which the Advisor or the Trusts Board of Trustees may give from time to time with respect to the Fund. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Sub-Advisor will make all determinations with respect to the investment of the Fund Assets and the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and shall take such steps as may be necessary or advisable to implement the same. The Sub-Advisor shall vote all proxies for which it receives ballots in a timely manner. The Advisor agrees to take such reasonable actions as may be necessary to have such proxies delivered to the Sub-Advisor or its designee in a timely manner. The Sub-Advisor shall also determine the manner in which voting rights, rights to consent to corporate action and any other rights pertaining to the portfolio securities will be exercised. The Advisor agrees that the Sub-Advisor shall be permitted to hire third parties to perform its duties under this paragraph. The Sub-Advisor will render regular reports to the Trusts Board of Trustees and to the Advisor (or such other advisor or advisors as the Advisor shall engage to assist it in the evaluation of the performance and activities of the Sub-Advisor). Such reports shall be made in such form and manner and with respect to such matters regarding the Fund and the Sub-Advisor as the Trust or the Advisor shall from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that in the absence of extraordinary circumstances, the individual primarily responsible for management of Fund Assets for the Sub-Advisor will not be required to attend in person more than one meeting per year with the trustees of the Trust.
b. The Sub-Advisor agrees to provide any pricing information of which the Sub-Advisor is aware to the Advisor and/or any Fund pricing agent to assist in the determination of the fair value of any Fund holdings for which market quotations are not readily available or as otherwise required in accordance with the 1940 Act or the Funds valuation procedures for the purpose of calculating the Funds net asset value in accordance with procedures and methods established by the Board. The Sub-Advisor shall immediately upon discovery notify the Advisor if the Sub-Advisor reasonably believes that the market quotation or other value used, or proposed to be used, by the Fund for any security held by the Fund may not reflect fair value.
c. Regulatory Compliance.
(i) The Sub-Advisor agrees to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, the 1933 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 1934 Act), the Commodity Exchange Act and the respective rules and regulations thereunder, as applicable, as well as with all other applicable federal and state laws, rules, regulations and case law that relate to the services and relationships described hereunder and to the conduct of its business as a registered investment adviser. In selecting the Funds portfolio securities and performing the Sub-Advisors obligations hereunder, the Sub-Advisor shall cause the Fund to comply with the diversification and source of income requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), for qualification as a regulated investment company. The Sub-
Advisor shall maintain compliance procedures that it reasonably believes are adequate to ensure the compliance with the foregoing. No supervisory activity undertaken by the Advisor shall limit the Sub-Advisors full responsibility for any of the foregoing.
(ii) The Sub-Advisor has adopted a written code of ethics that it reasonably believes complies with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, which it will provide to the Advisor and the Fund. The Sub-Advisor shall make commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that its Access Persons (as defined in the Sub-Advisors Code of Ethics) comply in all material respects with the Sub-Advisors Code of Ethics, as in effect from time to time. Upon request, the Sub-Advisor shall provide the Fund with (i) a copy of the Sub-Advisors current Code of Ethics, as in effect from time to time, and (ii) a certification that it has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from engaging in any conduct prohibited by the Sub-Advisors Code of Ethics. No less frequently than annually, the Sub-Advisor shall furnish a written report, which complies with the requirements of Rule 17j-1, concerning the Sub-Advisors Code of Ethics to the Fund and the Advisor. The Sub-Advisor shall respond to requests for information from the Advisor as to violations of the Code by Access Persons and the sanctions imposed by the Sub-Advisor. The Sub-Advisor shall promptly notify the Advisor of any material violation of the Code pertaining to the Sub-Advisors management of the Fund (it being understood that any material violation indicative of a potentially systemic or recurring issue at the Sub-Advisor pertains to its management of the Fund).
(iii) The Sub-Advisor shall notify the Trusts Chief Compliance Officer and Advisor immediately after its determination that the Fund is not in compliance because of (i) any material failure to manage the Fund in accordance with its investment objectives and policies or any applicable law; or (ii) any material breach of any of the Funds or the Advisors policies, guidelines or procedures pertaining to the Sub-Advisors management of the Fund that have been provided to the Sub-Advisor in writing or that are contained in the Funds registration statement. In addition, the Sub-Advisor shall provide a quarterly report regarding the Sub-Advisors compliance with its obligations under this Agreement and the Funds compliance with its investment objectives and policies and applicable law, including, but not limited to the 1940 Act, the Code and the Funds and the Advisors policies, guidelines or procedures pertaining to the Sub-Advisors management of the Fund that have been provided to the Sub-Advisor in writing. The Sub-Advisor acknowledges and agrees that the Advisor may, in its discretion, provide such quarterly compliance certifications to the Board. The Sub-Advisor agrees to take appropriate corrective action promptly and to cooperate with the Board and/or the Advisor in connection with the corrective actions taken with respect to any such breach. The Sub-Advisor shall also provide the officers of the Trust with supporting certifications in connection with certifications of Fund financial statements and disclosure controls pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Sub-Advisor will promptly notify the Trust in the event (i) the Sub-Advisor is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board, or body, involving the affairs of the Trust (excluding class action suits in which a Fund is a member of the plaintiff class by reason of the Funds
ownership of shares in the defendant) or the compliance by the Sub-Advisor with the federal or state securities laws (excluding examinations or inspections by the SEC staff that are reasonably understood to be routine) or (ii) the controlling stockholder of the Sub-Advisor changes or an actual change in control resulting in an assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) has occurred or is otherwise proposed to occur.
(iv) The Sub-Advisor shall maintain separate books and detailed records of all matters pertaining to the Funds assets advised by the Sub-Advisor required by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act (other than those records being maintained by the Advisor, fund accountant, custodian or transfer agent appointed by the Fund) relating to its responsibilities provided hereunder with respect to the Fund, and shall preserve such records for the periods and in a manner prescribed therefore by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act (the Fund Books and Records). The Fund Books and Records shall be available to the Advisor and the Board at any time upon request, shall be delivered to the Trust upon the termination of this Agreement and shall be available for telecopying without delay during any day the Fund is open for business. The Sub-Advisor shall be entitled to retain copies of the Fund Books and Records and to use the performance information of the Fund in its composites or otherwise.
d. The Sub-Advisor shall provide support to the Advisor with respect to the marketing of the Fund, including but not limited to: (i) permission to use the Sub-Advisors name as provided in Section 5, (ii) permission to use the past performance and investment history of the Sub-Advisor with respect to a composite of other funds managed by the Sub-Advisor that are comparable, in investment objective and composition, to the Fund, (iii) access to the individual(s) responsible for day-to-day management of the Fund for marketing conferences, teleconferences and other activities involving the promotion of the Fund, subject to the reasonable request of the Advisor, (iv) permission to use biographical and historical data of the Sub-Advisor and individual manager(s), and (v) permission to use the names of those clients pre-approved by the Sub-Advisor to which the Sub-Advisor provides investment management services, subject to receipt of the consent of such clients to the use of their names.
e. The Sub-Advisor will, in the name of the Fund, place orders for the execution of all portfolio transactions in accordance with the policies with respect thereto set forth in the Trusts registration statements under the 1940 Act and the Securities Act of 1933, as such registration statements may be in effect from time to time. When placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Sub-Advisors primary objective shall be to obtain the most favorable price and execution available for the Fund, and in placing such orders the Sub-Advisor may consider a number of factors, including, without limitation, the overall direct net economic result to the Fund (including commissions, which may not be the lowest available), the financial strength and stability of the broker, the efficiency with which the transaction will be effected, the ability to effect the transaction at all where a large block is involved and the availability of the broker or dealer to stand ready to execute possibly difficult transactions in the future. Consistent with the Conduct Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), and subject to seeking most favorable price and execution and compliance with Rule 12b-1(h) under the 1940 Act, the
Sub-Advisor may select brokers and dealers to execute portfolio transactions of the Fund that promote or sell shares of the Fund. The Sub-Advisor is specifically authorized, to the extent authorized by law (including, without limitation, Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, to pay a broker or dealer who provides research services to the Sub-Advisor an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting such transaction, in recognition of such additional research services rendered by the broker or dealer, but only if the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that the excess commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer viewed in terms of the particular transaction or the Sub-Advisors overall responsibilities with respect to discretionary accounts that it manages, and that the Fund derives or will derive a reasonable benefit from such research services. The Sub-Advisor will present a written report to the Board of Trustees of the Trust, at least quarterly, indicating total brokerage expenses, actual or imputed, as well as the services obtained in consideration for such expenses, broken down by broker-dealer and containing such information as the Board of Trustees reasonably shall request. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the combination of orders for the sale or purchase of portfolio securities of the Fund with those for other accounts managed by the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates, if orders are allocated among the accounts in an equitable manner as reasonably determined by the Sub-Advisor and at a price approximately averaged.
f. The Sub-Advisor shall maintain errors and omissions insurance coverage in an appropriate amount and shall provide prior written notice to the Trust (i) of any material changes in its insurance policies or insurance coverage that could potentially adversely affect the Trust; or (ii) if any material claims will be made on its insurance policies. Furthermore, the Sub-Advisor shall, upon reasonable request, provide the Trust with any information it may reasonably require concerning the amount of or scope of such insurance.
g. In the event of any reorganization or other change in the Sub-Advisor, its investment principals, supervisors or members of its investment (or comparable) committee, the Sub-Advisor shall give the Advisor and the Trusts Board of Trustees written notice of such reorganization or change within a reasonable time (but not later than 30 days) after such reorganization or change.
h. The Sub-Advisor will bear its expenses of providing services to the Fund pursuant to this Agreement except such expenses as are expressly undertaken by the Advisor or the Trust.
3. Compensation of the Sub-Advisor.
a. As compensation for the services to be rendered and duties undertaken hereunder by the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor will pay to the Sub-Advisor a monthly fee equal on an annual basis to [ ]% the first $[ ] million of average daily net assets of the Fund, [ ]% of the next $[ ] million of average daily net assets of the Fund, [ ]% of the next $[ ] million of average daily net assets of the Fund and [ ]%
of the average daily net assets of the Fund in excess of $[ ] without regard to any total expense limitation of the Trust or the Advisor. Such fee shall be computed and accrued daily. If the Sub-Advisor serves in such capacity for less than the whole of any period specified in this Section 3a, the compensation to the Sub-Advisor shall be prorated. For purposes of calculating the Sub-Advisors fee, the daily value of the net assets of the Fund shall be computed by the same method as the Trust uses to compute the value of the net assets of the Fund for purposes of purchases and redemptions of shares thereof.
b. The Sub-Advisor reserves the right to waive all or a part of its fees hereunder.
4. Activities of the Sub-Advisor. The Sub-Advisor will report to the Board of Trustees of the Trust (at regular quarterly meetings and at such other times as such Board of Trustees reasonably shall request, subject to the limitation on personal attendance at such meetings set forth in Section 2a) (i) the financial condition and prospects of the Sub-Advisor, (ii) the nature and amount of transactions affecting the Fund that involve the Sub-Advisor and affiliates of the Sub-Advisor, (iii) information regarding any potential conflicts of interest arising by reason of its continuing provision of advisory services to the Fund and to its other accounts, and (iv) such other information as the Board of Trustees shall reasonably request regarding the Fund, the Funds performance, the services provided by the Sub-Advisor and affiliates of the Sub-Advisor to the Fund as compared to its other accounts and the plans of, and the capability of, the Sub-Advisor with respect to providing future services to the Fund and its other accounts. The Sub-Advisor agrees to submit to the Trust a statement defining its policies with respect to the allocation of trades among the Fund and its other clients.
The Sub-Advisor has supplied to the Advisor and the Trust copies of its Form ADV (Part 2A brochure and applicable Part 2B brochure supplement) with all exhibits and attachments thereto (including the Sub-Advisors statement of financial condition) and will hereafter supply to the Advisor, promptly upon the preparation thereof, copies of all material amendments that are required to be delivered to any client under Rule 204-3 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
5. Use of Names. Neither the Advisor nor the Trust shall use the name of the Sub-Advisor in any prospectus, sales literature or other material relating to the Advisor or the Trust in any manner not approved in advance by the Sub-Advisor; provided, however, that the Sub-Advisor will approve all uses of its name which merely refer in accurate terms to its appointment hereunder or which are required by the SEC or a state securities commission; and provided further, that in no event shall such approval be unreasonably withheld. The Sub-Advisor shall not use the name of the Advisor or the Trust in any material relating to the Sub-Advisor in any manner not approved in advance by the Advisor or the Trust, as the case may be; provided, however, that the Advisor and the Trust shall each approve all uses of their respective names which merely refer in accurate terms to the appointment of the Sub-Advisor hereunder or which are required by the SEC or a state securities commission; and, provided further, that in no event shall such approval be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sub-Advisor shall not be required to obtain approval of the Advisor or the Trust in order to use the name of the Advisor, the Trust or the Fund as a representative client for marketing purposes, as well as in
responses to Requests for Proposals, Requests for Information, Due Diligence Questionnaires, and any other written or oral requests made of the Sub-Advisor by third parties.
6. Limitation of Liability of the Sub-Advisor. The duties of the Sub-Advisor shall be confined to those expressly set forth herein, and no implied duties are assumed by or may be asserted against the Sub-Advisor hereunder. The Sub-Advisor shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in carrying out its duties hereunder, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder, except as may otherwise be provided under provisions of applicable state law or federal securities law that cannot be waived or modified hereby. As used in this Section 6, the term Sub-Advisor shall include the Sub-Advisor and/or any of its affiliates and the directors, officers and employees of the Sub-Advisor and/or any of its affiliates.
7. Limitation of Trusts Liability. The Sub-Advisor acknowledges that it has received notice of and accepts the limitations upon the Trusts liability set forth in its Declaration of Trust. The Sub-Advisor agrees that (i) the Trusts obligations to the Sub-Advisor under this Agreement (or indirectly under the Advisory Agreement) shall be limited in any event to the Fund Assets and (ii) the Sub-Advisor shall not seek satisfaction of any such obligation from the holders of shares of the Fund, other than the Advisor, nor from any Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust.
8. Force Majeure. The Sub-Advisor shall not be liable for delays or errors occurring by reason of circumstances beyond its control, including but not limited to acts of civil or military authority, national emergencies, work stoppages, fire, flood, catastrophe, acts of God, insurrection, war, riot, or failure of communication or power supply. In the event of equipment breakdowns beyond its control, the Sub-Advisor shall take all reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions but shall have no liability with respect thereto.
9. Renewal, Termination and Amendment.
a. This Agreement shall continue in effect, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided, until , 2014; and it shall continue thereafter provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as herein defined) of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the Trusts Board of Trustees and (ii) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of either the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
b. This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, (i) by the Advisor upon not less than sixty (60) days written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Sub-Advisor; (ii) by the Sub-Advisor upon not less than sixty (60) days written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Advisor; or (iii) by the Trust upon either (y) the majority vote of
its Board or (z) the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
c. This Agreement may be amended at any time by the parties hereto, subject to approval by the Trusts Board of Trustees and, if required by applicable SEC rules and regulations, a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund affected by such change.
d. The terms assignment, interested persons and majority of the outstanding voting securities shall have the meaning set forth for such terms in the 1940 Act.
10. Services Not Exclusive. The services of the Sub-Advisor to the Advisor and the Fund are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Sub-Advisor shall be free to render similar services to others so long as its services hereunder are not impaired thereby. It is specifically understood that directors, officers and employees of the Sub-Advisor and of its subsidiaries and affiliates may continue to engage in providing portfolio management services and advice to other investment advisory clients.
11. Confidential Information. All information and advice furnished by the parties to each other under this Agreement shall be confidential and shall not be disclosed to third parties except as required by law or pursuant to the terms of a Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement entered into with respect to portfolio holdings. The terms of this paragraph shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
12. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall become or shall be found to be invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
13. Notices. Any notices under this Agreement shall be in writing addressed and delivered personally (or by telecopy) or mailed postage-paid, to the other party at such address as such other party may designate in accordance with this paragraph for the receipt of such notice. Until further notice to the other party, it is agreed that the address of the Trust and that of the Advisor for this purpose shall be 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 and that the address of the Sub-Advisor shall be .
14. Miscellaneous. Each party agrees to perform such further actions and execute such further documents as are necessary to effectuate the purposes hereof. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Ohio and the Sub-Advisor consents to the jurisdiction of courts, both state or federal, in Ohio, with respect to any dispute under this Agreement.. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered in their names and on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC. |
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
BY: |
||
|
|
|
|
|
BY: |
|
|
|
|
|
Steven M. Graziano |
|
|
|
|
President |
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
FIFTH THIRD ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC. |
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
Attest: |
||
|
|
|
|
|
BY: |
|
|
|
|
|
[Name] |
|
|
|
|
[Title] |
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
Exhibit 99.28(d)(21)
FORM OF SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
TOUCHSTONE SMALL COMPANY VALUE FUND
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
This SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT is made as of , 2012, by and between TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC. , an Ohio corporation (the Advisor), and DEPRINCE, RACE & ZOLLO, INC. , Race and Zollo, Inc., a Florida corporation (the Sub-Advisor).
WHEREAS, the Advisor is an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and has been retained by Touchstone Strategic Trust (the Trust), a Delaware business trust organized pursuant to a Declaration of Trust dated May 19, 1993 (as amended) and registered as an open-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act), to provide investment advisory services with respect to certain assets of the Touchstone Small Company Value Fund (the Fund); and
WHEREAS, the Sub-Advisor also is an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended; and
WHEREAS, the Advisor desires to retain the Sub-Advisor to furnish it with portfolio management services in connection with the Advisors investment advisory activities on behalf of the Fund, and the Sub-Advisor is willing to furnish such services to the Advisor and the Fund;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, it is agreed as follows:
1. Employment of the Sub-Advisor. In accordance with and subject to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Advisor, attached hereto as Exhibit A (the Advisory Agreement), the Advisor hereby appoints the Sub-Advisor to manage the investment and reinvestment of that portion of the assets of the Fund allocated to it by the Advisor (the Fund Assets), in conformity with the Funds currently effective Registration Statement, prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and subject to the control and direction of the Advisor and the Trusts Board of Trustees, for the period and on the terms hereinafter set forth. The Sub-Advisor hereby accepts such employment and agrees during such period to render the services and to perform the duties called for by this Agreement for the compensation herein provided. The Sub-Advisor shall at all times maintain its registration as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the Advisers Act) and shall otherwise comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, both state and federal. The Sub-Advisor shall for all purposes herein be deemed an independent contractor and shall, except as expressly provided or authorized (whether herein or otherwise), have no authority to act for or represent the Trust in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust or the Fund.
2. Duties of the Sub-Advisor. The Sub-Advisor will provide the following services and undertake the following duties:
a. The Sub-Advisor will manage the investment and reinvestment of the Fund Assets, subject to and in accordance with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund and in conformity with the Funds currently effective Registration Statement, prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and any directions which the Advisor or the Trusts Board of Trustees may give from time to time with respect to the Fund. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Sub-Advisor will make all determinations with respect to the investment of the Fund Assets and the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and shall take such steps as may be necessary or advisable to implement the same. The Sub-Advisor also will determine the manner in which voting rights, rights to consent to corporate action and any other rights pertaining to the portfolio securities will be exercised. The Sub-Advisor will render regular reports to the Trusts Board of Trustees and to the Advisor (or such other advisor or advisors as the Advisor shall engage to assist it in the evaluation of the performance and activities of the Sub-Advisor). Such reports shall be made in such form and manner and with respect to such matters regarding the Fund and the Sub-Advisor as the Trust or the Advisor shall from time to time request; provided, however, that in the absence of extraordinary circumstances, the individual primarily responsible for management of Fund Assets for the Sub-Advisor will not be required to attend in person more than one meeting per year with the trustees of the Trust.
b. The Sub-Advisor shall immediately notify the Advisor if the Sub-Advisor reasonably believes that the value of any security held by the Fund may not reflect fair value. The Sub-Advisor agrees to provide any pricing information of which the Sub-Advisor is aware to the Advisor and/or any Fund pricing agent to assist in the determination of the fair value of any Fund holdings for which market quotations are not readily available or as otherwise required in accordance with the 1940 Act or the Funds valuation procedures for the purpose of calculating the Funds net asset value in accordance with procedures and methods established by the Board.
c. Regulatory Compliance.
(i) The Sub-Advisor agrees to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, the 1933 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 1934 Act), the Commodity Exchange Act and the respective rules and regulations thereunder, as applicable, as well as with all other applicable federal and state laws, rules, regulations and case law that relate to the services and relationships described hereunder and to the conduct of its business as a registered investment adviser. In selecting the Funds portfolio securities and performing the Sub-Advisers obligations hereunder, the Sub-Advisor shall cause the Fund to comply with the diversification and source of income requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), for qualification as a regulated investment company. The Sub-Advisor shall maintain compliance procedures that it reasonably believes are adequate to ensure the compliance with the foregoing. No supervisory activity undertaken by the Advisor shall limit the Sub-Advisors full responsibility for any of the foregoing.
(ii) The Sub-Advisor has adopted a written code of ethics that it reasonably believes complies with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, which it will provide to the Advisor and the Fund. The Sub-Advisor shall ensure that its Access Persons (as defined in the Sub-Advisors Code of Ethics) comply in all material respects with the Sub-Advisors Code of Ethics, as in effect from time to time. Upon request, the Sub-Advisor shall provide the Fund with (i) a copy of the Sub-Advisors current Code of Ethics, as in effect from time to time, and (ii) a certification that it has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from engaging in any conduct prohibited by the Sub-Advisors Code of Ethics. No less frequently than annually, the Sub-Advisor shall furnish a written report, which complies with the requirements of Rule 17j-1, concerning the Sub-Advisors Code of Ethics to the Fund and the Advisor. The Sub-Advisor shall respond to requests for information from the Advisor as to violations of the Code by Access Persons and the sanctions imposed by the Sub-Advisor. The Sub-Advisor shall immediately notify the Advisor of any material violation of the Code, whether or not such violation relates to a security held by any Fund.
(iii) The Sub-Advisor shall notify the Trusts Chief Compliance Officer and Advisor immediately upon detection of (i) any material failure to manage any Fund in accordance with its investment objectives and policies or any applicable law; or (ii) any material breach of any of the Funds or the Advisers policies, guidelines or procedures. In addition, the Sub-Advisor shall provide a quarterly report regarding each Funds compliance with its investment objectives and policies and applicable law, including, but not limited to the 1940 Act, the Code, and the Funds and the Advisors policies, guidelines or procedures as applicable to the Sub-Advisors obligations under this Agreement. The Sub-Advisor acknowledges and agrees that the Advisor may, in its discretion, provide such quarterly compliance certifications to the Board. The Sub-Advisor agrees to correct any such failure promptly and to take any action that the Board and/or the Advisor may reasonably request in connection with any such breach. The Sub-Advisor shall also provide the officers of the Trust with supporting certifications in connection with such certifications of Fund financial statements and disclosure controls pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Sub-Advisor will promptly notify the Trust in the event (i) the Sub-Advisor is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board, or body, involving the affairs of the Trust (excluding class action suits in which a Fund is a member of the plaintiff class by reason of the Funds ownership of shares in the defendant) or the compliance by the Sub-Advisor with the federal or state securities laws or (ii) the controlling stockholder of the Sub-Advisor changes or an actual change in control resulting in an assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) has occurred or is otherwise proposed to occur.
(iv) The Sub-Advisor shall maintain separate books and detailed records of all matters pertaining to the Funds assets advised by the Sub-Advisor required by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act (other than those records being maintained by the Advisor, custodian or transfer agent appointed by the Fund) relating to its responsibilities provided hereunder with respect to the Fund, and shall preserve such records for the periods and in a manner prescribed therefore by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act (the
Fund Books and Records ). The Fund Books and Records shall be available to the Advisor and the Board at any time upon request shall be delivered to the Trust upon the termination of this Agreement and shall be available for telecopying without delay during any day the Fund is open for business.
d. The Sub-Advisor shall provide support to the Advisor with respect to the marketing of the Fund, including but not limited to: (i) permission to use the Sub-Advisors name as provided in Section 5, (ii) permission to use the past performance and investment history of the Sub-Advisor with respect to a composite of other funds managed by the Sub-Advisor that are comparable, in investment objective and composition, to the Fund, (iii) access to the individual(s) responsible for day-to-day management of the Fund for marketing conferences, teleconferences and other activities involving the promotion of the Fund, subject to the reasonable request of the Advisor, (iv) permission to use biographical and historical data of the Sub-Advisor and individual manager(s), and (v) permission to use the names of those clients pre-approved by the Sub-Advisor to which the Sub-Advisor provides investment management services, subject to receipt of the consent of such clients to the use of their names.
e. The Sub-Advisor will, in the name of the Fund, place orders for the execution of all portfolio transactions in accordance with the policies with respect thereto set forth in the Trusts registration statements under the 1940 Act and the Securities Act of 1933, as such registration statements may be in effect from time to time. When placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Sub-Advisors primary objective shall be to obtain the most favorable price and execution available for the Fund, and in placing such orders the Sub-Advisor may consider a number of factors, including, without limitation, the overall direct net economic result to the Fund (including commissions, which may not be the lowest available but ordinarily should not be higher than the generally prevailing competitive range), the financial strength and stability of the broker, the efficiency with which the transaction will be effected, the ability to effect the transaction at all where a large block is involved and the availability of the broker or dealer to stand ready to execute possibly difficult transactions in the future. Consistent with the Conduct Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), and subject to seeking most favorable price and execution and compliance with Rule 12b-1(h) under the 1940 Act, the Sub-Advisor may select brokers and dealers to execute portfolio transactions of the Fund that promote or sell shares of the Fund. The Sub-Advisor is specifically authorized, to the extent authorized by law (including, without limitation, Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, to pay a broker or dealer who provides research services to the Sub-Advisor an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting such transaction, in recognition of such additional research services rendered by the broker or dealer, but only if the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that the excess commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer viewed in terms of the particular transaction or the Sub-Advisors overall responsibilities with respect to discretionary accounts that it manages, and that the Fund derives or will derive a reasonable benefit from such research services. The Sub-Advisor will present a written report to the Board of Trustees of the Trust, at least quarterly, indicating total
brokerage expenses, actual or imputed, as well as the services obtained in consideration for such expenses, broken down by broker-dealer and containing such information as the Board of Trustees reasonably shall request.
f. The Sub-Adviser shall maintain errors and omissions insurance coverage in an appropriate amount and shall provide prior written notice to the Trust (i) of any material changes in its insurance policies or insurance coverage; or (ii) if any material claims will be made on its insurance policies. Furthermore, the Sub-Advisor shall, upon reasonable request, provide the Trust with any information it may reasonably require concerning the amount of or scope of such insurance.
g. In the event of any reorganization or other change in the Sub-Advisor, its investment principals, supervisors or members of its investment (or comparable) committee, the Sub-Advisor shall give the Advisor and the Trusts Board of Trustees written notice of such reorganization or change within a reasonable time (but not later than 30 days) after such reorganization or change.
h. The Sub-Advisor will bear its expenses of providing services to the Fund pursuant to this Agreement except such expenses as are expressly undertaken by the Advisor or the Trust.
3. Compensation of the Sub-Advisor.
a. As compensation for the services to be rendered and duties undertaken hereunder by the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor will pay to the Sub-Advisor a monthly fee equal on an annual basis to [ ]% of the average daily net assets of the Fund, without regard to any total expense limitation of the Trust or the Advisor. Such fee shall be computed and accrued daily. If the Sub-Advisor serves in such capacity for less than the whole of any period specified in this Section 3a, the compensation to the Sub-Advisor shall be prorated. For purposes of calculating the Sub-Advisors fee, the daily value of the Fund Assets shall be computed by the same method as the Trust uses to compute the net asset value of the Fund for purposes of purchases and redemptions of shares thereof.
b. The Sub-Advisor reserves the right to waive all or a part of its fees hereunder.
4. Activities of the Sub-Advisor. The Sub-Advisor will report to the Board of Trustees of the Trust (at regular quarterly meetings and at such other times as such Board of Trustees reasonably shall request, subject to the limitation on personal attendance at such meetings set forth in Section 2a) (i) the financial condition and prospects of the Sub-Advisor, (ii) the nature and amount of transactions affecting the Fund that involve the Sub-Advisor and affiliates of the Sub-Advisor, (iii) information regarding any potential conflicts of interest arising by reason of its continuing provision of advisory services to the Fund and to its other accounts, and (iv) such other information as the Board of Trustees shall reasonably request regarding the Fund, the Funds performance, the services provided by the Sub-Advisor and affiliates of the Sub-Advisor to the Fund as compared to its other accounts and the plans of, and the capability
of, the Sub-Advisor with respect to providing future services to the Fund and its other accounts. The Sub-Advisor agrees to submit to the Trust a statement defining its policies with respect to the allocation of business among the Fund and its other clients.
The Sub-Advisor has supplied to the Advisor and the Trust copies of its Form ADV with all exhibits and attachments thereto (including the Sub-Advisors statement of financial condition) and will hereafter supply to the Advisor, promptly upon the preparation thereof, copies of all amendments or restatements of such document.
5. Use of Names. Neither the Advisor nor the Trust shall use the name of the Sub-Advisor in any prospectus, sales literature or other material relating to the Advisor or the Trust in any manner not approved in advance by the Sub-Advisor; provided, however, that the Sub-Advisor will approve all uses of its name which merely refer in accurate terms to its appointment hereunder or which are required by the SEC or a state securities commission; and provided further, that in no event shall such approval be unreasonably withheld. The Sub-Advisor shall not use the name of the Advisor or the Trust in any material relating to the Sub-Advisor in any manner not approved in advance by the Advisor or the Trust, as the case may be; provided, however, that the Advisor and the Trust shall each approve all uses of their respective names which merely refer in accurate terms to the appointment of the Sub-Advisor hereunder or which are required by the SEC or a state securities commission; and, provided further, that in no event shall such approval be unreasonably withheld.
6. Liability of the Sub-Advisor. The Sub-Advisor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trust and all affiliated persons thereof (within the meaning of Section 2(a)(3) of the 1940 Act) and all controlling persons (as described in Section 15 of the 1933 Act) (collectively, the Sub-Advisor Indemnitees) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation (including reasonable legal and other expenses) by reason of or arising out of: (a) the Sub-Advisor being in material violation of any applicable federal or state law, rule or regulation or any investment policy or restriction set forth in the Funds Registration Statement or any written guidelines or instruction provided in writing by the Board, or (b) the Sub-Advisors willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence generally in the performance of its duties hereunder or its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement. As used in this Section 6, the term Sub-Advisor shall include the Sub-Advisor and/or any of its affiliates and the directors, officers and employees of the Sub-Advisor and/or any of its affiliates.
7. Limitation of Trusts Liability. The Sub-Advisor acknowledges that it has received notice of and accepts the limitations upon the Trusts liability set forth in its Declaration of Trust. The Sub-Advisor agrees that (i) the Trusts obligations to the Sub-Advisor under this Agreement (or indirectly under the Advisory Agreement) shall be limited in any event to the Fund Assets and (ii) the Sub-Advisor shall not seek satisfaction of any such obligation from the holders of shares of the Fund, other than the Advisor, nor from any Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust.
8. Force Majeure. The Sub-Advisor shall not be liable for delays or errors occurring by reason of circumstances beyond its control, including but not limited to acts of civil or military authority, national emergencies, work stoppages, fire, flood, catastrophe, acts of God,
insurrection, war, riot, or failure of communication or power supply. In the event of equipment breakdowns beyond its control, the Sub-Advisor shall take all reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions but shall have no liability with respect thereto.
9. Renewal, Termination and Amendment.
a. This Agreement shall continue in effect, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided, until [ , 2014]; and it shall continue thereafter provided that such continuance is specifically approved by the parties and, in addition, at least annually by (i) the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as herein defined) of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the Trusts Board of Trustees and (ii) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of either the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
b. This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, (i) by the Advisor upon not more than sixty (60) days nor less than thirty (30) days written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Sub-Advisor; (ii) by the Sub-Advisor upon not less than sixty (60) days written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Advisor; or (iii) by the Trust upon either (y) the majority vote of its Board or (z) the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
c. This Agreement may be amended at any time by the parties hereto, subject to approval by the Trusts Board of Trustees and, if required by applicable SEC rules and regulations, a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund affected by such change.
d. The terms assignment, interested persons and majority of the outstanding voting securities shall have the meaning set forth for such terms in the 1940 Act.
10. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall become or shall be found to be invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
11. Notice. Any notices under this Agreement shall be in writing addressed and delivered personally (or by telecopy) or mailed postage-paid, to the other party at such address as such other party may designate in accordance with this paragraph for the receipt of such notice. Until further notice to the other party, it is agreed that the address of the Trust and that of the Advisor for this purpose shall be 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 and that the address of the Sub-Advisor shall be 250 Park Avenue South, Suite 250, Winter Park, Florida 32789.
12. Miscellaneous. Each party agrees to perform such further actions and execute such further documents as are necessary to effectuate the purposes hereof. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Ohio and the Sub-Advisor consents to the jurisdiction of courts, both state or federal, in Ohio, with respect to any dispute under this Agreement.. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered in their names and on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC. |
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
By: |
|
|
Steven M. Graziano |
|
|
|
||
President |
|
Name: |
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
Title: |
|
||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DEPRINCE, RACE & ZOLLO, INC. |
|||
|
|
|
|||
Attest: |
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
By: |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
Exhibit 99.28(d)(22)
FORM OF SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
TOUCHSTONE INTERNATIONAL VALUE FUND
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
This SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT is made as of , 2012, by and between TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC. , an Ohio corporation (the Advisor), and BARROW, HANLEY, MEWHINNEY & STRAUSS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (the Sub-Advisor).
WHEREAS, the Advisor is an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and has been retained by Touchstone Strategic Trust (the Trust), a Massachusetts business trust organized pursuant to a Declaration of Trust dated May 19, 1993 () and registered as an open-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act), to provide investment advisory services with respect to certain assets of the Touchstone International Value Fund (the Fund); and
WHEREAS, the Sub-Advisor also is an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended; and
WHEREAS, the Advisor desires to retain the Sub-Advisor to furnish it with portfolio management services in connection with the Advisors investment advisory activities on behalf of the Fund, and the Sub-Advisor is willing to furnish such services to the Advisor and the Fund;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, it is agreed as follows:
1. Appointment of the Sub-Advisor. In accordance with and subject to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Advisor, attached hereto as Exhibit A (the Advisory Agreement), the Advisor hereby appoints the Sub-Advisor to manage the investment and reinvestment of that portion of the assets of the Fund allocated to it by the Advisor (the Fund Assets), in conformity with the Funds currently effective Registration Statement, prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and subject to the control and direction of the Advisor and the Trusts Board of Trustees, for the period and on the terms hereinafter set forth. The Sub-Advisor hereby accepts such appointment and agrees during such period to render the services and to perform the duties called for by this Agreement for the compensation herein provided. The Sub-Advisor shall at all times maintain its registration as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the Advisers Act) and shall otherwise comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, both state and federal. The Sub-Advisor shall for all purposes herein be deemed an independent contractor and shall, except as expressly provided or authorized (whether herein or otherwise), have no authority to act for or represent the Trust in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust or the Fund.
2. Duties of the Sub-Advisor. The Sub-Advisor will provide the following services and undertake the following duties:
a. The Sub-Advisor will manage the investment and reinvestment of the Fund Assets, subject to and in accordance with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund and in conformity with the Funds currently effective Registration Statement, prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and any directions which the Advisor or the Trusts Board of Trustees may give from time to time with respect to the Fund. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Sub-Advisor will make all determinations with respect to the investment of the Fund Assets and the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and shall take such steps as may be necessary or advisable to implement the same. The Sub-Advisor also will determine the manner in which voting rights, rights to consent to corporate action and any other rights pertaining to the portfolio securities will be exercised. The Sub-Advisor will render regular reports to the Trusts Board of Trustees and to the Advisor (or such other advisor or advisors as the Advisor shall engage to assist it in the evaluation of the performance and activities of the Sub-Advisor). Such reports shall be made in such form and manner and with respect to such matters regarding the Fund and the Sub-Advisor as the Trust or the Advisor shall from time to time request; provided, however, that in the absence of extraordinary circumstances, a senior member of the Sub-Advisors portfolio management team responsible for management of Fund Assets for the Sub-Advisor will not be required to attend in person more than one meeting per year with the Trustees of the Trust. The Sub-Advisor may utilize the services of a third-party to research and vote proxies on its behalf and on behalf of the Fund. The Sub-Advisor shall not have custody of any of the assets of the Fund, is not authorized to provide the Fund with legal or tax advice and is not authorized to engage the Fund in any legal proceedings, including responding to class action claims; provided, however, that the Sub-Advisor shall promptly forward any notices it receives relating to class action claims to the Funds custodian or other duly designated Fund agent. The Sub-Advisor shall assist the custodian or other duly designated Fund agent in evaluating such securities litigation claims, as reasonably requested in writing, but the Sub-Advisor will not be responsible for filing such claims. The Advisor acknowledges that the Funds custodian or other duly designated Fund agent will be responsible for evaluating and making all decisions regarding securities litigation claims involving securities presently or formerly held by the Fund.
b. In addition, the Sub-Advisor may, to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulations, aggregate purchase and sale orders of securities placed with respect to the assets of the Fund with similar orders being made simultaneously for other accounts managed by the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates, if, in the Sub-Advisors reasonable judgment, such aggregation shall result in an overall economic benefit to the Fund, taking into consideration the selling or purchase price, brokerage commissions and other expenses. In the event that a purchase or sale of an asset of the Fund occurs as part of any aggregate sale or purchase order, the objective of the Sub-Advisor and any of its affiliates involved in such transaction shall be to allocate the securities so purchased or sold, as well as expenses incurred in the transaction, among the Fund and other accounts in a fair and equitable manner. Whenever the Fund and one or more other investment advisory clients of the Sub-Advisor have available funds for investment, investments suitable and appropriate for each will be allocated in a manner believed by the Sub-
Advisor to be equitable to each. Moreover, it is possible that due to differing investment objectives or for other reasons, the Sub-Advisor and its affiliates may purchase securities of an issuer for one client and at approximately the same time recommend selling or sell the same or similar types of securities for another client, including the Fund.
c. The Sub-Advisor will not arrange purchases or sales of securities between the Fund and other accounts advised by the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates unless (a) such purchases or sales are in accordance with applicable law and regulation (including Rule 17a-7 under the 1940 Act) and the Funds policies and procedures, (b) the Sub- Advisor determines the purchase or sale is in the best interests of the Fund, and (c) the Funds Board of Trustees has approved these types of transactions.
d. The Sub-Advisor shall promptly notify the Advisor if the Sub-Advisor reasonably believes that the value of any security held by the Fund may not reflect fair value. The Sub-Advisor agrees to provide any pricing information of which the Sub- Advisor is aware to the Advisor and/or any Fund pricing agent to assist in the determination of the fair value of any Fund holdings for which market quotations are not readily available or as otherwise required in accordance with the 1940 Act or the Funds valuation procedures for the purpose of calculating the Funds net asset value in accordance with procedures and methods established by the Board. The parties hereto recognize that the Sub-Advisor is not an official pricing source.
e. Regulatory Compliance.
(i) The Sub-Advisor agrees to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, the 1933 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 1934 Act), the Commodity Exchange Act and the respective rules and regulations thereunder, as applicable, as well as with all other applicable federal and state laws, rules, regulations and case law that relate to the services and relationships described hereunder and to the conduct of its business as a registered investment adviser. In selecting the Funds portfolio securities and performing the Sub-Advisors obligations hereunder, the Sub-Advisor shall cause the Fund to comply with the diversification and source of income requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), for qualification as a regulated investment company. The Sub- Advisor shall maintain compliance procedures that it reasonably believes are adequate to ensure the compliance with the foregoing. No supervisory activity undertaken by the Advisor shall limit the Sub-Advisors full responsibility for any of the foregoing.
(ii) The Sub-Advisor has adopted a written code of ethics that it reasonably believes complies with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, which it will provide to the Advisor and the Fund. The Sub-Advisor shall ensure that its Access Persons (as defined in the Sub-Advisors Code of Ethics) comply in all material respects with the Sub-Advisors Code of Ethics, as in effect from time to time. Upon request, the Sub-Advisor shall provide the Fund with (i) a copy of the Sub-Advisors current Code of Ethics, as in effect from time to time, and (ii) a certification that it has
adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from engaging in any conduct prohibited by the Sub-Advisors Code of Ethics. No less frequently than annually, the Sub-Advisor shall furnish a written report, which complies with the requirements of Rule 17j-1, concerning the Sub-Advisors Code of Ethics to the Fund and the Advisor. The Sub-Advisor shall respond to requests for information from the Advisor as to violations of the Code by Access Persons and the sanctions imposed by the Sub- Advisor. The Sub-Advisor shall immediately notify the Advisor of any material violation of the Code, whether or not such violation relates to a security held by the Fund.
(iii) The Sub-Advisor shall notify the Trusts Chief Compliance Officer and Advisor immediately upon detection of (i) any material failure to manage the Fund in accordance with its investment objectives and policies or any applicable law; or (ii) any material breach of any of the Funds or the Advisors policies, guidelines or procedures as set forth in the Funds currently effective Registration Statement, prospectus and Statement of Additional Information or as provided to the Sub-Advisor in writing. In addition, the Sub-Advisor shall provide a quarterly report regarding each Funds compliance with its investment objectives and policies and applicable law, including, but not limited to the 1940 Act, the Code, and the Funds and the Advisors policies, guidelines or procedures as applicable to the Sub-Advisors obligations under this Agreement. The Sub-Advisor acknowledges and agrees that the Advisor may, in its discretion, provide such quarterly compliance certifications to the Board. The Sub- Advisor agrees to correct any such failure promptly and to take any action that the Board and/or the Advisor may reasonably request in connection with any such breach. The Sub-Advisor will promptly notify the Trust in the event (i) the Sub-Advisor is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board, or body, involving the affairs of the Trust (excluding class action suits in which a Fund is a member of the plaintiff class by reason of the Funds ownership of shares in the defendant) or the compliance by the Sub- Advisor with the federal or state securities laws or (ii) the controlling stockholder of the Sub-Advisor changes or an actual change in control resulting in an assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) has occurred or is otherwise proposed to occur.
(iv) The Sub-Advisor shall maintain separate books and detailed records of all matters pertaining to the Funds assets advised by the Sub-Advisor required by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act (other than those records being maintained by the Advisor, custodian or transfer agent appointed by the Fund) relating to its responsibilities provided hereunder with respect to the Fund, and shall preserve such records for the periods and in a manner prescribed therefore by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act (the Fund Books and Records). The Fund Books and Records shall be available to the Advisor and the Board at any time upon request, shall be delivered to the Trust upon the termination of this Agreement and shall be available for telecopying without delay during any day the Fund is open for business.
f. The Sub-Advisor shall provide reasonable support to the Advisor with respect to the marketing of the Fund, including but not limited to: (i) permission to use the Sub-Advisors name as provided in Section 5, (ii) upon reasonable request from the
Advisor, permission to use the past performance and investment history of the Sub- Advisor with respect to a composite of other funds managed by the Sub-Advisor that are comparable, in investment objective and composition, to the Fund, (iii) reasonable access to the individual(s) responsible for day-to-day management as well as for servicing of the Fund for marketing conferences, teleconferences and other activities involving the promotion of the Fund, subject to the reasonable request of the Advisor from time to time, (iv) permission to use biographical and historical data of the Sub-Advisor and individual manager(s), and (v) permission to use the names of those clients pre-approved by the Sub-Advisor to which the Sub-Advisor provides investment management services, subject to receipt of the consent of such clients to the use of their names.
g. The Sub-Advisor will, in the name of the Fund, place orders for the execution of all portfolio transactions in accordance with the policies with respect thereto set forth in the Trusts registration statements under the 1940 Act and the Securities Act of 1933, as such registration statements may be in effect from time to time. When placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Sub-Advisors primary objective shall be to obtain the most favorable price and execution available for the Fund, and in placing such orders the Sub-Advisor may consider a number of factors, including, without limitation, the overall direct net economic result to the Fund (including commissions), the financial strength and stability of the broker, the efficiency with which the transaction will be effected, the ability to effect the transaction at all where a large block is involved and the availability of the broker or dealer to stand ready to execute possibly difficult transactions in the future. Consistent with the Conduct Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), and subject to seeking most favorable price and execution and compliance with Rule 12b-1(h) under the 1940 Act, the Sub-Advisor may select brokers and dealers to execute portfolio transactions of the Fund that promote or sell shares of the Fund. The Sub-Advisor is specifically authorized, to the extent authorized by law (including, without limitation, Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act), to pay a broker or dealer who provides research services to the Sub-Advisor an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting such transaction, in recognition of such additional research services rendered by the broker or dealer, but only if the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that the excess commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer viewed in terms of the particular transaction or the Sub-Advisors overall responsibilities with respect to discretionary accounts that it manages, and that the Fund derives or will derive a reasonable benefit from such research services. The Sub-Advisor will present a written report to the Board of Trustees of the Trust, at least quarterly, indicating total brokerage expenses, actual or imputed, as well as the services obtained in consideration for such expenses, broken down by broker-dealer and containing such information as the Board of Trustees reasonably shall request.
h. The Sub-Adviser shall maintain errors and omissions insurance coverage in an amount consistent with industry practice and standards and shall provide annual certificates of insurance to the Trust evidencing such coverage. Furthermore, the Sub-
Advisor shall, upon reasonable request, provide the Trust with any information it may reasonably require concerning the amount of or scope of such insurance.
i. In the event of any reorganization or other change in the Sub-Advisor, its investment principals, supervisors or members of its investment (or comparable) committee, the Sub-Advisor shall give the Advisor and the Trusts Board of Trustees written notice of such reorganization or change within a reasonable time (but not later than 30 days) after such reorganization or change.
j. The Sub-Advisor will bear its expenses of providing services to the Fund pursuant to this Agreement except such expenses as are expressly undertaken by the Advisor or the Trust.
3. Compensation of the Sub-Advisor.
a. As compensation for the services to be rendered and duties undertaken hereunder by the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor will pay to the Sub-Advisor a monthly fee equal on an annual basis to [ ]% the first $[ ] million of average daily net assets of the Fund, and [ ]% of the average daily net assets of the Fund in excess of $[ ] million without regard to any total expense limitation of the Trust or the Advisor. Such fee shall be computed and accrued daily and paid monthly in arrears. If the Sub-Advisor serves in such capacity for less than the whole of any period specified in this Section 3a, the compensation to the Sub-Advisor shall be prorated. For purposes of calculating the Sub- Advisors fee, the daily value of the Fund Assets shall be computed by the same method as the Trust uses to compute the net asset value of the Fund for purposes of purchases and redemptions of shares thereof. This fee schedule is a result of a multiple account discount and is applicable so long as Sub-Advisor manages two or more funds on behalf of the Trust or any affiliated trust. The Sub-Advisor also manages the Touchstone Value Fund. In the event the Sub-Advisors Sub-Advisory Agreement with respect to the Touchstone Value Fund is terminated and the Sub-Advisor is acting solely as sub-advisor to the Fund (and no other Touchstone Fund), the parties agree that the negotiated fee schedule is subject to change, subject to approval by the Board.
b. The Sub-Advisor reserves the right to waive all or a part of its fees hereunder.
4. Activities of the Sub-Advisor. The Sub-Advisor will report to the Board of Trustees of the Trust (at regular quarterly meetings and at such other times as such Board of Trustees reasonably shall request, subject to the limitation on personal attendance at such meetings set forth in Section 2a) (i) the financial condition and financial prospects of the Sub- Advisor, (ii) the nature and amount of transactions that may be reasonably expected to affect the Fund that involve the Sub-Advisor and affiliates of the Sub-Advisor, (iii) information regarding any potential conflicts of interest arising by reason of its continuing provision of advisory services to the Fund and to its other accounts, and (iv) such other information as the Board of Trustees shall reasonably request regarding the Fund, including but not limited to the performance of the specific strategy used to manage the assets of the Fund, and the capacity of
the Sub-Advisor as it relates to the continuing ability of the Sub-Advisor to accept additional cash flow from the Advisor into the Fund. Upon request, the Sub-Advisor agrees to discuss with the Board its plans for the allocation of remaining capacity in the strategy used to manage the Fund, with respect to the Fund and to the Sub-Advisors other clients.
The Sub-Advisor has supplied to the Advisor and the Trust copies of its Form ADV with all exhibits and attachments thereto (including the Sub-Advisors statement of financial condition) and will hereafter supply to the Advisor, promptly upon the preparation thereof, copies of all material amendments or restatements of such document. Advisor consents to receipt of all such disclosure documents via electronic delivery.
5. Use of Names. Neither the Advisor nor the Trust shall use the name of the Sub- Advisor in any prospectus, sales literature or other material relating to the Advisor or the Trust in any manner not approved in advance by the Sub-Advisor; provided, however, that the Sub- Advisor will approve all uses of its name which merely refer in accurate terms to its appointment hereunder or which are required by the SEC or a state securities commission; and provided further, that in no event shall such approval be unreasonably withheld. The Sub-Advisor shall not use the name of the Advisor or the Trust in any material relating to the Sub-Advisor in any manner not approved in advance by the Advisor or the Trust, as the case may be; provided, however, that the Advisor and the Trust shall each approve all uses of their respective names which merely refer in accurate terms to the appointment of the Sub-Advisor hereunder or which are required by the SEC or a state securities commission; and, provided further, that in no event shall such approval be unreasonably withheld.
6. Liability of the Sub-Advisor. The Sub-Advisor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trust, the Advisor, any affiliated entity of the Advisor that provides material financial support to the Advisor with respect to the Fund, and any officer, director, or employee of the Trust, the Advisor, or such an affiliated entity (collectively, the Sub-Advisor Indemnitees) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation (including reasonable legal and other expenses) (together, Losses) by reason of or arising out of: (a) the Sub-Advisor being in material violation of any applicable federal or state law, rule or regulation in connection with the services provided to the Trust hereunder, including as a result of any violation of any investment policy or restriction set forth in the Funds Registration Statement or any written guidelines or instruction provided to the Sub-Advisor in writing by the Board, or (b) the Sub-Advisors willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties hereunder or its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement. As used in this Section 6, the term Sub-Advisor shall include the Sub-Advisor and/or, its directors, officers and employees, but not any third-parties, including unaffiliated brokers, engaged by Sub-Advisor to provide services under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Sub-Advisor will be obligated by this paragraph to indemnify any Sub-Advisor Indemnitee for any and all such Losses that the Sub-Advisor Indemnitee incurs either directly or in connection with reimbursing or otherwise making whole another Sub-Advisor Indemnitee for such Losses.
7. Liability of the Advisor. The Advisor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Sub-Advisor, any affiliated entity of the Sub-Advisor that provides material financial support to the Sub-Advisor with respect to the Fund, and any officer, director or employee of the Sub- Advisor, or such an affiliated entity (collectively, the Advisor Indemnitees) against any and all
Losses by reason of or arising out of: (a) the Advisor being in material violation of any applicable federal or state law, rule or regulation, or (b) the Advisors willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.
8. Limitation of Trusts Liability. The Sub-Advisor acknowledges that it has received notice of and accepts the limitations upon the Trusts liability set forth in its Declaration of Trust. The Sub-Advisor agrees that (i) the Trusts obligations to the Sub-Advisor under this Agreement (or indirectly under the Advisory Agreement) shall be limited in any event to the Fund Assets and (ii) the Sub-Advisor shall not seek satisfaction of any such obligation from the holders of shares of the Fund, other than the Advisor, nor from any Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust.
9. Force Majeure. The Sub-Advisor shall not be liable for delays or errors occurring by reason of circumstances beyond its control, including but not limited to acts of civil or military authority, national emergencies, work stoppages, fire, flood, catastrophe, acts of God, insurrection, war, riot, or failure of communication or power supply. In the event of equipment breakdowns beyond its control, the Sub-Advisor shall take all reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions but shall have no liability with respect thereto.
10. Renewal, Termination and Amendment.
a. This Agreement shall continue in effect, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided, until , 2014; and it shall continue thereafter provided that such continuance is specifically approved by the parties and, in addition, at least annually by (i) the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as herein defined) of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the Trusts Board of Trustees and (ii) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of either the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
b. This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, (i) by the Advisor upon not more than sixty (60) days nor fewer than thirty (30) days written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Sub- Advisor; (ii) by the Sub-Advisor upon not fewer than sixty (60) days written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Advisor; or (iii) by the Trust upon either (y) the majority vote of its Board or (z) the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
c. This Agreement may be amended at any time by the parties hereto, subject to approval by the Trusts Board of Trustees and, if required by applicable SEC rules and regulations, a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund affected by such change.
d. The terms assignment, interested persons and majority of the outstanding voting securities shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the 1940 Act.
11. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall become or shall be found to be invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
12. Notice. Any notices under this Agreement shall be in writing addressed and delivered personally (or by telecopy or e-mail) or mailed postage-paid, to the other party at such address as such other party may designate in accordance with this paragraph for the receipt of such notice. Until further notice to the other party, it is agreed that the address of the Trust and that of the Advisor for this purpose shall be 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 and that the address of the Sub-Advisor shall be JP Morgan Chase Tower, 2200 Ross Avenue, 31 st Floor, Dallas, Texas 75201.
13. Miscellaneous. Each party agrees to perform such further actions and execute such further documents as are necessary to effectuate the purposes hereof. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Ohio and the Sub-Advisor consents to the jurisdiction of courts, both state or federal, in Ohio, with respect to any dispute under this Agreement. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter expressly set forth herein.
THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered in their names and on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC. |
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
BY: |
||
|
|
|
||
BY: |
|
|
|
|
|
Steven M. Graziano |
|
|
|
|
President |
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
BARROW, HANLEY, MEWHINNEY |
|
|
||
& STRAUSS, LLC |
|
|
||
|
|
Attest: |
||
|
|
|
||
BY: |
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
Title: |
|
Exhibit 99.28(h)(10)
FORM OF
EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT, effective as of [September 10, 2012] by and between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the Advisor) and Touchstone Strategic Trust (the Trust), on behalf of certain series of the Trust set forth in Schedule A attached hereto (each a Fund, and collectively, the Funds).
WHEREAS, the Trust is a Massachusetts business trust organized under a Declaration of Trust (Declaration of Trust), and is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act), as an open-end management company of the series type, and each Fund is a series of the Trust; and
WHEREAS, the Trust and the Advisor have entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement dated May 1, 2000, as amended (the Advisory Agreement), pursuant to which the Advisor provides investment advisory and other management services to each series of the Trust for compensation based on the value of the average daily net assets of each series; and
WHEREAS, the Trust and the Advisor have entered into this Expense Limitation Agreement (the Agreement) in order to limit the Fund Operating Expenses, as defined below, from exceeding the levels specified in Schedule A attached hereto.
NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree that the Agreement provides as follows:
1. Expense Limitation .
1.1 Expense Limit . The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive fees and reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to ensure the Funds total annual operating expenses (excluding dividend expenses relating to short sales, interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the cost of Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business) (Fund Operating Expenses) do not exceed the contractual limits set forth in Schedule A . The contractual limits on Fund Operating Expenses (Operating Expense Limit) set forth in Schedule A below have been adjusted for each class of each Fund to include the effect of Rule 12b-1 fees, shareholder servicing fees and other anticipated class specific expenses, if applicable.
1. 2 Recoupment . The Advisor shall be entitled to recover, subject to approval by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, such amounts reduced or reimbursed for a period of up to three (3) years from the year in which the Advisor reduced its compensation and/or assumed expenses for a Fund. No recoupment will occur unless a Funds expenses are below the Operating Expense Limit for the relevant Fund set forth in Schedule A . Amounts reduced or reimbursed for periods prior to the effective date of this Agreement are not eligible for recoupment by the Advisor.
1.3 Method of Computation . To determine the Advisors liability with respect to waivers or reimbursements, each month the Fund Operating Expenses for each Fund shall be annualized as of the last day of the month. If, for any month, a Funds annualized Fund Operating Expenses exceed the Operating Expense Limit of such Fund, the Advisor shall waive or reduce its advisory fee for such month by an amount, or remit an amount to the appropriate Fund, sufficient to reduce the annualized Fund Operating Expenses to an amount no higher than the Operating Expense Limit; provided, however, that any waiver or reduction of the advisory fee is applied equally across the classes, if any, of the Fund.
2. Term and Termination of Agreement .
This Agreement shall terminate (i) with respect to a Fund listed on Schedule A on the dates listed on Schedule A ; (ii) upon the termination of the Advisory Agreement with respect to a Fund; or (iii) at an earlier date by a vote of the Board of Trustees of the Trust if they deem the termination to be beneficial to shareholders of a Fund, unless extended, terminated, modified, or revised by the mutual agreement of the parties by amending Schedule A to this Agreement or otherwise as provided for in writing.
3. Miscellaneous .
3.1 Captions . The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no other way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.
3.2 Interpretation . Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to require the Trust or the Funds to take any action contrary to the Trusts Declaration of Trust or Bylaws, or any applicable statutory or regulatory requirement to which it is subject or by which it is bound, or to relieve or deprive the Trusts Board of Trustees of its responsibility for and control of the conduct of the affairs of the Trust or the Funds.
3.3 Definitions . Any question of interpretation of any term or provision of this Agreement, including but not limited to the advisory fee, the computations of net asset values, and the allocation of expenses, having a counterpart in or otherwise derived from the terms and provisions of the Investment Advisory Agreement or the 1940 Act, shall have the same meaning as and be resolved by reference to such Investment Advisory Agreement or the 1940 Act.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed by their respective officers thereunto duly, as of the day and year first above written.
|
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
\ |
|
|
|
By: |
|
Form of Schedule A
Dated [September 10, 2012]
To The
Expense Limitation Agreement
Dated [September 10, 2012]
Between
Touchstone Strategic Trust and Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
Fund |
|
Contractual Limit on
|
|
Termination Date |
|
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
|
|
|
|
Class A |
|
[1.60 |
]% |
|
|
Class C |
|
[2.35 |
]% |
[September 10, 2013] |
|
Class Y |
|
[1.35 |
]% |
|
|
Institutional |
|
[1.25 |
]% |
|
|
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
|
|
|
|
|
Class A |
|
[1.20 |
]% |
|
|
Class C |
|
[1.95 |
]% |
[September 10, 2013] |
|
Class Y |
|
[0.95 |
]% |
|
|
Institutional |
|
[0.85 |
]% |
|
|
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
|
|
|
|
Class A |
|
[1.36 |
]% |
|
|
Class C |
|
[2.11 |
]% |
[September 10, 2013] |
|
Class Y |
|
[1.11 |
]% |
|
|
Institutional |
|
[0.96 |
]% |
|
|
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
|
|
|
|
Class A |
|
[0.94 |
]% |
|
|
Class C |
|
[1.69 |
]% |
[September 10, 2013] |
|
Class Y |
|
[0.69 |
]% |
|
|
Institutional |
|
[0.59 |
]% |
|
|
This Schedule A to the Expense Limitation Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first set forth above.
|
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
Signature Page Schedule A to Expense Limitation Agreement
Exhibit 99.28(i)
3000 Two Logan Square
Eighteenth and Arch Streets
Philadelphia, PA 19103-2799
215.981.4000
Fax 215.981.4750
|
June 8, 2012 |
Touchstone Strategic Trust
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202
Re: |
Opinion of Counsel regarding Post-Effective Amendment No. 85 to the Registration Statement filed on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to Touchstone Strategic Trust (the Trust), a Massachusetts business trust, in connection with the filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 85 to the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 002-80859 and 811-03651) (the Amendment) to be filed pursuant to Rule 485(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 1933 Act) for the purpose of registering an indefinite number of Class A, Class C, Class Y and Institutional shares of beneficial interest, without par value, of each of the Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund, Touchstone Small Company Value Fund, Touchstone International Value Fund and Touchstone Strategic Income Fund (collectively, the Shares), each a series of the Trust.
You have requested our opinion as to the matters set forth below in connection with the filing of the Amendment. For purposes of rendering this opinion, we have examined a printers proof of the Amendment; the Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust; the By-Laws of the Trust; and the resolutions adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust that provide for the issuance of the Shares and we have made such other investigation as we have deemed appropriate. We have examined and relied upon certificates of public officials and, as to certain matters of fact that are material to our opinions, we have also relied on a certificate of an officer of the Trust as to certain matters, including the authorization of the issuance of the Shares. For purposes of rendering this opinion, we have assumed the original documents (including signatures) are authentic and the documents submitted to us as copies conform to the original documents. We have assumed that the Amendment, as filed with the SEC, will be in substantially the form of the printers proof referred to above and also have made other assumptions that are customary in opinion letters of this kind. We have not verified any of those assumptions.
Philadelphia |
|
Boston |
|
Washington, D.C. |
|
Detroit |
|
New York |
|
Pittsburgh |
Berwyn |
|
Harrisburg |
|
Orange County |
|
Princeton |
|
Wilmington |
www.pepperlaw.com
Our opinion, as set forth herein, is limited to the federal laws of the United States of America and the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts that, in our experience, generally are applicable to the issuance of shares by entities such as the Trust. We express no opinion with respect to any other laws.
Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been duly authorized for issuance by the Trust; and when issued and sold in accordance with the Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-laws of the Trust and paid for upon the terms described in the Amendment, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
This opinion is rendered solely in connection with the filing of the Amendment. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the SEC in connection with the Amendment and to the reference to this firm in the statement of additional information that is being filed as part of the Amendment. In giving our consent we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the 1933 Act or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
/s/ Pepper Hamilton LLP |
|
|
|
Pepper Hamilton LLP |
Exhibit 99.28(j)
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-1A of our report dated September 23, 2011 relating to the financial statements and financial highlights which appears in the July 31, 2011 Annual Report to Shareholders of the Fifth Third Funds, which are also incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading Financial Highlights and on the cover page of the Statement of Additional Information in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Kansas City, Missouri
June 8, 2012
Exhibit 99.28(m)(3)
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
DISTRIBUTION AND SHAREHOLDER SERVICES PLAN
CLASS A SHARES
WHEREAS, Touchstone Strategic Trust (the Trust) is engaged in business as an open-end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act); and
WHEREAS, the Trust and Touchstone Securities, Inc. (the Distributor) have entered into a Distribution Agreement, pursuant to which the Fund will employ the Distributor as distributor for the continuous offering of its shares; and
WHEREAS, the Trust desires to compensate the Distributor for providing the distribution services described herein to shareholders (the Shareholders) who from time to time beneficially own shares of its common stock that are classified and allocated as Class A Shares (the Shares) of each of the series listed in Exhibit A hereto, as may be amended from time to time (the Funds); and
WHEREAS, the Trustees of the Trust have determined that there is a reasonable likelihood that the payment of such distribution expenses by the Funds will benefit the Trust and the Shareholders and desire to adopt a plan of distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to Shares of the Funds; and
WHEREAS, the Trust desires to compensate the Distributor or other parties for providing the shareholder services described herein to Shareholders;
NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees of the Trust hereby adopt this distribution and shareholder services plan (the Plan) on the following terms and conditions:
SECTION 1. The Trust has adopted this Plan to enable the Trust to directly or indirectly bear expenses relating to the distribution of the Shares of the Trust and for providing shareholder services. The Distributor is authorized, pursuant to this Plan, to accept payments made to it and to make or direct payments on behalf of the Funds to any shareholder servicing agent with which it has entered into a shareholder servicing agreement or to any participating broker/dealer with which it has entered into a broker agreement.
SECTION 2. The Fund shall pay to the Distributor compensation for distribution of the Shares at the annual rate not to exceed 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Shares of the Funds. The amount of such compensation shall be calculated and accrued daily and paid monthly or at such other intervals as the Board of Trustees and the Distributor shall mutually agree. Such amount may be spent by the Distributor on any activities or expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of Shares, including, but not limited to: compensation to and expenses, including overhead and telephone expenses, of employees of the Distributor who engage in or support distribution of the Shares; printing of prospectuses and reports for other
than existing stockholders; preparation, printing and distribution of sales literature and advertising materials; and compensation to broker/dealers who sell Shares. The Distributor may negotiate with any such broker/dealer the services to be provided by the broker/dealer to stockholders in connection with the sale of Shares, and all or any portion of the compensation paid to the Distributor under this section may be reallocated by the Distributor to broker/dealers who sell Shares.
SECTION 3. Of the total compensation authorized above, the Fund may pay for shareholder services in an amount up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Shares which amount will reduce the aggregate Rule 12b-1 compensation received by the Distributor hereunder by such amount. Shareholder services may be performed by the Distributor or its affiliates, or the Distributor or its affiliates may enter into agreements with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, including fiduciaries and administrators of employee benefit plans, for the performance of such services. Shareholder services may include, but are not limited to, the following services: (i) establishing and maintaining customer accounts and records; (ii) aggregating and processing purchase and redemption requests from customers and placing net purchase and redemption orders with the Distributor; (iii) automatically investing customer account cash balances; (iv) providing periodic statements to their customers; (v) arranging for bank wires; (vi) answering routine customer inquiries concerning their investments in the shares offered in connection with this Plan and related distribution agreement; (vii) assisting customers in changing dividend options, account designations and addresses; (viii) performing sub-accounting functions; (ix) processing dividend payments from the Fund on behalf of customers; (x) forwarding certain shareholder communications from the Fund (such as proxies, shareholder reports and dividend, distribution and tax notices) to customers; and (xi) providing such other similar services as may be reasonably requested to the extent they are permitted to do so under applicable statutes, rules and regulations. In addition, the Distributor shall perform or supervise the performance by others of other shareholder services in connection with the operations of the Shares, as agreed from time to time.
SECTION 4. This Plan shall not take effect with respect to any Fund until it has been approved (a) by a vote of at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Shares of such Fund, if proposed to take effect after the public offering of such Funds Shares; and (b) together with any related agreements, by votes of the majority of both (i) the Trustees of the Trust and (ii) the Qualified Trustees (as defined in Section 10 herein), cast in person at a Board of Trustees meeting called for the purpose of voting on this Plan or such agreement.
SECTION 5. This Plan shall continue in effect for a term of one year. Thereafter, this Plan shall continue in for so long as its continuance is specifically approved at least annually in the manner provided in Part (b) of Section 4 herein for the approval of this Plan.
SECTION 6. The Distributor shall provide to the Board of Trustees of the Trust and the Board of Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended pursuant to this Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made, including commissions, advertising, printing, interest, carrying charges and allocated overhead expenses.
SECTION 7. This Plan may be terminated at any time by the vote of a majority of the Qualified Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Shares of the Funds.
SECTION 8. All agreements with any person relating to implementation of this Plan shall be in writing, and any agreement related to this Plan shall provide (a) that such agreement may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by the vote of a majority of the Qualified Trustees or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Shares of the Funds, on not more than 60 days written notice to any other party to the agreement; and (b) that such agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
SECTION 9. This Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of distribution expenses permitted pursuant to Section 2 hereof without the approval of Shareholders holding a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Shares of the Funds, and all material amendments to this Plan shall be approved in the manner provided in Part (b) of Section 4 herein for the approval of this Plan.
SECTION 10. As used in this Plan, (a) the term Qualified Trustees shall mean those Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons of the Trust within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of this Plan or any agreements related to it, and (b) the terms assignment and interested person shall have the respective meanings specified in the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, subject to such exemptions as may be granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
SECTION 11. While this Plan is in effect, Board of Trustees of the Trust shall satisfy the fund governance standards as defined in Rule 0-1(a)(7) under the 1940 Act.
SECTION 12. The Trust shall preserve copies of this Plan and any related agreements and all reports made pursuant to Section 6 hereof for a period of not less than six years from the date of this Plan, such agreements or such reports, as the case may be, the first two years in an easily accessible place.
EXHIBIT A
TO
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
DISTRIBUTION AND SHAREHOLDER SERVICES PLAN
FOR
CLASS A SHARES
Touchstone Dynamic Equity Fund
Touchstone Emerging Growth Fund
Touchstone International Equity Fund
Touchstone Conservative Allocation Fund
Touchstone Balanced Allocation Fund
Touchstone Moderate Growth Allocation Fund
Touchstone Growth Allocation Fund
Touchstone U.S. Long/Short Fund
Touchstone Value Fund
Touchstone International Small Cap Fund
Touchstone Capital Growth Fund
Touchstone Mid Cap Value Opportunities Fund
Touchstone Small Cap Value Opportunities Fund
Touchstone Focused Fund
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund
Touchstone International Value Fund
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund
Exhibit 99.28(m)(4)
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
DISTRIBUTION AND SHAREHOLDER SERVICES PLAN
CLASS C SHARES
WHEREAS, Touchstone Strategic Trust (the Trust) is engaged in business as an open-end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act); and
WHEREAS, the Trust and Touchstone Securities, Inc. (the Distributor) have entered into a Distribution Agreement, pursuant to which the Fund will employ the Distributor as distributor for the continuous offering of its shares; and
WHEREAS, the Trust desires to compensate the Distributor for providing the distribution services described herein to shareholders (the Shareholders) who from time to time beneficially own shares of its common stock that are classified and allocated as Class C Shares (the Shares) of each of the series listed in Exhibit A hereto, as may be amended from time to time (the Funds); and
WHEREAS, the Trustees of the Trust have determined that there is a reasonable likelihood that the payment of such distribution expenses by the Funds will benefit the Trust and the Shareholders and desire to adopt a plan of distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to Shares of the Funds; and
WHEREAS, the Trust desires to compensate the Distributor or other parties for providing the shareholder services described herein to Shareholders;
NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees of the Trust hereby adopt this distribution and shareholder services plan (the Plan) on the following terms and conditions:
SECTION 1. The Trust has adopted this Plan to enable the Trust to directly or indirectly bear expenses relating to the distribution of the Shares of the Trust and for providing shareholder services. The Distributor is authorized, pursuant to this Plan, to accept payments made to it and to make or direct payments on behalf of the Funds to any shareholder servicing agent with which it has entered into a shareholder servicing agreement or to any participating broker/dealer with which it has entered into a broker agreement.
SECTION 2. The Fund shall pay to the Distributor compensation for distribution of the Shares at the annual rate not to exceed 0.75% of the average daily net assets of the Shares of the Funds. The amount of such compensation shall be calculated and accrued daily and paid monthly or at such other intervals as the Board of Trustees and the Distributor shall mutually agree. Such amount may be spent by the Distributor on any activities or expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of Shares, including, but not limited to: compensation to and expenses, including overhead and telephone expenses, of employees of the Distributor who engage in or support distribution of the Shares; printing of prospectuses and reports for other than existing stockholders; preparation, printing and distribution of sales literature and
advertising materials; and compensation to broker/dealers who sell Shares. The Distributor may negotiate with any such broker/dealer the services to be provided by the broker/dealer to stockholders in connection with the sale of Shares, and all or any portion of the compensation paid to the Distributor under this section may be reallocated by the Distributor to broker/dealers who sell Shares.
SECTION 3. The Fund shall pay to the Distributor compensation for shareholder services in an amount not to exceed 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Shares of the Funds. The amount of such compensation shall be calculated and accrued daily and paid monthly or at such other intervals as the Board of Trustees and the Distributor shall mutually agree. Shareholder services may be performed by the Distributor, or the Distributor may enter into agreements with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, including fiduciaries and administrators of employee benefit plans, for the performance of such services. Shareholder services may include, but are not limited to, the following services: (i) establishing and maintaining customer accounts and records; (ii) aggregating and processing purchase and redemption requests from customers and placing net purchase and redemption orders with the Distributor; (iii) automatically investing customer account cash balances; (iv) providing periodic statements to their customers; (v) arranging for bank wires; (vi) answering routine customer inquiries concerning their investments in the shares offered in connection with this Plan and related distribution agreement; (vii) assisting customers in changing dividend options, account designations and addresses; (viii) performing sub-accounting functions; (ix) processing dividend payments from the Fund on behalf of customers; (x) forwarding certain shareholder communications from the Fund (such as proxies, shareholder reports and dividend, distribution and tax notices) to customers; and (xi) providing such other similar services as may be reasonably requested to the extent they are permitted to do so under applicable statutes, rules and regulations. In addition, the Distributor shall perform or supervise the performance by others of other shareholder services in connection with the operations of the Shares, as agreed from time to time.
SECTION 4. This Plan shall not take effect with respect to any Fund until it has been approved (a) by a vote of at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Shares of such Fund, if proposed to take effect after the public offering of such Funds Shares; and (b) together with any related agreements, by votes of the majority of both (i) the Trustees of the Trust and (ii) the Qualified Trustees (as defined in Section 10 herein), cast in person at a Board of Trustees meeting called for the purpose of voting on this Plan or such agreement.
SECTION 5. This Plan shall continue in effect for a term of one year. Thereafter, this Plan shall continue in for so long as its continuance is specifically approved at least annually in the manner provided in Part (b) of Section 4 herein for the approval of this Plan.
SECTION 6. The Distributor shall provide to the Board of Trustees of the Trust and the Board of Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended pursuant to this Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made, including commissions, advertising, printing, interest, carrying charges and allocated overhead expenses.
SECTION 7. This Plan may be terminated at any time by the vote of a majority of the Qualified Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Shares of the Funds.
SECTION 8. All agreements with any person relating to implementation of this Plan shall be in writing, and any agreement related to this Plan shall provide (a) that such agreement may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by the vote of a majority of the Qualified Trustees or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Shares of the Funds, on not more than 60 days written notice to any other party to the agreement; and (b) that such agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
SECTION 9. This Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of distribution expenses permitted pursuant to Section 2 hereof without the approval of Shareholders holding a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Shares of the Funds, and all material amendments to this Plan shall be approved in the manner provided in Part (b) of Section 4 herein for the approval of this Plan.
SECTION 10. As used in this Plan, (a) the term Qualified Trustees shall mean those Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons of the Trust within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of this Plan or any agreements related to it, and (b) the terms assignment and interested person shall have the respective meanings specified in the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, subject to such exemptions as may be granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
SECTION 11. While this Plan is in effect, Board of Trustees of the Trust shall satisfy the fund governance standards as defined in Rule 0-1(a)(7) under the 1940 Act.
SECTION 12. The Trust shall preserve copies of this Plan and any related agreements and all reports made pursuant to Section 6 hereof for a period of not less than six years from the date of this Plan, such agreements or such reports, as the case may be, the first two years in an easily accessible place.
EXHIBIT A
TO
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
DISTRIBUTION AND SHAREHOLDER SERVICES PLAN
FOR
CLASS C SHARES
Touchstone Dynamic Equity Fund |
Touchstone Emerging Growth Fund |
Touchstone International Equity Fund |
Touchstone Conservative Allocation Fund |
Touchstone Balanced Allocation Fund |
Touchstone Moderate Growth Allocation Fund |
Touchstone Growth Allocation Fund |
Touchstone U.S. Long/Short Fund |
Touchstone Value Fund |
Touchstone International Small Cap Fund |
Touchstone Capital Growth Fund |
Touchstone Mid Cap Value Opportunities Fund |
Touchstone Small Cap Value Opportunities Fund |
Touchstone Focused Fund |
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
Touchstone International Value Fund |
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
Exhibit 99.28(n)
TOUCHSTONE FUNDS GROUP TRUST
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
TOUCHSTONE INVESTMENT TRUST
TOUCHSTONE TAX-FREE TRUST
AMENDED AND RESTATED RULE 18F-3
MULTIPLE CLASS PLAN
Touchstone Funds Group Trust, Touchstone Strategic Trust, Touchstone Investment Trust and Touchstone Tax-Free Trust (the Trusts), registered investment companies that currently consist of a number of separately managed funds, have elected to rely on Rule 18f-3 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act), in offering multiple classes of units of beneficial interest (Shares) in each fund as set forth on Schedule A hereto (each a Fund and together the Funds) to persons who may from time to time beneficially own Shares (Shareholders). The Board Trustees of the Trust (the Trustees) may add Funds to and/or delete Funds from Schedule A, or discontinue the offering of classes of Shares of the Funds, from time to time.
A. Attributes Of Share Classes
1. The rights of each class of shares of the Funds shall be as set forth in the respective Certificate of Class Designation for each class (each a Certificate) as each such Certificate is approved by the Trustees and attached hereto as an Exhibit.
2. With respect to each class of shares created hereunder, each share of a Fund will represent an equal pro rata interest in the Fund and will have identical terms and conditions, except that: (i) each new class will have a different class name (or other designation) that identifies the class as separate from any other class; (ii) each class will be offered and sold only to investors meeting the qualifications set forth in the Certificate and disclosed in a Funds current Prospectus; (iii) each class will separately bear any distribution fees that are payable in connection with a distribution plan adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (a 12b-1 Plan), and separately bear any other service fees that are payable under any service agreement entered into with respect to that class which are not contemplated by or within the scope of the 12b-1 Plan; (iv) each class may bear, consistent with rulings and other published statements of position by the Internal Revenue Service, the expenses of the Funds operations which are directly attributable to such class (Class Expenses); and (v) Shareholders of each class will have exclusive voting rights regarding any matter submitted to Shareholders that relates solely to such class (such as a 12b-1 Plan), and will have separate voting rights on any matter submitted to Shareholders in which the interests of that class differ from the interests of any other class.
B. Expense Allocations
With respect to each Fund, the expenses of each class shall be allocated as follows: (i) any fees relating to a particular class of shares associated with a 12b-1 Plan or service fees relating to a particular class of shares are (or will be) borne exclusively by that class; (ii) any incremental transfer agency fees relating to a particular class are (or will be) borne exclusively
by that class; and (iii) Class Expenses relating to a particular class are (or will be) borne exclusively by that class.
Non-class specific expenses shall be allocated in accordance with Rule 18f-3(c).
C. Amendment Of Plan; Periodic Review
This Plan must be amended to properly describe (through additional Exhibits hereto) each new class of shares upon its approval by the Trustees.
The Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust as defined in the 1940 Act, must approve any material amendment of the Plan as it relates to any class of any Fund covered by the Plan. In approving any material amendment to the Plan, the Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust, must find that the amendment is in the best interests of each class individually and the Trust as a whole.
SCHEDULE A
to the
AMENDED AND RESTATED RULE 18F-3
MULTIPLE CLASS PLAN
The Trusts Funds and Classes thereof that are currently offered are listed below:
Trust |
|
Funds |
|
Class
|
|
Class
|
|
Class
|
|
Class
|
|
Class
|
|
Institutional |
|
Class S |
Touchstone Funds Group Trust |
|
Touchstone Small Cap Value Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Ultra Short Duration Fixed Income Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Short Duration Fixed Income Fund |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Mid Cap Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Sands Capital Select Growth Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Premium Yield Equity Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Capital Appreciation Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Total Return Bond Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Emerging Markets Equity Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Global Equity Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Global Real Estate Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone International Fixed Income Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Large Cap Relative Value Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Market Neutral Equity Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Mid Cap Value Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Small Cap Core Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Focused Equity Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Emerging Markets Equity Fund II |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Merger Arbitrage Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
Trust |
|
Funds |
|
Class
|
|
Class
|
|
Class
|
|
Class
|
|
Class
|
|
Institutional |
|
Class S |
Touchstone Strategic Trust |
|
Touchstone Dynamic Equity Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Balanced Allocation Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Conservative Allocation Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Growth Allocation Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Moderate Growth Allocation Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone U.S. Long/Short Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Value Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Emerging Growth Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Focused Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone International Equity Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Capital Growth Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Small Cap Value Opportunities Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Mid Cap Value Opportunities Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone International Small Cap Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Diversified Small Cap Growth Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Large Cap Growth Fund |
|
x |
|
x |
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Mid Cap Growth Fund |
|
x |
|
x |
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Micro Cap Value Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Small Company Value Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone International Value Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Strategic Income Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
Touchstone |
|
Touchstone Core Bond |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
Trust |
|
Funds |
|
Class
|
|
Class
|
|
Class
|
|
Class
|
|
Class
|
|
Institutional |
|
Class S |
Investment Trust |
|
Fund |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Touchstone High Yield Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Money Market Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x |
Touchstone Tax-Free Trust |
|
Touchstone Ohio Tax-Free Bond Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Ohio Tax-Free Money Market Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x |
|
|
|
|
Touchstone Tax-Free Money Market Fund |
|
x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x |
EXHIBIT A
CERTIFICATE OF CLASS DESIGNATION
Class A Shares
1. Class-Specific Distribution and Servicing Arrangements; Other Expenses.
Class A Shares are offered at the then-current net asset value plus a front-end sales charge, if any. The front-end sales charge shall be in such amount as is disclosed in a Funds current Prospectus and shall be subject to such reductions for larger purchasers and such waivers or reductions as are disclosed in a Funds current Prospectus or Prospectus supplement. Class A shares are subject to annual distribution and service fees as set forth in a Funds then-effective plan of distribution adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act and current Prospectus.
2. Eligibility of Purchasers
Class A Shares are subject to the minimum purchase requirements as set forth in a Funds current Prospectus.
3. Exchange Privileges
Class A Shares are subject to the exchange privileges as set forth in a Funds current Prospectus.
4. Voting Rights
Each Class A shareholder will have one vote for each full Share held and a fractional vote for each fractional Share held. Class A Shareholders will have exclusive voting rights regarding any matter submitted to Shareholders that relates solely to Class A (such as a distribution plan), and will have separate voting rights on any other matter submitted to Shareholders in which the interests of the Class A Shareholders differ from the interests of holders of any other class.
5. Conversion Rights
Class A Shares do not have a conversion feature.
6. Redemption Fee
Class A Shares may be subject to a redemption fee as disclosed in a Funds current Prospectus.
EXHIBIT B
CERTIFICATE OF CLASS DESIGNATION
Class B Shares
1. Class-Specific Distribution and Servicing Arrangements; Other Expenses.
Class B Shares are offered at the then-current net asset value without a front-end sales charge, but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) as set forth in a Funds current Prospectus. Class B shares are subject to annual distribution and service fees as set forth in a Funds then-effective plan of distribution adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act and current Prospectus.
2. Eligibility of Purchasers
Class B Shares are subject to the minimum purchase requirements as set forth in a Funds current Prospectus.
3. Exchange Privileges
Class B Shares are subject to the exchange privileges as set forth in a Funds current Prospectus.
4. Voting Rights
Each Class B shareholder will have one vote for each full Share held and a fractional vote for each fractional Share held. Class B Shareholders will have exclusive voting rights regarding any matter submitted to Shareholders that relates solely to Class B (such as a distribution plan), and will have separate voting rights on any other matter submitted to Shareholders in which the interests of the Class B Shareholders differ from the interests of holders of any other class.
5. Conversion Rights
Class B Shares will automatically convert to Class A Shares at the end of a specified number of years as described in a Funds current Prospectus.
6. Redemption Fee
Class B Shares may be subject to a redemption fee as disclosed in a Funds current Prospectus.
EXHIBIT C
CERTIFICATE OF CLASS DESIGNATION
Class C Shares
1. Class-Specific Distribution and Servicing Arrangements; Other Expenses.
Class C Shares are offered at the then-current net asset value without a front-end sales charge, but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) in such amount as is disclosed in a Funds current Prospectus, which may waived or reduced as disclosed in a Funds current Prospectus or statement of additional information. Class C Shares are also subject to annual distribution and service fees as set forth in a Funds then-effective plan of distribution adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act and current Prospectus.
2. Eligibility of Purchasers
Class C Shares are subject to the minimum purchase requirements as set forth in a Funds current Prospectus.
3. Exchange Privileges
Class C Shares are subject to the exchange privileges as set forth in a Funds current Prospectus.
4. Voting Rights
Each Class C shareholder will have one vote for each full Share held and a fractional vote for each fractional Share held. Class C Shareholders will have exclusive voting rights regarding any matter submitted to Shareholders that relates solely to Class C (such as a distribution plan), and will have separate voting rights on any other matter submitted to Shareholders in which the interests of the Class C Shareholders differ from the interests of holders of any other class.
5. Conversion Rights
Class C Shares do not have a conversion feature.
6. Redemption Fee
Class C Shares may be subject to a redemption fee as disclosed in a Funds current Prospectus.
EXHIBIT C
CERTIFICATE OF CLASS DESIGNATION
Class Y Shares
1. Class-Specific Distribution and Servicing Arrangements; Other Expenses.
Class Y Shares are offered at the then-current net asset value without a sales charge and are not subject to Rule 12b-1 or shareholder servicing fees.
2. Eligibility of Purchasers
Class Y Shares are subject to the minimum purchase requirements as set forth in a Funds current Prospectus.
3. Exchange Privileges
Class Y Shares are subject to the exchange privileges as set forth in a Funds current Prospectus.
4. Voting Rights
Each Class Y shareholder will have one vote for each full Class Y Share held and a fractional vote for each fractional Share held. Class Y Shareholders will have exclusive voting rights regarding any matter submitted to Shareholders that relates solely to Class Y (such as a distribution plan relating to Class Y), and will have separate voting rights on any other matter submitted to Shareholders in which the interests of Class Y Shareholders differ from the interests of holders of any other class.
5. Conversion Rights
Class Y Shares do not have a conversion feature.
6. Redemption Fee
Class Y Shares may be subject to a redemption fee as disclosed in a Funds current Prospectus.
EXHIBIT D
CERTIFICATE OF CLASS DESIGNATION
Class Z Shares
1. Class-Specific Distribution and Servicing Arrangements; Other Expenses.
Class Z Shares are offered at the then-current net asset value without a sales charge, but are subject to shareholder servicing fees as set forth in a Funds then-effective Shareholder Services Plan (the Plan) and current Prospectus.
2. Eligibility of Purchasers
Class Z Shares are subject to the minimum purchase requirements as set forth in a Funds current Prospectus. Effective November 18, 2006, Class Z Shares will be closed to new fund direct investors; however, Class Z shareholders with accounts existing on or before November 17, 2006 are permitted to continue to invest in Class Z Shares.
3. Exchange Privileges
Class Z Shares may be exchanged for Class A Shares of any other Fund of the Trust, without the assessment of the applicable Class A Share front-end sales charge, in accordance with the procedures disclosed in the Funds Prospectus and subject to any applicable limitations resulting from the closing of Funds to new investors. For Class Z Shareholders with accounts existing on or before November 17, 2006, Class Z Shares may be exchanged for Class Z Shares of any other Fund of the Trust in accordance with the procedures disclosed in the Funds Prospectus and subject to any applicable limitations resulting from the closing of Funds to new investors.
4. Voting Rights
Each Class Z shareholder will have one vote for each full Class Z Share held and a fractional vote for each fractional Share held. Class Z Shareholders will have exclusive voting rights regarding any matter submitted to Shareholders that relates solely to Class Z (such as a distribution plan relating to Class Z), and will have separate voting rights on any other matter submitted to Shareholders in which the interests of Class Z Shareholders differ from the interests of holders of any other class.
5. Conversion Rights
Class Z Shares do not have a conversion feature.
6. Redemption Fee
Class Z Shares may be subject to a redemption fee as disclosed in a Funds current Prospectus.
EXHIBIT E
CERTIFICATE OF CLASS DESIGNATION
Institutional Shares
1. Class-Specific Distribution and Servicing Arrangements; Other Expenses.
Institutional Shares are offered at the then-current net asset value without a sales charge and are not subject to Rule 12b-1 or shareholder servicing fees.
2. Eligibility of Purchasers
Institutional Shares are subject to the minimum purchase requirements as set forth in a Funds current Prospectus.
3. Exchange Privileges
Institutional Shares are subject to the exchange privileges as set forth in a Funds current Prospectus.
4. Voting Rights
Each Institutional shareholder will have one vote for each full Institutional Share held and a fractional vote for each fractional Share held. Institutional Shareholders will have exclusive voting rights regarding any matter submitted to Shareholders that relates solely to Institutional Shares (such as a distribution plan relating to Institutional Shares), and will have separate voting rights on any other matter submitted to Shareholders in which the interests of Institutional Shareholders differ from the interests of holders of any other class.
5. Conversion Rights
Institutional Shares do not have a conversion feature.
6. Redemption Fee
Institutional Shares may be subject to a redemption fee as disclosed in a Funds current Prospectus.
EXHIBIT F
CERTIFICATE OF CLASS DESIGNATION
Class S Shares
1. Class-Specific Distribution and Servicing Arrangements; Other Expenses.
Class S Shares are offered are offered at the then-current net asset value without a sales charge, but are subject to annual distribution and service fees as set forth in each Funds then-effective plan of distribution adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act and current Prospectus.
2. Eligibility of Purchasers
Class S Shares are subject to the minimum purchase requirements as set forth in a Funds current Prospectus.
3. Exchange Privileges
Class S Shares are subject to the exchange privileges as set forth in a Funds current Prospectus.
4. Voting Rights
Each Class S shareholder will have one vote for each Class S Share held and a fractional vote for each fractional Share held. Class S Shareholders will have exclusive voting rights regarding any matter submitted to Shareholders that relates solely to Class S Shares (such as a distribution plan relating to Class S Shares), and will have separate voting rights on any other matter submitted to Shareholders in which the interests of Class S Shareholders differ from the interests of holders of any other class.
5. Conversion Rights
Class S Shares do not have a conversion feature.
6. Redemption Fee
Class S Shares may be subject to a redemption fee as disclosed in the Funds Prospectus.
Exhibit 99.(28)(p)(7)
BARROW, HANLEY, MEWHINNEY & STRAUSS, LLC
CODE OF ETHICS
INTRODUCTION
Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC (the Firm) has adopted this Code of Ethics (Code) in compliance with the requirements of Sections 204A-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the Advisers Act) and Section 17j of the Investment Company Act of 1940. This Code was adopted on November 28, 1983 and last amended on December 31, 2011. This Code of Ethics requires the Firms Access Persons to comply with the federal securities laws, sets forth standards of conduct expected of the Firms Access Persons and addresses conflicts that arise from personal trading by Access Persons. The policies and procedures outlined in the Code of Ethics are intended to promote compliance with fiduciary standards by the Firm and its Access Persons. As a fiduciary, the Firm has the responsibility to render professional, continuous and unbiased investment advice, owes its clients a duty of honesty, good faith and fair dealing, must act at all times in the best interests of clients and must avoid or disclose conflicts of interest.
This code of ethics is designed to:
· |
|
Protect the Firms clients by deterring misconduct; |
· |
|
Educate our employees regarding the Firms expectations and the laws governing their conduct; |
· |
|
Remind employees that they are in a position of trust and must act with complete propriety at all times; |
· |
|
Protect the reputation of the Firm; |
· |
|
Guard against violations of the securities laws; and |
· |
|
Establish procedures for employees to follow so that the Firm may determine whether employees are complying with its ethical principals. |
This Code of Ethics is based upon the principle that the directors, officers and employees of the Firm owe a fiduciary duty to, among others, the clients of the Firm to conduct their affairs, including their personal Reportable Securities transactions, in such a manner as to avoid:
· |
|
Serving their own personal interests ahead of clients; |
· |
|
Taking inappropriate advantage of their position with the Firm; and |
· |
|
Any actual or potential conflicts of interest or any abuse of their position of trust and responsibility. |
This fiduciary duty includes the duty of the Chief Compliance Officer of the Firm to periodically review and amend this Code of Ethics, report material violations of this Code to the Firms Board of Managers and any U.S. registered investment company client for which the Firm acts as adviser or sub-adviser.
This Code contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent Access persons from engaging in acts in violation of the above standards, and procedures reasonably necessary to prevent violations of the Code. Each Access Person at the commencement of their employment and as an Access Person must certify, by their signature on Exhibit A, they have read and understand the Codes requirements and their acknowledgement to abide by all of the Codes provisions. Each Access Person must re-certify their understanding and acknowledgement of the Code annually, and any time the Code is amended.
Barrow, Hanley Mewhinney & Strauss |
|
Code of Ethics 12/31/2011 |
A. DEFINITIONS
(1) Access Person means any director, officer, general partner, advisory person, investment personnel, portfolio manager, or employee of the firm. The CCO may exempt certain Access Person(s),that are subject as an Access Person to another code of ethics that has been approved by the CCO, from certain provisions of this Code.
(2) Advisory Person means any natural person in a control relationship to the Firm who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Firm with regard to the purchase or sale of a Reportable Security by the Firm
(3) Affiliated Company means a company which is an affiliate of the Firm through the Old Mutual U.S. Holdings, Inc. relationship.
(4) A security is Being Considered for Purchase or Sale or is Being Purchased or Sold when a recommendation to purchase or sell the security has been made and communicated, which includes when the Firm has a pending trade order to buy or sell the Security, and, when a person seriously considers making a recommendation to buy or sell a Security .
(5) Beneficial Ownership is defined and interpreted in the same manner as it defined in Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, where, generally speaking, the beneficial owner has the right to enjoy some economic benefit from the ownership of the security. An Access Person is presumed to be the beneficial owner of Reportable Securities or of an account where he/she has direct or indirect beneficial interest, and Reportable Securities held by his/her immediate family member sharing the same household.
(6) Black-out Period means the number of days designated by this Code whereby an Access Person may not trade a Reportable Security, as prohibited in section D.2.
(7) Control means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company. Any Person who owns beneficially, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25% of the voting securities of a company shall be presumed to control such company. Any Person who does not so own more than 25% of the voting securities of any company shall be presumed not to control such company. A natural Person shall be presumed not to be a control Person.
(8) Covered Associate means an Access Person of the Firm.
(9) De Minimus Quantity of Shares Trade means a quantity of shares permitted to be traded by an Access Person with-in but not in violation of the Black-out Period when the clients trade is not due to a Portfolio Directional Trade. The De Minimus Quantity of Shares amount shall be .1% (percentage) of the number of shares outstanding on the day of the pre-clearance request.
(10) Family Member means an Access Persons spouse, domestic partner, minor children, and relatives by blood or marriage living in the household of the Access Person.
(11) Investment Personnel means: (a) any Portfolio Manager of the Firm as defined in (13) below; and (b) securities analysts, traders, portfolio specialists
and other personnel who provide information and advice to the Portfolio Manager or who help execute the Portfolio Managers decisions.
(12) Eligible to vote an Access Person is eligible to vote for a government official if their principal residence is in the locality where the official is seeking election.
(13) Federal candidates contributions are subject to contribution limits if the person running for federal office is currently a state or local official at the time of the contribution.
(14) Government entity means any state or local government agency, authority or instrumentality of a state or local government; any pool of assets sponsored by a state or local government (defined benefit pension plan, separate account or general fund); and any participant-directed government plan.
(15) Managed Fund means any fund for which the Firm serves as an Investment Adviser or Sub-Adviser.
(16) Person means any natural Person or a company.
(17) Political contribution means any gift, subscription, loan, advance, or deposit of money (such as gift certificates or merchandise), or anything of value made for:
· The purpose of influencing any election,
· The payment of debt incurred in connection with any such election,
· Transition or inaugural expenses of the successful candidate for office,
· Coordinating contributions through bundling or facilitating the contributions of other persons or PACs,
Examples of contributions include the cost of attending fund-raising events, payments to bond ballot campaigns, or expenses incurred in connection with fundraising or other volunteer activities (e.g., hosting a reception).
(18) Political Fundraising Activities include, but are not limited to, the following activities on behalf of a state or local candidate or official:
· Coordinating contributions (generally, bundling, pooling, or otherwise facilitating the contributions made by other persons),
· Soliciting contributions (generally, communicating, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of obtaining or arranging a political contribution), or
· Directing fundraising efforts.
(19) Political Action Committee or PAC means an organization whose purpose is to solicit and make political contributions.
(20) Portfolio Directional Trade means a trade directed by a Portfolio Manager intended to increase or decrease a Security weighting in a client account. This is a separate type trade from a trade required to satisfy a clients cash-flow request.
(21) Portfolio Manager means an employee of the Firm entrusted with the direct responsibility and authority to make investment decisions.
(22) Reportable Account means any account maintained with a bank, broker or other entity in which an Access Person or Family Member maintains Beneficial Ownership in any security or the ability to transact in any Reportable Security.
(23) Reportable Security means any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, unit investment trust ETFs, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, pre-organization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security or on any group or index of Reportable Securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a security, or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing, Reportable Fund(s), hedge fund(s). Reportable Security shall not include: direct obligations of the Government of the United States, high quality short-term debt instruments, bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and shares of shares of registered-closed-end investment companies, shares issued by mutual funds that are not Reportable Funds, and unit trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end fund-(none of which are Reportable Funds.)
(24) Solicit a Government Entity for Investment Advisory Services means a direct or indirect communication with a state or local Government Entity for the purpose of obtaining or retaining investment advisory services business including, but not limited to, the following:
· Leading, participating in or merely being present at a sales/solicitation meeting with a state or local government entity, such as a government pension plan or general fund;
· Otherwise holding oneself out as part of the BHMS sales/solicitation effort with a state or local government entity;
· Signing a submission to a RFP in connection with BHMS business;
· Making introductions between government officials and BHMS.
(25) State or Local Official(s) means any person, including any election committee for such person, who was, at the time of a Political Contribution, an official, incumbent, candidate, or successful candidate for elective office of a state or local government, including, but not limited to, any state or local agency, authority, or instrumentality.
B. POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING
In compliance with Section 204A of the Advisers Act the Firm forbids any officer, director or employee from trading, either personally or on behalf of others, including accounts managed by the Firm, on material non-public information or communicating material non-public information to others in violation of the law, frequently referred to as insider trading. The Firms insider trading policy applies to every officer, director and employee and extends to activities within and outside their duties at the Firm, and any questions regarding this policy and procedures should be referred to the Firms Chief Compliance Officer.
The term insider trading is not defined in the federal securities laws, but generally is used to refer to the use of material non-public information to trade in Reportable
Securities (whether or not one is an insider) or to communication of material non-public information to others. While the law concerning insider trading is not static, it is generally understood that the law prohibits:
· Trading by an insider, while in possession of material non-public information; or
· Trading by a non-insider, while in possession of material non-public information, where the information either was disclosed to the non-insider in violation of an insiders duty to keep it confidential or was misappropriated; or
· Communicating material non-public information to others in a breach of fiduciary duty.
Trading on inside information is not a basis for liability unless the information is material. Material information generally is defined as information for which there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions, or information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a companys securities whether it is determined factual or spreading a rumor. Information that officers, directors and employees should consider material includes, but is not limited to: dividend changes, earnings estimates, changes in previously released earnings estimates, significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements, major litigation, debt service and liquidation problems, extraordinary management developments, write-downs or write-offs of assets, additions to reserves for bad debts, new product/services announcements, criminal, civil and government investigations and indictments. Material information does not have to relate to a companys business. For example, material information about the contents of any upcoming newspaper column may affect the price of a Security, and therefore be considered material. Disclosure of a registered investment company clients holdings or any clients holdings that are not publicly available may be considered material information and therefore must be kept confidential. All employees of BHMS are subject to the Duty of Confidentiality, Section C of this Code.
Information is non-public until it has been effectively communicated to the marketplace. One must be able to point to some fact to show that the information is generally public. For example, information found in a report filed with the SEC, or appearing in the media, internet or other publications of general circulation would be considered public. One should be particularly careful with information received from client contacts at public companies.
Each Person must consider the following before trading for themselves or others in the Reportable Securities of a company about which one has potential inside information:
· Is the information material? Is this information that an investor would consider important in making his or her investment decisions? Is this information that would substantially affect the market price of the Reportable Securities if generally disclosed?
· Is the information non-public? To whom has this information been provided? Has the information been effectively communicated to the marketplace?
The role of the Firms Chief Compliance Officer is critical to the implementation and maintenance of the Firms policy and procedures against insider trading. If, after consideration of the above, a Person believes that the information is material and non-public, or if a Person has questions as to whether the information is material and non-public, he/she should take the following steps:
· Report the matter immediately to the Firms Chief Compliance Officer or an Executive Director. After the CCO/Executive Director has reviewed the issue, you will be instructed to continue the prohibition against trading and communication, or you will be allowed to trade and communicate the information.
· Do not purchase or sell the Securities on behalf of oneself or others. The Firm may determine to restrict trading in the Reportable Security personally or for clients portfolios.
· Do not communicate the information inside or outside the Firm, other than to the Firms Chief Compliance Officer or an Executive Director for reporting purposes.
Insider information may not be communicated to anyone, including persons within the Firm, except as provided above. In addition, care should be taken so that such information is secure. For example, files containing material non-public information should be sealed; access to computer files containing material non-public information should be restricted.
C . DUTY OF CONFIDENTIALITY
Employees of the Firm shall keep confidential at all times any non-public information they may obtain in the course of their employment at the Firm. This information includes but is not limited to:
· Information on the clients accounts, including account holdings, recent or impending Reportable Securities transactions by the clients and recommendations or activities of the Portfolio Managers for the clients accounts;
· Information on the Firms clients and prospective clients investments and account transactions;
· Information on other Firm personnel, including their pay, benefits, position level and performance rating; and
· Information on the Firms business activities, including new services, products, technologies and business initiatives.
The Firms personnel have the highest fiduciary obligation not to reveal confidential company information to any party that does not have a clear and compelling need to know such information and to safeguard all client information. Our Privacy Policy for safeguarding clients personal information is detailed in its entirety in our Compliance Policies and Procedures, item 14.
D. RESTRICTIONS FOR ACCESS PERSONS
(1) General Restrictions for Access Persons. As defined by this Code, all employees of the Firm are identified as Access Persons and are subject to the following restrictions:
(a) Prohibition on accepting gifts of more than de minimis value. Access Persons are prohibited from accepting any gift or other items of more than de minimis value from any Person or entity that does business with or on behalf of the Firm; for the purpose of this Code, de minimis shall be considered to be the annual receipt of gifts from the same source valued at up to $100 per individual recipient, when the gifts are in relation to the conduct of the Firms business. A gift does not include participation in lunches, dinners, cocktail parties, sporting activities or similar gatherings conducted for business purposes.
(b) Prohibition on giving gifts of more than de minimis value. Access Persons are prohibited from giving any gift or other items of more than de minimis value from any Person or entity that does business with or on behalf of the Firm; for the purpose of this Code, de minimis shall be considered to be the annual giving of gifts from to same person valued at up to $250 per individual recipient, when the gifts are in relation to the conduct of the Firms business. A gift does not include participation in lunches or dinners, sporting activities or similar gatherings conducted for business purposes.
(c) Prohibition on service as a director or public official. Investment Personnel are prohibited from serving on the board of directors of any publicly traded company without prior authorization of the President or other duly authorized officer of the Firm. Any such authorization shall be based upon a determination that the board service would be consistent with the interests of the Firms clients. Authorization of board service shall be subject to the implementation by the Firm of a Chinese Wall or other procedures to isolate such Investment Personnel from making decisions about trading in that companys securities.
(d) Prohibition on initial public offerings. Access Persons, are prohibited from acquiring Reportable Securities in an initial public offering.
(e) Prohibition on private placements. Access Persons are prohibited from acquiring Reportable Securities in a private placement without prior approval from the Firms Chief Compliance Officer. In the event an Access Person receives approval to purchase Reportable Securities in a private placement, the Access Person must disclose that investment if he or she plays any part in the Firms later consideration of an investment in the issuer.
(f) Prohibition on options. Access Persons, are prohibited from acquiring or selling any option on any security.
(g) Prohibition on short-selling. Access Persons, are prohibited from selling any security that the Access Person does not own, or otherwise engaging in short-selling activities.
(h) Prohibition on short-term trading profits. Access Persons, are prohibited from profiting in the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same (or related) Reportable Securities within sixty (60) calendar days. Trades made in violation of this prohibition should be unwound, if possible. Otherwise, any profits realized on such short-term trades shall be subject to disgorgement.
(i) Prohibition on short-term trading of Managed Funds. Access Persons, are prohibited from short-term trading of any Managed Fund shares. Short-term trading defined as a purchase and redemption/sell of a funds shares within a thirty-day period. This prohibition does not cover purchases and redemptions/sales: (i) into or out of money market funds or short term bond funds; (ii) purchases effected on a regular periodic basis by automated means, such as 401(k) purchases and Voluntary Deferral Plan VDP contributions.
(j) Prohibition on Certain Political or Charitable Contributions. Access Persons may not make Political Contributions in the name of the firm or
personally for the purpose of obtaining or retaining advisory contracts with government entities or for any other business purpose. Access Persons also may not consider any of the firms current or anticipated business relationships as a factor in soliciting or making political or charitable donations. Charitable contributions made as part of the firms formal charitable efforts and not for the purpose of obtaining or retaining advisory contracts with government entities may be made in the name of the firm payable directly to the tax-exempt charitable organization.
(k) Pre-clearance of Political Contributions and Fund Raising Activities. All Access Persons, identified as Covered Associates, must obtain approval in advance from the Chief Compliance Officer before: (i) making any Political Contribution to any state, or local candidate, or official running for state or local office, or candidate for federal office who is currently a state or local official, and, (ii) participating in any Political Fundraising Activities. Political Contributions and Political Fundraising Activity will be approved on a case-by-case basis. Pre-clearance should be obtained prior to making a Political Contribution or participating in a Political Fundraising Activity by completing and submitting a Political Contribution and Fundraising Activity Preclearance Form in the PTA system. The Chief Compliance Officer will review each request to determine whether the Political Contribution or Political Fundraising Activity is permitted under applicable law and is consistent with this policy.
(l) Prohibition on the use of a third-party placement agent to Solicit a Government Entity for Investment Advisory Services. Access Persons are prohibited from engaging a Third-Party Placement Agent to Solicit a Government Entity for Investment Advisory Services on behalf of the firm unless the placement agent is a registered investment adviser, registered broker or registered municipal advisor.
(m) Political Contributions to candidates for state or local office are limited to $350 where the Access Person is entitled to vote for such candidate. Contributions to candidates for state or local office are limited to $150 where the Access Person is not entitled to vote for such candidate. Access Persons are also required to obtain advance approval from the Compliance Department before they participate in any Political Fundraising Activity.
(n) Indirect action by an Access Person. Access Persons are prohibited from doing anything indirectly that, if done directly, would result in a violation of applicable law or this policy. For example, it is a violation of this policy for an Access Person to direct someone on their behalf to make a Political Contribution in excess of applicable limits.
(2) Blackout Restrictions for Access Persons. All Access Persons are subject to the following Black-out Period restrictions when their purchases and sales of Reportable Securities may coincide with trades by any client of the Firm:
(a) Purchases and sales on the same day as a trade by a client. Access Persons are prohibited from purchasing or selling any Reportable Security on the same day that a trade is executed in that same Reportable Security for a client account.
(b) Purchases and sales within three days following a trade by a client. Access Persons are prohibited from purchasing or selling any Reportable
Security within three calendar days after any client has traded in the same (or a related) Security by a Portfolio Directional Trade; the exception to this being an allowable De Minimus Quantity of Shares Trade. In the event that an Access Person makes a prohibited purchase or sale within the three-day period, the access Person must unwind the transaction and relinquish to the Firm any gain from the transaction.
(c) Purchases within three days before a purchase by a client. Access Persons are prohibited from purchasing any Security within three calendar days before any client has traded in the same (or a related) Security by a Portfolio Directional Trade; the exception to this being an allowable De Minimus Quantity of Shares Trade. Any Access Person who purchases a Security within three calendar days before any client purchases the same (or a related) Reportable Security is prohibited from selling the Security for a period of six months following the clients trade.
(d) Sales within three days before a sale by a client. Access Persons are prohibited from selling any Reportable Security within three calendar days before any client has traded in the same (or a related) Security by a Portfolio Directional Trade; the exception to this being an allowable De Minimus Quantity of Shares Trade. Any Access Person who sells a Reportable Security within three days before any client sells the same (or a related) Reportable Security must relinquish to the Firm the difference between the Access Persons sale price and the client portfolio(s) sale price (assuming the Access Persons sale price is higher). In the event that an Access Person makes a prohibited sale within the six-month period, the Access Person must relinquish to the Firm any gain from the transaction.
(e) Disgorgement. A charity shall be selected by the Firm to receive any disgorged or relinquished amounts due to personal trading violations.
(f) A De Minimus Quantity of Shares Trade may be approved for an Access Person and will not be considered to be in violation of the Black-out Period when the clients trade is not due to a Portfolio Directional Trade. The De Minimus Quantity of Shares amount shall be .1% (one-tenth of one percent) of the number of shares outstanding in the requested Reportable Security on the date of the pre-clearance request. This request shall be at approved or denied at the sole discretion of the CCO or President of the Firm.
E. EXEMPTED TRANSACTIONS
The prohibitions of Sections D (1)(f) and (g) and D (2)(a),(b), and (c) shall not apply to:
(1) Purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or Control as defined in Section A.(5).
(2) Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of either the Access Person or the Firm;
(3) Purchases which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan or an automatic investment plan, such as 401(k) purchases and VDP contributions; and
(4) Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro-rata to all holders of a class of its Reportable Securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.
(5) In addition to the above exemptions, the Chief Compliance Officer may make exceptions to the restrictions imposed upon access Persons on a case-by-case, as deemed appropriate by the Chief Compliance Officer.
F. COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES
(1) Use of Sungard Protegent PTA system. All Access Persons should use the Sungard Protegent PTA (PTA) system for general reporting requirements under this Code, certain transactions may require written reporting on Reports identified as Code Exhibits A, B, C, or D, and these forms may be obtained from the Chief Compliance Officer.
(2) Records of Reportable Securities transactions . All Access Persons must notify the Firms Chief Compliance Officer if they have opened or intend to open a brokerage or Reportable Securities/Reportable account. Access Persons must direct their brokers to supply the Firms Chief Compliance Officer with duplicate brokerage confirmations of their Reportable Securities transactions and duplicate statements of their Reportable Account(s).
(3) Pre-clearance of Reportable Securities transactions . All Access Persons shall receive prior written approval from the Firms Chief Compliance Officer, or other officer designated by the Board of Directors, before purchasing or selling Reportable Securities or any Reportable Fund. Pre-clearance for Reportable Securities owned or traded by the Firm is valid for that trading day. Pre-clearance for Reportable Securities not owned or traded by the Firm is valid for the daily trading sessions of the current calendar week. Personal Reportable Securities transactions should be pre-cleared using the PTA system, or Access Persons should use the form Exhibit D, Personal Reportable Securities Transaction(s) Pre-clearance Form. The Chief Compliance Officer may approve transactions which appear upon reasonable inquiry and investigation to present no reasonable likelihood of harm to any client.
(4) Pre-clearance of any transaction in a Managed Fund. All Access Persons shall receive prior written approval from the Firms Chief Compliance Officer, or other officer designated by the Board of Directors, before purchasing or selling any Managed Fund. Pre-clearance for Managed Funds is valid for that trading day. This prohibition does not cover purchases and redemptions/sales: (a) into or out of money market funds or short term bond funds; or (b) effected on a regular periodic basis by automated means, such as 401(k) purchases and VDP transactions.
(5) Disclosure of personal holdings, and certification of compliance with the code of ethics. All Access Persons shall disclose to the Firms Chief Compliance Officer all personal Reportable Securities holdings and all Reportable Funds holdings upon the later of commencement of employment, adoption or amendment of this Code and thereafter on an annual basis as of December 31. Every Access Person shall certify on Exhibit A, Initial Report of Access Persons, or on the PTA system:
(a) They have read and understand the Code and recognize that they are subject to all provisions of the Code and they have reported all personal Reportable Securities and Managed Fund holdings;
(b) They have complied with the requirements of the Code and reported all personal Reportable Securities and Managed Funds holdings;
(c) They have reported all personal Reportable Securities and Managed Funds transactions, and any Reportable Account(s) opened during the quarter;
(d) Initial holdings report shall be made within 10 days of hire, and annual holdings reports and quarterly transaction reports shall be made within 30 days of quarter-end and year-end, as identified above.
(6) Reporting Requirements. The Chief Compliance Officer of the Firm shall notify each Access Person that he or she is subject to these reporting requirements, shall deliver a copy of this Code to each Access Person upon their date of employment and upon such time as any amendment is made to this Code, and shall train each Access Person on appropriate compliance matters and on usage of the PTA system for personal reporting.
(a) Reportable Securities managed by a third-party in a non-discretionary advisory account are subject to the reporting requirements contained in this section and are excluded from certain other provision of the Code. The CCO will review and approve third-party acknowledges that the Access Person will not participate in investment decision for the account.
(b) Reports, personal trades and holdings, and other information, submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Firm pursuant to this Code shall be reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer, be kept confidential, and shall be provided only to the officers and directors of the Firm, our parent companys compliance/legal personnel, firm counsel or regulatory authorities upon appropriate request. A designated individual other than the CCO is responsible for reviewing and monitoring the personal securities transactions of the CCO, and for taking on the responsibilities of the CCO in the CCOs absence.
(c) Every Access Person shall report to the Chief Compliance Officer all Reportable Account(s) currently open at the time of their initial employment, and any new Reportable Account opened, including the name of the bank or brokerage, the account number and date the account was opened, and must disclose the new Reportable Account with their quarterly transaction report. Chief Compliance Officer will direct the brokerage or bank to send duplicate statements and confirms to BHMS pursuant to this Code.
(d) Every Access Person shall report to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Firm any/all Reportable Account(s) and any/all personal Securities holdings at the time of their initial employment with the Firm. A report shall be made on the PTA system or designated form, Exhibit A, Initial Report of Access Persons, with account statements attached containing the following information:
(i) |
Name of the Reportable Security and ticker or cusip, number of shares, and principal amount of each Reportable Security. |
(ii) |
Name and account number of the Reportable Account where the Reportable Security is held. |
(iii) |
Name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the Access Persons direct or indirect benefit; and |
(iv) |
The date the Access Person submits the report. |
(e) Every Access Person shall report to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Firm the information described in sub-paragraph (5)(d) of this Section with respect to transactions in any Reportable Security or Managed Fund in which such Access Person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership in the Reportable Security, as defined in Section A. (5) of this Code.
(f) Reports required to be made under this Paragraph (5) shall be made no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected. Every Access Person shall be required to submit a report for all periods, including those periods in which no Reportable Securities transactions were effected. A report shall be made on the PTA system or designated form, Exhibit C, Quarterly Report of Access Persons, or on any other form containing the following information:
(i) |
The date of the transaction, the Reportable Security name and/or cusip, the number of shares, interest rate, maturity date, and the principal amount of each Reportable Security transacted; |
(ii) |
The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase or sale); |
(iii) |
The price at which the transaction was effected; and |
(iv) |
The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected. Duplicate copies of the Reportable Securities transaction confirmation of all personal transactions and copies of periodic statements for all Reportable Accounts may be attached to Exhibit C to fulfill the reporting requirement. |
(v) |
The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established a new Reportable Account during the period, the date the account was established. |
(vi) |
The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person; and |
(vii) |
Any such report may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the Person making such report that he or she has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership in the Reportable Security to which the report relates. |
(g) Every Covered Associate and Access Person shall report to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Firm all Political Contributions described in section D, sub-paragraph (1)(j) of this Code made during the quarter, including Political Contributions made by their Family Members. A report shall be made in the PTA System or designated form, Political Contribution Pre-clearance Form, Exhibit E.
(h) Chief Compliance Officer shall periodically review the reports provided by the Firms Access Persons. Review shall include personal transactions and brokerage activity, personal brokerage statements and holdings, and Political Contributions, among other things.
(7) Conflict of Interest. Every Access Person shall notify the Chief Compliance Officer of the Firm of any personal conflict of interest relationship which may involve the Firms clients, such as the existence of any economic relationship between their transactions and Reportable Securities held or to be acquired by
any portfolio of the Firm. Such notification shall occur in the pre-clearance process.
G. REPORTING OF VIOLATIONS
(1) |
Any employee of the Firm who becomes aware of a violation of this Code must promptly report such violation to the Chief Compliance Officer or an Executive Director. |
|
|
(2) |
The Firms Chief Compliance Officer shall promptly report to the Board of Managers all material violations of this Code and the reporting requirements there-under. Material violations shall be reported as required to the Chief Compliance Officer of any mutual fund client. |
|
|
(3) |
When the Firms Chief Compliance Officer finds that a violation of this Code could not reasonably be found to have resulted in a fraud, deceit or manipulative practice in violation of Section 206 of the Advisers Act or Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act, she may, in her discretion, determine if it is or is not a material violation and write an exception report memorandum of such finding and the reasons therefore with the reports made pursuant to this Code, in lieu of reporting the transaction to the Board of Managers. |
|
|
(4) |
The members of the Board of Managers or Chief Compliance Officer shall consider reports made to the Board hereunder and shall determine what sanctions, if any, should be imposed. |
H. ANNUAL REPORTING TO THE BOARD OF MANAGERS
The Firms Chief Compliance Officer shall prepare an annual report relating to this Code to the Board of Managers. Such annual report shall:
(1) |
Summarize existing procedures concerning personal investing and any changes in the procedures made during the past year; |
|
|
(2) |
Identify any violations requiring significant remedial action during the past year; and |
|
|
(3) |
Identify any recommended changes in the existing restrictions or procedures based upon the Firms experience under its Code, evolving industry practices or developments in applicable laws or regulations. |
I. SANCTIONS
(1) |
Upon discovering a violation of this Code, the Chief Compliance Officer and/or Board of Managers may impose such sanctions as they deem appropriate, including, among other things, a letter of censure or suspension or termination of the employment of the violator. |
|
|
(2) |
The Pay-to-Play Rule imposes a two-year ban on an advisers ability to receive compensation for advisory services if the adviser or any of its Covered Associates, or Access Persons, makes certain Political Contributions to an official or a state or local government entity client over the de minimus amount. |
J. RETENTION OF RECORDS
(1) Personal Trading Record . This Code (and prior versions in effect during the retention period), a list of all Persons subject to its provisions and prohibitions, a copy of each report made by each Access Person hereunder, each memorandum made by the Firms Chief Compliance Officer hereunder, and a record of any violation hereof and any action taken as a result of such violation, shall be maintained by the Firm for a minimum of five years.
(2) Political Contribution Records . A list of: (i) all Covered Associates, (ii) all government entities to which the firm provides or has provided investment advisory services or which are or were investors in any covered investment pool to which the firm has provided services in the past five years but not prior to September 12, 2010, (iii) all direct or indirect Political Contributions made by any Covered Associate to an official of a government entity, or direct or indirect payments to a political party of a State or political subdivision thereof, or to a PAC and (iv) the name and business address of each Regulated Person to whom the firm provides or agrees to provide, directly or indirectly, payment to Solicit a Government Entity for Investment Advisory Services on its behalf. Records relating to the Political Contributions must be listed in chronological order and must indicate: (i) the name and title of each contributor, (ii) the name and title of each recipient of a Political Contribution, (iii) the amount and date of each Political Contribution, and (iv) whether any such Political Contribution was the subject of the exception for returned Political Contributions.
Exhibit A
BARROW, HANLEY, MEWHINNEY & STRAUSS, LLC
CODE OF ETHICS
INITIAL REPORT OF ACCESS PERSONS
To the Chief Compliance Officer of Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC:
1. I hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Code of Ethics for Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC (the Firm).
2. I have read and understand the Code and recognize that I am subject thereto in the capacity of Access Persons.
3. Except as noted below, I hereby certify that I have no knowledge of the existence of any personal conflict of interest relationship which may involve the Firm, such as any economic relationship between my transactions and Securities held or to be acquired by the Firm or any of its portfolios.
4. As of the date below I had a direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the following Securities:
SECURITY NAME/TYPE/TICKER
|
|
NUMBER OF
|
|
PRINCIPAL
|
|
TYPE OF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. I hereby certify I have the following brokerage accounts open and have directed the firm to send duplicate confirms to Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney and Strauss.
NAME OF FIRM |
|
TYPE OF INTEREST
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: Do not report transactions in U.S. Government securities, bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and unaffiliated registered open-end investment companies (non-Reportable Funds).
Date: |
|
|
Signature: |
|
|
(First Date of Investment Personnel Status) |
|
Print Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employer: |
BARROW, HANLEY, MEWHINNEY & STRAUSS, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
Signature: |
|
|
|
|
|
Firms Chief Compliance Officer |
Exhibit B
BARROW, HANLEY, MEWHINNEY & STRAUSS, LLC
CODE OF ETHICS
ANNUAL REPORT OF ACCESS PERSONS
To the Chief Compliance Officer of Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC:
1. I have read and understand the Code of Ethics and recognize that I am subject thereto in the capacity of an Access Person.
2. I hereby certify that, during the year ended December 31, 20 , I have complied with the requirements of the Code and I have reported all Securities transactions required to be reported pursuant to the Code.
3. I hereby certify that I have not disclosed pending buy or sell orders for a Clients portfolio of the Firm to any employees of any other OMUSH affiliate, except where the disclosure occurred subsequent to the execution or withdrawal of an order.
4. Except as noted below, I hereby certify that I have no knowledge of the existence of any personal conflict of interest relationship which may involve the Firm, such as any economic relationship between my transactions and securities held or to be acquired by the Firm or any of its portfolios.
5. As of December 31, 20 , I had a direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the following Securities:
SECURITY NAME/TYPE/TICKER
|
|
NUMBER OF
|
|
TYPE OF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. I hereby certify I have the following brokerage accounts open and have directed the firm to send duplicate confirms to Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney and Strauss.
NAME OF FIRM |
|
TYPE OF INTERST
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: Do not report transactions in U.S. Government securities, bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and unaffiliated registered open-end investment companies (non-Reportable Funds).
Date: |
|
|
Signature: |
|
|
(First Date of Investment Personnel Status) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employer: |
BARROW, HANLEY, MEWHINNEY & STRAUSS, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
Signature: |
|
|
|
|
|
Firms Chief Compliance Officer |
Exhibit C
BARROW, HANLEY, MEWHINNEY & STRAUSS, LLC
QUARTERLY REPORT OF ACCESS PERSONS
SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS REPORT
For the Calendar Quarter Ended:
To the Chief Compliance Officer of Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC:
During the quarter referred to above, the following transactions were effected in Securities of which I had, or by reason of such transaction acquired, direct or indirect beneficial ownership, and which are required to be reported pursuant to the Code adopted by the Firm.
SECURITY
NAME/TYPE/TICKER
|
|
DATE OF
|
|
NUMBER
|
|
DOLLAR
|
|
NATURE OF
|
|
PRICE |
|
BROKER/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the quarter referred to above, the following brokerage accounts were opened with direct or indirect beneficial ownership, and which are required to be reported pursuant to the Code adopted by the Firm.
NAME OF FIRM |
|
TYPE OF INTEREST
|
|
DATE ACCOUNT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This report (i) excludes transactions with respect to which I had no direct or indirect influence or control, (ii) excludes other transactions not required to be reported, and (iii) is not an admission that I have or had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Securities listed above.
Except as noted on the first page of this report, I hereby certify that I have no knowledge of the existence of any personal conflict of interest relationship which may involve the Firm, such as the existence of any economic relationship between my transactions and Securities held or to be acquired by Firm clients or any related portfolios.
NOTE: Do not report transactions in U.S. Government securities, bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and unaffiliated registered open-end investment companies (non-Reportable Funds).
Date: |
|
|
Signature: |
|
|
(First Date of Investment Personnel Status) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employer: |
BARROW, HANLEY, MEWHINNEY & STRAUSS, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
Signature: |
|
|
|
|
|
Firms Chief Compliance Officer |
Exhibit D
BARROW, HANLEY, MEWHINNEY & STRAUSS, LLC
ACCESS PERSONS
PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS PRE-CLEARANCE FORM
(See Section D(2), Code of Ethics)
To the Chief Compliance Officer of Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC:
I hereby request pre-clearance of the following proposed transactions:
Date: |
|
|
Signature: |
|
|
(First Date of Investment Personnel Status) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employer: |
BARROW, HANLEY, MEWHINNEY & STRAUSS, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
Signature: |
|
|
|
|
|
Firms Chief Compliance Officer |
Exhibit 99.28(p)(12)
DEPRINCE, RACE & ZOLLO, INC.
CODE OF ETHICS
I. INTRODUCTION
The policies in this Code of Ethics reflect DePrince, Race & Zollo, Inc.s (DRZ) assumption and expectation of unqualified loyalty to the interests of DRZ and its clients on the part of each access person. In the course of their service to DRZ, access persons must be under no influence which may cause them to serve their own or someone elses interests rather than those of DRZ or its clients.
DRZs policies reflect its desire to detect and prevent not only situations involving actual or potential conflict of interests, but also those situations involving only an appearance of conflict or of unethical conduct. DRZs business is one dependent upon public confidence. The mere appearance of possibility of doubtful loyalty is as important to avoid as actual disloyalty itself. The appearance of impropriety could besmirch DRZs name and damage its reputation to the detriment of all those with whom we do business.
II. RISKS
In developing this policy and procedures, DRZ considered the material risks associated with administering the Code of Ethics. This analysis includes risks such as:
· Employees are able to cherry pick clients trades and systematically move profitable trades to a personal account and let less profitable trades remain in clients accounts.
· One or more employees engage in an excessive volume of personal trading (as determined by the CCO) that detracts from their ability to perform services for clients.
· Employees take advantage of their position by accepting excessive gifts or other gratuities (including access to IPO investments) from individuals seeking to do business with DRZ.
· The personal trading of employees does not comply with certain provisions of Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 Act, as amended (the 1940 Act).
· Employees serve as trustees and/or directors of outside organizations. (This could present a conflict in a number of ways, for example, if DRZ wants to recommend the organization for investment or if the organization is one of DRZs service providers.)
· Employees use firm property, including research, supplies, and equipment, for personal benefit.
DRZ has established the following guidelines as an attempt to mitigate these risks:
III. STATEMENT OF GENERAL PRINCIPLES
It is the policy of DRZ that no access person shall engage in any act, practice or course of conduct that would violate the provisions of the Advisers Act or, with respect to those clients that are Investment Companies, Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act and Rule 17j-1 thereunder. The fundamental position of DRZ is, and has been, that each access person shall place at all times the interests of DRZs clients first. Accordingly, private financial transactions by access persons of DRZ must be conducted consistent with this Code of Ethics and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of an access persons position of trust and responsibility. Further, access persons should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions with or on behalf of any client of DRZ.
Without limiting in any manner the fiduciary duty owed by access persons to the clients of DRZ or the provisions of this Code of Ethics, it should be noted that DRZ considers it proper that purchases and sales be made by its access persons in the marketplace of securities owned by the clients of DRZ; provided, however, that such securities transactions comply with the spirit of, and the specific restrictions and limitations set forth in, this Code of Ethics. Such personal securities transactions should also be made in amounts consistent with the normal investment practice of the person involved. Not only does this policy encourage investment freedom and result in investment experience, but it also fosters a continuing personal interest in such investments by those responsible for the continuous supervision of the clients portfolios. It is also evidence of confidence in the investments made.
In making personal investment decisions with respect to any security, extreme care must be exercised by access persons to insure that the prohibitions of this Code of Ethics are not violated. Further, personal investing by an access person should be conducted in such a manner so as to eliminate the possibility that the access persons time and attention is being devoted to his or her personal investments at the expense of time and attention that should be devoted to management of a clients portfolio.
It bears emphasis that technical compliance with procedures, prohibitions and limitations of this Code of Ethics will not automatically insulate from scrutiny, personal securities transactions which show a pattern of abuse by an access person of his or her fiduciary duty to any client of DRZ.
IV. LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act, provides, among other things, that it is unlawful for any affiliated person of DRZ to engage in any act, practice or course of business in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by such affiliated person of any security held or to be acquired by a client, which is an investment company, in contravention of such rules and regulations as the SEC may adopt to define and prescribe means reasonably necessary to prevent such acts, practices or courses of business as are fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative. Pursuant to Section 17(j), the SEC has adopted Rule 17j-1 which states that it is unlawful for any affiliated
person of DRZ in connection with the purchase or sale of a security held or to be acquired (as defined in the Rule) by a client:
(i) to employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud a client, which is an investment company;
(ii) to make to a client, which is an investment company, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to a client a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
(iii) to engage in any act, practice or course of business which operates or would operate as fraud or deceit upon a client, which is an investment company; or
(iv) to engage in any manipulative practice with respect to a client, which is an investment company.
V. DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Code of Ethics, the following definitions shall apply regardless if term is capitalized:
The term access person shall mean any director, officer or advisory person (as defined below) of DRZ.
1. |
The term advisory person shall mean (i) every employee of DRZ (or of any company in a control relationship to DRZ) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a security (as defined below) by a client, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales and (ii) every natural person in a control relationship to DRZ who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a client with regard to the purchase or sale of a security. |
|
|
2. |
The term beneficial ownership or beneficial interest shall mean a direct or indirect pecuniary interest (as defined in subparagraph (a) (2) of Rule 16a-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that is held or shared by a person directly or indirectly (through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise) in a security. While the definition of pecuniary interest in subparagraph (a) (2) of Rule 16a-1 is complex, the term generally means the opportunity directly or indirectly to provide or share in any profit derived from a transaction in a security. An indirect pecuniary interest in securities by a person would be deemed to exist as a result of: (i) ownership of securities by any of such persons immediate family members sharing the same household (including but not limited to: spouse, child, stepchild, |
|
grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother- or father-in-law, sister- or brother-in-law, and son- or daughter-in-law); (ii) the persons partnership interest in the portfolio securities held by a general or limited partnership; (iii) the existence of certain performance-related fees (not simply an asset-based fee) received by such person as broker, dealer, investment adviser or manager to a securities account; (iv) the persons right to receive dividends from a security provided such right is separate or separable from the underlying securities; (v) the persons interest in securities held by a trust under certain circumstances; and (vi) the persons right to acquire securities through the exercise or conversion of a derivative security (which term excludes (a) a broad-based index option or future, (b) a right with an exercise or conversion privilege at a price that is not fixed, and (c) a security giving rise to the right to receive such other security only pro rata and by virtue of a merger, consolidation or exchange offer involving the issuer of the first security). |
|
|
3. |
The term control shall mean the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of DRZ, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with DRZ, all as determined in accordance with Section 2 (a) (9) of the 1940 Act. |
|
|
4. |
The term client shall mean an entity (natural person, corporation, investment company or other legal structure having the power to enter into legal contracts), which has entered into a contract with DRZ to receive investment management services. |
|
|
5. |
The term investment company shall mean a management investment company registered as such under the 1940 Act and for which DRZ is the investment adviser or sub-adviser regardless of whether the investment company has entered into a contract for investment management services with DRZ. |
|
|
6. |
The term investment personnel shall mean all portfolio and co-portfolio managers of DRZ and other advisory persons who assist the portfolio and co-portfolio managers in making investment decisions for a client, including, but not limited to, analysts of DRZ. |
|
|
7. |
The term material non-public information with respect to an issuer shall mean information, not yet released to the public that would have a substantial likelihood of affecting a reasonable investors decision to buy or sell any securities of such issuer. |
|
|
8. |
The term purchase shall include the writing of an option to purchase. |
|
|
9. |
The term Performance Accounts shall mean all clients of for which DRZ receives a performance-related fee and in which DRZ is deemed to have an |
|
indirect pecuniary interest because of the application of Rule 16a-1(a)(2)(ii)(C) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as required by Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. |
|
|
10. |
The term Chief Compliance Officer shall mean the officer or employee designated from time to time by DRZ to receive and review reports of purchases and sales by access persons. The term Alternate Compliance Officer shall mean the employee of DRZ designated from time to time to receive and review reports of purchases and sales by the CCO, and who shall act in all respects in the manner prescribed herein for the CCO should the CCO be unavailable. |
|
|
11. |
The term sale shall include the writing of an option to sell. |
|
|
12. |
The term security shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2 (a) (36) of the 1940 Act, except that it shall not include shares of registered open-end investment companies for which DRZ does not serve as the investment adviser or sub-adviser, securities issued by the United States government, short-term securities which are government securities within the meaning of Section 2 (a) (16) of the 1940 Act, bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and such other money market instruments as may designated from time to time by DRZ. |
|
|
13. |
A security is being considered for purchase or sale when a recommendation to purchase or sell a security has been made and communicated and, with respect to the person making the recommendation, when such person seriously considers making such a recommendation. |
|
|
14. |
The term significant remedial action shall mean any action that has a material effect upon an access person, such as firing, suspending or demoting the access person, imposing a substantial fine or requiring the disgorging of profits. |
VI. SUBSTANTIVE RESTRICTIONS ON PERSONAL TRADING ACTIVITIES
A. Prohibited Activities
While the scope of actions which may violate the Statement of General Principles set forth above cannot be defined exactly, such actions would always include at least the following prohibited activities.
1. No ACCESS PERSON shall, directly or indirectly, execute a personal securities transaction on the same day during which DRZ is buying a new investment name that DRZ does not already hold for any client. For example, DRZ does not own ABC security in any client portfolios. On January 15, DRZ decides to purchase ABC security for clients thereby prohibiting any employee to personally trade in ABC
security on that day. If the trade order, the initial trade targeted holding/block trade, cannot be completed that day and runs the course of several days, employees will be prohibited from personally trading in that security for that entire period of time.
2. All personal trades in the following types of securities must be pre-cleared by the CCO or the ACO PRIOR to their execution.
a. |
Common stocks (excluding exchange-traded funds not held in DRZs clients portfolios); |
|
|
b. |
Any security of a public company for which a DRZ employee sits on the Board of Directors or in a similar position; |
|
|
c. |
Initial Public Offerings (IPOs); and |
|
|
d. |
Private Placements |
A Personal Trading Pre-Clearance Form is annexed hereto as APPENDIX B. If the security transaction being sought for pre-clearance, the employee must also complete the Limited Offering & IPO Request and Reporting Form, annexed hereto as APPENDIX C. Once pre-clearance is granted, THE APPROVAL IS ONLY VALID FOR THE REMAINDER OF THE DAY. The CCO/ACO may disapprove any proposed transaction, particularly if the transaction appears to pose a conflict of interest or otherwise appears improper.
3. No EMPLOYEE shall, directly or indirectly, communicate to any person who is not an employee any material non-public information relating to any client of DRZ or any issuer of any security owned by any client of DRZ, including, without limitation, the purchase or sale or considered purchase or sale of a security on behalf or any client of DRZ, except to the extent necessary to effectuate securities transactions on behalf of the client of DRZ;
4. No ACCESS PERSONS shall serve on the board of directors of any publicly traded company, absent prior written authorization and determination by the Board of Directors of DRZ that the board service would be consistent with the interests of clients. All ACCESS PERSONS are prohibited from accepting any service, employment, engagement, connection, association or affiliation in or with any enterprise, business of otherwise which is likely to materially interfere with the effective discharge of responsibilities to DRZ and its clients;
5. ACCESS PERSONS shall not, directly or indirectly, purchase any security sold in an initial public offering of an issuer without obtaining prior written approval from the CCO or ACO;
6. ACCESS PERSONS shall not, directly or indirectly, purchase any security
issued pursuant to a private placement without obtaining prior written approval from the CCO or ACO. Investment personnel who have been authorized to acquire securities in a private placement must disclose such investment when they are involved in a clients subsequent consideration of an investment in the issuer. In such circumstances, the clients decision to purchase securities of the issuer must be independently reviewed by a DRZ portfolio or co-portfolio manager with no personal interest in the issuer, with such review documented and attached to the pre-clearance form, unless the client waives, in writing, this internal review. Such waiver is required and must be signed by an authorized signer of the client.
7. INVESTMENT PERSONNEL shall not recommend any securities transaction on behalf of a client without having previously disclosed any beneficial ownership interest in such securities or the issuer thereof to the CCO or ACO including without limitation:
a. |
his or her beneficial ownership of any securities of such issuer; |
|
|
b. |
any contemplated transaction by such person in such securities; |
|
|
c. |
any position with such issuer or its affiliates; and |
|
|
d. |
any present or proposed business relationship between such issuer or its affiliates and such person or any party in which such person has a significant interest. |
8. No ACCESS PERSON may purchase or sell directly or indirectly, for his or her own account or any account in which he or she may have a beneficial interest, any security that is subject to a firm-wide restriction. The CCO may authorize exceptions to this policy subject on a case-by-case determination.
B. Exempt Transactions and Conduct
This Code of Ethics shall not be deemed to be violated by any of the following transactions:
1. Purchases or sales for an account over which the access person has no direct or indirect influence or control;
2. Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of the access person;
3. Purchases which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan;
4. Purchases made by exercising rights distributed by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired by the access person from the issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired;
5. Tenders of securities pursuant to tender offers which are expressly conditioned on the tender offers acquisition of all of the securities of the same class;
6. Purchases or sales for which the access person has received prior written approval from the CCO/ACO. Prior approval shall be granted only if a purchase or sale of securities is consistent with the purposes of this Code of Ethics and Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act and rules thereunder; and
7. Purchases or sales made in good faith on behalf of a client, it being understood by, and disclosed to, each client that DRZ may make contemporaneous investment decisions and cause to be effected contemporaneous executions on behalf of one or more of the clients and that such executions may increase or decrease the price at which securities are purchased or sold for the clients.
VII. COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES
A. Records of Securities Transactions
Upon the written request of the CCO/ACO, access persons are required to direct their brokers to supply to DRZ on a timely basis duplicate copies of confirmations of all securities transactions and copies of periodic statements for all securities accounts in which the access person has a beneficial ownership interest. See APPENDIX G, annexed hereto, for a sample brokerage letter to be used for this purpose.
B. Personal Reporting Requirements
1. Each ACCESS PERSON shall submit to the CCO/ACO a report in the form annexed hereto as APPENDIX D or in similar form (such as a computer printout), which report shall set forth at least the information described in subparagraph 2 of this Section VII. B as to all reportable securities transactions during each quarterly period, in which such access person has, or by reason of such transactions acquires or disposes of, any beneficial ownership of a security. Such report shall also describe any new brokerage accounts established during the quarter. This information may also be directly input into the ACA personal trading website.
2. Every report in the form of APPENDIX D, or in similar form, shall be made not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter in which the transaction(s) to which the report relates was effected and shall contain the following information:
(1) |
the name of the account holder, the date of each transaction, the title, class and number of shares, and the principal amount of each security involved; |
(2) |
the nature of each transaction (i.e., purchases, sale or other type of acquisition or disposition); |
|
|
(3) |
the price at which each transaction was effected; and |
|
|
(4) |
the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom each transaction was effected; |
provided, however, if no transactions in any securities required to be reported were effected during a quarterly period by an access person such access person shall submit to the CCO/ACO a report on APPENDIX D, or similar form, within the time-frame specified above confirming that no reportable securities transaction were effected.
EMPLOYEES ARE REMINDED THAT THEY MUST ALSO REPORT TRANSACTIONS BY MEMBERS OF THE EMPLOYEES IMMEDIATE FAMILY INCLUDING SPOUSE, CHILDREN AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE HOUSEHOLD IN ACCOUNTS OVER WHICH THE EMPLOYEE HAS DIRECT OR INDIRECT INFLUENCE OR CONTROL.
C. Disclosure of Personal Holdings
1. Each ACCESS PERSON shall submit to the CCO/ACO a report in the form annexed hereto as APPENDIX E, an initial holdings report no later than 10 days after the person becomes an ACCESS PERSON, which contains the following information:
(i) The title, number of shares and principal amount of each security in which the ACCESS PERSON had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an ACCESS PERSON; and
(ii) The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the ACCESS PERSON maintained an account in which any securities (including the securities which are exempted from the definition of securities in Section IV.14.) were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the ACCESS PERSON as of the date the person became an ACCESS PERSON.
2. Each ACCESS PERSON shall submit to the CCO/ACO a report in the form annexed hereto as APPENDIX F, an annual holdings report which contains the following information (with such information current as of a date no more than 30 days before the report is submitted):
(i) The title, number of shares and principal amount of each security in which the ACCESS PERSON had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership; and
(ii) The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the ACCESS PERSON maintained an account in which any securities (including the securities which are exempted from the definition of securities in Section IV.B.) were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the ACCESS PERSON.
D. Review of Reports
DRZs Personal Security Transaction Policy is designed to not only ensure its technical compliance with Rule 204A-1, but also to mitigate any potential material conflicts of interest associated with employees personal trading activities. Accordingly, DRZ will closely monitor employees investment patterns to detect the following abuses:
· Frequent and/or short-term (14 days) trades
· Trading opposite of client trades; and
· Front-Running client accounts, which is a practice generally understood to be employees personally trading ahead of clients.
This will be accomplished by the following procedures:
1. At the end of each calendar quarter, the CCO/ACO shall review all transactions by ACCESS PERSONS especially in securities which were purchased, sold, held or considered for purchase or sale by clients during the quarter.
2. The CCO/ACO shall compare all reported personal securities transaction with completed portfolio transactions of clients to determine whether any violations of this Code of Ethics may have occurred. The CCO/ACO shall also compare an ACCESS PERSONS reported personal securities transactions with the holdings disclosed on the ACCESS PERSONS quarterly holdings report. Before making any determination that a violation has been committed by any person, the CCO/ACO shall give such person an opportunity to supply additional explanatory material.
3. If the CCO/ACO determines that a violation of this Code of Ethics has or may have occurred, he shall submit a written determination, together with the related report by the ACCESS PERSON and any additional explanatory material provided by the access person to DRZs Board of Directors.
E. Annual Certification of Compliance
All ACCESS PERSONS shall certify annually that they (i) have read and understand this Code of Ethics and recognize that they are subject hereto, (ii) have complied with the requirements of this Code of Ethics and (iii) have disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions, holdings and accounts which are required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of this Code of Ethics.
F. Joint Participation
ACCESS PERSONS should be aware that a specific provision of the 1940 Act prohibits such persons, in the absence of an order of the Commission, from effecting a transaction in which an Investment Company is a joint or a joint and several participant with such person. Any transaction which suggests the possibility of a question in this area should be presented to the CCO for further review with legal counsel.
G. Reports to Mutual Funds
No less frequently than annually, DRZ must furnish to the board of directors of any United States mutual fund client, a written report that
a. |
Describes any issues arising under this Code of Ethics or procedures since the last report to the board, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code of Ethics or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and |
|
|
b. |
Certifies that DRZ has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent ACCESS PERSONS from violating the Code of Ethics. |
A copy of this Code of Ethics shall be submitted to the board of each mutual fund, prior to DRZ commencing operations as fund advisor or sub-advisor, for review and approval. Thereafter, all material changes to this Code of Ethics shall be submitted to each mutual fund board for review and approval not later than (6) months following the date of implementation of such material change.
VIII. SANCTIONS
Any violation of this Code of Ethics shall result in the imposition of such sanctions as DRZ may deem appropriate under the circumstances, which may include, but are not limited to, removal, suspension of demotion from office, imposition of a fine, a letter of censure, suspension or permanent termination of personal trading privileges and/or restitution to the affected client of an amount equal to the net advantage the offending person shall have gained by reason of such violation.
The sanction of disgorgement of any profits realized may be imposed for violation of the prohibition against ACCESS PERSONS, directly or indirectly, executing a personal securities transaction on a day during which a client has a completed or pending initial buy order.
IX. RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS
DRZ shall maintain and preserve in an easily accessible place:
a. |
A copy of the Code of Ethics (and any prior code of ethics that was |
|
in effect at any time during the past five years) for a period of five years; |
|
|
b. |
A record of any violation of this Code of Ethics and of any action taken as a result of such violation for a period of five years following the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs; |
|
|
c. |
A copy of each report (or computer printout) submitted under this Code of Ethics for a period of five years, only those reports submitted during the previous two years must be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place; and |
|
|
d. |
A list of all persons who are, or within the past five years were, required to make reports pursuant to this Code of Ethics. |
|
|
e. |
The names of each person who is serving or who has served as CCO or ACO within the past five years. |
|
|
f. |
A copy of each report made by DRZ to any mutual fund with respect to this Code of Ethics must be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place; and |
|
|
g. |
A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by ACCESS PERSONS of initial public offerings or private placements, for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted. |
X. GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT
Employees Receipt of Business Meals, Tickets to Sporting Events, Other Entertainment and Trips - Employees may attend business meals, sporting events, other entertainment events or trips at the expense of a giver, provided that the expense is reasonable, not lavish or extravagant in nature. If the event is highly publicized such that the tickets may be selling in excess of their face value, the employee must consider the mark-up for the reporting requirements. Employees should apply a $250 thresshold to all such entertainment and trip items. Any event with a value in excess of $250 must be pre-approved by the CCO and reported on the Gifts/Entertainment form at Appendix A.
Employees Receipt of Gifts - Employees must report and obtain pre-approval for their receipt of gifts over $250 (either one single gift, or in aggregate on an annual basis) to and by the CCO by completing APPENDIX A. Reasonable gifts received on behalf of the Company shall not require reporting. Examples of reasonable gifts include holiday gift baskets and lunches brought to DRZs offices by service providers.
DRZs Gift Giving Policy - In the normal course of business, DRZ may provide gifts and gratuities to various individuals or entities such as clients, vendors, consultants, and service providers. These gifts and gratuities are not premised upon client referrals or any other type of benefit to DRZ. The CCO will be responsible for pre-approving all gifts or gratuities in excess of $100 to one client representative (either individually or in the aggregate). The CCO or ACO will be responsible for maintaining a list of all gifts given in excess of $100 in aggregate.
Gifts Given to Taft-Hartley Funds - Employees are reminded that notwithstanding this policy, since DRZ manages Taft-Hartley funds, any gratuity provided by DRZ to labor unions or union representatives that have an interest in the Taft-Hartley fund (including the members covered by the Taft-Hartley fund) in excess of $250 per fiscal year are required to be reported on APPENDIX A and Department Labor Form LM-10 within 90 days following the end of DRZs fiscal year. Accordingly, DRZ will monitor all gratuities as discussed and make the appropriate filings on DOL Form LM-10.
The Department of Labor has issued further guidance on the filing of Form LM-10 through its website (www.dol.gov).
The CCO and ACO shall be responsible for monitoring all reportable entertainment and gifts.
XI. MISCELLANEOUS
A. Confidentiality
All information obtained from any access person hereunder shall be kept in strict confidence by DRZ, except that reports of securities transactions hereunder will be made available to the Commission or any other regulatory or self-regulatory organization to the extent required by law or regulation.
B. Notice to Access Persons
DRZ shall identify all persons who are considered to be access persons, investment personnel and portfolio managers, inform such persons of their respective duties and provide such persons with copies of this Code of Ethics.
C. Exceptions
The CCO reserves the right to decide, on a case by case basis, exceptions to any provisions under this Code of Ethics. Any exceptions made hereunder will be maintained in writing by the CCO.
D. Further Information
If any person has any question with regard to the applicability of the provisions of this Code of Ethics generally or with regard to any securities transaction or transactions, he should consult the CCO or ACO.
DEPRINCE, RACE & ZOLLO, INC.
INSIDER TRADING POLICY
GENERAL
Section 204A of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Advisers Act) requires every investment adviser to establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed, taking into consideration the nature of such investment advisers business, to prevent the misuse of material, nonpublic information by such investment adviser or any person associated with such investment adviser. In accordance with Section 204A, DePrince, Race & Zollo, Inc. (DRZ) has instituted procedures to prevent the misuse of nonpublic information.
Although insider trading is not defined in securities laws, it is generally thought to be described as trading either personally or on behalf of others on the basis of material non-public information or communicating material non-public information to others in violation of the law.
RISKS
In developing this policy and procedures, DRZ considered the material risks associated with Insider Trading. This analysis includes risks such as:
· |
Employee engages in various personal trading practices that wrongly make use of Non-Public Information resulting in harm to clients or unjust enrichment to the employee (These practices include trading ahead of clients and passing Non-Public Information on to spouses and other persons over whose accounts the employee has control.) |
|
|
· |
Employees are not aware of what constitutes insider information. |
DRZ has established the following guidelines as an attempt to mitigate these risks.
WHOM DOES THE POLICY COVER?
This policy covers all of DRZs employees as well as any transactions in any securities participated in by family members, trusts or corporations directly or indirectly controlled by such persons. In addition, the policy applies to transactions engaged in by corporations in which the employee is an officer, director or 10% or greater stockholder and a partnership of which the employee is a partner unless the employee has no direct or indirect control over the partnership.
Each of the entities covered by this Policy forbids any employee from trading, either for his or her personal account or on behalf of others (including mutual funds and private accounts managed by DRZ), while in possession of material nonpublic information, or communicating
material nonpublic information to others in violation of the law. This prohibited conduct is often referred to as insider trading.
· |
The Policy extends to each employees activities within and outside their duties at DRZ. Each employee must read and retain this statement. |
|
|
· |
Failure to comply with these procedures may cause an employee to be subject to disciplinary action, even if the Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act of 1988 or other securities law provisions have not been found specifically to have been violated. |
WHAT IS INSIDER TRADING?
The Policy recognizes that the term insider trading (i) is not defined in the federal securities laws, and (ii) generally is used to refer to trading while in possession of material nonpublic information (whether or not one is an insider) and/or to communications of material nonpublic information to others. The law in this area is not static, but is generally understood to prohibit, among other things:
1. |
trading by an insider while in possession of material nonpublic information; |
|
|
2. |
trading by a non-insider while in possession of material nonpublic information, where the information either was disclosed to the non-insider in violation of an insiders duty to keep it confidential or was misappropriated; |
|
|
3. |
trading while in possession of material nonpublic information concerning a tender offer (as detailed in Rule 14e-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and |
|
|
4. |
wrongfully communicating, or tipping, material nonpublic information to others. |
THE INSIDER CONCEPT
As a general guide for employees, components of what amounts to insider trading are defined below:
The concept of insider is broad. It includes officers, directors, trustees, and employees of a company. In addition, a person can be a temporary insider if he or she enters into a special confidential relationship in the conduct of a companys affairs and as a result is given access to information solely for the companys purposes. A temporary insider can include, among others, a companys attorneys, accountants, consultants, bank lending officers, and the employees of
those organizations. In addition, DRZ may become a temporary insider of a company for which it provides investment advice. According to the U.S. Supreme Court, for someone to be considered a temporary insider or insider by the company, the company must expect the outsider to keep the nonpublic information that has been disclosed to the outsider confidential and the relationship must at least imply such a duty before the outsider will be considered an insider.
WHAT INFORMATION IS MATERIAL?
Trading on information is not a basis for liability unless the information is material. Information generally is considered material if:
· |
there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider the information important in making an investment decision; or |
|
|
· |
the information is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a companys securities. |
|
|
|
Information that should be considered material includes, but is not limited to: dividend changes, earnings estimates not previously disseminated, material changes in previously-released earnings estimates, significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements, major litigation, liquidation problems, and extraordinary management developments. |
|
|
|
Material information does not have to relate to a companys business. For example, in Carpenter v. United States, 484 U.S. 19 (1987), the U.S. Supreme Court considered material certain information about the contents of a forthcoming newspaper column that was expected to affect the market price of a security. In that case, a Wall Street Journal reporter was found criminally liable for disclosing to others the dates that reports on various companies would appear in the newspaper and whether or not those reports would be favorable. |
WHAT INFORMATION IS NON-PUBLIC?
What is nonpublic information? Information is nonpublic until it has been effectively communicated to the market place. One must be able to point to some fact to show that the information is public. For example, information found in a report filed with the SEC, or appearing in Dow Jones, Reuters Economic Services, The Wall Street Journal, on Bloomberg or in other publications of general circulation ordinarily would be considered public. Further, in certain circumstances, information disseminated to certain segments of the investment community may be deemed public; for example, research communicated through institutional information dissemination services such as First Call. (However, the fact that research has been disseminated through such a service does not automatically mean that it is public.) The amount
of time since the information was first disseminated ordinarily is a factor regarding whether the information is considered public. Non-public information does not change to public information solely by selective dissemination. Examples of the ways in which non-public information might be transmitted include, but are not limited to:
· In person;
· In writing;
· By telephone;
· During a presentation;
· By email, instant messaging, or Bloomberg messaging;
· By text message or through Twitter; or
· On a social networking site such as Facebook or LinkedIn.
Employees must be aware that even where there is no expectation of confidentiality, a person may become an insider upon receiving Material Non-public Information. Employees should consult with the CCO if there is any question as to whether material information is non-public.
BASIS FOR LIABILITY
Described below are circumstances under which a person or entity (including an investment adviser and its employees) may be deemed to have traded on inside information, and prohibitions applicable, in particular to investment advisers.
· |
Fiduciary duty theory. In 1980, the U.S. Supreme Court found that there is no general duty to disclose before trading on material nonpublic information, but that such a duty arises where there is a fiduciary relationship between the parties to the transaction; in such case, one party has a right to expect that the other party will not disclose any material nonpublic information and will refrain from trading. Chiarella v. United States, 445 U.S. 22 (1980). |
|
|
|
Insiders such as employees of an issuer are ordinarily considered to have a fiduciary duty to the issuer and its shareholders. In Dirks v. SEC, 463 U.S. 646 (1983), the U.S. Supreme Court stated alternative theories by which such fiduciary duties are imposed on non-insiders: they can enter into a confidential relationship with the company as, among other things, attorneys and accountants (temporary insiders, as described above), or they can acquire a fiduciary duty to |
|
the companys shareholders as tippees if they are aware or should have been aware that they have been given confidential information by an insider or temporary insider who has violated his or her fiduciary duty to the companys shareholders. |
|
|
|
In the tippee situation, a breach of duty occurs only if the insider or temporary insider personally benefits, directly or indirectly, from the disclosure. The benefit does not have to be of a financial nature, but can be a gift, a reputational benefit that will translate into future earnings, or even evidence of a relationship that suggests a quid pro quo. |
|
|
· |
Misappropriation theory. Another basis for insider trading liability is the misappropriation theory. Under this theory, liability is established when trading occurs based on material nonpublic information that was stolen or misappropriated from another person. In United States v. OHagan (1977), the U.S. Supreme Court upheld this theory of liability in a case involving an attorney who traded on information learned from his law firm about an impending takeover of one of the firms clients. As this case illustrates, the misappropriation theory can be used to reach an individual who knowingly trades on the basis of confidential information obtained from the individuals employer or the employers agents even though there in no fiduciary relationship between the parties in question. |
PENALTIES FOR INSIDER TRADING
Penalties for insider trading are severe both for the individuals involved as well as for their employers. A person can be subject to some or all of the penalties listed below, even if he or she does not personally benefit from the violation. Penalties may include:
· |
Jail sentences |
|
|
· |
Civil injunctions |
|
|
· |
Civil treble damages |
|
|
· |
Disgorgement of profits |
|
|
· |
Criminal fines of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or not the person actually benefited, and |
|
|
· |
Fines for the employer or other controlling person of up to |
the greater of $1.0 million or three times the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided.
In addition, investment advisers and broker-dealers may be subject to substantial monetary penalties for a failure to supervise, if their personnel engage in insider trading. In connection with this violation, the SEC or other regulatory authority must establish that the firm either:
· |
knew or recklessly disregarded evidence that an officer, employee or other controlled person was likely to engage in insider trading and failed to take appropriate steps to prevent it; or |
|
|
· |
knowingly or recklessly failed to establish written policies and procedures designed to prevent insider trading, and such failures substantially contributed to or permitted the occurrence of the violation. |
In this regard, Section 204A of the Advisers Act requires investment advisers to (a) establish, and (b) enforce written supervisory procedures reasonably designed (taking into account the nature of the investment advisers business) to prevent trading on material nonpublic information by the adviser and its employees. Unless both (a) and (b) are complied with, the adviser may be subject to monetary penalties.
Thus, in addition to any of the penalties noted above, any violation of these policies or procedures should be expected to result in serious sanctions by DRZ, which may include: censure, suspension without pay, and termination of employment.
DRZ PROCEDURES TO PREVENT INSIDER TRADING
The following procedures have been established to aid in the prevention of insider trading. Every employee must follow these procedures or risk sanctions, including: dismissal, substantial personal liability and criminal penalties.
A. Questions to Ask
Prior to trading for yourself or others, including advisory client accounts managed by DRZ, in the securities of a company about which you may have material non-public information, ask yourself the following questions:
· |
Is this information that an investor would consider important in making an investment decision? Is this information that would affect the market price of the securities if generally disclosed? |
|
|
· |
To whom has this information been provided? Has it been effectively communicated to the marketplace? |
B. Action Required
If you are at all uncertain as to whether any information you have is inside information, you must:
· |
Immediately report the matter to DRZs CCO/ACO. If the CCO/ACO believes that he or she is in receipt of material non-public information, he or she must immediately report the matter to DRZs Chairman or one of DRZs Co-CEOs. |
|
|
· |
Refrain from purchasing or selling the securities; and |
|
|
· |
Not communicate the information inside or outside DRZ, other than as set forth directly above. |
After the employee and appropriate officer of DRZ have reviewed the issue and consulted with outside counsel to the extent appropriate, the employee will be instructed as to whether he/she may trade and/or communicate that information.
C. Annual Certification
All employees of DRZ are required to certify annually that he or she has read and understood DRZs Insider Trading Policies and Procedures and recognize too that he or she is subject to them. Further, each DRZ employee is required to certify annually, in writing, that he or she has complied with all of the requirements of these policies and procedures. See APPENDIX L for the annual certification form.
QUESTIONS OR CONCERNS
Any questions or concerns regarding DRZs Insider Trading Policies and Procedures should be directed to DRZs CCO or DRZs Chairman or Co-CEOs.
Exhibit 99.28(p)(13)
Investment Adviser Policy and Procedure Manual
SECTION FIVE | Code of Ethics
Part 5.01: General Requirements
5.01.01: Standards of Business Conduct
5.01.02: General Fiduciary Principles
5.01.03: Conflicts of Interest
5.01.04: Compliance with Securities Laws
Part 5.02: Personal Securities Transactions
5.02.01: Access Persons
5.02.02: Pre-Clearance Requirements
5.02.03: Prohibited Transactions
5.02.04: Reporting Requirements
Part 5.03: Other Potential Conflicts of Interest
5.03.01: Interest in Competitors, Clients, and Suppliers
5.03.02: Personal Interest in FTAM Transactions
5.03.03: Outside Employment and/or Directorship
5.03.04: Diversion of Firm Business or Investment Opportunities
5.03.05: Gifts Given
5.03.06: Gifts Received
5.03.07: Entertainment Received
5.03.08: Entertainment Sponsored
5.03.09: Gifts and Entertainment Reporting
Part 5.04: Compliance with the Code of Ethics
5.04.01: Periodic Broker Certification
5.04.02: Annual Certification
5.04.03: Periodic Certifications Other Potential Conflicts
5.04.04: Sanctions
Code of Ethics Revision Date October 1, 2011
Part 5.05: Chief Compliance Officer Responsibilities
5.05.01: Annual Compliance Certifications
5.05.02: Periodic Reviews
5.05.03: Administrative Responsibilities
5.05.04: Delegation
Part 5.06: Books and Records
Part 5.07: Definitions
Exhibit A
Part 5.01: General Requirements
Section 5.01.01: Standards of Business Conduct
At FTAM, we strive to exhibit the utmost professionalism in representing our clients interests. FTAMs ethical culture is of critical importance; FTAMs directors support this culture as evidenced by our policies and procedures, including the Code of Ethics (Code).
In order to protect our clients and adhere to the SECs Code of Ethics rules, Rule 204A-1 of the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act, FTAM follows these policies and has implemented a monitoring program to review FTAMs Access Persons (see Part 5.07 for definitions) activities. Failure to follow these Rules may harm the firm by tarnishing its business reputation within the industry. It is important for FTAM to review potential conflicts of interest and to ensure that issues do not arise in which it appears that an FTAM Access Person has put his or her interests ahead of clients interests.
In following FTAMs Code of Ethics, employees should consider the following:
· Is my action legal? If legal, is it also ethical?
· Are my actions honest in every respect?
· Would I be proud to read about my action in the newspaper?
· Can I defend my action with a clear conscience?
· Are the interests of FTAM placed above my personal interests when I take this action?
· Would it be helpful to ask for guidance before taking any action?
If your answers to these questions are troubling in any respect, it may be that whatever you are considering is the wrong course of action.
FTAM recognizes that potential conflicts with our clients are inherent due to the nature of our business. FTAMs Code of Ethics addresses the following conflicts in order to protect our clients interests and meet our fiduciary obligations:
1. Personal Securities Transactions
2. Interest in competitors, clients, and suppliers
3. Personal interest in FTAM transactions
4. Outside employment and directorship
5. Gifts and entertainment
Section 5.01.02: General Fiduciary Principles
The Code of Ethics is based on the principle that each FTAM Access Person:
1. Has a duty to place the interests of his or her clients first;
2. Must conduct his or her Personal Securities Transactions consistent with the Code in such a manner so as:
a. To avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest;
b. Not to abuse his or her position of trust and responsibility; or
c. Not to interfere with the management of the clients portfolio.
3. May not take inappropriate advantage of his or her position.
FTAM Access Persons must adhere to general fiduciary principles and comply with the specific provisions of the Code. Technical compliance with the terms of this Code does not insulate an Access Person from scrutiny in instances where Personal Securities Transactions show a pattern of abuse or failure to adhere to general fiduciary principles.
Section 5.01.03: Conflicts of Interest
Conflicts of interest may change at any time, given the dynamic environment in which FTAM does business. One factor that defines a conflict of interest is the possibility that an Access Persons decisions will be affected because of actual or potential differences among the interests of FTAM, its affiliates or clients, and/or the Supervised Persons personal interests. Regardless of motivations of the Access Person involved, a particular activity or situation may be found to involve a conflict of interest even though it does not result in any financial loss to FTAM, its affiliates or Clients, or any gain to FTAM or Access Persons.
Access Persons must avoid other employment or business activities, including personal investments, which interfere with their FTAM duties. Activities by Access Persons that interfere with FTAMs duties divide loyalty or may create an actual or apparent conflict of interest. Each Access Person must promptly report any situation or transaction involving an actual or potential conflict of interest to the Chief Compliance Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer will determine whether a conflict of interest exists and any resulting action to be taken.
Section 5.01.04: Compliance with Securities Laws
FTAM and each of its Access Persons must comply with all applicable provisions of the federal securities laws, applicable state securities laws, and the rules and regulations promulgated under those laws. In connection with providing investment management services to Clients, this includes prohibiting any activity which directly or indirectly:
· Defrauds a client in any manner;
· Misleads a client, including by making any statement that omits material facts;
· Operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on a client;
· Functions as a manipulative practice with respect to a client; or
· Functions as a manipulative practice with respect to securities.
Part 5.02: Personal Securities Transactions
Section 5.02.01: Access Persons
All FTAM employees are Access Persons. Other individuals (e.g. Fifth Third Bank employees) may be designated as Access Persons at the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer.
Section 5.02.02: Pre-Clearance Requirements
1. No Access Person may acquire Beneficial Ownership in any security distributed in an Initial Public Offering or Limited Offering unless s/he has obtained the Chief Compliance Officers written authorization.
2. Except for exempt Personal Securities Transactions, no Access Person may execute any transaction in a Reportable Security without obtaining the Chief Compliance Officers written authorization.
3. The pre-clearance requirements above shall not apply to:
a. Purchases or Sells effected in any account in which an Access Person has a beneficial interest but over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect, influence or control; or
b. Purchases or sells effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan, as such is described in Rule 204A-1 of the Advisers Act.
Section 5.02.03: Prohibited Transactions
1. Unless specifically exempted, no Access Person may Purchase or Sell any security or any Reportable Security in which s/he has or would have Beneficial Ownership if, in affecting such Purchase or Sell, s/he would violate any of the fiduciary principles of this Code, Rule 17j-1(b) under the Company Act, or Rule 204A-1 of the Advisers Act.
2. No Access Person shall induce or cause a client to take action (or fail to take action) for the purpose of achieving a personal benefit. Examples include causing the client to purchase a security owned by the Access Person for the purpose of supporting or driving up the price of the security, or causing the client to refrain from selling
a security in an attempt to protect the value of the Access Persons investment in the security.
3. No Access Person may use his or her knowledge of a clients portfolio transactions to profit by the use of such knowledge.
4. No Access Person may knowingly Purchase or Sell any Reportable Security (except Reportable Funds) within two (2) business days after a client purchases or sells the same security (the Black-out Period) without the Chief Compliance Officers written authorization.
5. No Access Person may engage in any Purchase and Sell, or Sell and Purchase, of the same (or related derivative securities such as options) Reportable Security or Reportable Fund (except money market funds), within thirty (30) calendar days without the Chief Compliance Officers written authorization. This includes transactions in any company-sponsored retirement plans (except fixed share price investments such as Fifth Third P/S Stable Value Fund). Fifth Third Retirement Plan rebalancing that results in same day system generated Reportable Fund buys and sells will not be considered a violation of this section.
Section 5.02.04: Reporting Requirements
1. Initial Holdings Reports
No later than 10 days after a person becomes an Access Person, each Access Person must file with the Chief Compliance Officer an initial holdings report that includes the following information (which must be dated within 45 days prior to the date the person became an Access Person):
a. The title and type of security, ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares, and principal amount of each Reportable Security in which the Access Person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership.
b. The name and account number of any broker, dealer, bank or any employee-related benefit accounts (e.g. Fidelity), with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any
Reportable Securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and
c. The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
2. Quarterly Transaction Reports
a. Access Persons must report to the Chief Compliance Officer information regarding transactions (other than exempted transactions) in any Reportable Security in which such Access Person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership and the establishment of any account in which Reportable Securities were held during the calendar quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person.
b. Each quarterly transaction report must be made no later than 30 calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction was affected, shall be dated and signed by the Access Person submitting the report, and shall contain the following information:
i. The date of the transaction, the name of security, ticker symbol or CUSIP number, and the number of shares, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable) and the principal amount of each Reportable Security involved;
ii. The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition including by gift and entertainment), including;
· The price at which the transaction was effected;
· The name and account number of the broker, dealer or bank including employee-related benefit accounts, through whom the transaction was effected;
· The name and account number of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established a new brokerage account (this should include company-sponsored retirement plans); and
· The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
c. If there were no Personal Securities Transactions in Reportable Securities during the period, then the report must clearly state such.
3. Annual Holdings Reports
a. No later than January 30 th of each year, each Access Person must file with the Chief Compliance Officer an annual holdings report that includes the following information:
b. The name and type of security, ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares, and principal amount of each Reportable Security in which the Access Person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership.
c. The name and account number of any broker, dealer or bank including employee-related benefit accounts, with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any Reportable Securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and
d. The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
4. Duplicate Trade Confirmations and Account Statements
Access Persons are required to direct their broker, dealer or bank to provide Compliance duplicate copies of both confirmations and statements of all Personal Securities Transactions in Reportable Securities, including reportable funds affected for all accounts in which such Access Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership interest. Duplicate confirmations and statements may be submitted electronically by the broker.
Part 5.03: Other Potential Conflicts of Interest
Section 5.03.01: Interest in Competitors, Clients, and Suppliers
Except with the Chief Compliance Officers written authorization, no Access Person or Immediate Family Member of a Access Person may serve as an employee, officer, director or trustee of, or have a
substantial interest in or business relationship with an FTAM competitor, Client, or supplier (other than any Affiliate) that may create, or give the appearance of, a divided loyalty.
Section 5.03.02: Personal Interest in FTAM Transactions
No Access Person or an Immediate Family Member of an Access Person may engage in any transaction involving FTAM if the Access Person or such Immediate Family has a substantial interest in the transaction or can benefit directly or indirectly from the transaction, unless authorized in writing by the Chief Compliance Officer.
Section 5.03.03: Outside Employment and/or Directorship
No Access Person may be employed by, accept remuneration from, or perform any services for, any person or entity (e.g. public company, private company, non-profit organization or other), including serving as a director, trustee or general partner of a partnership, other than FTAM or any Affiliate of FTAM, except with written authorization from the Chief Compliance Officer. In no event may an Access Person have any outside employment that might cause embarrassment to FTAM or jeopardize its interests, interfere with its operations, or adversely affect his or her productivity or that of other Access Persons.
No Access Person may serve as an officer, trustee, or director of any entity (public company, private company, non-profit organization or other) without the Chief Compliance Officers written authorization. Such authorization may be granted in instances where FTAM determines that such service will not interfere with its clients interests. If approval to serve as a director of a public company is granted, an Access Person has an affirmative duty to recuse himself or herself from participating in deliberations regarding possible investments in the securities issued by the public company on whose board the Access Person sits.
In those instances where an employees participation with another entity (e.g. public company, private company, non-profit organization or other) involves the exercise of investment discretion and/or activities that are similar to FTAMs business (e.g. acting in an advisory
capacity for another entity), prior approval must be granted by the Chief Compliance Officer.
Outside employment and/or directorships may be subject to approval by Fifth Third Bancorps Conflicts Committee.
Section 5.03.04: Diversion of Firm Business or Investment Opportunities
No Access Person may derive personal gain or profit from any business or investment opportunity that comes to his or her attention as a result of his or her association with FTAM; or when an Access Person should reasonably know FTAM or its clients are expected to participate or have an interest, without written disclosure of all facts relevant to FTAM, offering the opportunity to FTAM or its clients, and receiving specific written authorization from the Chief Compliance Officer.
Section 5.03.05: Gifts Given
No Access Person may knowingly provide extravagant or excessive gifts, charitable donations, or other benefits to any client, prospective client, or any entity that does business with or on behalf of FTAM (i.e., making charitable donations for the purpose of obtaining or retaining advisory business is prohibited). Any gifts to a single person or entity with an aggregate value in excess of $100 per year requires the Chief Compliance Officers prior written authorization. Gift cards redeemable for cash (e.g. American Express Gift Checks) are considered cash.
Section 5.03.06: Gifts Received
On occasion you may be offered or may receive gifts or promotional items from clients, brokers, vendors, or other persons that potentially conduct business with FTAM. Gifts include any entertainment (including meals, golf outings, theater, concerts, sporting events, charitable events, conferences, seminars, presentations, and other events of a comparable nature) where a representative of the client/vendor is not present throughout the event or meal. Access Persons are prohibited from accepting any gifts or promotional items from outside parties if the value exceeds $100 per year. Any such gifts or promotional items greater than $100 must be returned or declined except when approved in advance by the Chief Compliance
Officer or, with the Chief Compliance Officers approval, such gifts may be donated to an appropriate charitable organization. However, under no circumstances may an Access Person accept cash, loans, securities, travel, lodging, or anything illegal regardless of the monetary value. Gift cards redeemable for cash (e.g. American Express Gift Checks) are considered cash.
Section 5.03.07: Entertainment Received
Access Persons may accept, in the normal course of business, entertainment from an entity that engages in, or is attempting to engage in, business with FTAM, so long as it is not so excessive, extravagant, or frequent to raise any questions of impropriety and such entertainment must be given in a manner that is consistent with the basic principles of this Code of Ethics as expressed in the General Requirements of Part 5.01. Entertainment (which may include meals, golf outings, theater, concerts, sporting events, charitable events, and other events of a comparable nature) must include a representative of the client/vendor throughout the event or it must be considered a gift and will be subject to the requirements of Section 5.03.06, above.
Section 5.03.08: Entertainment and Sponsorship Activities
To the extent permissible by law and regulations (e.g. ERISA), employees may sponsor business entertainment activities involving clients, prospective clients, or any entity that has a business arrangement with or on behalf of FTAM. To qualify as entertainment, an Access Person must directly participate throughout such activities. Failure to directly participate will result in the entertainment being considered a gift and subject to the requirements of Section 5.03.05, above. Entertainment should not be so excessive, extravagant, or frequent to raise any questions of impropriety and such entertainment must be given in a manner that is consistent with the basic principles of this Code of Ethics.
If an Access Person wishes to provide sponsorship support (i.e. financial support) for an event sponsored by a client, prospective client or other entity that has a business relationship with FTAM and where the Access Person will not attend the event or where there is no event to attend (e.g. print advertisements), FTAM must be publically
recognized as a sponsor or contributor; otherwise the financial support will be deemed a gift and subject to this Codes limitations regarding gifts.
Section 5.03.09: Gifts, Sponsorship and Entertainment Reporting
All gifts, sponsorship and entertainment covered by Sections 5.03.05, 5.03.06, 5.03.07, and 5.03.08 above, are subject to the routine reporting and certification requirements of this Code. All gifts must be reported within 15 days of the date that the gift was given or received. All entertainment activities must be reported within 15 days of the date of the event giving rise to the entertainment sponsored or received. Sponsorship activities must be reported within 15 days of the event giving rise to the sponsorship.
Part 5.04: Compliance with the Code of Ethics
Section 5.04.01: Periodic Broker Certification
On a periodic basis, Access Persons may be required to provide certification of brokerage accounts in which they conduct personal securities transactions.
Section 5.04.02: Annual Certification
Upon adoption, material amendments and becoming an Access Person, and on an annual basis, all Access Persons must certify that they have received, read and understand the Code, recognize that they are subject to it and will comply with it.
Section 5.04.03: Periodic Certifications Other Potential Conflicts
The Chief Compliance Officer may periodically require compliance reports or certifications including: gifts, outside employment, outside directorship, insider trading, or other aspects of the Code to ensure ongoing awareness and compliance.
Section 5.04.04: Sanctions
The Chief Compliance Officer will use his discretion to take action or impose sanctions upon discovering a violation of the Code. In
instances where an Immediate Family Member commits a violation, a sanction may be imposed on the Access Person. The filing of any false, incomplete or untimely reports may be considered a violation of this Code and subject to disciplinary action. Specific sanction guidelines are shown in Exhibit A. The Chief Compliance Officer and FTAM are not limited to or by its sanction guidelines.
Part 5.05: Chief Compliance Officer Responsibilities
Section 5.05.01: Annual Compliance Certifications
Ensure all Access Persons receive a copy of the Code and sign the certification on an initial and annual basis, as well as for any material amendments to the Code.
Section 5.05.02: Periodic Reviews
At least quarterly the Chief Compliance Officer will perform testing designed to ascertain compliance with this Code. Additionally, the Chief Compliance Officer will periodically review Code of Ethics operations and controls to determine their adequacy and effectiveness.
Section 5.05.03: Administrative Responsibilities
If the Chief Compliance Officer should receive reports of violations and suspected violations of the Code, s/he will investigate them promptly, and determine whether a violation has occurred.
The Chief Compliance Officer will also update the Code as necessary as compliance issues, changes in FTAMs business activities or regulatory issues develop.
Section 5.05.04: Delegation
The Chief Compliance Officer may delegate administrative responsibilities under this Code. The Chief Compliance Officer shall retain ultimate responsibility for the administration of the Code.
Part 5.06: Books and Records
Compliance will maintain:
1. A list of Access Persons, their brokerage accounts, account statements and trade confirmations;
2. Trade authorizations that have been granted by Compliance;
3. A record of each Access Persons Reportable Security Transactions;
4. A record of each Access Persons Reportable Funds transactions.
Compliance will also maintain the following records for five years (a minimum two years on-site):
1. All initial and annual holdings reports;
2. All Access Persons quarterly transaction reports;
3. A copy of the Code currently in effect and any that have been in effect within the past five years;
4. A record of any violation of the Code and any action taken as a result of the violation;
5. All written Code certifications for each person who is currently, or within the past five years has been, an FTAM Access Person;
6. All records documenting the annual review of the Code;
7. All trade authorizations;
8. All records of approvals for investment in Initial Public Offerings or Limited Offerings;
9. All records of disclosure of gifts and entertainment received and or provided by FTAM Access Persons; and
10. Other periodic Code of Ethics compliance certifications.
Part 5.07: Definitions
The following terms are used throughout the Code and have the meanings attributed to them in this section:
Access Person any Supervised Person who (i) has access to nonpublic information regarding any clients purchase or sale of securities, (ii) has access to nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Reportable Fund or (iii) who is involved in making securities recommendations to clients or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic.
Advisers Act the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations promulgated under the Act, as amended from time to time.
Affiliate an entity that is controlled by, controls or is under common control with FTAM.
Beneficial Ownership interpreted in the same manner as by Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Generally, an Access Person is regarded as having beneficial ownership in an account in the name of:
1. The Access Person,
2. Spouse,
3. Minor child,
4. A relative sharing the same house,
5. Another person if the Access Person
a. Obtains benefits substantially equivalent to ownership of the securities,
b. Can obtain ownership of the securities immediately or at some future time, or
c. Has, or can have, investment discretion or can otherwise exercise control.
Chief Compliance Officer the person listed on FTAMs current Form ADV filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as the Chief Compliance Officer.
Client (i) any investment company registered under the Company Act for whom FTAM acts as investment adviser or sub-adviser or (ii) any separately managed investment account, commingled or collective investment trust fund, or other investment arrangement where FTAM is adviser or sub-adviser of the account.
Code the Code of Ethics, enforced by FTAM through the Chief Compliance Officer.
Control shall have the same meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the Company Act.
Immediate Family Member An Access Persons spouse, children under the age of 25 residing with the person, and any trust or estate in which the person or any other Immediate Family Member has a Beneficial Ownership interest.
Initial Public Offering an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), the issuer of which, prior to the offering, had never sold its securities to the public in a public offering subject to the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act.
Limited Offering an offering of securities pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.
Personal Securities Transaction a transaction in a security in which a person has or thereby acquires Beneficial Ownership. An Access person is considered to be engaging in or affecting a Personal Securities Transaction if the person, directly or indirectly, directs, participates in or receives advance notification or advice regarding such transactions.
Purchase or Sell includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a security.
Public Company any entity subject to the reporting requirements of Section 12 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
Reportable Fund (i) Any fund for which FTAM serves as an investment adviser or sub adviser; (ii) Any fund whose investment adviser or principal underwriter controls, is controlled by, or is under common Control with FTAM; or (iii) exchange-traded funds that are either registered with the SEC under the Company Act as an open-end management company or as a unit investment trust.
Reportable Security a security as defined in section 202(a)(18) of the Advisers Act (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)(18)), which includes any stock, bond, Reportable Fund, investment contract or any other instrument that is considered a security under the Advisers Act, including: options on securities and indexes; foreign unit trusts and foreign mutual funds; and private investment funds, hedge funds, and investment clubs. Reportable Security does not include: (i) Direct obligations of the Government of the United States; (ii) Bankers acceptances, bank certificate of deposits, commercial paper and high quality short-term instruments, including repurchase agreements; (iii) Shares issued by money market funds; (iv) Shares issued by open-end funds other than Reportable Funds.
Supervised Person FTAMs partners, officers, directors (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) and employees, as well as other persons who provide advice on behalf of FTAM and are subject to FTAMs supervision and Control.
Exhibit A
All violations will be evaluated based on the facts and circumstances and the following sanction and guidelines will be imposed as determined appropriate by the Chief Compliance Officer or FTAMs President.
Enforcement and Sanction Guidelines
Violation |
|
Sanction |
||
Failing to complete Quarterly Transaction Report in a timely manner |
|
1st Offense |
|
Violation Letter, fines |
|
2nd Offense |
|
Violation Letter, plus max $100 /day each day out of compliance. |
|
|
3rd Offense |
|
Violation Letter, max $300 fine, plus max $50 /day each day out of compliance.
|
|
Failing to complete Annual Code of Ethics Certification in a timely manner |
|
1st Offense |
|
Violation Letter, fines |
|
2nd Offense |
|
Violation Letter, plus max $100 /day each day out of compliance. |
|
|
3rd Offense |
|
Violation Letter, max $300 fine, plus max $50 /day each day out of compliance.
|
|
Failing to complete Annual Holdings Report in a timely manner |
|
1st Offense |
|
Violation Letter, fines |
|
2nd Offense |
|
Violation Letter, plus max $100 /day each day out of compliance. |
|
|
3rd Offense |
|
Violation Letter, max $300 fine, plus max $50 /day each day out of compliance.
|
|
Failing to complete Other Code of Ethics Reporting in a timely manner |
|
1st Offense |
|
Violation Letter, fines |
|
2nd Offense |
|
Violation Letter, plus max $100 /day each day out of compliance. |
|
|
3rd Offense |
|
Violation Letter, max $300 fine, plus max $50 /day each day out of compliance.
|
Violation |
|
Sanction |
||
Failure to comply with Pre-clearance requirements. |
|
1st Offense |
|
Violation Letter
|
|
2nd Offense |
|
Violation Letter
|
|
|
3rd Offense |
|
Violation Letter
|
|
Failure to report all brokerage accounts and other accounts with reportable securities and/or reportable funds where the access person is deemed to have beneficial ownership. |
|
Violation Letter and $250 fine for each unreported account. |
Violation |
|
Sanction |
|||
Failure to comply with the 30 day holding period requirement. |
|
1st Offense |
|
Violation Letter
|
|
|
2nd Offense |
|
Violation Letter
|
||
|
3rd Offense |
|
Violation Letter
|
||
· |
Front running (trading ahead of a Client) |
|
Chief Compliance Officer will consider each case on its own merit. Possible termination and reporting to regulatory authorities |
||
· |
Insider trading (trading on material non-public information) |
|
|||
· |
Other Code of Ethics Violations not mentioned above |
|
Revised: March 1, 2011; October 1, 2011.